<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
     xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
     xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
     xmlns:dcterms="http://purl.org/dc/terms/"
     xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/"
     xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
     xmlns:cf="https://www.futureplc.com/rss/content-flags"
>
    <channel>
                    <atom:link rel="alternate" hreflang="en-GB"
                       href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/uk/feeds/tag/camera-accessories"
                       type="application/rss+xml"/>
                            <title><![CDATA[ Latest from Digital Camera World UK in Camera-accessories ]]></title>
                <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/uk/cameras/camera-accessories</link>
        <description><![CDATA[ All the latest camera-accessories content from the Digital Camera World  UK team ]]></description>
                                    <lastBuildDate>Sun, 27 Sep 2026 21:51:32 +0000</lastBuildDate>
                            <language>en</language>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Turn your tripod into a hammock. Yes, really! ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Tether Tools has released two new storage products designed for a rather unusual location: the space between the legs of a tripod. These 'tripod hammocks' turn what would otherwise be dead space into somewhere to place frequently used gear, keeping it safe, off the ground, and easily accessible during a shoot.</p><p>Two hammock versions are available: the Tripod Hammock Sport, and the Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro.</p><h2 id="tripod-hammock-multi-pro">Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Csf3r7ygwLSEaoWFSYv9Wg" name="1_TT_MAIN_Tripod-Hammock-Pro_71-1200x675-1 copy" alt="Tether Tools Tripod Hammock" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Csf3r7ygwLSEaoWFSYv9Wg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tether Tools)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Priced at $99.99, this is the premium offering. It serves not just as a temporary open storage hammock, but can also be zipped up and transported as an enclosed triangular kit bag. Inside are three segments, separated by removable padded dividers. Within each section are three removable pouches, each large enough to fit a small lens, or other accessories like batteries, filters, or cables. Around the edge of the main hammock unit you'll also find multiple exterior quick-access pockets ideal for memory cards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="euhv7YNG7tac3ExWqXksWg" name="4_TT_Tripod-Hammock-Pro_06-1200x675-1 copy" alt="Tether Tools Tripod Hammock" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/euhv7YNG7tac3ExWqXksWg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/euhv7YNG7tac3ExWqXksWg-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tether Tools)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro is suspended from a tripod's legs using a magnetic quick-connect system that holds securely but is still easy to attach and remove. This enables rapid setup and teardown, after which the hammock can be zipped closed and moved using the integrated carry handle, or attached to a backpack. A durable, weather-resistant rip-stop construction keeps the hammock usable in inclement conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yf2uSyygwXAe9nK7J4UJTg" name="7_TT_Tripod-Hammock-Pro_1200x675 copy" alt="Tether Tools Tripod Hammock" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yf2uSyygwXAe9nK7J4UJTg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yf2uSyygwXAe9nK7J4UJTg-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tether Tools)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="tripod-hammock-sport">Tripod Hammock Sport</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6iwDJ2YBMJXGKgfq8wPbPg" name="Tether-Tools-Tripod_Hammock-Sport-06-1200x675-1 copy" alt="Tether Tools Tripod Hammock" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6iwDJ2YBMJXGKgfq8wPbPg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6iwDJ2YBMJXGKgfq8wPbPg-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tether Tools)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If you like the idea of having a convenient place to put gear during a shoot, but don't need the enclosed storage design of the Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro, then the Tripod Hammock Sport is for you. It's priced at $49.99, and does away with the closable top of the Multi-Pro, as well as its interior dividers and three separate storage pouches. Instead you get a single open area to temporarily place frequently used gear, though there are small, quick-access pockets on the side where you can keep smaller items. Thanks to its more minimalist design, the Sport is able to fold small for compact transportation, but still features a protective PU coating and a tear-resistant design for enhanced durability and weather resistance.</p><p>Both the Tripod Hammock Sport, and the Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro are available to <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/search?q=tether%20tools%20tripod%20hammock&sts=ma" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">buy now from B&H</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/turn-your-tripod-into-a-hammock-yes-really</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Tether Tools wants to turn the dead space under your tripod into a useful storage area ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">jBkYvJQj7YGLT6ANsyJAWV</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Jn3VZDkjvGkJCertVBfiYg-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 27 Sep 2026 21:51:32 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Sun, 27 Sep 2026 22:13:15 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ ben.andrews@futurenet.com (Ben Andrews) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Ben Andrews ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hA7SxTHVsLt7fQ5XhWWbX4-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Jn3VZDkjvGkJCertVBfiYg-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Tether Tools]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Tether Tools Tripod Hammock]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Tether Tools Tripod Hammock]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Tether Tools Tripod Hammock]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Jn3VZDkjvGkJCertVBfiYg-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Tether Tools has released two new storage products designed for a rather unusual location: the space between the legs of a tripod. These 'tripod hammocks' turn what would otherwise be dead space into somewhere to place frequently used gear, keeping it safe, off the ground, and easily accessible during a shoot.</p><p>Two hammock versions are available: the Tripod Hammock Sport, and the Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro.</p><h2 id="tripod-hammock-multi-pro">Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Csf3r7ygwLSEaoWFSYv9Wg" name="1_TT_MAIN_Tripod-Hammock-Pro_71-1200x675-1 copy" alt="Tether Tools Tripod Hammock" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Csf3r7ygwLSEaoWFSYv9Wg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tether Tools)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Priced at $99.99, this is the premium offering. It serves not just as a temporary open storage hammock, but can also be zipped up and transported as an enclosed triangular kit bag. Inside are three segments, separated by removable padded dividers. Within each section are three removable pouches, each large enough to fit a small lens, or other accessories like batteries, filters, or cables. Around the edge of the main hammock unit you'll also find multiple exterior quick-access pockets ideal for memory cards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="euhv7YNG7tac3ExWqXksWg" name="4_TT_Tripod-Hammock-Pro_06-1200x675-1 copy" alt="Tether Tools Tripod Hammock" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/euhv7YNG7tac3ExWqXksWg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/euhv7YNG7tac3ExWqXksWg-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tether Tools)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro is suspended from a tripod's legs using a magnetic quick-connect system that holds securely but is still easy to attach and remove. This enables rapid setup and teardown, after which the hammock can be zipped closed and moved using the integrated carry handle, or attached to a backpack. A durable, weather-resistant rip-stop construction keeps the hammock usable in inclement conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yf2uSyygwXAe9nK7J4UJTg" name="7_TT_Tripod-Hammock-Pro_1200x675 copy" alt="Tether Tools Tripod Hammock" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yf2uSyygwXAe9nK7J4UJTg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yf2uSyygwXAe9nK7J4UJTg-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tether Tools)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="tripod-hammock-sport">Tripod Hammock Sport</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6iwDJ2YBMJXGKgfq8wPbPg" name="Tether-Tools-Tripod_Hammock-Sport-06-1200x675-1 copy" alt="Tether Tools Tripod Hammock" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6iwDJ2YBMJXGKgfq8wPbPg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6iwDJ2YBMJXGKgfq8wPbPg-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tether Tools)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If you like the idea of having a convenient place to put gear during a shoot, but don't need the enclosed storage design of the Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro, then the Tripod Hammock Sport is for you. It's priced at $49.99, and does away with the closable top of the Multi-Pro, as well as its interior dividers and three separate storage pouches. Instead you get a single open area to temporarily place frequently used gear, though there are small, quick-access pockets on the side where you can keep smaller items. Thanks to its more minimalist design, the Sport is able to fold small for compact transportation, but still features a protective PU coating and a tear-resistant design for enhanced durability and weather resistance.</p><p>Both the Tripod Hammock Sport, and the Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro are available to <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/search?q=tether%20tools%20tripod%20hammock&sts=ma" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">buy now from B&H</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Vanguard's Pro 2N1 Strap allows two cameras to be mounted at once, can be used as a single shoulder sling, and features Arca-Swiss compatibility ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>What’s better than one camera? Two, of course! Enter the Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap – an Arca-Swiss-compatible dual-camera harness that enables two camera bodies with different lenses to be hung off your shoulders, bringing them within easy reach.</p><p>There are a variety of situations where a dual-camera harness comes in useful, such as professional wedding or sports photographers who need to shoot with multiple cameras, allowing them to quickly swap to another camera with a different lens attached and ready to go. </p><p>Dual camera harnesses are nothing new, and I’ve previously reviewed the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/blackrapid-blackline-ii-double-dual-camera-harness-review">BlackRapid Blackline II</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/blackrapid-double-breathe-harness-review">BlackRapid Double Breathe</a>, and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/coiro-dual-camera-harness-review">Coiro Dual</a> straps for Digital Camera World. However, the Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap has a couple of unique features, including the ability to be split in half and be used as a single shoulder sling, in addition to its Arca-Swiss plate design – so without further ado, let’s put it to the test and find out if this is the one you should go for.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-pro-2n1-strap-specifications"><span>Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Colors</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Black, green</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Max Length</strong></p></td><td  ><p>178 cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Strap Width</strong></p></td><td  ><p>2.5 cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Max Load</strong></p></td><td  ><p>150 kg / 330 lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>430 g / 19 lb 11 oz</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-pro-2n1-strap-price"><span>Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap: Price</span></h3><p>The Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap costs $170 / £100 / AU$220, so how much of a bargain it is depends on whereabouts you're based. In the UK, it's considerably cheaper than Black Rapid’s most popular harness, the Double Breathe, which costs $180 / £150 / AU$270, whereas in the US there's a lot less in it. </p><p>The UK price of the Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap is more in line with the Coiro Classic Dual, which costs $98 / £98 / AU$155. That said, the Coiro harness is made from leather straps riveted together and can't be used as a single strap, whereas the Pro 2N1 Strap can, so it's more versatile on that front. I personally think the Coiro strap looks a little more stylish and characterful, which is important for me when shooting weddings. However, being made of leather, it won't be suitable for those who avoid animal products.</p><p>If you like the practical functionality of having a dual harness that can be used as single shoulder straps and also has a versatile Arca-Swiss plate design, you won’t be disappointed with the Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap.</p><p>There's also a Vanguard Pro Strap designed for a single camera only, which cost $120 / £75 / AU$150. </p><div data-widget-type="merchantlink" data-model-name="Vanguard PRO 2N1 STRAP"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-pro-2n1-strap-design-handling"><span>Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap has a maximum length of 178cm and a strap width of 2.5cm. Impressively, Vanguard claims it can withstand a maximum weight of up to 150 kg – though let’s face it, realistically we’ll be carrying much less than this, even with the heaviest of pro cameras and monster telephoto lenses loaded up. </p><p>Tipping the scales at 430g, the Pro 2N1 Strap is almost 100g heavier than the popular BlackRapid Double X Extra Comfort, undoubtedly because there’s a lot of metal hardware on the Vanguard harness, especially around the quick-release mechanisms. On the other hand, it's significantly lighter than the Coiro Classic Dual leather harness, which weighs a hefty 625g. </p><p>Padding on the shoulder areas of the Vanguard is fairly thin at 5mm. It also has a rubberized texture on the inside, so it’s less breathable than the BlackRapid. I’ll come on to how comfortable I found it to be in real-world scenarios in the Performance section. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sHdMVHhCtRZQFX9PugmrC6" name="Vanguard_03" alt="Vanguard Pro 2N1 Dual Camera Harness with Arca Swiss" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sHdMVHhCtRZQFX9PugmrC6-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap allows you to carry a pair of camera bodies on your shoulders, useful when you need a backup camera or one with a different lens attached in a hurry </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dan Mold)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Pro 2N1 Strap is currently only available in black or a greeny-gray option, which makes it quite utilitarian – as a working wedding photographer myself, I often sacrifice the comfort and features of padded black straps in favor of a leather harness such as those from Coiro, which come in different color options and help to make me ‘look the part’, so I can inject a bit of character into my wedding outfit. </p><p>That said, if black is your thing, or you need the dual harness to shoot something like motorsports, this rugged, utilitarian design is almost definitely a better choice for you. It’s also no bad thing that black helps you keep a low profile, which could be desirable for some photographers or videographers.</p><p>One of the Pro 2N1 Strap’s party tricks is that it uses Arca-Swiss mounting plates. These require a tool, such as the included hex wrench or a flathead screwdriver or coin to affix to your camera initially, so in practice they take a little longer to remove or attach to your camera than the lugs that come with the Black Rapid and Coiro straps, which can be screwed in tight by hand without any tools. However, once the Vanguard plates are installed, you really have no reason to remove them again due to their versatile Arca-Swiss design, which is universally compatible with many common tripods and monopods. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="WQuBLq4WE6vSTUZgXs5PUY" name="Vanguard_11" alt="Vanguard Pro 2N1 Dual Camera Harness Arca Swiss" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WQuBLq4WE6vSTUZgXs5PUY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Arca-Swiss plate connects to your camera with a hex wrench, but once it's on there, it opens up compatibility with a whole host of accessories, so you can switch from the harness to a tripod or monopod with great speed and flexibility </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dan Mold)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are clear real-world benefits for this, including wedding photographers shooting low-light scenes on a tripod and motorsports enthusiasts switching a single monopod between two camera bodies, each loaded with different lenses.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ULZqA8fDqfCJckBKT8KWSY" name="Vanguard_10" alt="Vanguard Pro 2N1 Dual Camera Harness Arca Swiss" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ULZqA8fDqfCJckBKT8KWSY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Two buttons on the quick release mechanism can be pressed with a thumb and finger to remove your camera from the harness fast; however, this doesn't grant you access to the Arca-Swiss plate – you need to remove another piece of metal hardware via a thumbscrew to get to it </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dan Mold)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Cameras can be detached from the harness fast using the quick-release buttons, and while this is fast, this actually doesn’t allow the Arca-Swiss connection to be accessed; instead, you need to use the slower thumbscrew to detach your camera from the Arca-Swiss plate, and this felt like a bit of a strange design choice.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="pWPQXwEZKqifkcPfwTpEj5" name="Vanguard_06" alt="Vanguard Pro 2N1 Dual Camera Harness with Arca Swiss" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pWPQXwEZKqifkcPfwTpEj5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any dual-camera harness worth its salt comes with safety tethers to add extra security should your camera accidentally become detached from the main anchor point </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dan Mold)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are also two safety tethers included in the box, which loop through points on the harness and connect to the lugs on your camera to add another point of security should your camera accidentally take a tumble.</p><p>As you might have guessed by its name, the Pro 2N1 Strap can be split in half and used as two single straps, either going over your left or right shoulder, depending on your preference. </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-pro-2n1-strap-performance"><span>Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap: Performance</span></h3><p>One of the most unique aspects of the Vanguard Pro 2N1 is its implementation of Arca-Swiss-compatible camera plates that connect to the harness. While these do feature a quick-release button, this disconnects a larger mechanism, so getting hold of the camera with just the Arca-Swiss plate attached takes longer and requires turning the thumbscrew to detach it from the harness.</p><p>However, this is still very speedy to do. As a wedding photographer, I don’t find myself having to faff around with changing tripod plates that often, unless I’m doing something particularly fancy such as a group shot at night where I’ll use a long exposure so that guests can write words with sparklers – here a tripod is essential, though I would say 99% of my wedding shots are taken handheld with them firmly glued to the harness.</p><p>But perhaps I’m being unfair – it could well be that the reason I have been reluctant to take them off the harness and use a tripod is that I know how much of a pain it will be to switch over to a tripod plate, slowing me down and potentially resulting in me missing a key moment.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="2WrjqirqDKGAKwGdFYjxB6" name="Vanguard_01" alt="Vanguard Pro 2N1 Dual Camera Harness with Arca Swiss" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2WrjqirqDKGAKwGdFYjxB6-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap comes with a host of decent features usually found in more expensive harnesses, and there's a brilliant level of adjustability to make sure it's set up precisely for your height and build </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dan Mold)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Although I like to ‘run and gun’ most of my weddings using a dual harness, there are certain situations, such as the big family group shots, where using a tripod would be beneficial and ensure consistent framing as family members are swapped in and out, not to mention this would also remove any chance of camera shake creeping in from shooting handheld.</p><p>I reckon Vanguard’s Pro 2N1 Strap will be more desirable in the realms of sports and motorsports, where photographers are either shooting handheld or on a tripod, or more likely, a monopod. I can see the ability to switch cameras sharing a single monopod being very handy indeed.</p><p>The shoulder pads of the Pro 2N1 Strap have a solid rubberized texture on the inside, which makes them grippy but not breathable, unlike the Black Rapid Sports Breathe, which has holes for ventilation. The grippy texture on the shoulder pads do a good job of keeping the harness in place when you’re on the move, there are also two plastic bumpers on each of the straps that can be adjusted to restrict the range of movement to stop your cameras swinging about too much. This is particularly handy when you need to lean forward or crouch down as it stops the cameras from lurching forward unexpectedly.</p><p>Secondary safety tethers are essential on a camera harness to prevent your expensive camera and lenses from crashing to the floor should is slip from your grip once removed from your harness, or in the unlikely scenario that the main connection fails. While the Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap does come with these additional straps, their toggles appeared to pop out of their connectors with a very light touch and I would have been more reassured if it took a bit more force to separate them. That said, they never failed me during testing.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="oonV7qyPtYEYfcnkLsfhu6" name="Vanguard_09" alt="Vanguard Pro 2N1 Dual Camera Harness with Arca Swiss" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oonV7qyPtYEYfcnkLsfhu6-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The two shoulder pads are linked together on the front by an elasticated sternum strap for extra comfort. Adjustable 'bumpers' are also included on each strap so you can limit the range of movement for your camera </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dan Mold)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap is pretty much half the price of Black Rapid’s Double Breathe, which is the company’s most popular dual camera harness. Doing a side-by-side comparison, the Vanguard sadly does feel of inferior quality, though it’s a much more budget-friendly option, so that shouldn’t really come as a surprise. The shoulder padding feels thin, basic, and is unventilated, while bringing the cameras up to eye level would often get snagged or caught and weren’t as smooth to glide up to eye-level as on the Black Rapid Double Breathe. </p><p>That said, it has nice features like an elasticated sternum strap and there’s no shortage of buckles you can adjust to make sure it fits your build perfectly.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="c6rgAPGuptxB7hvcRud4Z6" name="Vanguard_07" alt="Vanguard Pro 2N1 Dual Camera Harness with Arca Swiss" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/c6rgAPGuptxB7hvcRud4Z6-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Some hefty metal hardware is used to mount your camera to each strap </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dan Mold)</span></figcaption></figure><p>All of the metal components on the Pro 2N1 Strap feel solid and of good quality, so there are no issues here; they feel hefty and built like a tank. However, I have a qualm with the design choice of the quick-release system, which, yes, it disconnects the camera from the harness so you can shoot untethered and handheld – but this doesn’t give you fast access to the Arca-Swiss plate, which requires a separate piece of metal to be unscrewed by a thumbscrew – it just seems like an odd design choice for me. The USP of this product is that Arca-Swiss connection – so why slow down being able to get to it and use it?</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-pro-2n1-strap-verdict"><span>Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap: Verdict</span></h3><p>You’ll struggle to find a decent double camera harness on the market for less than £100, which makes the Pro 2N1 Strap a really good budget option in the UK, offering great bang for your buck and, if you are limited by strict budgets, you’ll still be treated to some very handy features.</p><p>However, the US price of $170 is not quite so competitive, potentially due to higher tarrifs, and this makes it similarly priced to its competition from Black Rapid, which is built better, though doesn't have the flexibility of its Arca-Swiss mounting system.</p><p>I’ll make no bones about it – the Pro 2N1 Strap isn’t the most comfortable or best kitted out harness on the market, but it does offer a great set of features at a decent price. In the UK it costs similar money to the Coiro Classic Dual, so if leather products aren’t your thing, the Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap offers a fantastic alternative.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p><strong>★★★★☆</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Arca-Swiss compatibility, a modular design that converts to two single straps, and the ability to support up to 150kg are impressive features in this dual camera harness, but the 5mm shoulder padding is quite thin.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p><strong>★★★☆☆</strong></p></td><td  ><p>While the Arca-Swiss plate mounting system is relatively unique, it's slow to get to as it doesn't directly use the quick release buttons.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p><strong>★★★☆☆</strong></p></td><td  ><p>While equipped with grippy unventilated shoulder pads and safety tethers, the harness is less smooth and refined than premium alternatives.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p><strong>★★★★☆</strong></p></td><td  ><p>The feature-packed Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap is a budget-friendly dual harness in the UK, but not so much in the US. Its build quality feels slightly inferior to premium rivals.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="fcc6c16a-b0e9-11f1-a390-b591039fe5f8" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Blackline II Double Dual Camera Harness" data-dimension48="Blackline II Double Dual Camera Harness" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/blackrapid-blackline-ii-double-dual-camera-harness-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1304px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.08%;"><img id="AizHNaC68jQKNMZTFJtj96" name="Black Rapid Blackline II Harness" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AizHNaC68jQKNMZTFJtj96-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1304" height="1305" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/blackrapid-blackline-ii-double-dual-camera-harness-review" data-dimension112="fcc6c16a-b0e9-11f1-a390-b591039fe5f8" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Blackline II Double Dual Camera Harness" data-dimension48="Blackline II Double Dual Camera Harness" data-dimension25=""><strong>Blackline II Double Dual Camera Harness</strong></a> does everything its more affordable Double Breathe sibling can but builds upon it with softer and more breathable shoulder padding, it’s kitted out with an all-black design that will be a hit with photographers looking to keep a low profile and not attract attention.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="fcc6c1ce-b0e9-11f1-abdd-135849940908" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Coiro dual Harness" data-dimension48="Coiro dual Harness" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/coiro-dual-camera-harness-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1080px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="jpWnA49qwbHoEV9H7qfj73" name="1_5e67b6fd-f219-4e2e-8c66-0c80e5aa18b8" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jpWnA49qwbHoEV9H7qfj73-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1080" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/coiro-dual-camera-harness-review" data-dimension112="fcc6c1ce-b0e9-11f1-abdd-135849940908" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Coiro dual Harness" data-dimension48="Coiro dual Harness" data-dimension25=""><strong>Coiro dual Harness</strong></a> is a brilliant budget-friendly option that offers both style and substance. It comes in a variety of colors to help you look the part at weddings and although not padded in its most basic iteration, it’s comfortable and holds your cameras very securely. </p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/vanguard-pro-2n1-strap-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Double trouble! Vanguard’s Pro 2N1 Strap allows users to wield two cameras at once with the flexibility of quick-release Arca-Swiss mounting plates ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">UcZ7jspDXFbTkMgBnZLeyn</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nd2mQt59QvpdrmGDRZk2u5-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 27 Sep 2026 17:45:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ dan.mold@futurenet.com (Dan Mold) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Dan Mold ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/j5BBQoKwLZznXzRK4N6DC4-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;A freelance professional photographer and filmmaker, Dan also has over a decade of experience as a journalist writing about all aspects of photography. Before serving as the Technique Editor and then Deputy Editor on &lt;em&gt;PhotoPlus: The Canon Magazine&lt;/em&gt;, he was the Technical Editor for &lt;em&gt;Practical Photography&lt;/em&gt; magazine as well as Photoshop Editor on &lt;em&gt;Digital Photo&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Dan is an Adobe-certified Photoshop guru, making him officially a beast at post-processing – so he’s the perfect person to share tips and tricks both in-camera and in post. Able to shoot all genres, Dan provides techniques and tutorials on everything from portraits and landscapes to macro and wildlife, helping photographers get the most out of their cameras, lenses, filters, lighting, tripods, and, of course, editing software. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;He&#039;s also one of our go-to reviewers, putting his years of Canon experience to play in testing cameras and lenses from the world&#039;s biggest camera company. &lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nd2mQt59QvpdrmGDRZk2u5-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Dan Mold]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Vanguard Pro 2N1 Dual Camera Harness with Arca Swiss]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Vanguard Pro 2N1 Dual Camera Harness with Arca Swiss]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Vanguard Pro 2N1 Dual Camera Harness with Arca Swiss]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nd2mQt59QvpdrmGDRZk2u5-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>What’s better than one camera? Two, of course! Enter the Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap – an Arca-Swiss-compatible dual-camera harness that enables two camera bodies with different lenses to be hung off your shoulders, bringing them within easy reach.</p><p>There are a variety of situations where a dual-camera harness comes in useful, such as professional wedding or sports photographers who need to shoot with multiple cameras, allowing them to quickly swap to another camera with a different lens attached and ready to go. </p><p>Dual camera harnesses are nothing new, and I’ve previously reviewed the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/blackrapid-blackline-ii-double-dual-camera-harness-review">BlackRapid Blackline II</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/blackrapid-double-breathe-harness-review">BlackRapid Double Breathe</a>, and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/coiro-dual-camera-harness-review">Coiro Dual</a> straps for Digital Camera World. However, the Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap has a couple of unique features, including the ability to be split in half and be used as a single shoulder sling, in addition to its Arca-Swiss plate design – so without further ado, let’s put it to the test and find out if this is the one you should go for.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-pro-2n1-strap-specifications"><span>Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Colors</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Black, green</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Max Length</strong></p></td><td  ><p>178 cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Strap Width</strong></p></td><td  ><p>2.5 cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Max Load</strong></p></td><td  ><p>150 kg / 330 lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>430 g / 19 lb 11 oz</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-pro-2n1-strap-price"><span>Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap: Price</span></h3><p>The Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap costs $170 / £100 / AU$220, so how much of a bargain it is depends on whereabouts you're based. In the UK, it's considerably cheaper than Black Rapid’s most popular harness, the Double Breathe, which costs $180 / £150 / AU$270, whereas in the US there's a lot less in it. </p><p>The UK price of the Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap is more in line with the Coiro Classic Dual, which costs $98 / £98 / AU$155. That said, the Coiro harness is made from leather straps riveted together and can't be used as a single strap, whereas the Pro 2N1 Strap can, so it's more versatile on that front. I personally think the Coiro strap looks a little more stylish and characterful, which is important for me when shooting weddings. However, being made of leather, it won't be suitable for those who avoid animal products.</p><p>If you like the practical functionality of having a dual harness that can be used as single shoulder straps and also has a versatile Arca-Swiss plate design, you won’t be disappointed with the Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap.</p><p>There's also a Vanguard Pro Strap designed for a single camera only, which cost $120 / £75 / AU$150. </p><div data-widget-type="merchantlink" data-model-name="Vanguard PRO 2N1 STRAP"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-pro-2n1-strap-design-handling"><span>Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap has a maximum length of 178cm and a strap width of 2.5cm. Impressively, Vanguard claims it can withstand a maximum weight of up to 150 kg – though let’s face it, realistically we’ll be carrying much less than this, even with the heaviest of pro cameras and monster telephoto lenses loaded up. </p><p>Tipping the scales at 430g, the Pro 2N1 Strap is almost 100g heavier than the popular BlackRapid Double X Extra Comfort, undoubtedly because there’s a lot of metal hardware on the Vanguard harness, especially around the quick-release mechanisms. On the other hand, it's significantly lighter than the Coiro Classic Dual leather harness, which weighs a hefty 625g. </p><p>Padding on the shoulder areas of the Vanguard is fairly thin at 5mm. It also has a rubberized texture on the inside, so it’s less breathable than the BlackRapid. I’ll come on to how comfortable I found it to be in real-world scenarios in the Performance section. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sHdMVHhCtRZQFX9PugmrC6" name="Vanguard_03" alt="Vanguard Pro 2N1 Dual Camera Harness with Arca Swiss" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sHdMVHhCtRZQFX9PugmrC6-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap allows you to carry a pair of camera bodies on your shoulders, useful when you need a backup camera or one with a different lens attached in a hurry </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dan Mold)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Pro 2N1 Strap is currently only available in black or a greeny-gray option, which makes it quite utilitarian – as a working wedding photographer myself, I often sacrifice the comfort and features of padded black straps in favor of a leather harness such as those from Coiro, which come in different color options and help to make me ‘look the part’, so I can inject a bit of character into my wedding outfit. </p><p>That said, if black is your thing, or you need the dual harness to shoot something like motorsports, this rugged, utilitarian design is almost definitely a better choice for you. It’s also no bad thing that black helps you keep a low profile, which could be desirable for some photographers or videographers.</p><p>One of the Pro 2N1 Strap’s party tricks is that it uses Arca-Swiss mounting plates. These require a tool, such as the included hex wrench or a flathead screwdriver or coin to affix to your camera initially, so in practice they take a little longer to remove or attach to your camera than the lugs that come with the Black Rapid and Coiro straps, which can be screwed in tight by hand without any tools. However, once the Vanguard plates are installed, you really have no reason to remove them again due to their versatile Arca-Swiss design, which is universally compatible with many common tripods and monopods. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="WQuBLq4WE6vSTUZgXs5PUY" name="Vanguard_11" alt="Vanguard Pro 2N1 Dual Camera Harness Arca Swiss" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WQuBLq4WE6vSTUZgXs5PUY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Arca-Swiss plate connects to your camera with a hex wrench, but once it's on there, it opens up compatibility with a whole host of accessories, so you can switch from the harness to a tripod or monopod with great speed and flexibility </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dan Mold)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are clear real-world benefits for this, including wedding photographers shooting low-light scenes on a tripod and motorsports enthusiasts switching a single monopod between two camera bodies, each loaded with different lenses.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ULZqA8fDqfCJckBKT8KWSY" name="Vanguard_10" alt="Vanguard Pro 2N1 Dual Camera Harness Arca Swiss" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ULZqA8fDqfCJckBKT8KWSY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Two buttons on the quick release mechanism can be pressed with a thumb and finger to remove your camera from the harness fast; however, this doesn't grant you access to the Arca-Swiss plate – you need to remove another piece of metal hardware via a thumbscrew to get to it </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dan Mold)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Cameras can be detached from the harness fast using the quick-release buttons, and while this is fast, this actually doesn’t allow the Arca-Swiss connection to be accessed; instead, you need to use the slower thumbscrew to detach your camera from the Arca-Swiss plate, and this felt like a bit of a strange design choice.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="pWPQXwEZKqifkcPfwTpEj5" name="Vanguard_06" alt="Vanguard Pro 2N1 Dual Camera Harness with Arca Swiss" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pWPQXwEZKqifkcPfwTpEj5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any dual-camera harness worth its salt comes with safety tethers to add extra security should your camera accidentally become detached from the main anchor point </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dan Mold)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are also two safety tethers included in the box, which loop through points on the harness and connect to the lugs on your camera to add another point of security should your camera accidentally take a tumble.</p><p>As you might have guessed by its name, the Pro 2N1 Strap can be split in half and used as two single straps, either going over your left or right shoulder, depending on your preference. </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-pro-2n1-strap-performance"><span>Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap: Performance</span></h3><p>One of the most unique aspects of the Vanguard Pro 2N1 is its implementation of Arca-Swiss-compatible camera plates that connect to the harness. While these do feature a quick-release button, this disconnects a larger mechanism, so getting hold of the camera with just the Arca-Swiss plate attached takes longer and requires turning the thumbscrew to detach it from the harness.</p><p>However, this is still very speedy to do. As a wedding photographer, I don’t find myself having to faff around with changing tripod plates that often, unless I’m doing something particularly fancy such as a group shot at night where I’ll use a long exposure so that guests can write words with sparklers – here a tripod is essential, though I would say 99% of my wedding shots are taken handheld with them firmly glued to the harness.</p><p>But perhaps I’m being unfair – it could well be that the reason I have been reluctant to take them off the harness and use a tripod is that I know how much of a pain it will be to switch over to a tripod plate, slowing me down and potentially resulting in me missing a key moment.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="2WrjqirqDKGAKwGdFYjxB6" name="Vanguard_01" alt="Vanguard Pro 2N1 Dual Camera Harness with Arca Swiss" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2WrjqirqDKGAKwGdFYjxB6-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap comes with a host of decent features usually found in more expensive harnesses, and there's a brilliant level of adjustability to make sure it's set up precisely for your height and build </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dan Mold)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Although I like to ‘run and gun’ most of my weddings using a dual harness, there are certain situations, such as the big family group shots, where using a tripod would be beneficial and ensure consistent framing as family members are swapped in and out, not to mention this would also remove any chance of camera shake creeping in from shooting handheld.</p><p>I reckon Vanguard’s Pro 2N1 Strap will be more desirable in the realms of sports and motorsports, where photographers are either shooting handheld or on a tripod, or more likely, a monopod. I can see the ability to switch cameras sharing a single monopod being very handy indeed.</p><p>The shoulder pads of the Pro 2N1 Strap have a solid rubberized texture on the inside, which makes them grippy but not breathable, unlike the Black Rapid Sports Breathe, which has holes for ventilation. The grippy texture on the shoulder pads do a good job of keeping the harness in place when you’re on the move, there are also two plastic bumpers on each of the straps that can be adjusted to restrict the range of movement to stop your cameras swinging about too much. This is particularly handy when you need to lean forward or crouch down as it stops the cameras from lurching forward unexpectedly.</p><p>Secondary safety tethers are essential on a camera harness to prevent your expensive camera and lenses from crashing to the floor should is slip from your grip once removed from your harness, or in the unlikely scenario that the main connection fails. While the Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap does come with these additional straps, their toggles appeared to pop out of their connectors with a very light touch and I would have been more reassured if it took a bit more force to separate them. That said, they never failed me during testing.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="oonV7qyPtYEYfcnkLsfhu6" name="Vanguard_09" alt="Vanguard Pro 2N1 Dual Camera Harness with Arca Swiss" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oonV7qyPtYEYfcnkLsfhu6-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The two shoulder pads are linked together on the front by an elasticated sternum strap for extra comfort. Adjustable 'bumpers' are also included on each strap so you can limit the range of movement for your camera </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dan Mold)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap is pretty much half the price of Black Rapid’s Double Breathe, which is the company’s most popular dual camera harness. Doing a side-by-side comparison, the Vanguard sadly does feel of inferior quality, though it’s a much more budget-friendly option, so that shouldn’t really come as a surprise. The shoulder padding feels thin, basic, and is unventilated, while bringing the cameras up to eye level would often get snagged or caught and weren’t as smooth to glide up to eye-level as on the Black Rapid Double Breathe. </p><p>That said, it has nice features like an elasticated sternum strap and there’s no shortage of buckles you can adjust to make sure it fits your build perfectly.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="c6rgAPGuptxB7hvcRud4Z6" name="Vanguard_07" alt="Vanguard Pro 2N1 Dual Camera Harness with Arca Swiss" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/c6rgAPGuptxB7hvcRud4Z6-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Some hefty metal hardware is used to mount your camera to each strap </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dan Mold)</span></figcaption></figure><p>All of the metal components on the Pro 2N1 Strap feel solid and of good quality, so there are no issues here; they feel hefty and built like a tank. However, I have a qualm with the design choice of the quick-release system, which, yes, it disconnects the camera from the harness so you can shoot untethered and handheld – but this doesn’t give you fast access to the Arca-Swiss plate, which requires a separate piece of metal to be unscrewed by a thumbscrew – it just seems like an odd design choice for me. The USP of this product is that Arca-Swiss connection – so why slow down being able to get to it and use it?</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-pro-2n1-strap-verdict"><span>Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap: Verdict</span></h3><p>You’ll struggle to find a decent double camera harness on the market for less than £100, which makes the Pro 2N1 Strap a really good budget option in the UK, offering great bang for your buck and, if you are limited by strict budgets, you’ll still be treated to some very handy features.</p><p>However, the US price of $170 is not quite so competitive, potentially due to higher tarrifs, and this makes it similarly priced to its competition from Black Rapid, which is built better, though doesn't have the flexibility of its Arca-Swiss mounting system.</p><p>I’ll make no bones about it – the Pro 2N1 Strap isn’t the most comfortable or best kitted out harness on the market, but it does offer a great set of features at a decent price. In the UK it costs similar money to the Coiro Classic Dual, so if leather products aren’t your thing, the Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap offers a fantastic alternative.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p><strong>★★★★☆</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Arca-Swiss compatibility, a modular design that converts to two single straps, and the ability to support up to 150kg are impressive features in this dual camera harness, but the 5mm shoulder padding is quite thin.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p><strong>★★★☆☆</strong></p></td><td  ><p>While the Arca-Swiss plate mounting system is relatively unique, it's slow to get to as it doesn't directly use the quick release buttons.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p><strong>★★★☆☆</strong></p></td><td  ><p>While equipped with grippy unventilated shoulder pads and safety tethers, the harness is less smooth and refined than premium alternatives.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p><strong>★★★★☆</strong></p></td><td  ><p>The feature-packed Vanguard Pro 2N1 Strap is a budget-friendly dual harness in the UK, but not so much in the US. Its build quality feels slightly inferior to premium rivals.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="fcc6c16a-b0e9-11f1-a390-b591039fe5f8" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Blackline II Double Dual Camera Harness" data-dimension48="Blackline II Double Dual Camera Harness" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/blackrapid-blackline-ii-double-dual-camera-harness-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1304px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.08%;"><img id="AizHNaC68jQKNMZTFJtj96" name="Black Rapid Blackline II Harness" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AizHNaC68jQKNMZTFJtj96-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1304" height="1305" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/blackrapid-blackline-ii-double-dual-camera-harness-review" data-dimension112="fcc6c16a-b0e9-11f1-a390-b591039fe5f8" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Blackline II Double Dual Camera Harness" data-dimension48="Blackline II Double Dual Camera Harness" data-dimension25=""><strong>Blackline II Double Dual Camera Harness</strong></a> does everything its more affordable Double Breathe sibling can but builds upon it with softer and more breathable shoulder padding, it’s kitted out with an all-black design that will be a hit with photographers looking to keep a low profile and not attract attention.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="fcc6c1ce-b0e9-11f1-abdd-135849940908" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Coiro dual Harness" data-dimension48="Coiro dual Harness" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/coiro-dual-camera-harness-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1080px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="jpWnA49qwbHoEV9H7qfj73" name="1_5e67b6fd-f219-4e2e-8c66-0c80e5aa18b8" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jpWnA49qwbHoEV9H7qfj73-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1080" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/coiro-dual-camera-harness-review" data-dimension112="fcc6c1ce-b0e9-11f1-abdd-135849940908" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Coiro dual Harness" data-dimension48="Coiro dual Harness" data-dimension25=""><strong>Coiro dual Harness</strong></a> is a brilliant budget-friendly option that offers both style and substance. It comes in a variety of colors to help you look the part at weddings and although not padded in its most basic iteration, it’s comfortable and holds your cameras very securely. </p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Vanguard Veo 5 264CO review: a high-end, specialized spotting scope tripod kit, complete with panning head ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Vanguard and I go back a long way. I’ve been testing and reviewing its kit for the last 20 years or so, and have generally been very impressed along the way. If you’re not so familiar, allow me to make the introductions… Vanguard is a global company with headquarters in Myanmar and branches in many countries around the world. It’s been making high-quality tripods and other photographic accessories, as well as the likes of binoculars, spotting scopes, backpacks, and gadget bags, building up an extensive catalog over the last 40 years or so.</p><p>Although Vanguard has a very diverse range of products, it’s always tripods that first spring to mind when I think of the company. The Veo 5 264CO is a case in point, but unlike most of the range, it’s designed for spotting scopes rather than for photography or videography. As such, it’s geared towards high-magnification scopes that you might use for birdwatching, wildlife and nature, target sports and hunting, surveillance and tactical use, and even for astronomy. With its upmarket carbon fiber build and 2-way pan head, the Veo 5 264CO kit aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-spotting-scope-tripods">best spotting scope tripods</a> on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="s6KYW8r9wM3ccTVkvaSnvS" name="Veo5 01 intro 3051.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s6KYW8r9wM3ccTVkvaSnvS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s6KYW8r9wM3ccTVkvaSnvS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s carbon fiber all the way, for each of the 12 leg sections and the center column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-specifications"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>58cm / 22.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded diameter</p></td><td  ><p>7cm / 2.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>167cm / 66in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>21cm / 8.2in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>1.92kg / 4.2lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>8kg / 17lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section diameters</p></td><td  ><p>26, 23, 20, 17mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section clamps</p></td><td  ><p>Twist locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-price"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Price</span></h3><p>The Vanguard Veo 5 264CO sells for around $399 / £280 / AU$399. As a premium carbon fiber full kit, that’s pretty reasonable compared with another of the favorite luxury kits, featured in our <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-spotting-scope-tripods">best spotting scope tripods buying guide</a>. That’s the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 Kit</a>, which costs around $499 / £339 / AU$629. For my money, the Winston is more of a photographic tripod anyway, and its ball head is less ideal for spotting scopes.</p><p>If the Vanguard carbon fiber kit is beyond your budget, there’s a more ‘affordable’ Vanguard Veo 5 264AO aluminum version that costs rather less to buy, at around $349 / £220 / AU$299.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-design-handling"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Even the very best spotting scopes don’t tend to be particularly weighty, unlike a camera fitted with a monster telephoto lens. Nearly all of the scopes I can think of weigh less than 2kg / 4.4lb, most are 1kg / 2.2lb or less, and some only weigh about 0.5kg or about a pound. Suffice it to say that you don’t need a tripod with a mighty maximum payload rating. Some photographic tripods, like the Winston 2.0 that I mentioned earlier, have a 40kg / 88lb payload rating, which is frankly overkill for a spotting scope.</p><p>You might think that the 8kg / 17lb payload rating of the Veo 5 that I’m reviewing here is much more than you need. However, I wouldn’t go too flimsy. Due to the high-power magnification of spotting scopes, you still need a tripod that’s going to be rigid and resistant to vibrations, which can be hugely magnified when you look through the eyepiece. The extra payload rating also gives you scope, so to speak, to add ballast, which can steady the tripod in windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="pxunVHR7oaHmc2Lfp7H8zS" name="Veo5 3053.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pxunVHR7oaHmc2Lfp7H8zS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pxunVHR7oaHmc2Lfp7H8zS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The legs and center column are made from high-grade carbon fiber, and one of the upper leg sections also features a comfort pad. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Sturdiness is enhanced by Vanguard’s decision to use a fairly chunky outer leg section with a diameter of 26mm. I think that’s a good compromise between sturdiness and not making the tripod too heavy to carry out in the wild. A little bonus is that one of the upper sections also features a rubber comfort pad, often omitted in carbon fiber rather than aluminum tripods. It not only makes the tripod more comfortable to carry, but also makes it feel less slippery in wet weather.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="fZe2e9wuzy7bDcxouT4hzS" name="Veo5 3054.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fZe2e9wuzy7bDcxouT4hzS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fZe2e9wuzy7bDcxouT4hzS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Diameters of the four leg sections step down in increments of 3mm, or just over a tenth of an inch. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Extending the legs a little, I measured off the four sections at 26, 23, 20, and 17mm, working my way down to the bottom. Again, I think the choice of four sections per leg is ideal. It enables a fairly compact carrying size as well as a fairly generous maximum operating height. Most spotting scopes have a 45-degree angled eyepiece, so you don’t generally need a tripod to be overly tall. The Veo 5’s maximum of 167cm / 66in should more than suffice.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6NNGCLZ4aaXNirPHb57asS" name="Veo5 3055.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6NNGCLZ4aaXNirPHb57asS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6NNGCLZ4aaXNirPHb57asS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist locks for the leg sections are designed to be quick and easy to use, as well as being virtually silent in operation and easy to clean. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s tempting for manufacturers to include five sections in each leg, which are often featured in some of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>, where a small folded size can be a prime consideration. I’m glad that Vanguard resisted the urge when designing this spotting scope tripod, for two reasons. Firstly, the total of 12 section clamps in 5-section tripods adds to the time and effort required for setup and takedown. Secondly, the bottom leg sections often end up being thin and spindly, lacking rigidity and robustness.</p><p>For speed and ease of use, I favor twist locks rather than flip locks, especially if they operate with minimal rotation for loosening and clamping. The twist locks featured here are designed to do just that, while being silent in operation, which can be important in the context of birding and wildlife. Moreover, the twist locks are designed to be easy to clean, so you can venture out into the mucky outdoors without being too precious about your tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="P9usT2NpQ4BiM4tx4D9ByS" name="Veo5 3056.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P9usT2NpQ4BiM4tx4D9ByS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P9usT2NpQ4BiM4tx4D9ByS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You can set the legs to three different locking angles, aiding setup on tricky terrain. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are three different locking leg angles on offer: 23, 50, and 80 degrees. I really like the simple pushbutton mechanism for selecting different angles, and that you don’t need to swing them all the way up and then come down again in increments to complete the process. It’s another factor that makes the Veo 5 quick to adjust without any unwanted, audible clicks.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zJnDA4ktsh5a5DZFUJVRoS" name="Veo5 3058.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zJnDA4ktsh5a5DZFUJVRoS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zJnDA4ktsh5a5DZFUJVRoS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The removable center column is designed to fit directly into traditional clamps, often available in hides, and also features a weight hook at the bottom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve started to notice some manufacturers making triangular-profile center columns. This tends to enable a space-saving design, with the legs fitting more snugly around the column. In this case, Vanguard has opted for a hexagonal center column. Again, it can save a little space, but it also ensures that you can remove the center column and slot it directly into a traditional clamp, if one is available in a birding/wildlife hide. For adding stability when the center column is back in the tripod, there’s a weight hook at the bottom for adding ballast.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="yDBjG8SzQxVZpyDhFuvziR" name="Veo5 3059.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yDBjG8SzQxVZpyDhFuvziR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yDBjG8SzQxVZpyDhFuvziR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook unscrews from the bottom of the center column with a simple twisting action. This enables you to quickly and easily invert the head, which can be useful for ultra-low-level shooting with an upside-down camera. That’s a lot less practical with a spotting scope. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The ability to invert the center column is of little benefit when using a spotting scope. Of much greater value, you can split the column into two separate sections. This leaves a relatively short, stubby section at the top, so you can splay the legs and achieve an ultra-low viewing position with your spotting scope the right way up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="HyNKT8XEZohdrBzvZ64K4T" name="Veo5 3060.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyNKT8XEZohdrBzvZ64K4T-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyNKT8XEZohdrBzvZ64K4T-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splitting the center column into two sections enables ultra-low-level viewing, as you can splay the legs without the center column digging into the ground. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To ensure a firm footing on any type of surface, the tripod feet are made from rubber pads with retractable metal spikes. I’d use the rubber pads on most surfaces, but the metal spikes can give greater stability on very soft or loose ground.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="XpfjHiyGQzXWXCFRq8rGAS" name="Veo5 3063.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XpfjHiyGQzXWXCFRq8rGAS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XpfjHiyGQzXWXCFRq8rGAS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Twisting the rubber pads of the feet reveal retractable metal spikes </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>On two sides of the canopy that connects the three legs together up top, there are sockets with standard 3/8in threads. You can use these to add accessories with or without magic arms for greater control over positioning. If you need a 1/4in thread instead, you can simply use a 3/8in to 1/4in adapter. Another bonus is that the sockets include bayonet slots on either side, which work with compatible accessories to avoid any unwanted twisting when fitted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="P9f3zheSg7zGv8fQNyWoRS" name="Veo5 3064.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P9f3zheSg7zGv8fQNyWoRS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P9f3zheSg7zGv8fQNyWoRS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The canopy (or chassis) up top features two 3/8in threaded sockets, complete with bayonet slots, for adding accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Also on the canopy is a bubble level that aids in easy leveling of the legs. If you switch from your spotting scope to using a camera for shooting stills or video, this helps to ensure that your horizon stays level in the shot if you start panning.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="SkAhEgF5vzhEfYvGWsVUdS" name="Veo5 3065.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SkAhEgF5vzhEfYvGWsVUdS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SkAhEgF5vzhEfYvGWsVUdS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level built into the canopy helps with leveling the legs on uneven ground. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Moving up to the head, the kit comes with Vanguard’s VEO PH-28 2-Way Pan Head. It’s specially made for spotting scopes, with smooth panning and tilting being core design criteria. As such, it can rotate through a full 360 degrees, while also offering a tilt range of 91 degrees forward and 30 degrees backwards. Also available to buy separately, the head typically costs around $100 / £120 / AU$179 on its own.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ZfDYMYPEGwyPz2re5zKYRS" name="Veo5 3067.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZfDYMYPEGwyPz2re5zKYRS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZfDYMYPEGwyPz2re5zKYRS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 2-way pan head supplied in the kit is a perfect match for the legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I like that the panning handle has a retractable design and that a simple twist is all that’s needed to lock or release both the tilt and panning movements. As such, it offers a completely one-handed operation of the head, leaving your other hand free to adjust magnification and focusing controls on the spotting scope.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="utM8P3B8Yi6rN3FZunKwvS" name="Veo5 3069.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/utM8P3B8Yi6rN3FZunKwvS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/utM8P3B8Yi6rN3FZunKwvS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Locking, releasing, and operating both the pan and tilt functions is a completely one-handed operation, leaving your other hand free for attending to your spotting scope. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head’s scope platform has an Arca-Swiss profile and comes complete with a spring-loaded safety locking pin and bubble level. The locking pin stops the quick-release plate from accidentally sliding out if the clamp becomes loose. It’s handy that if your spotting scope has an Arca-Swiss mounting plate, you can slot it straight into the platform without the need to use the supplied quick-release plate, thus taking an extra component out of the equation.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="eBfkfuVerCVJLhieq6q6DS" name="Veo5 3070.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eBfkfuVerCVJLhieq6q6DS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eBfkfuVerCVJLhieq6q6DS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The platform has an Arca-Swiss profile, and features a spring-loaded security pin and a bubble level. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The quick-release plate is pretty standard Arca-Swiss fare and has a 1/4in treaded screw for attachment to your spotting scope or camera. You can tighten and loosen the screw with the supplied Allen key, a flat blade or coin, or by using the incorporated swiveling D-ring. Not relying on the tightness of its fit alone, the QR plate also features a spring-loaded pin that pushes up into a socket on compatible spotting scope mounting plates, ensuring that there’s no unwanted twisting when the scope is attached.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2414px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="qAFYqDHb4ANwbSiPbMEobR" name="Veo5 3071.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qAFYqDHb4ANwbSiPbMEobR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2414" height="1358" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qAFYqDHb4ANwbSiPbMEobR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick-release plate features a standard 1/4in attachment screw and a spring-loaded anti-twist pin for compatible scopes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>An Allen key is supplied with the kit and, unusually, it has a smaller profile at its end. This enables engagement with smaller and larger Allen screw heads with a single key. The smaller fitment is ideal for loosening or tightening the locking screws for splitting and rejoining the two-part center column. A screw-in blanking plug is also supplied for use with the upper part of the center column, once it’s been split into two.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2414px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="foLSrddMxFXSaniqqySmgR" name="Veo5 3072.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/foLSrddMxFXSaniqqySmgR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2414" height="1358" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/foLSrddMxFXSaniqqySmgR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The kit comes complete with a dual-sized allen key and a screw-in blanking plug for the upper center column section. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unlike some tripod manufacturers, Vanguard generally supplies a carrying bag with its kits, and this one’s no exception. The high-quality, stylishly designed padded carrying case features a main internal compartment for the tripod, plus an additional lengthy internal zippered compartment for accessories.</p><p>One minor niggle is that the tripod doesn’t fully fit into the bag with its panning handle attached, so you’ll need to remove this first, stash it in the bag, and reattach it to the tripod every time you pack it away and get it out again. However, thanks to the bag’s 2-way wraparound zipper, there’s the alternative of stowing the tripod with the handle sticking out through a small gap. The bag also features both a padded Velcro-closing pair of handles and an adjustable padded shoulder strap.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="uh4GfR8GWqMcLUjiWfLeHT" name="Veo5 3074.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uh4GfR8GWqMcLUjiWfLeHT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uh4GfR8GWqMcLUjiWfLeHT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A stylish padded bag is supplied, with bright orange zipper handles that are easy to see in the dark. Because there are dual zipper handles, you can ‘almost’ close the zipper with the panning handle sticking out through a small gap, instead of having to remove the panning handle each time you stow the kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-performance"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Performance</span></h3><p>An important performance factor for any tripod is that it’s sufficiently compact, lightweight, and easy to live with, so that you’ll actually take it along for the journey rather than leaving it at home. The Vanguard completely succeeds in this respect, while also being robust and sturdy, and achieving a generous maximum operating height.</p><p>A fairly short tripod setup can often be problematic, as the feet end up covering a relatively small area on the ground, making the tripod prone to toppling over if accidentally nudged, or in windy conditions. The Vanguard’s multi-angle legs are a big help in this respect, as you can splay them a little to massively enhance stability, as well as work around obstacles or on tricky terrain, which you might often encounter when using a spotting scope in the great outdoors.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="giqgkJoCWN8pJxcv3PTrUT" name="Veo5 3098.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/giqgkJoCWN8pJxcv3PTrUT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/giqgkJoCWN8pJxcv3PTrUT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splaying the legs a little helps to make the tripod more stable and resistant to toppling over at fairly short operating heights </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I’ve mentioned, the maximum operating height with the center column extended is 167cm / 66in. I’m a fairly tall 6ft 5in, but found the maximum height more than sufficient for using my spotting scope. Like most of its breed, my spotting scope has a 45-degree angled eyepiece, which effectively reduces the operating height. And even if your scope has a straight-mounted eyepiece, you shouldn’t have any problems with the tripod’s maximum operating height. I’m also impressed that the tripod remains rigid and very resistant to flexing, right up to and including its loftiest setting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1439px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.90%;"><img id="7LDxwWPHdT5Z6DLYLde2fT" name="Veo5 3102.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7LDxwWPHdT5Z6DLYLde2fT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1439" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7LDxwWPHdT5Z6DLYLde2fT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The maximum operating height with the center column extended should prove more than sufficient for using a spotting scope. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the opposite end of the spectrum, or at least of the height range, the tripod can go really low. This can be useful if you’re trying to keep out of sight, or if there’s an elevated rocky ledge or something similar on which you’re placing the tripod. It only takes a moment to split the center column in two, after which you can just use the stubby top section to enable ultra-low-level operation, as shown below.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="6PRkmqqEpjdNSXqiynPcST" name="Veo5 3109.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6PRkmqqEpjdNSXqiynPcST-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6PRkmqqEpjdNSXqiynPcST-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Split the center column, and you can configure ultra-low-level operation. Prepare to lie down on the job! </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod won me over with the intuitive elegance of its controls and its ease of use. The twist-locks for the legs work with minimal rotation, enabling smooth adjustments and solid clamping in equal measure. Importantly for wildlife scenarios, you can also make adjustments in virtual silence. The same goes for the 2-way pan head, which delivers a smooth, fluid feel for panning and tilting. The extending/retracting nature of the handle is a further bonus, enabling variable torque and tactile feedback. And finally, the dual rubber pad/metal spiked feet help to give an assured footing on virtually any surface.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kvvHvJGryGzx9FNwSXMpiS" name="Veo5 3112.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kvvHvJGryGzx9FNwSXMpiS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kvvHvJGryGzx9FNwSXMpiS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The single-handed operation of the panning handle for pan, tilt and for locking or releasing both planes of movement with a simple twist is a joy to use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-verdict"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Verdict</span></h3><p>The Vanguard Veo 5 264CO is everything I need and want from a spotting scope tripod, and more. When I’m taking my scope off the beaten track and into the wilds, often negotiating tricky terrain along the way, I don’t want a tripod that’s heavy, cumbersome, and awkward. The Veo 5 shrinks down pretty small when folded and is refreshingly lightweight to carry, so that’s the first box on the wish list ticked off.</p><p>On the other hand, I don’t want a lightweight tripod that’s flimsy and wobbles around in the breeze. Any movement is massively magnified when looking through a high-powered spotting scope, so rigidity is essential. The Veo 5 succeeds here as well, with a robust carbon fiber build and excellent resistance to flexing and vibration, right up to its maximum operating height with the center column fully extended. Speaking of which, you can also split the center column for ultra-low-level operation, while the multi-angle legs adapt to pretty much any situation.</p><p>Last but not least, the 2-way pan head works with smooth simplicity, enabling a fluid range of tilt and panning movements, while also locking off firmly. And it does this with a single do-it-all, retractable panning handle, leaving my other hand free for adjusting the magnification and focus setting of my scope. The Vanguard kit certainly isn’t cheap, but I think it’s perfect for the job.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The multi-angle, four-section legs and the splitable center column combine with a 2-way pan head that ensures dynamic operation when using a spotting scope.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design strikes an ideal balance between lightweight compactness for carrying around, and sturdy support with a generous range of operating heights, all with a luxurious carbon fiber build.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>From the robustness and resistance to flexing of the tripod legs and canopy, to the smooth operation of the 2-way head, performance is top-drawer in all respects.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It might seem like an expensive kit if you have a relatively cheap spotting scope, but I can’t think of a better tool for the job, so it’s very good value at the price.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS" name="Veo5 00 hero 3050.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="a7883a36-b11f-11f1-93c8-b34644221999" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="a7883a36-b11f-11f1-93c8-b34644221999" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</strong></a> comes complete with a compact but robust AirHed Pro Ball Head. Swing-up legs make for a compact stowage size, despite it being a full-sized tripod. Any of the legs can be unscrewed for monopod duty, and you can detach all of the legs to convert the Winston into a mini-tripod, using ‘Vanz’ footwear (sold separately). This kit costs around $499 / £339 / AU$629 to buy.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="1a8a5368-b123-11f1-bf62-c9ed81c38e33" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension48="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ygkqaD56NcgaEBxLSbhWxV" name="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ygkqaD56NcgaEBxLSbhWxV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review" data-dimension112="1a8a5368-b123-11f1-bf62-c9ed81c38e33" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension48="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension25=""><strong>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S</strong></a> is like two tripods in one. That’s thanks to an innovative design featuring a triple-leg center column. As such, you get a main full-sized tripod with an extending center column, and if you remove the column altogether, it works as a separate mini-tripod. Like the 3 Legged Thing Winston, it has a less-than-ideal ball head for use with a spotting scope, but again features a pan-only release. The Heipi costs around $399 / £349 / AU$649.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/vanguard-veo-5-264co-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The carbon fiber Vanguard Veo 5 264CO is designed from the ground up for spotting scopes, and it’s a properly advanced, luxurious kit ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Jvhz2U9wqTVHnTHyKiMJpX</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 27 Sep 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Vanguard and I go back a long way. I’ve been testing and reviewing its kit for the last 20 years or so, and have generally been very impressed along the way. If you’re not so familiar, allow me to make the introductions… Vanguard is a global company with headquarters in Myanmar and branches in many countries around the world. It’s been making high-quality tripods and other photographic accessories, as well as the likes of binoculars, spotting scopes, backpacks, and gadget bags, building up an extensive catalog over the last 40 years or so.</p><p>Although Vanguard has a very diverse range of products, it’s always tripods that first spring to mind when I think of the company. The Veo 5 264CO is a case in point, but unlike most of the range, it’s designed for spotting scopes rather than for photography or videography. As such, it’s geared towards high-magnification scopes that you might use for birdwatching, wildlife and nature, target sports and hunting, surveillance and tactical use, and even for astronomy. With its upmarket carbon fiber build and 2-way pan head, the Veo 5 264CO kit aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-spotting-scope-tripods">best spotting scope tripods</a> on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="s6KYW8r9wM3ccTVkvaSnvS" name="Veo5 01 intro 3051.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s6KYW8r9wM3ccTVkvaSnvS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s6KYW8r9wM3ccTVkvaSnvS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s carbon fiber all the way, for each of the 12 leg sections and the center column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-specifications"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>58cm / 22.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded diameter</p></td><td  ><p>7cm / 2.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>167cm / 66in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>21cm / 8.2in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>1.92kg / 4.2lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>8kg / 17lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section diameters</p></td><td  ><p>26, 23, 20, 17mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section clamps</p></td><td  ><p>Twist locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-price"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Price</span></h3><p>The Vanguard Veo 5 264CO sells for around $399 / £280 / AU$399. As a premium carbon fiber full kit, that’s pretty reasonable compared with another of the favorite luxury kits, featured in our <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-spotting-scope-tripods">best spotting scope tripods buying guide</a>. That’s the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 Kit</a>, which costs around $499 / £339 / AU$629. For my money, the Winston is more of a photographic tripod anyway, and its ball head is less ideal for spotting scopes.</p><p>If the Vanguard carbon fiber kit is beyond your budget, there’s a more ‘affordable’ Vanguard Veo 5 264AO aluminum version that costs rather less to buy, at around $349 / £220 / AU$299.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-design-handling"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Even the very best spotting scopes don’t tend to be particularly weighty, unlike a camera fitted with a monster telephoto lens. Nearly all of the scopes I can think of weigh less than 2kg / 4.4lb, most are 1kg / 2.2lb or less, and some only weigh about 0.5kg or about a pound. Suffice it to say that you don’t need a tripod with a mighty maximum payload rating. Some photographic tripods, like the Winston 2.0 that I mentioned earlier, have a 40kg / 88lb payload rating, which is frankly overkill for a spotting scope.</p><p>You might think that the 8kg / 17lb payload rating of the Veo 5 that I’m reviewing here is much more than you need. However, I wouldn’t go too flimsy. Due to the high-power magnification of spotting scopes, you still need a tripod that’s going to be rigid and resistant to vibrations, which can be hugely magnified when you look through the eyepiece. The extra payload rating also gives you scope, so to speak, to add ballast, which can steady the tripod in windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="pxunVHR7oaHmc2Lfp7H8zS" name="Veo5 3053.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pxunVHR7oaHmc2Lfp7H8zS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pxunVHR7oaHmc2Lfp7H8zS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The legs and center column are made from high-grade carbon fiber, and one of the upper leg sections also features a comfort pad. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Sturdiness is enhanced by Vanguard’s decision to use a fairly chunky outer leg section with a diameter of 26mm. I think that’s a good compromise between sturdiness and not making the tripod too heavy to carry out in the wild. A little bonus is that one of the upper sections also features a rubber comfort pad, often omitted in carbon fiber rather than aluminum tripods. It not only makes the tripod more comfortable to carry, but also makes it feel less slippery in wet weather.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="fZe2e9wuzy7bDcxouT4hzS" name="Veo5 3054.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fZe2e9wuzy7bDcxouT4hzS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fZe2e9wuzy7bDcxouT4hzS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Diameters of the four leg sections step down in increments of 3mm, or just over a tenth of an inch. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Extending the legs a little, I measured off the four sections at 26, 23, 20, and 17mm, working my way down to the bottom. Again, I think the choice of four sections per leg is ideal. It enables a fairly compact carrying size as well as a fairly generous maximum operating height. Most spotting scopes have a 45-degree angled eyepiece, so you don’t generally need a tripod to be overly tall. The Veo 5’s maximum of 167cm / 66in should more than suffice.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6NNGCLZ4aaXNirPHb57asS" name="Veo5 3055.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6NNGCLZ4aaXNirPHb57asS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6NNGCLZ4aaXNirPHb57asS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist locks for the leg sections are designed to be quick and easy to use, as well as being virtually silent in operation and easy to clean. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s tempting for manufacturers to include five sections in each leg, which are often featured in some of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>, where a small folded size can be a prime consideration. I’m glad that Vanguard resisted the urge when designing this spotting scope tripod, for two reasons. Firstly, the total of 12 section clamps in 5-section tripods adds to the time and effort required for setup and takedown. Secondly, the bottom leg sections often end up being thin and spindly, lacking rigidity and robustness.</p><p>For speed and ease of use, I favor twist locks rather than flip locks, especially if they operate with minimal rotation for loosening and clamping. The twist locks featured here are designed to do just that, while being silent in operation, which can be important in the context of birding and wildlife. Moreover, the twist locks are designed to be easy to clean, so you can venture out into the mucky outdoors without being too precious about your tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="P9usT2NpQ4BiM4tx4D9ByS" name="Veo5 3056.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P9usT2NpQ4BiM4tx4D9ByS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P9usT2NpQ4BiM4tx4D9ByS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You can set the legs to three different locking angles, aiding setup on tricky terrain. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are three different locking leg angles on offer: 23, 50, and 80 degrees. I really like the simple pushbutton mechanism for selecting different angles, and that you don’t need to swing them all the way up and then come down again in increments to complete the process. It’s another factor that makes the Veo 5 quick to adjust without any unwanted, audible clicks.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zJnDA4ktsh5a5DZFUJVRoS" name="Veo5 3058.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zJnDA4ktsh5a5DZFUJVRoS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zJnDA4ktsh5a5DZFUJVRoS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The removable center column is designed to fit directly into traditional clamps, often available in hides, and also features a weight hook at the bottom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve started to notice some manufacturers making triangular-profile center columns. This tends to enable a space-saving design, with the legs fitting more snugly around the column. In this case, Vanguard has opted for a hexagonal center column. Again, it can save a little space, but it also ensures that you can remove the center column and slot it directly into a traditional clamp, if one is available in a birding/wildlife hide. For adding stability when the center column is back in the tripod, there’s a weight hook at the bottom for adding ballast.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="yDBjG8SzQxVZpyDhFuvziR" name="Veo5 3059.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yDBjG8SzQxVZpyDhFuvziR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yDBjG8SzQxVZpyDhFuvziR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook unscrews from the bottom of the center column with a simple twisting action. This enables you to quickly and easily invert the head, which can be useful for ultra-low-level shooting with an upside-down camera. That’s a lot less practical with a spotting scope. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The ability to invert the center column is of little benefit when using a spotting scope. Of much greater value, you can split the column into two separate sections. This leaves a relatively short, stubby section at the top, so you can splay the legs and achieve an ultra-low viewing position with your spotting scope the right way up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="HyNKT8XEZohdrBzvZ64K4T" name="Veo5 3060.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyNKT8XEZohdrBzvZ64K4T-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyNKT8XEZohdrBzvZ64K4T-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splitting the center column into two sections enables ultra-low-level viewing, as you can splay the legs without the center column digging into the ground. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To ensure a firm footing on any type of surface, the tripod feet are made from rubber pads with retractable metal spikes. I’d use the rubber pads on most surfaces, but the metal spikes can give greater stability on very soft or loose ground.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="XpfjHiyGQzXWXCFRq8rGAS" name="Veo5 3063.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XpfjHiyGQzXWXCFRq8rGAS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XpfjHiyGQzXWXCFRq8rGAS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Twisting the rubber pads of the feet reveal retractable metal spikes </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>On two sides of the canopy that connects the three legs together up top, there are sockets with standard 3/8in threads. You can use these to add accessories with or without magic arms for greater control over positioning. If you need a 1/4in thread instead, you can simply use a 3/8in to 1/4in adapter. Another bonus is that the sockets include bayonet slots on either side, which work with compatible accessories to avoid any unwanted twisting when fitted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="P9f3zheSg7zGv8fQNyWoRS" name="Veo5 3064.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P9f3zheSg7zGv8fQNyWoRS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P9f3zheSg7zGv8fQNyWoRS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The canopy (or chassis) up top features two 3/8in threaded sockets, complete with bayonet slots, for adding accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Also on the canopy is a bubble level that aids in easy leveling of the legs. If you switch from your spotting scope to using a camera for shooting stills or video, this helps to ensure that your horizon stays level in the shot if you start panning.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="SkAhEgF5vzhEfYvGWsVUdS" name="Veo5 3065.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SkAhEgF5vzhEfYvGWsVUdS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SkAhEgF5vzhEfYvGWsVUdS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level built into the canopy helps with leveling the legs on uneven ground. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Moving up to the head, the kit comes with Vanguard’s VEO PH-28 2-Way Pan Head. It’s specially made for spotting scopes, with smooth panning and tilting being core design criteria. As such, it can rotate through a full 360 degrees, while also offering a tilt range of 91 degrees forward and 30 degrees backwards. Also available to buy separately, the head typically costs around $100 / £120 / AU$179 on its own.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ZfDYMYPEGwyPz2re5zKYRS" name="Veo5 3067.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZfDYMYPEGwyPz2re5zKYRS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZfDYMYPEGwyPz2re5zKYRS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 2-way pan head supplied in the kit is a perfect match for the legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I like that the panning handle has a retractable design and that a simple twist is all that’s needed to lock or release both the tilt and panning movements. As such, it offers a completely one-handed operation of the head, leaving your other hand free to adjust magnification and focusing controls on the spotting scope.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="utM8P3B8Yi6rN3FZunKwvS" name="Veo5 3069.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/utM8P3B8Yi6rN3FZunKwvS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/utM8P3B8Yi6rN3FZunKwvS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Locking, releasing, and operating both the pan and tilt functions is a completely one-handed operation, leaving your other hand free for attending to your spotting scope. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head’s scope platform has an Arca-Swiss profile and comes complete with a spring-loaded safety locking pin and bubble level. The locking pin stops the quick-release plate from accidentally sliding out if the clamp becomes loose. It’s handy that if your spotting scope has an Arca-Swiss mounting plate, you can slot it straight into the platform without the need to use the supplied quick-release plate, thus taking an extra component out of the equation.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="eBfkfuVerCVJLhieq6q6DS" name="Veo5 3070.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eBfkfuVerCVJLhieq6q6DS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eBfkfuVerCVJLhieq6q6DS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The platform has an Arca-Swiss profile, and features a spring-loaded security pin and a bubble level. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The quick-release plate is pretty standard Arca-Swiss fare and has a 1/4in treaded screw for attachment to your spotting scope or camera. You can tighten and loosen the screw with the supplied Allen key, a flat blade or coin, or by using the incorporated swiveling D-ring. Not relying on the tightness of its fit alone, the QR plate also features a spring-loaded pin that pushes up into a socket on compatible spotting scope mounting plates, ensuring that there’s no unwanted twisting when the scope is attached.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2414px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="qAFYqDHb4ANwbSiPbMEobR" name="Veo5 3071.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qAFYqDHb4ANwbSiPbMEobR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2414" height="1358" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qAFYqDHb4ANwbSiPbMEobR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick-release plate features a standard 1/4in attachment screw and a spring-loaded anti-twist pin for compatible scopes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>An Allen key is supplied with the kit and, unusually, it has a smaller profile at its end. This enables engagement with smaller and larger Allen screw heads with a single key. The smaller fitment is ideal for loosening or tightening the locking screws for splitting and rejoining the two-part center column. A screw-in blanking plug is also supplied for use with the upper part of the center column, once it’s been split into two.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2414px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="foLSrddMxFXSaniqqySmgR" name="Veo5 3072.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/foLSrddMxFXSaniqqySmgR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2414" height="1358" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/foLSrddMxFXSaniqqySmgR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The kit comes complete with a dual-sized allen key and a screw-in blanking plug for the upper center column section. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unlike some tripod manufacturers, Vanguard generally supplies a carrying bag with its kits, and this one’s no exception. The high-quality, stylishly designed padded carrying case features a main internal compartment for the tripod, plus an additional lengthy internal zippered compartment for accessories.</p><p>One minor niggle is that the tripod doesn’t fully fit into the bag with its panning handle attached, so you’ll need to remove this first, stash it in the bag, and reattach it to the tripod every time you pack it away and get it out again. However, thanks to the bag’s 2-way wraparound zipper, there’s the alternative of stowing the tripod with the handle sticking out through a small gap. The bag also features both a padded Velcro-closing pair of handles and an adjustable padded shoulder strap.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="uh4GfR8GWqMcLUjiWfLeHT" name="Veo5 3074.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uh4GfR8GWqMcLUjiWfLeHT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uh4GfR8GWqMcLUjiWfLeHT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A stylish padded bag is supplied, with bright orange zipper handles that are easy to see in the dark. Because there are dual zipper handles, you can ‘almost’ close the zipper with the panning handle sticking out through a small gap, instead of having to remove the panning handle each time you stow the kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-performance"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Performance</span></h3><p>An important performance factor for any tripod is that it’s sufficiently compact, lightweight, and easy to live with, so that you’ll actually take it along for the journey rather than leaving it at home. The Vanguard completely succeeds in this respect, while also being robust and sturdy, and achieving a generous maximum operating height.</p><p>A fairly short tripod setup can often be problematic, as the feet end up covering a relatively small area on the ground, making the tripod prone to toppling over if accidentally nudged, or in windy conditions. The Vanguard’s multi-angle legs are a big help in this respect, as you can splay them a little to massively enhance stability, as well as work around obstacles or on tricky terrain, which you might often encounter when using a spotting scope in the great outdoors.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="giqgkJoCWN8pJxcv3PTrUT" name="Veo5 3098.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/giqgkJoCWN8pJxcv3PTrUT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/giqgkJoCWN8pJxcv3PTrUT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splaying the legs a little helps to make the tripod more stable and resistant to toppling over at fairly short operating heights </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I’ve mentioned, the maximum operating height with the center column extended is 167cm / 66in. I’m a fairly tall 6ft 5in, but found the maximum height more than sufficient for using my spotting scope. Like most of its breed, my spotting scope has a 45-degree angled eyepiece, which effectively reduces the operating height. And even if your scope has a straight-mounted eyepiece, you shouldn’t have any problems with the tripod’s maximum operating height. I’m also impressed that the tripod remains rigid and very resistant to flexing, right up to and including its loftiest setting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1439px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.90%;"><img id="7LDxwWPHdT5Z6DLYLde2fT" name="Veo5 3102.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7LDxwWPHdT5Z6DLYLde2fT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1439" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7LDxwWPHdT5Z6DLYLde2fT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The maximum operating height with the center column extended should prove more than sufficient for using a spotting scope. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the opposite end of the spectrum, or at least of the height range, the tripod can go really low. This can be useful if you’re trying to keep out of sight, or if there’s an elevated rocky ledge or something similar on which you’re placing the tripod. It only takes a moment to split the center column in two, after which you can just use the stubby top section to enable ultra-low-level operation, as shown below.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="6PRkmqqEpjdNSXqiynPcST" name="Veo5 3109.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6PRkmqqEpjdNSXqiynPcST-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6PRkmqqEpjdNSXqiynPcST-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Split the center column, and you can configure ultra-low-level operation. Prepare to lie down on the job! </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod won me over with the intuitive elegance of its controls and its ease of use. The twist-locks for the legs work with minimal rotation, enabling smooth adjustments and solid clamping in equal measure. Importantly for wildlife scenarios, you can also make adjustments in virtual silence. The same goes for the 2-way pan head, which delivers a smooth, fluid feel for panning and tilting. The extending/retracting nature of the handle is a further bonus, enabling variable torque and tactile feedback. And finally, the dual rubber pad/metal spiked feet help to give an assured footing on virtually any surface.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kvvHvJGryGzx9FNwSXMpiS" name="Veo5 3112.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kvvHvJGryGzx9FNwSXMpiS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kvvHvJGryGzx9FNwSXMpiS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The single-handed operation of the panning handle for pan, tilt and for locking or releasing both planes of movement with a simple twist is a joy to use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-verdict"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Verdict</span></h3><p>The Vanguard Veo 5 264CO is everything I need and want from a spotting scope tripod, and more. When I’m taking my scope off the beaten track and into the wilds, often negotiating tricky terrain along the way, I don’t want a tripod that’s heavy, cumbersome, and awkward. The Veo 5 shrinks down pretty small when folded and is refreshingly lightweight to carry, so that’s the first box on the wish list ticked off.</p><p>On the other hand, I don’t want a lightweight tripod that’s flimsy and wobbles around in the breeze. Any movement is massively magnified when looking through a high-powered spotting scope, so rigidity is essential. The Veo 5 succeeds here as well, with a robust carbon fiber build and excellent resistance to flexing and vibration, right up to its maximum operating height with the center column fully extended. Speaking of which, you can also split the center column for ultra-low-level operation, while the multi-angle legs adapt to pretty much any situation.</p><p>Last but not least, the 2-way pan head works with smooth simplicity, enabling a fluid range of tilt and panning movements, while also locking off firmly. And it does this with a single do-it-all, retractable panning handle, leaving my other hand free for adjusting the magnification and focus setting of my scope. The Vanguard kit certainly isn’t cheap, but I think it’s perfect for the job.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The multi-angle, four-section legs and the splitable center column combine with a 2-way pan head that ensures dynamic operation when using a spotting scope.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design strikes an ideal balance between lightweight compactness for carrying around, and sturdy support with a generous range of operating heights, all with a luxurious carbon fiber build.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>From the robustness and resistance to flexing of the tripod legs and canopy, to the smooth operation of the 2-way head, performance is top-drawer in all respects.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It might seem like an expensive kit if you have a relatively cheap spotting scope, but I can’t think of a better tool for the job, so it’s very good value at the price.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS" name="Veo5 00 hero 3050.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="a7883a36-b11f-11f1-93c8-b34644221999" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="a7883a36-b11f-11f1-93c8-b34644221999" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</strong></a> comes complete with a compact but robust AirHed Pro Ball Head. Swing-up legs make for a compact stowage size, despite it being a full-sized tripod. Any of the legs can be unscrewed for monopod duty, and you can detach all of the legs to convert the Winston into a mini-tripod, using ‘Vanz’ footwear (sold separately). This kit costs around $499 / £339 / AU$629 to buy.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="1a8a5368-b123-11f1-bf62-c9ed81c38e33" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension48="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ygkqaD56NcgaEBxLSbhWxV" name="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ygkqaD56NcgaEBxLSbhWxV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review" data-dimension112="1a8a5368-b123-11f1-bf62-c9ed81c38e33" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension48="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension25=""><strong>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S</strong></a> is like two tripods in one. That’s thanks to an innovative design featuring a triple-leg center column. As such, you get a main full-sized tripod with an extending center column, and if you remove the column altogether, it works as a separate mini-tripod. Like the 3 Legged Thing Winston, it has a less-than-ideal ball head for use with a spotting scope, but again features a pan-only release. The Heipi costs around $399 / £349 / AU$649.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 review: what madness is this? A high-quality, full carbon fiber tripod kit that costs barely any more than the included ‘professional’ ball head ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Based in China and operating in more than 40 countries around the world, Leofoto was founded in 2014. It’s come a long way since then, and its name has become synonymous with luxurious, pro-grade photographic supports and military-grade tactical gear, all at very reasonable prices. I was certainly very impressed last year when I extensively tested and reviewed a whole bunch of Leofoto kit, including the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-ranger-ls-365c-tripod-review">Leofoto Ranger LS-365C tripod legs</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-lh-36lr-ball-head-review">Leofoto LH-36LR Ball Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-vh-30r-two-way-head-review">Leofoto VH-30R Two-Way Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-g2-geared-pan-head-review">Leofoto G2 Geared Pan Head</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-pg-1-gimbal-head-review">Leofoto PG-1 Gimbal Head</a>.</p><p>The Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit is a relatively new addition to the line-up. It’s tall and robust enough to qualify as a full-sized tripod, yet folds down small with swing-up legs, more typical of modern travel tripods. It has an impressive carbon fiber construction and comes complete with a ball head that costs almost as much as the full kit if you buy it on its own. All in all, the kit is a contender as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>, and maybe even one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="tCBRhc9CQwBCeYMQCHWExe" name="Arm 01 intro 3177.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tCBRhc9CQwBCeYMQCHWExe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tCBRhc9CQwBCeYMQCHWExe-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The swing-up or ‘reverse-folding’ legs are in the style of travel tripods, and knock about 7 inches off the folded height, bringing it down to an easily stowable 50.5cm / 19.9in. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-specifications"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>50.5cm / 19.9in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>169cm / 66.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>21.5cm / 8.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.2kg / 4.9lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>15kg / 33lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section diameters</p></td><td  ><p>28, 25, 22, 19mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section clamps</p></td><td  ><p>Twist locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-price"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Price</span></h3><p>I’ve previously seen recommended retail prices for the Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit quoted as $325 / £250 / AU$567. At the time of writing this review, however, they’ve dropped to just $225 / £175 / AU$425, the British price being confirmed by Leofoto’s official UK distributor. That’s pretty remarkable considering that the NB-40 Professional Ball Head on its own sells for around $179 / £170 / AU$269, just £5 less in the UK.</p><p>The closest equivalent I can think of in terms of design, being a robust, full-sized carbon fiber tripod kit with travel-friendly swing-up legs and a ball head, is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 Kit</a>, which costs around $499 / £339 / AU$629. That’s about twice the price in the USA and UK, and around 50 per cent more in Australia. That said, the Winston is taller and has a much beefier 40kg / 88lb payload rating. Anyway, let’s see what you actually get for your money.</p><div data-widget-type="merchantlink" data-model-name="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-design-handling"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The design of this tripod kit has me in a bit of a quandary. I can’t quite decide whether it’s a full-sized tripod for photographers, a travel tripod courtesy of its reverse-folding legs, or a tripod for hybrid shooters thanks to the dual-panning mechanism in its head. Ultimately, I think it’s designed to fit the bill for all of these scenarios, as well as enrolling for a bit of monopod duty on the side.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="e2mpTGHdDqh8mJh9EYu2ke" name="Arm 3178.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e2mpTGHdDqh8mJh9EYu2ke-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e2mpTGHdDqh8mJh9EYu2ke-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The writing’s on the wall, or at least along one of the legs, proclaiming a 10-layer carbon fiber build with anodized, aircraft-grade aluminum hardware and reverse-folding legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Bridging the gap between big tripods that often seem too large to take along for the journey and lightweight travel tripods that seem too flimsy, I think the Leofoto is an ideal compromise. It has 4-section legs, which enables a smaller stowage height (especially as they’re reversible), whereas 3-section legs tend to remain quite tall when folded, and 5-section legs often have very thin and spindly bottom sections. The net result is that the Leofoto uses chunky 28mm diameter outer sections that enable a strong 15kg / 33lb payload rating, along with an easily manageable carrying weight of 2.2kg / 4.9lb for the complete kit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="gkWqUuBMU7Y3H2DmfoAjHf" name="Arm 3179.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gkWqUuBMU7Y3H2DmfoAjHf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gkWqUuBMU7Y3H2DmfoAjHf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 10-layer carbon fiber leg sections have diameters of 28mm, 25mm, 22mm, and 19mm from top to bottom, dropping down in increments of 3mm or just over a tenth of an inch. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I usually prefer twist-action leg section locks to flip locks, but only if they require minimal rotation to loosen the sections and lock them again firmly in place. Most manufacturers have become very good at this, but the twist locks featured in the Leofoto are among the easiest to use that I’ve ever encountered.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LBrvu8qzdSNbBuBQ36TsSf" name="Arm 3182.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LBrvu8qzdSNbBuBQ36TsSf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LBrvu8qzdSNbBuBQ36TsSf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist locks for the section legs are an absolute joy to use. It’s dead easy to grab all three locks and loosen or tighten them in one go when all four sections are contracted. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing I always look for in a tripod is multi-angle legs. Typically, you get three lockable leg angles, and it can be a massive help when you’re working on tricky, uneven terrain or trying to cope with obstacles that you can’t move out of the way. Splaying the legs a little also gives a more stable support when you’re shooting from a fairly short height. The Leofoto obliges, with 3-angle legs and again, the mechanism for adjusting the angles is particularly quick, easy, and intuitive to use. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="dAenBF5fbTjKWGHmW3B7Tf" name="Arm 3183.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dAenBF5fbTjKWGHmW3B7Tf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dAenBF5fbTjKWGHmW3B7Tf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">All you need to do to alter the leg angles is to push the silver, spring-loaded pad and move the leg up or down. There’s no need to go right to the top and work your way back down again in click steps, as with some other designs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The center column works with similar simplicity to the other features I’ve mentioned so far. That’s just as well, as you need to extend it fully each time you fold the tripod if you want to take advantage of the reverse-folding leg action for compact stowage. To lock or loosen the center column, there’s a large rubber twist-lock just above the tripod platform, which looks similar to the twist-locks for the leg sections and works just as efficiently.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="haz3iSk77Nbnv853DGdTSf" name="Arm 3184.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/haz3iSk77Nbnv853DGdTSf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/haz3iSk77Nbnv853DGdTSf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The chunky center column is made from carbon fiber, just like all of the leg sections. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the bottom of the center column, there’s a large weight hook. You can use this for adding ballast, which can help steady the tripod in windy outdoor weather conditions. Unlike some tripods, the Leofoto lacks a splittable center column, so you can’t turn it into a short stubby column for ultra-low-level shooting. Instead, you’ll need to unscrew the weight hook, remove the center column, invert it, and refit it. That’s all well and good if you don’t mind shooting with your camera upside down, which is less than ideal for stills and a bit of a non-starter for shooting video.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EFggZ9ay7zWBUJemcze7Tf" name="Arm 3185.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EFggZ9ay7zWBUJemcze7Tf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EFggZ9ay7zWBUJemcze7Tf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook unscrews so that you can remove the center column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As well as inverting the center column, there’s another good reason for removing it. One of the legs (the one with the silica comfort padding, shown in the image above) unscrews from the canopy. You can then attach the top of the leg to the bottom of the removed center column, and you’ll be rewarded with a full-featured monopod. Another option is that you can remove the leg and turn the tripod into a bipod for use as a tactical support. And to keep a firm footing on any terrain, you can also unscrew the rubber pads that act as feet and replace them with stainless steel metal spikes, supplied as part of the kit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="VRFQgyCgZG2iuKEWr7SHke" name="Arm 3187.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRFQgyCgZG2iuKEWr7SHke-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRFQgyCgZG2iuKEWr7SHke-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The shock-absorbing rubber pads are preferable for most terrain, but the alternative metal spikes supplied can work better on soft surfaces like carpet or loose dirt. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Up on top, the kit features the Leofoto NB-40 Professional Ball Head. It’s such a seriously good head that I’d consider buying it on its own and, as I’ve mentioned, it doesn’t come cheap. It has a 51mm diameter base and 95mm height, and ensures smooth action with a large-diameter, precision-engineered 40mm ball. In fact, it has a really heavy-duty payload rating of 25kg / 55lb, far exceeding that of the tripod legs. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="isPhc5YWEu7RjQGuF2TRTf" name="Arm 3188.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/isPhc5YWEu7RjQGuF2TRTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/isPhc5YWEu7RjQGuF2TRTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s a smart ball head, with a smooth action and dual panning mechanisms. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head backs up its hefty payload rating with an adjustable friction damper, built into the main lock/release knob. It’s a useful addition that enables you to tailor the action of the ball head to anything from a lightweight compact camera to a pro-sized camera body with a monster telephoto lens attached. As usual, the ball joint features a cutout so that you can shoot in portrait as well as landscape orientation without needing to use an L-bracket, as well as shooting vertically upwards or downwards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sSBqLHkrktwD2ZafbAnTue" name="Arm 3189.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sSBqLHkrktwD2ZafbAnTue-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sSBqLHkrktwD2ZafbAnTue-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">An adjustable friction damper is built into the main ball head lock/release knob. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One of the smartest things about the head is that it has two panning mechanisms, which is great news for videographers, or if you want to shoot a sequence of panned stills to stitch into a panorama. The regular bottom panning mechanism works just fine if your legs are perfectly level, but that can be a chore if you’re working on uneven ground. However, if they’re not absolutely level and you’ve compensated by tilting the head, your horizon will go on the skew as soon as you start panning. This is where the secondary, upper panning mechanism comes into play, as it only requires that you level the ball head and not the legs as well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="7szpRo49ATfGjRqYMdCL6f" name="Arm 3190.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7szpRo49ATfGjRqYMdCL6f-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7szpRo49ATfGjRqYMdCL6f-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Upper and lower panning mechanisms ensure everything stays on the level and you don’t end up with a tilted horizon. Both have full 360-degree rotation and calibrated scales, as shown in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A further leveling aid is that a bubble level is built into the Arca-Swiss compatible camera platform. It’s nice to have, but unfortunately it’s obscured when you fit the quick-release plate into the platform. The upshot is that you need to remove your camera from the tripod every time you want to use the bubble level. To be honest, though, I tend to use the virtual horizon that is featured in most cameras nowadays, which is more accurate and easier to work with.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="tRw23ca5Ubx2ryaAUKSCye" name="Arm 3191.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tRw23ca5Ubx2ryaAUKSCye-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tRw23ca5Ubx2ryaAUKSCye-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level is obscured by the quick-release plate, so you can’t actually see it when your camera is mounted on the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The quick-release plate itself is another trick bit of kit. It has the usual Arca-Swiss profile but goes further by adding a strap loop and an adjustable bracket. The latter is particularly useful, as it can help to lock your camera in place on the QR plate and ensure there’s no accidental twisting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2509px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="8YCjzxboNyxxdZ9DmD8Wde" name="Arm 3192.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8YCjzxboNyxxdZ9DmD8Wde-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2509" height="1412" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8YCjzxboNyxxdZ9DmD8Wde-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The clever QR plate features a strap look and an adjustable anti-twist hinge, which locks into place with two Allen screws, shown on the left in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Further reinforcing the tripod’s suitability as a travel buddy, it comes complete with a smart padded bag, similar to the one shown below. And you can also pack the metal spikes and crafty little multi-tool into the bag. The multi-tool itself is very similar to one that I use from 3 Legged Thing, and includes a flat blade, various sizes of Allen keys, a carabiner hook, and a bottle opener.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="BEUzkXws4jJgXY72zYmbTf" name="Arm 3212.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BEUzkXws4jJgXY72zYmbTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BEUzkXws4jJgXY72zYmbTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A padded bag is supplied for the tripod and the various accessories that come with it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-performance"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Performance</span></h3><p>No matter how big or small, heavy or lightweight a tripod happens to be, rigidity is always a key factor. The Leofoto impressed me from the get-go, delivering rock-solid support that’s very resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations. Moreover, its section locks, leg angle locks, and ball head are all brilliantly designed and excellently engineered, making them a joy to use.</p><p>I don’t usually like reverse-folding legs that are featured in most travel tripods these days, as they require more time and effort in setting up the tripod and folding it down again afterwards. However, the Leofoto proves that the configuration can be quick, easy, and highly effective.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="cTDh3M2e4e8bMj72xh9mTf" name="Arm 3149.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cTDh3M2e4e8bMj72xh9mTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cTDh3M2e4e8bMj72xh9mTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick, easy and intuitive leg angle locks enable you to splay them a little in next to no time, adding stability for fairly low-level shooting and for working around obstacles or on uneven terrain. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The 4-section legs and full-height center column enable the tripod to stretch from its folded height of a very travel-friendly 50.5cm / 19.9in to a lofty maximum operating height of 169cm / 66.5in. Sure, the Leofoto isn’t the tallest tripod in the world, but I’m 6ft 5in and I found it perfectly tall enough for me to use without stooping, when putting my eye to the camera’s viewfinder. More importantly, the tripod’s rigidity and resistance to flexing and vibration remain excellent even with all of the leg sections and the center column fully extended.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1439px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.90%;"><img id="dHpvTEgiUwgfBA5YEuksTf" name="Arm 3158.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dHpvTEgiUwgfBA5YEuksTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1439" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dHpvTEgiUwgfBA5YEuksTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s not exactly a towering tripod but should prove tall enough for pretty much any scenario. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the tripod is perfectly tall enough as far as I’m concerned, the minimum operating height is rather too tall for my liking. Leofoto quotes it as being just 21.5cm / 8.5 in, but it's more like 49.5cm / 19.5in by my reckoning (and measuring). Sure, you can invert the center column and go right down to ground level, but do you really want to shoot out from between two of the legs with your camera upside down? I’d have liked to see a splitable center column, or a short stubby low-level adapter supplied in the kit, to enable ultra-low-level shooting with my camera the right way up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="VNW8NMZa6dEPL4gFNVpWTf" name="Arm 3163.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VNW8NMZa6dEPL4gFNVpWTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VNW8NMZa6dEPL4gFNVpWTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Because the center column can’t be split, the only real option for ultra-low-level shooting is to invert it and use your camera upside down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Back on the plus side, it’s quick and easy to unscrew one of the legs and attach it to the removed center column for monopod duty. It’s easy to remember which leg it is that unscrews, because it’s the one with the silica comfort padding on it. And in terms of performance, the Leofoto works every bit as well as a monopod or bipod, as it does as a tripod. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MrA99YanWsK2wziYg8CqSf" name="Arm 3170.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MrA99YanWsK2wziYg8CqSf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MrA99YanWsK2wziYg8CqSf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You get similarly solid performance in monopod mode, with a good range of height adjustment on hand. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To cap everything off, the Leofoto NB-40 Professional Ball Head that’s supplied as part of the kit is an absolute peach. The ball mechanism works a treat with its adjustable friction damper, while the dual panning mechanisms pay dividends for stills, even more so for shooting video. And as with the tripod legs, all of the adjustments are quick, easy, and intuitive.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="94q2wke48bYsmrUSmzXwMe" name="Arm 3174.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/94q2wke48bYsmrUSmzXwMe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/94q2wke48bYsmrUSmzXwMe-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The NB-40 is a very clever head, worthy of its ‘professional’ tag. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-verdict"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Verdict</span></h3><p>The Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit has really won me over. It’s a luxurious, high-quality 10-layer carbon fiber tripod that’s easily tall enough for me (and I’m pretty tall) yet folds down to very travel-friendly dimensions. The chunky leg sections enable superb performance with excellent resistance to flexing and vibrations, and yet the tripod feels lightweight to carry around in its smart padded bag.</p><p>The only thing I can’t decide on is whether I prefer the ‘professional’ ball head with its dual additional panning mechanisms, or the tripod legs themselves, which also convert into a useful monopod or bipod. One thing’s for sure though… the head and legs combine to make a pretty epic kit. My only slight niggles are that there’s no ultra-low-level adapter for the legs and the head’s bubble level is obscured by the QR plate.</p><p>The bottom line, in the UK at least, is that the entire kit of legs, head and accessories, all wrapped up in a padded bag, costs barely any more than the head on its own. It feels a bit like a ‘buy one get one free’ deal in the UK, and it’s also standout value for money around the world.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Desirable features include 10-layer carbon fiber legs, twist-action clamps, multiple leg angles, and monopod/bipod conversion, plus a great ball head with dual panning mechanisms, but no ultra-low-level adapter.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The reverse-folding leg design with 4-section legs and a center column to enable a generous maximum operating height and a compact stowage size. It also combines a strong payload rating with a lightweight but premium construction.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The tripod and head combine to give super-steady support at all operating heights, right up to the max with the center column fully extended. All the controls are quick, easy, and intuitive to use.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>For a premium carbon fiber tripod with a professional-grade ball head, it’s spectacular value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e" name="Arm 00 hero 3141.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e423645c-b444-11f1-83b7-55ba36e9ea41" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30" data-dimension48="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:99.96%;"><img id="vxLUVrNo3rMyWZx7fz3M3F" name="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vxLUVrNo3rMyWZx7fz3M3F-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2559" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-review" data-dimension112="e423645c-b444-11f1-83b7-55ba36e9ea41" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30" data-dimension48="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30" data-dimension25=""><strong>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30</strong></a> is again made from 10-layer carbon fiber, but its main claim to fame is that it’s waterproof. Moreover, it’s highly resistant to corrosion from saltwater, for when you’re feeling ‘all at sea’, thanks to the extensive use of titanium rather than aluminum or stainless steel parts. The kit comes complete with a ball head.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e42364e8-b444-11f1-8d3d-05ee0dbecd82" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="e42364e8-b444-11f1-8d3d-05ee0dbecd82" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</strong></a> comes complete with a compact but robust AirHed Pro Ball Head. Swing-up legs make for a compact stowage size, despite it being a full-sized, 3-section carbon fiber tripod. Any of the legs can be unscrewed for monopod duty, and you can detach all the legs to convert the Winston into a mini-tripod using ‘Vanz’ footwear (sold separately). </p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 is a full-featured tripod and dual-pan ball head that converts into a monopod, with an impossibly budget-friendly price tag ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">tuxBNHBN2ajNvoDfuVm6ci</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 26 Sep 2026 17:45:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Based in China and operating in more than 40 countries around the world, Leofoto was founded in 2014. It’s come a long way since then, and its name has become synonymous with luxurious, pro-grade photographic supports and military-grade tactical gear, all at very reasonable prices. I was certainly very impressed last year when I extensively tested and reviewed a whole bunch of Leofoto kit, including the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-ranger-ls-365c-tripod-review">Leofoto Ranger LS-365C tripod legs</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-lh-36lr-ball-head-review">Leofoto LH-36LR Ball Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-vh-30r-two-way-head-review">Leofoto VH-30R Two-Way Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-g2-geared-pan-head-review">Leofoto G2 Geared Pan Head</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-pg-1-gimbal-head-review">Leofoto PG-1 Gimbal Head</a>.</p><p>The Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit is a relatively new addition to the line-up. It’s tall and robust enough to qualify as a full-sized tripod, yet folds down small with swing-up legs, more typical of modern travel tripods. It has an impressive carbon fiber construction and comes complete with a ball head that costs almost as much as the full kit if you buy it on its own. All in all, the kit is a contender as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>, and maybe even one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="tCBRhc9CQwBCeYMQCHWExe" name="Arm 01 intro 3177.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tCBRhc9CQwBCeYMQCHWExe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tCBRhc9CQwBCeYMQCHWExe-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The swing-up or ‘reverse-folding’ legs are in the style of travel tripods, and knock about 7 inches off the folded height, bringing it down to an easily stowable 50.5cm / 19.9in. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-specifications"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>50.5cm / 19.9in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>169cm / 66.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>21.5cm / 8.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.2kg / 4.9lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>15kg / 33lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section diameters</p></td><td  ><p>28, 25, 22, 19mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section clamps</p></td><td  ><p>Twist locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-price"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Price</span></h3><p>I’ve previously seen recommended retail prices for the Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit quoted as $325 / £250 / AU$567. At the time of writing this review, however, they’ve dropped to just $225 / £175 / AU$425, the British price being confirmed by Leofoto’s official UK distributor. That’s pretty remarkable considering that the NB-40 Professional Ball Head on its own sells for around $179 / £170 / AU$269, just £5 less in the UK.</p><p>The closest equivalent I can think of in terms of design, being a robust, full-sized carbon fiber tripod kit with travel-friendly swing-up legs and a ball head, is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 Kit</a>, which costs around $499 / £339 / AU$629. That’s about twice the price in the USA and UK, and around 50 per cent more in Australia. That said, the Winston is taller and has a much beefier 40kg / 88lb payload rating. Anyway, let’s see what you actually get for your money.</p><div data-widget-type="merchantlink" data-model-name="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-design-handling"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The design of this tripod kit has me in a bit of a quandary. I can’t quite decide whether it’s a full-sized tripod for photographers, a travel tripod courtesy of its reverse-folding legs, or a tripod for hybrid shooters thanks to the dual-panning mechanism in its head. Ultimately, I think it’s designed to fit the bill for all of these scenarios, as well as enrolling for a bit of monopod duty on the side.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="e2mpTGHdDqh8mJh9EYu2ke" name="Arm 3178.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e2mpTGHdDqh8mJh9EYu2ke-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e2mpTGHdDqh8mJh9EYu2ke-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The writing’s on the wall, or at least along one of the legs, proclaiming a 10-layer carbon fiber build with anodized, aircraft-grade aluminum hardware and reverse-folding legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Bridging the gap between big tripods that often seem too large to take along for the journey and lightweight travel tripods that seem too flimsy, I think the Leofoto is an ideal compromise. It has 4-section legs, which enables a smaller stowage height (especially as they’re reversible), whereas 3-section legs tend to remain quite tall when folded, and 5-section legs often have very thin and spindly bottom sections. The net result is that the Leofoto uses chunky 28mm diameter outer sections that enable a strong 15kg / 33lb payload rating, along with an easily manageable carrying weight of 2.2kg / 4.9lb for the complete kit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="gkWqUuBMU7Y3H2DmfoAjHf" name="Arm 3179.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gkWqUuBMU7Y3H2DmfoAjHf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gkWqUuBMU7Y3H2DmfoAjHf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 10-layer carbon fiber leg sections have diameters of 28mm, 25mm, 22mm, and 19mm from top to bottom, dropping down in increments of 3mm or just over a tenth of an inch. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I usually prefer twist-action leg section locks to flip locks, but only if they require minimal rotation to loosen the sections and lock them again firmly in place. Most manufacturers have become very good at this, but the twist locks featured in the Leofoto are among the easiest to use that I’ve ever encountered.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LBrvu8qzdSNbBuBQ36TsSf" name="Arm 3182.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LBrvu8qzdSNbBuBQ36TsSf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LBrvu8qzdSNbBuBQ36TsSf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist locks for the section legs are an absolute joy to use. It’s dead easy to grab all three locks and loosen or tighten them in one go when all four sections are contracted. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing I always look for in a tripod is multi-angle legs. Typically, you get three lockable leg angles, and it can be a massive help when you’re working on tricky, uneven terrain or trying to cope with obstacles that you can’t move out of the way. Splaying the legs a little also gives a more stable support when you’re shooting from a fairly short height. The Leofoto obliges, with 3-angle legs and again, the mechanism for adjusting the angles is particularly quick, easy, and intuitive to use. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="dAenBF5fbTjKWGHmW3B7Tf" name="Arm 3183.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dAenBF5fbTjKWGHmW3B7Tf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dAenBF5fbTjKWGHmW3B7Tf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">All you need to do to alter the leg angles is to push the silver, spring-loaded pad and move the leg up or down. There’s no need to go right to the top and work your way back down again in click steps, as with some other designs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The center column works with similar simplicity to the other features I’ve mentioned so far. That’s just as well, as you need to extend it fully each time you fold the tripod if you want to take advantage of the reverse-folding leg action for compact stowage. To lock or loosen the center column, there’s a large rubber twist-lock just above the tripod platform, which looks similar to the twist-locks for the leg sections and works just as efficiently.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="haz3iSk77Nbnv853DGdTSf" name="Arm 3184.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/haz3iSk77Nbnv853DGdTSf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/haz3iSk77Nbnv853DGdTSf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The chunky center column is made from carbon fiber, just like all of the leg sections. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the bottom of the center column, there’s a large weight hook. You can use this for adding ballast, which can help steady the tripod in windy outdoor weather conditions. Unlike some tripods, the Leofoto lacks a splittable center column, so you can’t turn it into a short stubby column for ultra-low-level shooting. Instead, you’ll need to unscrew the weight hook, remove the center column, invert it, and refit it. That’s all well and good if you don’t mind shooting with your camera upside down, which is less than ideal for stills and a bit of a non-starter for shooting video.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EFggZ9ay7zWBUJemcze7Tf" name="Arm 3185.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EFggZ9ay7zWBUJemcze7Tf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EFggZ9ay7zWBUJemcze7Tf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook unscrews so that you can remove the center column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As well as inverting the center column, there’s another good reason for removing it. One of the legs (the one with the silica comfort padding, shown in the image above) unscrews from the canopy. You can then attach the top of the leg to the bottom of the removed center column, and you’ll be rewarded with a full-featured monopod. Another option is that you can remove the leg and turn the tripod into a bipod for use as a tactical support. And to keep a firm footing on any terrain, you can also unscrew the rubber pads that act as feet and replace them with stainless steel metal spikes, supplied as part of the kit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="VRFQgyCgZG2iuKEWr7SHke" name="Arm 3187.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRFQgyCgZG2iuKEWr7SHke-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRFQgyCgZG2iuKEWr7SHke-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The shock-absorbing rubber pads are preferable for most terrain, but the alternative metal spikes supplied can work better on soft surfaces like carpet or loose dirt. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Up on top, the kit features the Leofoto NB-40 Professional Ball Head. It’s such a seriously good head that I’d consider buying it on its own and, as I’ve mentioned, it doesn’t come cheap. It has a 51mm diameter base and 95mm height, and ensures smooth action with a large-diameter, precision-engineered 40mm ball. In fact, it has a really heavy-duty payload rating of 25kg / 55lb, far exceeding that of the tripod legs. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="isPhc5YWEu7RjQGuF2TRTf" name="Arm 3188.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/isPhc5YWEu7RjQGuF2TRTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/isPhc5YWEu7RjQGuF2TRTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s a smart ball head, with a smooth action and dual panning mechanisms. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head backs up its hefty payload rating with an adjustable friction damper, built into the main lock/release knob. It’s a useful addition that enables you to tailor the action of the ball head to anything from a lightweight compact camera to a pro-sized camera body with a monster telephoto lens attached. As usual, the ball joint features a cutout so that you can shoot in portrait as well as landscape orientation without needing to use an L-bracket, as well as shooting vertically upwards or downwards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sSBqLHkrktwD2ZafbAnTue" name="Arm 3189.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sSBqLHkrktwD2ZafbAnTue-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sSBqLHkrktwD2ZafbAnTue-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">An adjustable friction damper is built into the main ball head lock/release knob. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One of the smartest things about the head is that it has two panning mechanisms, which is great news for videographers, or if you want to shoot a sequence of panned stills to stitch into a panorama. The regular bottom panning mechanism works just fine if your legs are perfectly level, but that can be a chore if you’re working on uneven ground. However, if they’re not absolutely level and you’ve compensated by tilting the head, your horizon will go on the skew as soon as you start panning. This is where the secondary, upper panning mechanism comes into play, as it only requires that you level the ball head and not the legs as well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="7szpRo49ATfGjRqYMdCL6f" name="Arm 3190.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7szpRo49ATfGjRqYMdCL6f-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7szpRo49ATfGjRqYMdCL6f-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Upper and lower panning mechanisms ensure everything stays on the level and you don’t end up with a tilted horizon. Both have full 360-degree rotation and calibrated scales, as shown in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A further leveling aid is that a bubble level is built into the Arca-Swiss compatible camera platform. It’s nice to have, but unfortunately it’s obscured when you fit the quick-release plate into the platform. The upshot is that you need to remove your camera from the tripod every time you want to use the bubble level. To be honest, though, I tend to use the virtual horizon that is featured in most cameras nowadays, which is more accurate and easier to work with.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="tRw23ca5Ubx2ryaAUKSCye" name="Arm 3191.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tRw23ca5Ubx2ryaAUKSCye-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tRw23ca5Ubx2ryaAUKSCye-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level is obscured by the quick-release plate, so you can’t actually see it when your camera is mounted on the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The quick-release plate itself is another trick bit of kit. It has the usual Arca-Swiss profile but goes further by adding a strap loop and an adjustable bracket. The latter is particularly useful, as it can help to lock your camera in place on the QR plate and ensure there’s no accidental twisting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2509px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="8YCjzxboNyxxdZ9DmD8Wde" name="Arm 3192.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8YCjzxboNyxxdZ9DmD8Wde-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2509" height="1412" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8YCjzxboNyxxdZ9DmD8Wde-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The clever QR plate features a strap look and an adjustable anti-twist hinge, which locks into place with two Allen screws, shown on the left in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Further reinforcing the tripod’s suitability as a travel buddy, it comes complete with a smart padded bag, similar to the one shown below. And you can also pack the metal spikes and crafty little multi-tool into the bag. The multi-tool itself is very similar to one that I use from 3 Legged Thing, and includes a flat blade, various sizes of Allen keys, a carabiner hook, and a bottle opener.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="BEUzkXws4jJgXY72zYmbTf" name="Arm 3212.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BEUzkXws4jJgXY72zYmbTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BEUzkXws4jJgXY72zYmbTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A padded bag is supplied for the tripod and the various accessories that come with it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-performance"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Performance</span></h3><p>No matter how big or small, heavy or lightweight a tripod happens to be, rigidity is always a key factor. The Leofoto impressed me from the get-go, delivering rock-solid support that’s very resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations. Moreover, its section locks, leg angle locks, and ball head are all brilliantly designed and excellently engineered, making them a joy to use.</p><p>I don’t usually like reverse-folding legs that are featured in most travel tripods these days, as they require more time and effort in setting up the tripod and folding it down again afterwards. However, the Leofoto proves that the configuration can be quick, easy, and highly effective.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="cTDh3M2e4e8bMj72xh9mTf" name="Arm 3149.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cTDh3M2e4e8bMj72xh9mTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cTDh3M2e4e8bMj72xh9mTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick, easy and intuitive leg angle locks enable you to splay them a little in next to no time, adding stability for fairly low-level shooting and for working around obstacles or on uneven terrain. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The 4-section legs and full-height center column enable the tripod to stretch from its folded height of a very travel-friendly 50.5cm / 19.9in to a lofty maximum operating height of 169cm / 66.5in. Sure, the Leofoto isn’t the tallest tripod in the world, but I’m 6ft 5in and I found it perfectly tall enough for me to use without stooping, when putting my eye to the camera’s viewfinder. More importantly, the tripod’s rigidity and resistance to flexing and vibration remain excellent even with all of the leg sections and the center column fully extended.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1439px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.90%;"><img id="dHpvTEgiUwgfBA5YEuksTf" name="Arm 3158.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dHpvTEgiUwgfBA5YEuksTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1439" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dHpvTEgiUwgfBA5YEuksTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s not exactly a towering tripod but should prove tall enough for pretty much any scenario. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the tripod is perfectly tall enough as far as I’m concerned, the minimum operating height is rather too tall for my liking. Leofoto quotes it as being just 21.5cm / 8.5 in, but it's more like 49.5cm / 19.5in by my reckoning (and measuring). Sure, you can invert the center column and go right down to ground level, but do you really want to shoot out from between two of the legs with your camera upside down? I’d have liked to see a splitable center column, or a short stubby low-level adapter supplied in the kit, to enable ultra-low-level shooting with my camera the right way up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="VNW8NMZa6dEPL4gFNVpWTf" name="Arm 3163.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VNW8NMZa6dEPL4gFNVpWTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VNW8NMZa6dEPL4gFNVpWTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Because the center column can’t be split, the only real option for ultra-low-level shooting is to invert it and use your camera upside down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Back on the plus side, it’s quick and easy to unscrew one of the legs and attach it to the removed center column for monopod duty. It’s easy to remember which leg it is that unscrews, because it’s the one with the silica comfort padding on it. And in terms of performance, the Leofoto works every bit as well as a monopod or bipod, as it does as a tripod. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MrA99YanWsK2wziYg8CqSf" name="Arm 3170.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MrA99YanWsK2wziYg8CqSf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MrA99YanWsK2wziYg8CqSf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You get similarly solid performance in monopod mode, with a good range of height adjustment on hand. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To cap everything off, the Leofoto NB-40 Professional Ball Head that’s supplied as part of the kit is an absolute peach. The ball mechanism works a treat with its adjustable friction damper, while the dual panning mechanisms pay dividends for stills, even more so for shooting video. And as with the tripod legs, all of the adjustments are quick, easy, and intuitive.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="94q2wke48bYsmrUSmzXwMe" name="Arm 3174.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/94q2wke48bYsmrUSmzXwMe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/94q2wke48bYsmrUSmzXwMe-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The NB-40 is a very clever head, worthy of its ‘professional’ tag. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-verdict"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Verdict</span></h3><p>The Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit has really won me over. It’s a luxurious, high-quality 10-layer carbon fiber tripod that’s easily tall enough for me (and I’m pretty tall) yet folds down to very travel-friendly dimensions. The chunky leg sections enable superb performance with excellent resistance to flexing and vibrations, and yet the tripod feels lightweight to carry around in its smart padded bag.</p><p>The only thing I can’t decide on is whether I prefer the ‘professional’ ball head with its dual additional panning mechanisms, or the tripod legs themselves, which also convert into a useful monopod or bipod. One thing’s for sure though… the head and legs combine to make a pretty epic kit. My only slight niggles are that there’s no ultra-low-level adapter for the legs and the head’s bubble level is obscured by the QR plate.</p><p>The bottom line, in the UK at least, is that the entire kit of legs, head and accessories, all wrapped up in a padded bag, costs barely any more than the head on its own. It feels a bit like a ‘buy one get one free’ deal in the UK, and it’s also standout value for money around the world.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Desirable features include 10-layer carbon fiber legs, twist-action clamps, multiple leg angles, and monopod/bipod conversion, plus a great ball head with dual panning mechanisms, but no ultra-low-level adapter.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The reverse-folding leg design with 4-section legs and a center column to enable a generous maximum operating height and a compact stowage size. It also combines a strong payload rating with a lightweight but premium construction.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The tripod and head combine to give super-steady support at all operating heights, right up to the max with the center column fully extended. All the controls are quick, easy, and intuitive to use.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>For a premium carbon fiber tripod with a professional-grade ball head, it’s spectacular value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e" name="Arm 00 hero 3141.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e423645c-b444-11f1-83b7-55ba36e9ea41" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30" data-dimension48="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:99.96%;"><img id="vxLUVrNo3rMyWZx7fz3M3F" name="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vxLUVrNo3rMyWZx7fz3M3F-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2559" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-review" data-dimension112="e423645c-b444-11f1-83b7-55ba36e9ea41" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30" data-dimension48="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30" data-dimension25=""><strong>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30</strong></a> is again made from 10-layer carbon fiber, but its main claim to fame is that it’s waterproof. Moreover, it’s highly resistant to corrosion from saltwater, for when you’re feeling ‘all at sea’, thanks to the extensive use of titanium rather than aluminum or stainless steel parts. The kit comes complete with a ball head.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e42364e8-b444-11f1-8d3d-05ee0dbecd82" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="e42364e8-b444-11f1-8d3d-05ee0dbecd82" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</strong></a> comes complete with a compact but robust AirHed Pro Ball Head. Swing-up legs make for a compact stowage size, despite it being a full-sized, 3-section carbon fiber tripod. Any of the legs can be unscrewed for monopod duty, and you can detach all the legs to convert the Winston into a mini-tripod using ‘Vanz’ footwear (sold separately). </p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 review: ocean by name, ocean by nature, this tripod kit thrives on a dip in the sea, where other tripods fear to tread ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>What’s in a name? Poseidon is well known as the Ancient Greek god of the sea, although it’s perhaps not such common knowledge that earthquakes, storms, and horses also fell under his remit. The Leofoto Poseidon tripod is well named, being a waterproof and corrosion-resistant tripod, taking saltwater, stormy rainfall, and muddy puddles in its stride. I’m not so sure about earthquakes and equines.</p><p>I’m no stranger to Leofoto, having reviewed a bunch of the company’s products last year, including the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-ranger-ls-365c-tripod-review">Leofoto Ranger LS-365C tripod legs</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-lh-36lr-ball-head-review">Leofoto LH-36LR Ball Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-vh-30r-two-way-head-review">Leofoto VH-30R Two-Way Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-g2-geared-pan-head-review">Leofoto G2 Geared Pan Head</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-pg-1-gimbal-head-review">Leofoto PG-1 Gimbal Head</a>. A common theme is that the Chinese company makes high-end and fully pro-grade tripods, heads, and photographic accessories, as well as military-grade tactical equipment.</p><p>The Poseidon tripod kit that I’m reviewing here is a very sturdy carbon fiber model, while also packing down pretty small. It’s refreshingly lightweight to carry as well. All in all, it aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>, one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>, and definitely one of the few waterproof tripods on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MMbDSKqqgSvGxoanY79Raa" name="Pos 01 intro 3194.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MMbDSKqqgSvGxoanY79Raa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-specifications"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>54cm / 21.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>129cm / 50.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>16cm / 6.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>1.55kg / 3.42lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>10kg / 22lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section diameters</p></td><td  ><p>28, 25, 22, 19mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section clamps</p></td><td  ><p>Twist locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-price"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Price</span></h3><p>There’s a fair bit of work and some exotic materials that go into making a truly waterproof tripod, and that’s reflected in the list price of $499 / £429 / AU$825. On the plus side, the Poseidon kit is often discounted in various markets around the world, making it a little more affordable for many of us.</p><p>Even so, the Poseidon unsurprisingly costs a fair bit more than another Leofoto carbon fiber tripod kit with a professional ball head that I’ve just reviewed. The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-review">Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40</a> tripod kit isn’t waterproof but does convert into a classy monopod, and is particularly good value at just $225 / £175 / AU$425.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-design-handling"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C that I’m reviewing here is the smaller of two sets of legs in the range, the alternative LP-324C being taller, heavier, and having thicker leg sections. That one’s also available with three different heads in a variety of kits, whereas the LP-284C is only sold with the LH-30 ball head – and there’s nothing wrong with that, as I’ll come to later. Apart from differences in size and weight, both sets of legs are essentially the same, made from high-quality 10-layer carbon fiber.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="hnV5YBhjNTDZA6mFYh56vZ" name="Pos 3195.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hnV5YBhjNTDZA6mFYh56vZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hnV5YBhjNTDZA6mFYh56vZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The outer leg section of the tripod has a chunky 28mm diameter. The larger version upscales the outer section to 32mm. Both editions have 4-section legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The decision to make the tripod with 4-section legs is a good one as far as I’m concerned. It enables a more compact stowage size than 3-section legs, whereas ‘travel tripods’ with 5-section legs often have thin and spindly bottom sections, which can impair rigidity and robustness. The payload rating of the tripod is 10kg / 22lb, whereas it’s 15kg / 33lb for the larger model.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="xonqZ8jHr2jciwsYeEJxzZ" name="Pos 3196.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xonqZ8jHr2jciwsYeEJxzZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xonqZ8jHr2jciwsYeEJxzZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The four leg sections have diameters of 28mm, 25mm, 22mm, and 19mm going from top to bottom, so even the lowest sections are reassuringly thick and strong. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The twist locks are designed to be ‘maintenance-free’ so that you don’t need to take them apart and clean them. They feature additional seals to keep out water, sand, and dust, being a critical component of the ‘waterproof’ design. Even so, Leofoto says that it can’t absolutely guarantee that no water at all will get into the tubing. The twist locks work really well in practice, requiring minimal rotation to loosen the leg sections so that they extend and contract smoothly, and the same goes for tightening the locks again afterwards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="BPnMTEYicts2yNN67akLCa" name="Pos 3197.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BPnMTEYicts2yNN67akLCa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BPnMTEYicts2yNN67akLCa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist locks feature silica mats with a water-themed ‘wavy’ design. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the top of each leg is a latch for selecting any of three alternative leg angles. Again, they work with simple efficiency. You simply pull the latch out, rotate the leg to the desired angle, then push the latch back in again. Many tripods feature spring-loaded latches for this, but the ones featured here work equally well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="mgAgEAM6y9nfmYVQyfMqZa" name="Pos 3198.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mgAgEAM6y9nfmYVQyfMqZa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mgAgEAM6y9nfmYVQyfMqZa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s quick and easy to select any of the three locking leg angles, or to swing the legs vertically upwards for compact stowage. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Moving up top to the canopy, it has a noticeably slim design. That’s because the tripod has no center column, which I think is both good and bad. It’s good in that the folded diameter of the tripod is very slim and compact, while also enabling easy ultra-low-level shooting without a center column getting in the way. Conversely, it’s bad that you can’t further extend the maximum operating height, which is limited to a rather modest 129cm / 50.8in. There’s also no option to unscrew any of the legs and use it with or without a center column as a monopod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sTWyZAC2SsLHy4Q9aAsZPa" name="Pos 3200.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sTWyZAC2SsLHy4Q9aAsZPa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sTWyZAC2SsLHy4Q9aAsZPa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The canopy is relatively small and lightweight, with a hollowed-out design. Three grub screws are featured to securely lock the head in place, so it can’t work loose or twist around when in use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The underside of the canopy again reveals the hollowed-out design, and instead of a center column, you get a socket with a standard 1/4-inch thread. A typical use for this is to screw in the weight hook that’s supplied with the tripod. Adding ballast can steady the tripod if you’re using it outdoors in windy conditions. I’m thinking it would have the opposite effect completely if the tripod were submerged in wavy conditions!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ERdreQDJDvW9uYUTVpHgUa" name="Pos 3202.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ERdreQDJDvW9uYUTVpHgUa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ERdreQDJDvW9uYUTVpHgUa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The underneath of the canopy has a 1/4-inch threaded socket, ideal for attaching the weight hook that’s supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As well as the underlying weight hook, the canopy features a 3/8-inch threaded socket on the side. This can be useful for adding a magic arm and/or accessories like an LED lamp, microphone, monitor screen or smartphone. If you need a 1/4-inch socket instead, you can simply use a 3/8 to 1/4 inch adapter.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="eqoNUFrvfrjMw5g2UJiVZa" name="Pos 3204.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eqoNUFrvfrjMw5g2UJiVZa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eqoNUFrvfrjMw5g2UJiVZa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A threaded socket on the side of the canopy enables the attachment of a magic arm and accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The feet supplied with the tripod look like regular rubber pads, but they’re more specialized in that the metal parts of the assembly are made from titanium rather than stainless steel or aluminum. This makes them more resistant to corrosion from saltwater, and they also feature rubber waterproofing O-rings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6QTD7eivf5aYvwtBAebvWa" name="Pos 3205.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6QTD7eivf5aYvwtBAebvWa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6QTD7eivf5aYvwtBAebvWa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber pads offer a firm footing on most surfaces and have an anti-corrosion design with titanium metal fixings. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If spikes are a better option than rubber pads (when standing the tripod on loose sand on a beach, for example), the kit comes complete with screw-in metal spikes, which you can substitute for the rubber pads. Again, they’re made from anti-corrosion titanium rather than aluminum or stainless steel.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="HUv4MHEMnWfHuBgCyUHr9a" name="Pos 3206.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HUv4MHEMnWfHuBgCyUHr9a-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HUv4MHEMnWfHuBgCyUHr9a-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You can unscrew the rubber pads and use titanium metal spikes instead for more secure footing on sand and other types of loose ground. The metal tube plug shown here, with one of the feet removed, is also made of titanium. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The LH-30 ball head is simple but effective and very nicely made. It has a 47mm diameter base and is classed by Leofoto as one of their ‘low-profile’ ball heads, having a height of 74mm. It’s based on a 30mm precision-engineered ball that enables smooth and precise adjustments.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="tKtrXNxkbLrEFEmbrFyvZa" name="Pos 3207.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tKtrXNxkbLrEFEmbrFyvZa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tKtrXNxkbLrEFEmbrFyvZa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The LH-30 ball head looks and feels a quality item. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The main ball joint lock/release lever has a nice, tactile feel to it. It’s spring-loaded and mounted on splines so that you can pull out the lever on its shaft and rotate it to a more convenient angle, if necessary.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="QcXcMkMH5DJwMj9XMe9VXa" name="Pos 3208.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QcXcMkMH5DJwMj9XMe9VXa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QcXcMkMH5DJwMj9XMe9VXa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main ball lock/release lever can be rotated on its splines for attaining the most ergonomic orientation. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As well as the main ball and socket arrangement, there’s a separate panning release/lock. This can come in useful if you want to pan your camera to shoot either stills or video while the main ball joint remains locked in place.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="S3jN2VZCupefBQgzH9akZa" name="Pos 3210.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S3jN2VZCupefBQgzH9akZa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S3jN2VZCupefBQgzH9akZa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A smaller, separate locking lever is fitted for panning. There’s a full 360 degrees of panning on offer, complete with a calibrated scale shown in this image, just below the panning lock lever. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The camera platform is Arca-Swiss compatible and comes complete with a like-minded quick-release plate. The platform also features a bubble level, and unlike those that I’ve seen in some Leofoto heads, it’s clearly visible at all times instead of being buried under the quick-release plate when you mount your camera on the tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CJasHNUe5Ps6RE7aMuQEGa" name="Pos 3211.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CJasHNUe5Ps6RE7aMuQEGa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CJasHNUe5Ps6RE7aMuQEGa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level is mounted on the side of the platform, ensuring that it remains visible when the quick-release plate is slotted into position. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Extras included in the kit comprise a set of three titanium foot spikes, three Allen keys, a screw-in carabiner weight hook, and a multi-tool. The multi-tool itself includes a flat blade, Allen keys of three different sizes, a keyring attachment and carabiner, and even a bottle opener. The seaworthy tripod and all of its crew are wrapped up for the voyage in a high-quality padded carrying bag.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="hzmULfQeRXxLJhAMPDxZba" name="Pos 3212.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hzmULfQeRXxLJhAMPDxZba-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hzmULfQeRXxLJhAMPDxZba-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The high-quality padded bag supplied with the tripod has a separate internal pocket for accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-performance"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Performance</span></h3><p>The tripod folds down nice and small and feels very lightweight for carrying around, which I’d call a performance benefit of sorts. After all, big, heavy tripods are often left at home, where they’re of no use at all. Unlike most modern travel tripods (not that it claims to be one), the Poseidon doesn’t have swing-up or ‘reverse-folding’ legs that surround the center column. That’s no surprise as it doesn’t actually have a center column anyway. Again, there’s a performance plus point here, in that the tripod is extremely quick and easy to set up.</p><p>Speed and ease of adjustment as well as setup are further boosted by the action of the twist locks for the leg sections. They require minimal rotation for unlocking and locking the sections, and you can easily grasp all three locks for each leg and operate them with one hand, in one gesture, when the leg sections are contracted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zSU5kBLpqZmyypnHibNKda" name="Pos 3127.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zSU5kBLpqZmyypnHibNKda-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zSU5kBLpqZmyypnHibNKda-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Wider leg angles add stability for low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When shooting at a fairly short height, the multi-angle legs enable a wider circumference for the placement of the feet. This makes the tripod more secure and less likely to topple over if accidentally knocked or in windy weather. It also adds resilience against being toppled by waves or underwater currents, given the Poseidon’s watery nature. With that in mind, I used the tripod extensively with it submerged in water, and it didn’t suffer any seepage into the twist locks or into any of the tubular leg sections.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1767px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:144.88%;"><img id="mrGTxKWcowKMGooKPw8Ada" name="Pos 3128.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mrGTxKWcowKMGooKPw8Ada-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1767" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mrGTxKWcowKMGooKPw8Ada-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s certainly not a tall tripod but at least it remains very rigid at its maximum operating height. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The maximum operating height of 129cm / 50.8in can frankly feel a little disappointing. However, you could argue that the tripod is geared more to towards contending with watery depths than rising high above the land. Either way, the tripod remains sturdy and is impressively resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations, right up to and including its maximum height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="FtjUUWjJNyp6XAeuEDqFba" name="Pos 3132.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtjUUWjJNyp6XAeuEDqFba-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtjUUWjJNyp6XAeuEDqFba-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With no center column, there are no problems with ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You can split the center columns in some tripods that actually have a center column, or substitute them with a low-angle adaptor. There’s no need in this case, as the Poseidon’s multi-angle legs enable ultra-low-level shooting with no center column to get in the way. Naturally, you might be advised against doing this when you’re using the tripod in water, unless you happen to have a waterproof camera to pair with your waterproof tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="TsMyTUCCjdRv5LBG3hLKuZ" name="Pos 3137.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TsMyTUCCjdRv5LBG3hLKuZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TsMyTUCCjdRv5LBG3hLKuZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The ball head works well, with intuitive simplicity. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As with the leg section locks and leg angle locks, the ball head enables a full and free range of movement with very firm locking, and minimum fuss and bother. It doesn’t feature an adjustable friction damper but I found that the main lock/release lever worked well enough with a range of different sizes and weights of camera kits. Its payload rating of 15kg / 33lb is actually 50 per cent more than for the legs on which it stands. The panning action works nicely and smoothly as well, which is another performance bonus.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-verdict"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Verdict</span></h3><p>Water, and especially saltwater, can cramp your style as a photographer. By way of example, you might want to capture a long exposure with a 10-stop ND filter to blur the waves in a seascape shot, but worry about dipping your regular tripod in the sea. The Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 tripod kit can give you a new kind of creative freedom, thanks to its waterproof construction.</p><p>I like that the tripod is made from high-quality 10-layer carbon fiber, but I love that the leg-section clamps are fully waterproofed and that the metalwork in the rubber-padded feet and alternative spikes are made from corrosion-resistant titanium rather than aluminum or stainless steel. The same goes for the metal bases of the leg tubes.</p><p>The tripod is sufficiently compact and lightweight to take just about anywhere and everywhere, yet offers sturdy and solid support that’s very resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations. The only real problem is that while the lack of a center-column pays dividends for quick-and-easy ultra-low-level shooting, the maximum operating height is rather underwhelming. </p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The standout feature of the tripod is that it’s waterproof, sand-proof and very resistant to corrosion. I feel a beach party coming on!</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The design is based on 10-layer carbon fiber and plenty of titanium metalwork, rather than aluminum or stainless steel, for a life on the edge of the ocean waves.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Setup and adjustments are quick, easy, and intuitive, and the tripod is very sturdy, offering good resistance against flexing and vibrations.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Considering the additional or uprated components required for making this tripod waterproof, it’s very good value at the price.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda" name="Pos 00 hero 3122.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4a97b918-b440-11f1-9ccc-793270cf0089" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40" data-dimension48="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="6NMTrdnQXiFpsaNAPnsp2F" name="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT NB-40 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6NMTrdnQXiFpsaNAPnsp2F-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-review" data-dimension112="4a97b918-b440-11f1-9ccc-793270cf0089" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40" data-dimension48="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40" data-dimension25=""><strong>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40</strong></a> isn’t waterproof, but it’s nevertheless very versatile. Like the Poseidon, it has 4-section, 10-layer carbon fiber with the same diameters for its leg sections, while also adding a center column. The swing-up leg design makes it slightly shorter than the Poseidon for stowage, and it reaches a significantly taller operating height, as well as converting to a bipod or monopod. It’s much less expensive to buy at around $225 / £175 / AU$425.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4a97b97c-b440-11f1-9661-098bc17d1448" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="4a97b97c-b440-11f1-9661-098bc17d1448" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</strong></a> comes complete with a compact but robust AirHed Pro Ball Head. Again, it’s not waterproof, but swing-up legs make for a compact stowage size, despite it being a full-sized (and much taller) carbon fiber tripod. Any of the legs can be unscrewed for monopod duty, and you can detach all the legs to convert the Winston into a mini-tripod using ‘Vanz’ footwear, sold separately. This kit costs around $499 / £339 / AU$629.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 tripod kit with low-profile ball head has waterproof, sand-proof and corrosion-resistant legs and feet, just the ticket for a day at the beach ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">V5CYNtmUJ58gx4orAKJaHF</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 26 Sep 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>What’s in a name? Poseidon is well known as the Ancient Greek god of the sea, although it’s perhaps not such common knowledge that earthquakes, storms, and horses also fell under his remit. The Leofoto Poseidon tripod is well named, being a waterproof and corrosion-resistant tripod, taking saltwater, stormy rainfall, and muddy puddles in its stride. I’m not so sure about earthquakes and equines.</p><p>I’m no stranger to Leofoto, having reviewed a bunch of the company’s products last year, including the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-ranger-ls-365c-tripod-review">Leofoto Ranger LS-365C tripod legs</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-lh-36lr-ball-head-review">Leofoto LH-36LR Ball Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-vh-30r-two-way-head-review">Leofoto VH-30R Two-Way Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-g2-geared-pan-head-review">Leofoto G2 Geared Pan Head</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-pg-1-gimbal-head-review">Leofoto PG-1 Gimbal Head</a>. A common theme is that the Chinese company makes high-end and fully pro-grade tripods, heads, and photographic accessories, as well as military-grade tactical equipment.</p><p>The Poseidon tripod kit that I’m reviewing here is a very sturdy carbon fiber model, while also packing down pretty small. It’s refreshingly lightweight to carry as well. All in all, it aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>, one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>, and definitely one of the few waterproof tripods on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MMbDSKqqgSvGxoanY79Raa" name="Pos 01 intro 3194.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MMbDSKqqgSvGxoanY79Raa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-specifications"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>54cm / 21.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>129cm / 50.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>16cm / 6.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>1.55kg / 3.42lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>10kg / 22lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section diameters</p></td><td  ><p>28, 25, 22, 19mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section clamps</p></td><td  ><p>Twist locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-price"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Price</span></h3><p>There’s a fair bit of work and some exotic materials that go into making a truly waterproof tripod, and that’s reflected in the list price of $499 / £429 / AU$825. On the plus side, the Poseidon kit is often discounted in various markets around the world, making it a little more affordable for many of us.</p><p>Even so, the Poseidon unsurprisingly costs a fair bit more than another Leofoto carbon fiber tripod kit with a professional ball head that I’ve just reviewed. The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-review">Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40</a> tripod kit isn’t waterproof but does convert into a classy monopod, and is particularly good value at just $225 / £175 / AU$425.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-design-handling"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C that I’m reviewing here is the smaller of two sets of legs in the range, the alternative LP-324C being taller, heavier, and having thicker leg sections. That one’s also available with three different heads in a variety of kits, whereas the LP-284C is only sold with the LH-30 ball head – and there’s nothing wrong with that, as I’ll come to later. Apart from differences in size and weight, both sets of legs are essentially the same, made from high-quality 10-layer carbon fiber.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="hnV5YBhjNTDZA6mFYh56vZ" name="Pos 3195.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hnV5YBhjNTDZA6mFYh56vZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hnV5YBhjNTDZA6mFYh56vZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The outer leg section of the tripod has a chunky 28mm diameter. The larger version upscales the outer section to 32mm. Both editions have 4-section legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The decision to make the tripod with 4-section legs is a good one as far as I’m concerned. It enables a more compact stowage size than 3-section legs, whereas ‘travel tripods’ with 5-section legs often have thin and spindly bottom sections, which can impair rigidity and robustness. The payload rating of the tripod is 10kg / 22lb, whereas it’s 15kg / 33lb for the larger model.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="xonqZ8jHr2jciwsYeEJxzZ" name="Pos 3196.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xonqZ8jHr2jciwsYeEJxzZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xonqZ8jHr2jciwsYeEJxzZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The four leg sections have diameters of 28mm, 25mm, 22mm, and 19mm going from top to bottom, so even the lowest sections are reassuringly thick and strong. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The twist locks are designed to be ‘maintenance-free’ so that you don’t need to take them apart and clean them. They feature additional seals to keep out water, sand, and dust, being a critical component of the ‘waterproof’ design. Even so, Leofoto says that it can’t absolutely guarantee that no water at all will get into the tubing. The twist locks work really well in practice, requiring minimal rotation to loosen the leg sections so that they extend and contract smoothly, and the same goes for tightening the locks again afterwards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="BPnMTEYicts2yNN67akLCa" name="Pos 3197.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BPnMTEYicts2yNN67akLCa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BPnMTEYicts2yNN67akLCa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist locks feature silica mats with a water-themed ‘wavy’ design. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the top of each leg is a latch for selecting any of three alternative leg angles. Again, they work with simple efficiency. You simply pull the latch out, rotate the leg to the desired angle, then push the latch back in again. Many tripods feature spring-loaded latches for this, but the ones featured here work equally well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="mgAgEAM6y9nfmYVQyfMqZa" name="Pos 3198.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mgAgEAM6y9nfmYVQyfMqZa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mgAgEAM6y9nfmYVQyfMqZa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s quick and easy to select any of the three locking leg angles, or to swing the legs vertically upwards for compact stowage. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Moving up top to the canopy, it has a noticeably slim design. That’s because the tripod has no center column, which I think is both good and bad. It’s good in that the folded diameter of the tripod is very slim and compact, while also enabling easy ultra-low-level shooting without a center column getting in the way. Conversely, it’s bad that you can’t further extend the maximum operating height, which is limited to a rather modest 129cm / 50.8in. There’s also no option to unscrew any of the legs and use it with or without a center column as a monopod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sTWyZAC2SsLHy4Q9aAsZPa" name="Pos 3200.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sTWyZAC2SsLHy4Q9aAsZPa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sTWyZAC2SsLHy4Q9aAsZPa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The canopy is relatively small and lightweight, with a hollowed-out design. Three grub screws are featured to securely lock the head in place, so it can’t work loose or twist around when in use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The underside of the canopy again reveals the hollowed-out design, and instead of a center column, you get a socket with a standard 1/4-inch thread. A typical use for this is to screw in the weight hook that’s supplied with the tripod. Adding ballast can steady the tripod if you’re using it outdoors in windy conditions. I’m thinking it would have the opposite effect completely if the tripod were submerged in wavy conditions!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ERdreQDJDvW9uYUTVpHgUa" name="Pos 3202.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ERdreQDJDvW9uYUTVpHgUa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ERdreQDJDvW9uYUTVpHgUa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The underneath of the canopy has a 1/4-inch threaded socket, ideal for attaching the weight hook that’s supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As well as the underlying weight hook, the canopy features a 3/8-inch threaded socket on the side. This can be useful for adding a magic arm and/or accessories like an LED lamp, microphone, monitor screen or smartphone. If you need a 1/4-inch socket instead, you can simply use a 3/8 to 1/4 inch adapter.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="eqoNUFrvfrjMw5g2UJiVZa" name="Pos 3204.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eqoNUFrvfrjMw5g2UJiVZa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eqoNUFrvfrjMw5g2UJiVZa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A threaded socket on the side of the canopy enables the attachment of a magic arm and accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The feet supplied with the tripod look like regular rubber pads, but they’re more specialized in that the metal parts of the assembly are made from titanium rather than stainless steel or aluminum. This makes them more resistant to corrosion from saltwater, and they also feature rubber waterproofing O-rings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6QTD7eivf5aYvwtBAebvWa" name="Pos 3205.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6QTD7eivf5aYvwtBAebvWa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6QTD7eivf5aYvwtBAebvWa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber pads offer a firm footing on most surfaces and have an anti-corrosion design with titanium metal fixings. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If spikes are a better option than rubber pads (when standing the tripod on loose sand on a beach, for example), the kit comes complete with screw-in metal spikes, which you can substitute for the rubber pads. Again, they’re made from anti-corrosion titanium rather than aluminum or stainless steel.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="HUv4MHEMnWfHuBgCyUHr9a" name="Pos 3206.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HUv4MHEMnWfHuBgCyUHr9a-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HUv4MHEMnWfHuBgCyUHr9a-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You can unscrew the rubber pads and use titanium metal spikes instead for more secure footing on sand and other types of loose ground. The metal tube plug shown here, with one of the feet removed, is also made of titanium. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The LH-30 ball head is simple but effective and very nicely made. It has a 47mm diameter base and is classed by Leofoto as one of their ‘low-profile’ ball heads, having a height of 74mm. It’s based on a 30mm precision-engineered ball that enables smooth and precise adjustments.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="tKtrXNxkbLrEFEmbrFyvZa" name="Pos 3207.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tKtrXNxkbLrEFEmbrFyvZa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tKtrXNxkbLrEFEmbrFyvZa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The LH-30 ball head looks and feels a quality item. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The main ball joint lock/release lever has a nice, tactile feel to it. It’s spring-loaded and mounted on splines so that you can pull out the lever on its shaft and rotate it to a more convenient angle, if necessary.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="QcXcMkMH5DJwMj9XMe9VXa" name="Pos 3208.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QcXcMkMH5DJwMj9XMe9VXa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QcXcMkMH5DJwMj9XMe9VXa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main ball lock/release lever can be rotated on its splines for attaining the most ergonomic orientation. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As well as the main ball and socket arrangement, there’s a separate panning release/lock. This can come in useful if you want to pan your camera to shoot either stills or video while the main ball joint remains locked in place.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="S3jN2VZCupefBQgzH9akZa" name="Pos 3210.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S3jN2VZCupefBQgzH9akZa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S3jN2VZCupefBQgzH9akZa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A smaller, separate locking lever is fitted for panning. There’s a full 360 degrees of panning on offer, complete with a calibrated scale shown in this image, just below the panning lock lever. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The camera platform is Arca-Swiss compatible and comes complete with a like-minded quick-release plate. The platform also features a bubble level, and unlike those that I’ve seen in some Leofoto heads, it’s clearly visible at all times instead of being buried under the quick-release plate when you mount your camera on the tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CJasHNUe5Ps6RE7aMuQEGa" name="Pos 3211.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CJasHNUe5Ps6RE7aMuQEGa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CJasHNUe5Ps6RE7aMuQEGa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level is mounted on the side of the platform, ensuring that it remains visible when the quick-release plate is slotted into position. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Extras included in the kit comprise a set of three titanium foot spikes, three Allen keys, a screw-in carabiner weight hook, and a multi-tool. The multi-tool itself includes a flat blade, Allen keys of three different sizes, a keyring attachment and carabiner, and even a bottle opener. The seaworthy tripod and all of its crew are wrapped up for the voyage in a high-quality padded carrying bag.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="hzmULfQeRXxLJhAMPDxZba" name="Pos 3212.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hzmULfQeRXxLJhAMPDxZba-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hzmULfQeRXxLJhAMPDxZba-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The high-quality padded bag supplied with the tripod has a separate internal pocket for accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-performance"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Performance</span></h3><p>The tripod folds down nice and small and feels very lightweight for carrying around, which I’d call a performance benefit of sorts. After all, big, heavy tripods are often left at home, where they’re of no use at all. Unlike most modern travel tripods (not that it claims to be one), the Poseidon doesn’t have swing-up or ‘reverse-folding’ legs that surround the center column. That’s no surprise as it doesn’t actually have a center column anyway. Again, there’s a performance plus point here, in that the tripod is extremely quick and easy to set up.</p><p>Speed and ease of adjustment as well as setup are further boosted by the action of the twist locks for the leg sections. They require minimal rotation for unlocking and locking the sections, and you can easily grasp all three locks for each leg and operate them with one hand, in one gesture, when the leg sections are contracted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zSU5kBLpqZmyypnHibNKda" name="Pos 3127.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zSU5kBLpqZmyypnHibNKda-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zSU5kBLpqZmyypnHibNKda-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Wider leg angles add stability for low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When shooting at a fairly short height, the multi-angle legs enable a wider circumference for the placement of the feet. This makes the tripod more secure and less likely to topple over if accidentally knocked or in windy weather. It also adds resilience against being toppled by waves or underwater currents, given the Poseidon’s watery nature. With that in mind, I used the tripod extensively with it submerged in water, and it didn’t suffer any seepage into the twist locks or into any of the tubular leg sections.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1767px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:144.88%;"><img id="mrGTxKWcowKMGooKPw8Ada" name="Pos 3128.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mrGTxKWcowKMGooKPw8Ada-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1767" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mrGTxKWcowKMGooKPw8Ada-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s certainly not a tall tripod but at least it remains very rigid at its maximum operating height. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The maximum operating height of 129cm / 50.8in can frankly feel a little disappointing. However, you could argue that the tripod is geared more to towards contending with watery depths than rising high above the land. Either way, the tripod remains sturdy and is impressively resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations, right up to and including its maximum height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="FtjUUWjJNyp6XAeuEDqFba" name="Pos 3132.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtjUUWjJNyp6XAeuEDqFba-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtjUUWjJNyp6XAeuEDqFba-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With no center column, there are no problems with ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You can split the center columns in some tripods that actually have a center column, or substitute them with a low-angle adaptor. There’s no need in this case, as the Poseidon’s multi-angle legs enable ultra-low-level shooting with no center column to get in the way. Naturally, you might be advised against doing this when you’re using the tripod in water, unless you happen to have a waterproof camera to pair with your waterproof tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="TsMyTUCCjdRv5LBG3hLKuZ" name="Pos 3137.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TsMyTUCCjdRv5LBG3hLKuZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TsMyTUCCjdRv5LBG3hLKuZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The ball head works well, with intuitive simplicity. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As with the leg section locks and leg angle locks, the ball head enables a full and free range of movement with very firm locking, and minimum fuss and bother. It doesn’t feature an adjustable friction damper but I found that the main lock/release lever worked well enough with a range of different sizes and weights of camera kits. Its payload rating of 15kg / 33lb is actually 50 per cent more than for the legs on which it stands. The panning action works nicely and smoothly as well, which is another performance bonus.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-verdict"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Verdict</span></h3><p>Water, and especially saltwater, can cramp your style as a photographer. By way of example, you might want to capture a long exposure with a 10-stop ND filter to blur the waves in a seascape shot, but worry about dipping your regular tripod in the sea. The Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 tripod kit can give you a new kind of creative freedom, thanks to its waterproof construction.</p><p>I like that the tripod is made from high-quality 10-layer carbon fiber, but I love that the leg-section clamps are fully waterproofed and that the metalwork in the rubber-padded feet and alternative spikes are made from corrosion-resistant titanium rather than aluminum or stainless steel. The same goes for the metal bases of the leg tubes.</p><p>The tripod is sufficiently compact and lightweight to take just about anywhere and everywhere, yet offers sturdy and solid support that’s very resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations. The only real problem is that while the lack of a center-column pays dividends for quick-and-easy ultra-low-level shooting, the maximum operating height is rather underwhelming. </p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The standout feature of the tripod is that it’s waterproof, sand-proof and very resistant to corrosion. I feel a beach party coming on!</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The design is based on 10-layer carbon fiber and plenty of titanium metalwork, rather than aluminum or stainless steel, for a life on the edge of the ocean waves.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Setup and adjustments are quick, easy, and intuitive, and the tripod is very sturdy, offering good resistance against flexing and vibrations.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Considering the additional or uprated components required for making this tripod waterproof, it’s very good value at the price.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda" name="Pos 00 hero 3122.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4a97b918-b440-11f1-9ccc-793270cf0089" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40" data-dimension48="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="6NMTrdnQXiFpsaNAPnsp2F" name="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT NB-40 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6NMTrdnQXiFpsaNAPnsp2F-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-review" data-dimension112="4a97b918-b440-11f1-9ccc-793270cf0089" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40" data-dimension48="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40" data-dimension25=""><strong>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40</strong></a> isn’t waterproof, but it’s nevertheless very versatile. Like the Poseidon, it has 4-section, 10-layer carbon fiber with the same diameters for its leg sections, while also adding a center column. The swing-up leg design makes it slightly shorter than the Poseidon for stowage, and it reaches a significantly taller operating height, as well as converting to a bipod or monopod. It’s much less expensive to buy at around $225 / £175 / AU$425.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4a97b97c-b440-11f1-9661-098bc17d1448" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="4a97b97c-b440-11f1-9661-098bc17d1448" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</strong></a> comes complete with a compact but robust AirHed Pro Ball Head. Again, it’s not waterproof, but swing-up legs make for a compact stowage size, despite it being a full-sized (and much taller) carbon fiber tripod. Any of the legs can be unscrewed for monopod duty, and you can detach all the legs to convert the Winston into a mini-tripod using ‘Vanz’ footwear, sold separately. This kit costs around $499 / £339 / AU$629.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Insta360 Luna Ultra gimbal camera gets a massive 22.5x zoom with two new updates (and one of them is free!) ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Insta360 has already claimed a place at the top of the gimbal camera market with the premium Luna Ultra which includes a telephoto lens. This week the company also extended the camera's range in two ways – one is a firmware update that every customer can have for free, another is an optional piece of hardware as quirky and powerful as the original camera itself.</p><p>The update increases the maximum zoom of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/insta360-luna-ultra-review">Luna Ultra</a> from 12x to 15x, although, of course, it doesn't change the optical hardware.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="45BBYgHJ9ifNs8Gf5Vbbpf" name="DSC07392.JPG" alt="Insta360 Luna Ultra and 1.5x lens adapter" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/45BBYgHJ9ifNs8Gf5Vbbpf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/45BBYgHJ9ifNs8Gf5Vbbpf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The other new piece of hardware, which I've been lucky enough to get my hands on early, is the 1.5x magnifying Ultra Telephoto Adapter (as I write, it is listed as temporarily out of stock on the <a href="https://store.insta360.com/product/ultra-telephoto-lens-for-luna-ultra" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Insta360 Store</a>).</p><p>It clips over the Ultra's dual camera system and – slightly curiously, I admit – blocks the wide-angle lens completely.</p><p>Because this means that as you zoom out wide, the shot just goes black, this left me a little irked at first, but I imagine that I'd have been more annoyed by the alternative – a wide view always partly obscured by the rim of the telephoto lens!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="rvSUYQCa5oxbJxEQ3TGRRS" name="DSC07386.JPG" alt="Insta360 Luna Ultra" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rvSUYQCa5oxbJxEQ3TGRRS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rvSUYQCa5oxbJxEQ3TGRRS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The lens is priced at $49.99 / £46.99, and as I said, can already be found on the Insta360 site.</p><p>The firmware will include improvements to the telephoto stability and low-light modes, with an emphasis on concert capability.</p><p>There is one more significant software update for customers, potentially envious of the 1-lens Luna Pro's 4K vertical shooting feature.</p><p>Up until now DJI and even the Luna Ultra have offered a lower resolution (2.7K or 3K) for when the cameras were used to shoot vertically despite having monitoring screens that could rotate to a vertical position. Why? Because the imaging camera did not rotate.</p><p>The Luna Pro, however, managed to push that to 4K and, since it used the same sensor as the Luna Ultra's 1-inch wide sensor, this update was expected but still welcome.</p><p>All these changes have kept things very interesting in the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">best pocket gimbal camera guide</a>.</p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="Insta360 Ultra Telephoto Lens for Luna Ultra,Insta360 Luna Ultra"></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/insta360-luna-ultra-gimbal-camera-gets-a-massive-22-5x-zoom-with-two-new-updates-and-one-of-them-is-free</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Insta360 fits in your pocket and has a 450mm EFL lens? A hands on test reveals the experience is both unusual and impressive ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">MCrQAUCQBh6p6FDEHAPuzA</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/A5Y2fdDnZtwzXCv6sGr3HZ-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 08:53:05 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Gimbals]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.juniper@futurenet.com (Adam Juniper) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Juniper ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/72ckUfmgPdyE9rg429R7Md-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/A5Y2fdDnZtwzXCv6sGr3HZ-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Insta360 Luna Ultra with 1.5x zoom adapter]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Insta360 Luna Ultra with 1.5x zoom adapter]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Insta360 Luna Ultra with 1.5x zoom adapter]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/A5Y2fdDnZtwzXCv6sGr3HZ-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Insta360 has already claimed a place at the top of the gimbal camera market with the premium Luna Ultra which includes a telephoto lens. This week the company also extended the camera's range in two ways – one is a firmware update that every customer can have for free, another is an optional piece of hardware as quirky and powerful as the original camera itself.</p><p>The update increases the maximum zoom of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/insta360-luna-ultra-review">Luna Ultra</a> from 12x to 15x, although, of course, it doesn't change the optical hardware.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="45BBYgHJ9ifNs8Gf5Vbbpf" name="DSC07392.JPG" alt="Insta360 Luna Ultra and 1.5x lens adapter" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/45BBYgHJ9ifNs8Gf5Vbbpf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/45BBYgHJ9ifNs8Gf5Vbbpf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The other new piece of hardware, which I've been lucky enough to get my hands on early, is the 1.5x magnifying Ultra Telephoto Adapter (as I write, it is listed as temporarily out of stock on the <a href="https://store.insta360.com/product/ultra-telephoto-lens-for-luna-ultra" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Insta360 Store</a>).</p><p>It clips over the Ultra's dual camera system and – slightly curiously, I admit – blocks the wide-angle lens completely.</p><p>Because this means that as you zoom out wide, the shot just goes black, this left me a little irked at first, but I imagine that I'd have been more annoyed by the alternative – a wide view always partly obscured by the rim of the telephoto lens!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="rvSUYQCa5oxbJxEQ3TGRRS" name="DSC07386.JPG" alt="Insta360 Luna Ultra" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rvSUYQCa5oxbJxEQ3TGRRS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rvSUYQCa5oxbJxEQ3TGRRS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The lens is priced at $49.99 / £46.99, and as I said, can already be found on the Insta360 site.</p><p>The firmware will include improvements to the telephoto stability and low-light modes, with an emphasis on concert capability.</p><p>There is one more significant software update for customers, potentially envious of the 1-lens Luna Pro's 4K vertical shooting feature.</p><p>Up until now DJI and even the Luna Ultra have offered a lower resolution (2.7K or 3K) for when the cameras were used to shoot vertically despite having monitoring screens that could rotate to a vertical position. Why? Because the imaging camera did not rotate.</p><p>The Luna Pro, however, managed to push that to 4K and, since it used the same sensor as the Luna Ultra's 1-inch wide sensor, this update was expected but still welcome.</p><p>All these changes have kept things very interesting in the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">best pocket gimbal camera guide</a>.</p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="Insta360 Ultra Telephoto Lens for Luna Ultra,Insta360 Luna Ultra"></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Memory prices to remain stubbornly high for years, says industry expert ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>It's a story that has become well publicized during 2026: the rising price of solid state storage and memory cards. Everything from portable SSDs to CFexpress cards has seen huge price rises since the start of the year, and the global shortage of NAND flash memory has also been felt in the wider electronics sector, with the cost of games consoles and phones also increasing.</p><p>It's left many people asking when the memory crisis will end. However, the general consensus is - sadly - that prices probably won't be coming down significantly any time soon. This analysis was echoed by Roman Rabitsch, founder of Angelbird, in a <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yILlR8EPuA0&t=304s" target="_blank">recent interview</a> with Cine D. Rabitsch points out that during COVID NAND flash and DRAM production was high but demand relatively low, which in turn kept prices down. He says that at one point memory was even being sold at a loss in order to clear stock.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="high" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/yILlR8EPuA0" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Yet in a fairly short timeframe since then we've seen the rise of AI and its insatiable appetite for HBM (High Bandwidth Memory) in AI data centers. Consequently, memory manufacturers have been diverting their resources to produce this highly lucrative commodity, leaving reduced supply of the NAND flash used in camera memory cards and SSDs. And as we know, when supply is tight, prices rise, which is why we've seen such a relentless increase in the cost of memory cards throughout 2026.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1559px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yrXCcDyNxZAJPB5tGFKAs3" name="BalticServers_data_center" alt="Image of an IT data center" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yrXCcDyNxZAJPB5tGFKAs3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1559" height="877" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0, BalticServers.com)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This now means the output of memory fabrication plants is already allocated for years to come, with capacity sold out until 2029-2030. So with this in mind, should you bite the bullet and buy storage and memory cards now, in case prices rise still further in the coming months/years?</p><p>Rabitsch suggests there probably isn’t a need to panic buy flash memory products right now. He says the availability and pricing of memory looks like it may remain fairly stable for the next 2-3 years, with a potential for a price drop in late 2027, though this may only be in the region of 2-5%. While this outlook suggests prices might not continue to rocket, it does unfortunately confirm what other industry analysts have reported: that prices won’t be dropping significantly for several years.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/memory-cards/memory-prices-to-remain-stubbornly-high-for-years-says-industry-expert</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The founder and boss of Angelbird isn't optimistic that the global memory shortage will end any time soon ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">KcpWAnb3RyuVPF3aFs3YQE</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QXjKKT6attc75E8jB6SqPc-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 00:24:19 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Memory Cards]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ ben.andrews@futurenet.com (Ben Andrews) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Ben Andrews ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hA7SxTHVsLt7fQ5XhWWbX4-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QXjKKT6attc75E8jB6SqPc-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Photo of a collection of SD cards with dollar signs]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Photo of a collection of SD cards with dollar signs]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Photo of a collection of SD cards with dollar signs]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QXjKKT6attc75E8jB6SqPc-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>It's a story that has become well publicized during 2026: the rising price of solid state storage and memory cards. Everything from portable SSDs to CFexpress cards has seen huge price rises since the start of the year, and the global shortage of NAND flash memory has also been felt in the wider electronics sector, with the cost of games consoles and phones also increasing.</p><p>It's left many people asking when the memory crisis will end. However, the general consensus is - sadly - that prices probably won't be coming down significantly any time soon. This analysis was echoed by Roman Rabitsch, founder of Angelbird, in a <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yILlR8EPuA0&t=304s" target="_blank">recent interview</a> with Cine D. Rabitsch points out that during COVID NAND flash and DRAM production was high but demand relatively low, which in turn kept prices down. He says that at one point memory was even being sold at a loss in order to clear stock.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="high" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/yILlR8EPuA0" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Yet in a fairly short timeframe since then we've seen the rise of AI and its insatiable appetite for HBM (High Bandwidth Memory) in AI data centers. Consequently, memory manufacturers have been diverting their resources to produce this highly lucrative commodity, leaving reduced supply of the NAND flash used in camera memory cards and SSDs. And as we know, when supply is tight, prices rise, which is why we've seen such a relentless increase in the cost of memory cards throughout 2026.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1559px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yrXCcDyNxZAJPB5tGFKAs3" name="BalticServers_data_center" alt="Image of an IT data center" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yrXCcDyNxZAJPB5tGFKAs3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1559" height="877" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0, BalticServers.com)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This now means the output of memory fabrication plants is already allocated for years to come, with capacity sold out until 2029-2030. So with this in mind, should you bite the bullet and buy storage and memory cards now, in case prices rise still further in the coming months/years?</p><p>Rabitsch suggests there probably isn’t a need to panic buy flash memory products right now. He says the availability and pricing of memory looks like it may remain fairly stable for the next 2-3 years, with a potential for a price drop in late 2027, though this may only be in the region of 2-5%. While this outlook suggests prices might not continue to rocket, it does unfortunately confirm what other industry analysts have reported: that prices won’t be dropping significantly for several years.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1 review: this multi-talented, multi-mode support is the ‘real’ deal ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Based in Hong Kong, the Freewell company started out in 2012, aiming to entice creators and filmmakers with a range of products from camera gear, filters and lens hoods to accessories for smartphones, drones and action cameras. It launched its first tripod, ‘The Real Travel Tripod’ back in 2024 and has now followed on with The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1.</p><p>Immensely versatile, the 5-in-1 is sufficiently compact and lightweight (and definitely slim enough) to qualify as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>, while being tall and sturdy enough to be a contender as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>. Even so, it’s not massively tall nor overly short when folded. Back on the plus side, it’s classy enough to eye up a place as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>. True to its Multi Tripod name and design, it fits into multiple categories. Let’s take a closer look.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="LZ8kxKyr2zte7niNBDnNS9" name="F51 01 intro 2994.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LZ8kxKyr2zte7niNBDnNS9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LZ8kxKyr2zte7niNBDnNS9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Despite its chunky, heavy-duty, 10-layer carbon fiber legs, the Freewell has a clever design that makes it very slimline when folded, and eminently travel-friendly. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-specifications"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>55cm / 21.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>157cm / 61.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Minimum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>17.5cm / 6.9in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>7cm / 2.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.65kg / 3.64lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Load rating</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20kg / 44lb (10kg / 22lb head)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Sections per leg/center column</strong></p></td><td  ><p>4 / 1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section diameters</strong></p></td><td  ><p>28, 25, 22, 19mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section clamps</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Twist locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locking leg angles</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Feet</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Case/bag included</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-price"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Price</span></h3><p>For a complete carbon fiber tripod kit (and then some) that comes a sophisticated ball head and intriguing extras, Freewell’s The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1 looks incredibly good value at $299 / £268 / AU$429. Another Chinese carbon fiber tripod I reviewed recently that’s actually two tripods in one, but lacks a monopod conversion, is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review">Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S</a>, which is considerably more expensive at $399 / £349 / AU$649.</p><p>The Freewell’s space-saving center column design reminds of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod carbon fiber</a>, which is pricier again at $599 / £599 / AU$1,169, while the newer and thoroughly excellent <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod</a> costs a properly expensive $900 / £800 / AU$1,500. All in all, the Freewell gives you an awful lot of support for the money.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5 in 1"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-design-handling"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Catering to all sorts of needs and shooting scenarios, The Real Multi Tripod’s 5-in-1 remit covers use as a regular photographic tripod, a tabletop tripod, a monopod, a hands-free monopod with triple-foot base, and a walking pole. If you’re feeling generous, you could also add smartphone tripod and selfie stick to the list, thanks to the cunning Arca-Swiss quick-release plate that doubles as a phone mount. You could also use it as a tactical bipod, bringing the total up to eight and making it an 8-in-1 support. How does it do all of that? Let’s dive deeper.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="i4CXB6L7uefKP66VHcDUH9" name="F51 2995.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i4CXB6L7uefKP66VHcDUH9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i4CXB6L7uefKP66VHcDUH9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The carbon fiber looks and feels of high quality and unlike many tripods made of this material, it has comfort padding on two of the legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Despite having a slim, travel-friendly profile, which I’ll come back to later, the 5-in-1 doesn’t claim to be a travel tripod as such. Like Freewell’s actual ‘The Real Travel Tripod’, it doesn’t have the kind of swing-up, space-saving  legs that are now typical of travel tripods. I don’t mind that at all, because the business of fully extending the center column and swinging the legs up around it adds to the pack-away time, as well as the setup time next time around. And thanks to its 4-section legs, the 5-in-1 still has a reasonably small stowage height of 55cm / 21.7in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ExCaXR88zCtf9P8SJhXc79" name="F51 2996.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ExCaXR88zCtf9P8SJhXc79-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ExCaXR88zCtf9P8SJhXc79-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The four sections in each leg have descending diameters of 28, 25, 22, 19mm. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Delivering a strong payload rating of 20kg / 44lb, the legs have chunky top-section diameters of 28mm. And because there are four rather than five sections in each leg, the bottom sections retain a fairly wide diameter of 19mm. I’m dubious about the strength of some 5-section tripods, which have relatively thin and spindly bottom sections. Releasing and locking each section is based on quick-action twist locks, and they really are quick, requiring very little rotation to release or securely lock them.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="wFV6G4TPpXZd99Bn9ohfE9" name="F51 2997.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wFV6G4TPpXZd99Bn9ohfE9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wFV6G4TPpXZd99Bn9ohfE9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist locks work very well, requiring very little rotation to release or lock each leg section. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s similarly quick and easy to select any of the three available leg angles, which equate to 22, 55 and 85 degrees from the vertical. The lock/release mechanism is a simple pushbutton arrangement at the top of each leg. And they’re easy to see, thanks to having the same bright red coloring as the controls in the ball head. The multiple angles enable you to work around obstacles or on tricky terrain, and splaying them to wider angles aids stability in low-height setups.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LZYojhkcRuEqPykyxNdJy8" name="F51 2998.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LZYojhkcRuEqPykyxNdJy8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LZYojhkcRuEqPykyxNdJy8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The red pushbutton latches for selecting different leg angles are spring-loaded and very intuitive in use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s quite common nowadays for tripods to feature a removable leg. The idea is generally that you can remove the leg, attach it to the (also removed) center column, and transform the tripod into a monopod. It’s a neat idea, as it adds versatility without requiring you to pack and carry an extra bit of kit. The Freewell goes one, or perhaps two better, in that you can remove any and all of the legs. Remove one leg and you can use the tripod as a bipod. You can also attach the head directly to the top of the detached leg for monopod duty. The absence of the center column in the monopod setup limits the maximum height, but you can actually join two or even all three legs together if you need extra height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="iTx9Tz727prCxDj3XC7re9" name="F51 3001.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iTx9Tz727prCxDj3XC7re9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iTx9Tz727prCxDj3XC7re9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">All three legs are removable, and you can join them top-to-bottom if you need extra monopod height. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting back to the uncommonly slim folded size, the tripod uses the same trick that I’ve seen in Peak Design tripods. As such, the center column has a triangular cutout profile that avoids any wasted space, because the legs fold around it more tightly. Unlike in Peak Design tripods, the legs themselves still have a circular profile rather than being arc-shaped to fit even more snuggly around the center column, but the folded diameter is still remarkably slim at just 7cm / 2.8in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="A54PyoMMdUKH8FNoCFFzu8" name="F51 3002.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/A54PyoMMdUKH8FNoCFFzu8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/A54PyoMMdUKH8FNoCFFzu8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The center column has a triangular cutout design that saves space when the tripod is folded, and there’s a weight hook that screws into the bottom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unscrew the weight hook from the bottom of the center column and it reveals a built-in allen key. With the weight hook unscrewed, you can completely remove the center column and invert it for ground-level shooting, albeit with the camera upside down. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="TzGDrHDfgehEuvPn4EfnB9" name="F51 3003.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TzGDrHDfgehEuvPn4EfnB9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TzGDrHDfgehEuvPn4EfnB9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook doubles as an allen key when it’s removed from the center column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A better option for ultra-low-level shooting is that you can use the allen key to loosen a screw in the center column and split it in two, enabling you to splay the legs and go really low without the center column digging into the ground. This way, you can still shoot with the camera the right way up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="bgtb7HLyTHqFSoi2gmSxN9" name="F51 3004.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bgtb7HLyTHqFSoi2gmSxN9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bgtb7HLyTHqFSoi2gmSxN9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Using the weight hook allen key, you can loosen a screw and split the center column to enable ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod feet are fairly large rubber pads which offer good grip and support on most surfaces. As with most parts of the tripod, they have more than one function and you can unscrew one of the pads and attach it up on top, for grip and comfort, if you’re using a detached leg or two as a trekking pole.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="KfhzL4JE2DFAppwmSu5N89" name="F51 3005.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KfhzL4JE2DFAppwmSu5N89-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber pads are fairly large and feel nice and grippy. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If you’d rather have metal spikes for digging into soft ground, all you have to do is unscrew the rubber pads to reveal them. You can also use the allen key to unscrew the spikes as well, if you want to fit alternative footwear or join two or more legs together for a longer monopod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="4oYpjLhzn7xag4xZDXAAL9" name="F51 3006.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4oYpjLhzn7xag4xZDXAAL9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4oYpjLhzn7xag4xZDXAAL9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The dual-purpose feet comprise rubber pads that unscrew to reveal (also removable) metal spikes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The chassis that connects the three legs together at the top of the tripod is made from aluminum and is suitably sturdy. Again, it goes the extra mile in terms of versatility, and includes two accessory sockets. These have a standard 1/4-inch thread, enabling you to attach magic arms, LED lights, a monitor screen or other accessories.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="9pbqnNSgxpqKCNKi7Ks3D9" name="F51 3007.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9pbqnNSgxpqKCNKi7Ks3D9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9pbqnNSgxpqKCNKi7Ks3D9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The aluminum chassis includes two standard 1/4-inch threaded sockets for adding accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>No tripod kit is complete without a head and the Freewell comes with a durable ball head that, yet again, is impressively versatile. However, it’s arguably not an ideal match for the legs, as it has a relatively modest 10kg / 22lb payload rating, which is only half that of the legs, the latter being rated at 20kg / 44lb.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="CSDocd4ZRYUe9KLctpHRM9" name="F51 3008.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CSDocd4ZRYUe9KLctpHRM9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CSDocd4ZRYUe9KLctpHRM9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">I like that the head has bright red controls, making them easy to see even under very low levels of lighting, when tripods often come out to play. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The largest control knob in the head is the main ball joint lock/release. There’s no separate friction adjuster but it works well on its own and the socket that the ball fits into has the usual cutout on one side. This enables swapping from landscape to portrait orientation shooting in the absence of an L-bracket, as well as for shooting directly upwards or downwards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="T6UwPLJ7eoZRbqqKuoGai9" name="F51 3009.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/T6UwPLJ7eoZRbqqKuoGai9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/T6UwPLJ7eoZRbqqKuoGai9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main ball head lock enables a full range of smooth movement and secure clamping, with minimum effort. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Making the tripod suitable for panoramic sequences of stills and even videography, the head has dual panning mechanisms, one at the bottom and the other at the top. The bonus here is that if your legs are perfectly leveled, you can use the main bottom panning mechanism. You’ll soon see if they’re not perfectly leveled and you’ve compensated by just leveling the head, because your horizon will start to slant when you begin panning. As there’s no leveling base featured in the tripod and leveling the legs can be a time-consuming chore, you can simply use the head’s upper panning mechanism instead, which will keep your horizon straight and true.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="fFdiKpwxp5e9K3NLgaCnV9" name="F51 3010.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fFdiKpwxp5e9K3NLgaCnV9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fFdiKpwxp5e9K3NLgaCnV9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There are dual upper and lower panning mechanisms, both with calibrated scales. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As a leveling aid, there’s a bubble level built into the head’s camera platform. It’s a useful addition but it’s frustrating that you can’t actually see it when the quick-release plate is attached to the platform. You therefore need to remove your camera every time you want to use the bubble level. In fairness, I tend to use the electronic ‘virtual horizon’ instead, which is available in the vast majority of modern cameras and tends to be more accurate and precise than using a tripod’s bubble level.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="wdq84BxUbPPYGFxC8sURy8" name="F51 3013.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wdq84BxUbPPYGFxC8sURy8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wdq84BxUbPPYGFxC8sURy8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera platform features a bubble level and a removable security pin, to avoid the quick-release plate sliding out forwards or backwards. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Even the Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate is based on a crafty bit of design. It works as expected with a camera or anything else with a standard 1/4-inch treaded socket. However, it also features hinged panels at each end and spring-loaded sliding rails. The upshot is that you can also use the QR plate as a phone mount, thus attaching your phone to the tripod or monopod, or using the latter as a selfie stick.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="VuEf2C36btUAGusndoN449" name="F51 3014.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VuEf2C36btUAGusndoN449-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VuEf2C36btUAGusndoN449-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate doubles as a spring-loaded phone mount. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Tools supplied with the tripod comprise an additional, carabiner-style weight hook and three allen keys. The allen keys are in addition to the one that’s built into the center-column’s fitted weight hook.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="gFoe2Dhey9JdS8yo7RNnE9" name="F51 3016.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gFoe2Dhey9JdS8yo7RNnE9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gFoe2Dhey9JdS8yo7RNnE9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A carabiner-style additional weight hook and three allen keys are supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Everything’s wrapped up in a stylish, high-quality padded carrying bag. The bag comes complete with handles that lock together with a Velcro pad, plus a removable shoulder strap. The inside of the bag features a long, secondary zippered compartment for holding the various tripod accessories.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="9MVbRKSPueM6rNxrNVLdJA" name="F51 3017.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9MVbRKSPueM6rNxrNVLdJA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9MVbRKSPueM6rNxrNVLdJA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The carrying bag is well padded and nicely made. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But before we grab the bag and go outside, there’s yet another tricked up design flourish. I’ve seen tabletop conversion in full-sized tripods before, mostly from 3 Legged Thing, like my trusty <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0</a>, for which you can buy optional Vanz footwear to make the change. The table tripod conversion legs for the Freewell are supplied ‘free’ as part of the package, and they also have a relatively high-end design, complete with dual-section extension and handy twist-action leg locks. They’re more like a miniaturized set of regular tripod legs than a cheap and basic add-on.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="jcXRsn6LPcQtv9BEAwKNP9" name="F51 3021.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jcXRsn6LPcQtv9BEAwKNP9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jcXRsn6LPcQtv9BEAwKNP9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Like the full-sized legs, the small tabletop legs are again made of carbon fiber and have an extendable design with twist-locks. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-performance"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Performance</span></h3><p>Performance is mostly very good but not entirely great. Setup speed is certainly very quick, thanks to Freewell avoiding the temptation of travel-style, swing-up legs. The twist-action leg clamps also work with minimum fuss and bother, and while there are three of them in each leg, it’s easy to grasp all of them in one go when the leg sections are all retracted. The ball head also works with smooth efficiency and its dual panning mechanisms give a performance boost when shooting panoramic sequences of stills or for videography. The multiple leg angles offer greater stability for shooting at fairly short heights.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3xAaAGhpqMRVnuKVMs4T59" name="F51 3030.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3xAaAGhpqMRVnuKVMs4T59-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3xAaAGhpqMRVnuKVMs4T59-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splaying the legs a little for shooting at fairly short heights gives a wider spread for the feet and makes the tripod less likely to topple over if accidentally knocked, or in very windy conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>My main criticism in terms of performance is that even with four sections in each leg rather than three, the maximum height feels a little limited. Naturally, it’s a trade-off because if the maximum operating height was taller, the folded height would be less compact and the tripod would be less travel-friendly. Either way, I often found that I needed to raise the center column to achieve the shooting height that I wanted. The legs on their own are fairly but not massively resistant to vibrations. However, the center column feels relatively wobbly and lacking in rigidity when extended.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1439px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.90%;"><img id="RDronPfkuwSjUY4m87cHKA" name="F51 3033.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RDronPfkuwSjUY4m87cHKA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1439" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RDronPfkuwSjUY4m87cHKA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The maximum shooting height is fairly modest even with the center column fully extended. I found that the center column lacked rigidity even when extended by fairly small amounts, and became worse at taller extensions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While rigidity could be better at maximum extension, the tripod delivers solid performance for ultra-low-level shooting. Splitting the center column and splaying the legs to their widest angles enables you to get right down to virtually ground level.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.17%;"><img id="v3on9PwhJ3M5rcsyP8mvVA" name="F51 3035.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v3on9PwhJ3M5rcsyP8mvVA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v3on9PwhJ3M5rcsyP8mvVA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splitting the center column enables ultra-low-level shooting with the camera the right way up, and if that’s still not low enough, you can invert the center column and shoot with the camera upside down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ll admit to being quite tall at 6ft 5in. As I mentioned earlier, you can’t join one of the legs to the center column for monopod duty and as a result, I found that adding the head directly to one leg didn’t give me enough height. The problem is solved by joining two or even three legs together, which enables a huge maximum height, but it’s a bit more fiddly as you have to remove both parts of the rubber pad and metal spike feet from the upper joining tripod legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9a9PrrStKqCeoN4ozV99JA" name="F51 3036.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9a9PrrStKqCeoN4ozV99JA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9a9PrrStKqCeoN4ozV99JA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You might well find that you need to join at two legs together to enable sufficient height in monopod mode. Join all three together and you’ll get a towering monopod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One of the five modes on offer is described by Freewell as a ‘hands-free monopod’ monopod. I don’t feel brave enough to take my hands away for more than a second or two but the ability to connect the short tabletop legs to the chassis and use it as a base for the monopod does add a firm footing. In this respect, you get the added stability of using a three-footed pole like with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/monopods/benro-a48fd-monopod-review">Benro A48FD Monopod</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1440px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.78%;"><img id="979AXSFYn9k4VNskYMf6SA" name="F51 3041.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/979AXSFYn9k4VNskYMf6SA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1440" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/979AXSFYn9k4VNskYMf6SA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The short tabletop legs can act as a three-footed base in monopod mode. Here’s the ‘hands-free’ configuration, which I’d hesitate to use in breezy conditions. To quote Dirty Harry, “You've got to ask yourself one question: 'Do I feel lucky?'” </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For landscape photography in the wilds, negotiating tricky terrain can be more problematic than carefully composing the shot when you finally reach your destination. Again, the Freewell comes to your aid, serving as a trekking pole as well as a tripod or monopod. The trekking pole configuration is essentially the same as the monopod setup, except that you can attach one of the rubber feet to the top for comfort, instead of fitting the head. Down below, you can use either a rubber pad or a spike at the bottom, depending on the type of ground that you’re covering.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ZqRPsvXW99TZXifWGGdqLA" name="F51 3044.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZqRPsvXW99TZXifWGGdqLA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZqRPsvXW99TZXifWGGdqLA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Remove the head and add one of the rubber feet up top and your monopod becomes a trekking pole. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Freewell can serve as a tripod, monopod or selfie stick for your smartphone. You won’t need an additional phone mount, as the supplied Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate converts into a self-contained phone mount. It’s spring-loaded with hinged sides, and gives a safe and secure grip.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="j6vYNktwV78sXXkgAnRhn8" name="F51 3048.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/j6vYNktwV78sXXkgAnRhn8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/j6vYNktwV78sXXkgAnRhn8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick-release plate doubles as a phone mount, and gives a safe and secure grip. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Last but not least, this full-sized tripod works particularly well as a mini-tripod or tabletop tripod. Unlike many of its kind, it features adjustable carbon fiber legs based on dual sections with a twist-action clamp. Couple that with the three leg angles enabled by the tripod chassis and you get a generous range of adjustment.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="24G86fUyJDKLboj6wTgkd9" name="F51 3029.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/24G86fUyJDKLboj6wTgkd9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/24G86fUyJDKLboj6wTgkd9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Not just for tabletop use, the Freewell works equally well as a mini-tripod out in the field. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-verdict"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Verdict</span></h3><p>There’s a lot to love about the Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1. It definitely lives up to its claims with amazingly versatile, multiple modes. Better still, it’s highly effective in all of them, as a regular tripod, tabletop/mini tripod, monopod, monopod with feet, trekking pole and smartphone support.</p><p>The build quality looks and feels very good, based on luxury 10-layer carbon fiber and an aluminum alloy chassis. Everything works with smooth simplicity, enabling quick and intuitive setup and similarly straightforward takedown. The ball head follows suit, and I like that it has dual panning mechanisms. As an incredibly comprehensive, multi-mode tripod with a premium build, the Freewell is outstanding value for money.</p><p>I’d give it top marks, but for a few little niggles. The maximum height is fairly modest and the folded length isn’t particularly compact. I can live with that, but I found that the center column was quite wobbly at anything more than slight extension. And while the legs have a payload rating of 20kg / 44lb, it’s only 10kg / 22lb for the head. That should still prove sufficient however, as you’re unlikely to have a camera outfit that weighs more than 10kg /22lb, and the extra payload rating of the legs enables the fitment of accessories via the additional mounting ports, and hanging ballast off one or other of the weight hooks. All in all, the Freewell is a pretty remarkable tripod.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The Freewell is positively brimming with features, working as a tripod, tabletop/mini tripod, monopod, monopod with feet, trekking pole and smartphone support.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>It’s a really clever design, in many and varied ways. The tripod is endlessly adaptable with intuitive ease of use, and it has a luxurious 10-layer carbon fiber build.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Performance is mostly very good but the center column is a bit wobbly when extended, which impacts on the rigidity of the tripod at or near its maximum operating height.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Compared with broadly similar tripods that don’t actually offer as many operating modes, the Freewell is standout value for money.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Overall</strong></p></td><td  ><p>★★★★½</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9" name="F51 00 hero 2716.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4248efb8-b06f-11f1-b2dd-65450df4a4fa" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension48="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ygkqaD56NcgaEBxLSbhWxV" name="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ygkqaD56NcgaEBxLSbhWxV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review" data-dimension112="4248efb8-b06f-11f1-b2dd-65450df4a4fa" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension48="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension25=""><strong>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S</strong></a> isn’t a ‘5-in-1’ tripod but it’s nevertheless like two tripods in one. That’s thanks to an innovative design featuring a triple-leg center column. As such, you get a main full-sized tripod with an extending center column, and if you remove the column altogether, it works as a separate mini-tripod. The Heipi costs around $399 / £349 / AU$649.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4248f012-b06f-11f1-acaa-c1d6253eb14b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Pro Tripod" data-dimension48="Peak Design Pro Tripod" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="QjKmQSwEyv76qzBLm8LgpV" name="Peak Design Pro Tripod square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QjKmQSwEyv76qzBLm8LgpV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review" data-dimension112="4248f012-b06f-11f1-acaa-c1d6253eb14b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Pro Tripod" data-dimension48="Peak Design Pro Tripod" data-dimension25=""><strong>Peak Design Pro Tripod</strong></a> builds on the success of the company’s preceding travel tripod, again having a space-saving design. Like the Freewell, it has a triangular-section center column but this time the leg sections are specially shaped to wrap more tightly around it. The Peak Design Pro is considerably more expensive at $900 / £800 / AU$1,500.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/freewell-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Freewell’s ‘The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1’ could well be the only support you ever need, for your camera, spotting scope, for tactical use, and even for yourself ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">tHRePnf76PVvYxhaATySoD</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2026 09:33:43 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Based in Hong Kong, the Freewell company started out in 2012, aiming to entice creators and filmmakers with a range of products from camera gear, filters and lens hoods to accessories for smartphones, drones and action cameras. It launched its first tripod, ‘The Real Travel Tripod’ back in 2024 and has now followed on with The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1.</p><p>Immensely versatile, the 5-in-1 is sufficiently compact and lightweight (and definitely slim enough) to qualify as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>, while being tall and sturdy enough to be a contender as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>. Even so, it’s not massively tall nor overly short when folded. Back on the plus side, it’s classy enough to eye up a place as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>. True to its Multi Tripod name and design, it fits into multiple categories. Let’s take a closer look.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="LZ8kxKyr2zte7niNBDnNS9" name="F51 01 intro 2994.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LZ8kxKyr2zte7niNBDnNS9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LZ8kxKyr2zte7niNBDnNS9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Despite its chunky, heavy-duty, 10-layer carbon fiber legs, the Freewell has a clever design that makes it very slimline when folded, and eminently travel-friendly. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-specifications"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>55cm / 21.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>157cm / 61.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Minimum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>17.5cm / 6.9in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>7cm / 2.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.65kg / 3.64lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Load rating</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20kg / 44lb (10kg / 22lb head)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Sections per leg/center column</strong></p></td><td  ><p>4 / 1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section diameters</strong></p></td><td  ><p>28, 25, 22, 19mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section clamps</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Twist locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locking leg angles</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Feet</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Case/bag included</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-price"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Price</span></h3><p>For a complete carbon fiber tripod kit (and then some) that comes a sophisticated ball head and intriguing extras, Freewell’s The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1 looks incredibly good value at $299 / £268 / AU$429. Another Chinese carbon fiber tripod I reviewed recently that’s actually two tripods in one, but lacks a monopod conversion, is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review">Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S</a>, which is considerably more expensive at $399 / £349 / AU$649.</p><p>The Freewell’s space-saving center column design reminds of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod carbon fiber</a>, which is pricier again at $599 / £599 / AU$1,169, while the newer and thoroughly excellent <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod</a> costs a properly expensive $900 / £800 / AU$1,500. All in all, the Freewell gives you an awful lot of support for the money.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5 in 1"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-design-handling"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Catering to all sorts of needs and shooting scenarios, The Real Multi Tripod’s 5-in-1 remit covers use as a regular photographic tripod, a tabletop tripod, a monopod, a hands-free monopod with triple-foot base, and a walking pole. If you’re feeling generous, you could also add smartphone tripod and selfie stick to the list, thanks to the cunning Arca-Swiss quick-release plate that doubles as a phone mount. You could also use it as a tactical bipod, bringing the total up to eight and making it an 8-in-1 support. How does it do all of that? Let’s dive deeper.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="i4CXB6L7uefKP66VHcDUH9" name="F51 2995.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i4CXB6L7uefKP66VHcDUH9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i4CXB6L7uefKP66VHcDUH9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The carbon fiber looks and feels of high quality and unlike many tripods made of this material, it has comfort padding on two of the legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Despite having a slim, travel-friendly profile, which I’ll come back to later, the 5-in-1 doesn’t claim to be a travel tripod as such. Like Freewell’s actual ‘The Real Travel Tripod’, it doesn’t have the kind of swing-up, space-saving  legs that are now typical of travel tripods. I don’t mind that at all, because the business of fully extending the center column and swinging the legs up around it adds to the pack-away time, as well as the setup time next time around. And thanks to its 4-section legs, the 5-in-1 still has a reasonably small stowage height of 55cm / 21.7in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ExCaXR88zCtf9P8SJhXc79" name="F51 2996.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ExCaXR88zCtf9P8SJhXc79-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ExCaXR88zCtf9P8SJhXc79-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The four sections in each leg have descending diameters of 28, 25, 22, 19mm. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Delivering a strong payload rating of 20kg / 44lb, the legs have chunky top-section diameters of 28mm. And because there are four rather than five sections in each leg, the bottom sections retain a fairly wide diameter of 19mm. I’m dubious about the strength of some 5-section tripods, which have relatively thin and spindly bottom sections. Releasing and locking each section is based on quick-action twist locks, and they really are quick, requiring very little rotation to release or securely lock them.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="wFV6G4TPpXZd99Bn9ohfE9" name="F51 2997.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wFV6G4TPpXZd99Bn9ohfE9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wFV6G4TPpXZd99Bn9ohfE9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist locks work very well, requiring very little rotation to release or lock each leg section. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s similarly quick and easy to select any of the three available leg angles, which equate to 22, 55 and 85 degrees from the vertical. The lock/release mechanism is a simple pushbutton arrangement at the top of each leg. And they’re easy to see, thanks to having the same bright red coloring as the controls in the ball head. The multiple angles enable you to work around obstacles or on tricky terrain, and splaying them to wider angles aids stability in low-height setups.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LZYojhkcRuEqPykyxNdJy8" name="F51 2998.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LZYojhkcRuEqPykyxNdJy8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LZYojhkcRuEqPykyxNdJy8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The red pushbutton latches for selecting different leg angles are spring-loaded and very intuitive in use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s quite common nowadays for tripods to feature a removable leg. The idea is generally that you can remove the leg, attach it to the (also removed) center column, and transform the tripod into a monopod. It’s a neat idea, as it adds versatility without requiring you to pack and carry an extra bit of kit. The Freewell goes one, or perhaps two better, in that you can remove any and all of the legs. Remove one leg and you can use the tripod as a bipod. You can also attach the head directly to the top of the detached leg for monopod duty. The absence of the center column in the monopod setup limits the maximum height, but you can actually join two or even all three legs together if you need extra height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="iTx9Tz727prCxDj3XC7re9" name="F51 3001.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iTx9Tz727prCxDj3XC7re9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iTx9Tz727prCxDj3XC7re9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">All three legs are removable, and you can join them top-to-bottom if you need extra monopod height. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting back to the uncommonly slim folded size, the tripod uses the same trick that I’ve seen in Peak Design tripods. As such, the center column has a triangular cutout profile that avoids any wasted space, because the legs fold around it more tightly. Unlike in Peak Design tripods, the legs themselves still have a circular profile rather than being arc-shaped to fit even more snuggly around the center column, but the folded diameter is still remarkably slim at just 7cm / 2.8in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="A54PyoMMdUKH8FNoCFFzu8" name="F51 3002.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/A54PyoMMdUKH8FNoCFFzu8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/A54PyoMMdUKH8FNoCFFzu8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The center column has a triangular cutout design that saves space when the tripod is folded, and there’s a weight hook that screws into the bottom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unscrew the weight hook from the bottom of the center column and it reveals a built-in allen key. With the weight hook unscrewed, you can completely remove the center column and invert it for ground-level shooting, albeit with the camera upside down. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="TzGDrHDfgehEuvPn4EfnB9" name="F51 3003.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TzGDrHDfgehEuvPn4EfnB9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TzGDrHDfgehEuvPn4EfnB9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook doubles as an allen key when it’s removed from the center column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A better option for ultra-low-level shooting is that you can use the allen key to loosen a screw in the center column and split it in two, enabling you to splay the legs and go really low without the center column digging into the ground. This way, you can still shoot with the camera the right way up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="bgtb7HLyTHqFSoi2gmSxN9" name="F51 3004.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bgtb7HLyTHqFSoi2gmSxN9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bgtb7HLyTHqFSoi2gmSxN9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Using the weight hook allen key, you can loosen a screw and split the center column to enable ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod feet are fairly large rubber pads which offer good grip and support on most surfaces. As with most parts of the tripod, they have more than one function and you can unscrew one of the pads and attach it up on top, for grip and comfort, if you’re using a detached leg or two as a trekking pole.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="KfhzL4JE2DFAppwmSu5N89" name="F51 3005.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KfhzL4JE2DFAppwmSu5N89-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber pads are fairly large and feel nice and grippy. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If you’d rather have metal spikes for digging into soft ground, all you have to do is unscrew the rubber pads to reveal them. You can also use the allen key to unscrew the spikes as well, if you want to fit alternative footwear or join two or more legs together for a longer monopod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="4oYpjLhzn7xag4xZDXAAL9" name="F51 3006.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4oYpjLhzn7xag4xZDXAAL9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4oYpjLhzn7xag4xZDXAAL9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The dual-purpose feet comprise rubber pads that unscrew to reveal (also removable) metal spikes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The chassis that connects the three legs together at the top of the tripod is made from aluminum and is suitably sturdy. Again, it goes the extra mile in terms of versatility, and includes two accessory sockets. These have a standard 1/4-inch thread, enabling you to attach magic arms, LED lights, a monitor screen or other accessories.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="9pbqnNSgxpqKCNKi7Ks3D9" name="F51 3007.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9pbqnNSgxpqKCNKi7Ks3D9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9pbqnNSgxpqKCNKi7Ks3D9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The aluminum chassis includes two standard 1/4-inch threaded sockets for adding accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>No tripod kit is complete without a head and the Freewell comes with a durable ball head that, yet again, is impressively versatile. However, it’s arguably not an ideal match for the legs, as it has a relatively modest 10kg / 22lb payload rating, which is only half that of the legs, the latter being rated at 20kg / 44lb.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="CSDocd4ZRYUe9KLctpHRM9" name="F51 3008.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CSDocd4ZRYUe9KLctpHRM9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CSDocd4ZRYUe9KLctpHRM9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">I like that the head has bright red controls, making them easy to see even under very low levels of lighting, when tripods often come out to play. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The largest control knob in the head is the main ball joint lock/release. There’s no separate friction adjuster but it works well on its own and the socket that the ball fits into has the usual cutout on one side. This enables swapping from landscape to portrait orientation shooting in the absence of an L-bracket, as well as for shooting directly upwards or downwards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="T6UwPLJ7eoZRbqqKuoGai9" name="F51 3009.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/T6UwPLJ7eoZRbqqKuoGai9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/T6UwPLJ7eoZRbqqKuoGai9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main ball head lock enables a full range of smooth movement and secure clamping, with minimum effort. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Making the tripod suitable for panoramic sequences of stills and even videography, the head has dual panning mechanisms, one at the bottom and the other at the top. The bonus here is that if your legs are perfectly leveled, you can use the main bottom panning mechanism. You’ll soon see if they’re not perfectly leveled and you’ve compensated by just leveling the head, because your horizon will start to slant when you begin panning. As there’s no leveling base featured in the tripod and leveling the legs can be a time-consuming chore, you can simply use the head’s upper panning mechanism instead, which will keep your horizon straight and true.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="fFdiKpwxp5e9K3NLgaCnV9" name="F51 3010.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fFdiKpwxp5e9K3NLgaCnV9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fFdiKpwxp5e9K3NLgaCnV9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There are dual upper and lower panning mechanisms, both with calibrated scales. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As a leveling aid, there’s a bubble level built into the head’s camera platform. It’s a useful addition but it’s frustrating that you can’t actually see it when the quick-release plate is attached to the platform. You therefore need to remove your camera every time you want to use the bubble level. In fairness, I tend to use the electronic ‘virtual horizon’ instead, which is available in the vast majority of modern cameras and tends to be more accurate and precise than using a tripod’s bubble level.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="wdq84BxUbPPYGFxC8sURy8" name="F51 3013.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wdq84BxUbPPYGFxC8sURy8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wdq84BxUbPPYGFxC8sURy8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera platform features a bubble level and a removable security pin, to avoid the quick-release plate sliding out forwards or backwards. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Even the Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate is based on a crafty bit of design. It works as expected with a camera or anything else with a standard 1/4-inch treaded socket. However, it also features hinged panels at each end and spring-loaded sliding rails. The upshot is that you can also use the QR plate as a phone mount, thus attaching your phone to the tripod or monopod, or using the latter as a selfie stick.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="VuEf2C36btUAGusndoN449" name="F51 3014.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VuEf2C36btUAGusndoN449-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VuEf2C36btUAGusndoN449-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate doubles as a spring-loaded phone mount. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Tools supplied with the tripod comprise an additional, carabiner-style weight hook and three allen keys. The allen keys are in addition to the one that’s built into the center-column’s fitted weight hook.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="gFoe2Dhey9JdS8yo7RNnE9" name="F51 3016.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gFoe2Dhey9JdS8yo7RNnE9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gFoe2Dhey9JdS8yo7RNnE9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A carabiner-style additional weight hook and three allen keys are supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Everything’s wrapped up in a stylish, high-quality padded carrying bag. The bag comes complete with handles that lock together with a Velcro pad, plus a removable shoulder strap. The inside of the bag features a long, secondary zippered compartment for holding the various tripod accessories.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="9MVbRKSPueM6rNxrNVLdJA" name="F51 3017.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9MVbRKSPueM6rNxrNVLdJA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9MVbRKSPueM6rNxrNVLdJA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The carrying bag is well padded and nicely made. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But before we grab the bag and go outside, there’s yet another tricked up design flourish. I’ve seen tabletop conversion in full-sized tripods before, mostly from 3 Legged Thing, like my trusty <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0</a>, for which you can buy optional Vanz footwear to make the change. The table tripod conversion legs for the Freewell are supplied ‘free’ as part of the package, and they also have a relatively high-end design, complete with dual-section extension and handy twist-action leg locks. They’re more like a miniaturized set of regular tripod legs than a cheap and basic add-on.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="jcXRsn6LPcQtv9BEAwKNP9" name="F51 3021.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jcXRsn6LPcQtv9BEAwKNP9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jcXRsn6LPcQtv9BEAwKNP9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Like the full-sized legs, the small tabletop legs are again made of carbon fiber and have an extendable design with twist-locks. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-performance"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Performance</span></h3><p>Performance is mostly very good but not entirely great. Setup speed is certainly very quick, thanks to Freewell avoiding the temptation of travel-style, swing-up legs. The twist-action leg clamps also work with minimum fuss and bother, and while there are three of them in each leg, it’s easy to grasp all of them in one go when the leg sections are all retracted. The ball head also works with smooth efficiency and its dual panning mechanisms give a performance boost when shooting panoramic sequences of stills or for videography. The multiple leg angles offer greater stability for shooting at fairly short heights.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3xAaAGhpqMRVnuKVMs4T59" name="F51 3030.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3xAaAGhpqMRVnuKVMs4T59-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3xAaAGhpqMRVnuKVMs4T59-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splaying the legs a little for shooting at fairly short heights gives a wider spread for the feet and makes the tripod less likely to topple over if accidentally knocked, or in very windy conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>My main criticism in terms of performance is that even with four sections in each leg rather than three, the maximum height feels a little limited. Naturally, it’s a trade-off because if the maximum operating height was taller, the folded height would be less compact and the tripod would be less travel-friendly. Either way, I often found that I needed to raise the center column to achieve the shooting height that I wanted. The legs on their own are fairly but not massively resistant to vibrations. However, the center column feels relatively wobbly and lacking in rigidity when extended.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1439px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.90%;"><img id="RDronPfkuwSjUY4m87cHKA" name="F51 3033.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RDronPfkuwSjUY4m87cHKA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1439" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RDronPfkuwSjUY4m87cHKA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The maximum shooting height is fairly modest even with the center column fully extended. I found that the center column lacked rigidity even when extended by fairly small amounts, and became worse at taller extensions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While rigidity could be better at maximum extension, the tripod delivers solid performance for ultra-low-level shooting. Splitting the center column and splaying the legs to their widest angles enables you to get right down to virtually ground level.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.17%;"><img id="v3on9PwhJ3M5rcsyP8mvVA" name="F51 3035.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v3on9PwhJ3M5rcsyP8mvVA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v3on9PwhJ3M5rcsyP8mvVA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splitting the center column enables ultra-low-level shooting with the camera the right way up, and if that’s still not low enough, you can invert the center column and shoot with the camera upside down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ll admit to being quite tall at 6ft 5in. As I mentioned earlier, you can’t join one of the legs to the center column for monopod duty and as a result, I found that adding the head directly to one leg didn’t give me enough height. The problem is solved by joining two or even three legs together, which enables a huge maximum height, but it’s a bit more fiddly as you have to remove both parts of the rubber pad and metal spike feet from the upper joining tripod legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9a9PrrStKqCeoN4ozV99JA" name="F51 3036.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9a9PrrStKqCeoN4ozV99JA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9a9PrrStKqCeoN4ozV99JA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You might well find that you need to join at two legs together to enable sufficient height in monopod mode. Join all three together and you’ll get a towering monopod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One of the five modes on offer is described by Freewell as a ‘hands-free monopod’ monopod. I don’t feel brave enough to take my hands away for more than a second or two but the ability to connect the short tabletop legs to the chassis and use it as a base for the monopod does add a firm footing. In this respect, you get the added stability of using a three-footed pole like with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/monopods/benro-a48fd-monopod-review">Benro A48FD Monopod</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1440px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.78%;"><img id="979AXSFYn9k4VNskYMf6SA" name="F51 3041.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/979AXSFYn9k4VNskYMf6SA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1440" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/979AXSFYn9k4VNskYMf6SA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The short tabletop legs can act as a three-footed base in monopod mode. Here’s the ‘hands-free’ configuration, which I’d hesitate to use in breezy conditions. To quote Dirty Harry, “You've got to ask yourself one question: 'Do I feel lucky?'” </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For landscape photography in the wilds, negotiating tricky terrain can be more problematic than carefully composing the shot when you finally reach your destination. Again, the Freewell comes to your aid, serving as a trekking pole as well as a tripod or monopod. The trekking pole configuration is essentially the same as the monopod setup, except that you can attach one of the rubber feet to the top for comfort, instead of fitting the head. Down below, you can use either a rubber pad or a spike at the bottom, depending on the type of ground that you’re covering.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ZqRPsvXW99TZXifWGGdqLA" name="F51 3044.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZqRPsvXW99TZXifWGGdqLA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZqRPsvXW99TZXifWGGdqLA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Remove the head and add one of the rubber feet up top and your monopod becomes a trekking pole. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Freewell can serve as a tripod, monopod or selfie stick for your smartphone. You won’t need an additional phone mount, as the supplied Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate converts into a self-contained phone mount. It’s spring-loaded with hinged sides, and gives a safe and secure grip.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="j6vYNktwV78sXXkgAnRhn8" name="F51 3048.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/j6vYNktwV78sXXkgAnRhn8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/j6vYNktwV78sXXkgAnRhn8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick-release plate doubles as a phone mount, and gives a safe and secure grip. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Last but not least, this full-sized tripod works particularly well as a mini-tripod or tabletop tripod. Unlike many of its kind, it features adjustable carbon fiber legs based on dual sections with a twist-action clamp. Couple that with the three leg angles enabled by the tripod chassis and you get a generous range of adjustment.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="24G86fUyJDKLboj6wTgkd9" name="F51 3029.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/24G86fUyJDKLboj6wTgkd9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/24G86fUyJDKLboj6wTgkd9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Not just for tabletop use, the Freewell works equally well as a mini-tripod out in the field. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-verdict"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Verdict</span></h3><p>There’s a lot to love about the Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1. It definitely lives up to its claims with amazingly versatile, multiple modes. Better still, it’s highly effective in all of them, as a regular tripod, tabletop/mini tripod, monopod, monopod with feet, trekking pole and smartphone support.</p><p>The build quality looks and feels very good, based on luxury 10-layer carbon fiber and an aluminum alloy chassis. Everything works with smooth simplicity, enabling quick and intuitive setup and similarly straightforward takedown. The ball head follows suit, and I like that it has dual panning mechanisms. As an incredibly comprehensive, multi-mode tripod with a premium build, the Freewell is outstanding value for money.</p><p>I’d give it top marks, but for a few little niggles. The maximum height is fairly modest and the folded length isn’t particularly compact. I can live with that, but I found that the center column was quite wobbly at anything more than slight extension. And while the legs have a payload rating of 20kg / 44lb, it’s only 10kg / 22lb for the head. That should still prove sufficient however, as you’re unlikely to have a camera outfit that weighs more than 10kg /22lb, and the extra payload rating of the legs enables the fitment of accessories via the additional mounting ports, and hanging ballast off one or other of the weight hooks. All in all, the Freewell is a pretty remarkable tripod.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The Freewell is positively brimming with features, working as a tripod, tabletop/mini tripod, monopod, monopod with feet, trekking pole and smartphone support.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>It’s a really clever design, in many and varied ways. The tripod is endlessly adaptable with intuitive ease of use, and it has a luxurious 10-layer carbon fiber build.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Performance is mostly very good but the center column is a bit wobbly when extended, which impacts on the rigidity of the tripod at or near its maximum operating height.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Compared with broadly similar tripods that don’t actually offer as many operating modes, the Freewell is standout value for money.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Overall</strong></p></td><td  ><p>★★★★½</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9" name="F51 00 hero 2716.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4248efb8-b06f-11f1-b2dd-65450df4a4fa" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension48="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ygkqaD56NcgaEBxLSbhWxV" name="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ygkqaD56NcgaEBxLSbhWxV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review" data-dimension112="4248efb8-b06f-11f1-b2dd-65450df4a4fa" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension48="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension25=""><strong>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S</strong></a> isn’t a ‘5-in-1’ tripod but it’s nevertheless like two tripods in one. That’s thanks to an innovative design featuring a triple-leg center column. As such, you get a main full-sized tripod with an extending center column, and if you remove the column altogether, it works as a separate mini-tripod. The Heipi costs around $399 / £349 / AU$649.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4248f012-b06f-11f1-acaa-c1d6253eb14b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Pro Tripod" data-dimension48="Peak Design Pro Tripod" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="QjKmQSwEyv76qzBLm8LgpV" name="Peak Design Pro Tripod square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QjKmQSwEyv76qzBLm8LgpV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review" data-dimension112="4248f012-b06f-11f1-acaa-c1d6253eb14b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Pro Tripod" data-dimension48="Peak Design Pro Tripod" data-dimension25=""><strong>Peak Design Pro Tripod</strong></a> builds on the success of the company’s preceding travel tripod, again having a space-saving design. Like the Freewell, it has a triangular-section center column but this time the leg sections are specially shaped to wrap more tightly around it. The Peak Design Pro is considerably more expensive at $900 / £800 / AU$1,500.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Hollyland's latest on-camera monitor can wirelessly transmit 4K video as far as 1km/3,300 feet! ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Hollyland has launched Pyro 7 Ultra, a new model in its range of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-on-camera-monitors-external-screens-and-video-recorders-for-filmmakers">on-camera video monitors</a>. Designed for cinematographers, directors, camera operators, digital imaging technicians, and focus pullers, Pyro 7 Ultra is said to deliver broadcast-grade color accuracy while also being capable of long-range and low-latency wireless video transmission.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2210px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="h6XGMLnS456MZtnGti94TW" name="Hollyland_Pyro_7_Ultra_01" alt="Hollyland Pyro 7 Ultra on-camera monitor" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/h6XGMLnS456MZtnGti94TW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2210" height="1244" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/h6XGMLnS456MZtnGti94TW-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Hollyland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The screen itself is a 7-inch, 1920 x 1200 Quantum Dot LCD panel that features a specialized nanostructure which Hollyland says delivers exceptional color purity with cinematic depth. To ensure the best possible color accuracy, every Pyro 7 Ultra is pre-calibrated to an accuracy of Delta-E <1.5, and the display is capable of displaying 99% Rec.709 and 95% DCI-P3 color gamut coverage, up to 1500 nits of brightness and a 1000:1 contrast ratio.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2214px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="QDcraRArKLsaYA6qiRPxSW" name="Hollyland_Pyro_7_Ultra_02" alt="Hollyland Pyro 7 Ultra on-camera monitor" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QDcraRArKLsaYA6qiRPxSW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2214" height="1246" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QDcraRArKLsaYA6qiRPxSW-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Hollyland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>HDMI and SDI interfaces support loop-through and cross-output, while camera control is available on select Sony, Canon, Nikon, and ARRI camera models, with functions including shutter speed, aperture, ISO, white balance, and more. The control interface is powered by HollyOS: Hollyland's next-generation operating system that's been designed for fast-paced production environments. It sports an intuitive interface offering direct display controls, customizable monitoring layouts, and an extensive range of professional image analysis tools.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1043px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="MUwwFAvRgnAPtBbXtAqKGW" name="Hollyland_Pyro_7_Ultra_03" alt="Hollyland Pyro 7 Ultra on-camera monitor" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MUwwFAvRgnAPtBbXtAqKGW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1043" height="586" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MUwwFAvRgnAPtBbXtAqKGW-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Hollyland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Wireless video transmission is enhanced by Hollyland's proprietary Twin-Wi-Fi technology, which simultaneously utilizes two wireless bands to create a resilient dual-path connection. Combined with automatic frequency hopping that minimizes interference in congested radio frequency environments, the Pyro 7 Ultra is able to maintain a stable wireless transmission up to a range of 1km (3,300 feet), with latency as low as 20ms in Focus Mode. The wireless connection can broadcast 4K60 video from one transmitter to an unlimited number of receivers - just the ticket if your production requires multiple monitoring locations. The Pyro 7 Ultra has been designed to be teamed with compatible Pyro transmitters, receivers, and monitors, contributing to a reliable, flexible, and scalable system that can adapt easily to productions of any size.</p><p>The Hollyland Pyro 7 Ultra is available now, priced at $1,399/£1,483</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/on-camera-monitors/hollylands-latest-on-camera-monitor-can-wirelessly-transmit-4k-video-as-far-as-1km-3-300-feet</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ And it also boasts some impressive screen specs ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">tU3oDEMD2ktRtkxTQmZWZV</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YkRFBoU8Q3HWNS2bFA37SW-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 20 Sep 2026 22:57:07 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 22 Sep 2026 07:36:19 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[On-Camera Monitors]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ ben.andrews@futurenet.com (Ben Andrews) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Ben Andrews ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hA7SxTHVsLt7fQ5XhWWbX4-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YkRFBoU8Q3HWNS2bFA37SW-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Hollyland]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Hollyland Pyro 7 Ultra on-camera monitor]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Hollyland Pyro 7 Ultra on-camera monitor]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Hollyland Pyro 7 Ultra on-camera monitor]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YkRFBoU8Q3HWNS2bFA37SW-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Hollyland has launched Pyro 7 Ultra, a new model in its range of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-on-camera-monitors-external-screens-and-video-recorders-for-filmmakers">on-camera video monitors</a>. Designed for cinematographers, directors, camera operators, digital imaging technicians, and focus pullers, Pyro 7 Ultra is said to deliver broadcast-grade color accuracy while also being capable of long-range and low-latency wireless video transmission.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2210px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="h6XGMLnS456MZtnGti94TW" name="Hollyland_Pyro_7_Ultra_01" alt="Hollyland Pyro 7 Ultra on-camera monitor" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/h6XGMLnS456MZtnGti94TW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2210" height="1244" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/h6XGMLnS456MZtnGti94TW-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Hollyland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The screen itself is a 7-inch, 1920 x 1200 Quantum Dot LCD panel that features a specialized nanostructure which Hollyland says delivers exceptional color purity with cinematic depth. To ensure the best possible color accuracy, every Pyro 7 Ultra is pre-calibrated to an accuracy of Delta-E <1.5, and the display is capable of displaying 99% Rec.709 and 95% DCI-P3 color gamut coverage, up to 1500 nits of brightness and a 1000:1 contrast ratio.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2214px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="QDcraRArKLsaYA6qiRPxSW" name="Hollyland_Pyro_7_Ultra_02" alt="Hollyland Pyro 7 Ultra on-camera monitor" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QDcraRArKLsaYA6qiRPxSW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2214" height="1246" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QDcraRArKLsaYA6qiRPxSW-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Hollyland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>HDMI and SDI interfaces support loop-through and cross-output, while camera control is available on select Sony, Canon, Nikon, and ARRI camera models, with functions including shutter speed, aperture, ISO, white balance, and more. The control interface is powered by HollyOS: Hollyland's next-generation operating system that's been designed for fast-paced production environments. It sports an intuitive interface offering direct display controls, customizable monitoring layouts, and an extensive range of professional image analysis tools.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1043px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="MUwwFAvRgnAPtBbXtAqKGW" name="Hollyland_Pyro_7_Ultra_03" alt="Hollyland Pyro 7 Ultra on-camera monitor" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MUwwFAvRgnAPtBbXtAqKGW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1043" height="586" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MUwwFAvRgnAPtBbXtAqKGW-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Hollyland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Wireless video transmission is enhanced by Hollyland's proprietary Twin-Wi-Fi technology, which simultaneously utilizes two wireless bands to create a resilient dual-path connection. Combined with automatic frequency hopping that minimizes interference in congested radio frequency environments, the Pyro 7 Ultra is able to maintain a stable wireless transmission up to a range of 1km (3,300 feet), with latency as low as 20ms in Focus Mode. The wireless connection can broadcast 4K60 video from one transmitter to an unlimited number of receivers - just the ticket if your production requires multiple monitoring locations. The Pyro 7 Ultra has been designed to be teamed with compatible Pyro transmitters, receivers, and monitors, contributing to a reliable, flexible, and scalable system that can adapt easily to productions of any size.</p><p>The Hollyland Pyro 7 Ultra is available now, priced at $1,399/£1,483</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ High capacity and high speed: Angelbird's new CFexpress Type A cards have it all ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Good news for <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-cfexpress-cards" target="_blank">CFexpress</a> Type A users: Angelbird has launched a new super-fast, high-capacity Type A card. Called AV PRO MK3, it uses the latest CFexpress 4.0 standard to achieve a maximum read speed of 1870MB/s, and a peak write rate of 1850MB/s. These speed figures are extremely rapid, being around twice as fast as the Type A format was capable of at launch, but it's sustained write speed that matters more for high-res video capture. Here AV PRO MK3 is even more impressive, being rated for 1700MB/s sustained read and 1600MB/s sustained write rates, giving the cards the ability to record 8K Raw footage with ease. These performance stats apply to the 400GB, 800GB, and range-topping 1600GB AV PRO MK3 capacities. An entry-level 200GB version is also available, but while it boasts the same read speed as the larger capacities, write speed is cut to 570MB/s peak and 500MB/s sustained.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1809px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="yyUSgNzSnZKqShXyrKS8mK" name="1789033656_IMG_2826870" alt="Angelbird AV PRO MK3 CFexpress Type A card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yyUSgNzSnZKqShXyrKS8mK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1809" height="1018" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Angelbird)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Excluding the 200GB card, all other AV PRO MK3 capacities are both VPG400 and VPG800 certified. This Video Performance Guarantee means they're guaranteed to maintain a minimum 400GB/800GB write speed during video recording. You may wonder why Angelbird uses both VPG400 and VPG800 ratings, as surely the faster version should simply override the slower? The reason the cards sport both labels is because VPG800 doesn't actually replace the older VPG400 rating; it instead supplements it. This is due to VPG800 being part of the latest Video Performance Guarantee Profile 5.0, released by the CompactFlash Association in February 2025. VPG-5 is not backward compatible with VPG Profile 4.0 (which covers the existing VPG200 and VPG400 ratings). As such, a VPG800 card may not work with a camera recording mode that requires VPG200 or VPG400, hence the need to retain VPG400 as a distinct rating for backward compatibility.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:800px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MAexNd8yviWZoYf269DUjK" name="1789033656_IMG_2826873" alt="Angelbird AV PRO MK3 CFexpress Type A card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MAexNd8yviWZoYf269DUjK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="800" height="450" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Angelbird)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To ensure maximum reliability, AV PRO MK3 cards feature advanced thermal management to avoid overheating, plus they also benefit from Angelbird's Stable Stream technology that promises consistent read and write performance. The cards are also said to be protected against shock, vibration, and temperatures ranging from 10 to 162°F. Should the worst still happen and you encounter data loss, Angelbird offers the option of in-house data recovery.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:949px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="obzgE9QVUZEGGUUfa5tLiK" name="1789033656_IMG_2826874" alt="Angelbird AV PRO MK3 CFexpress Type A card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/obzgE9QVUZEGGUUfa5tLiK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="949" height="534" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Angelbird)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Angelbird AV PRO MK3 CFexpress Type A cards are available to <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/buy/angelbird/ci/64754" target="_blank"><strong>pre-order now at B&H</strong></a>. Expect to pay $199.99 for the 200GB capacity, with the 400GB, 800GB and 1600GB cards priced at $399.99, $599.99 and $899.99, respectively.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/memory-cards/high-capacity-and-high-speed-angelbirds-new-cfexpress-type-a-cards-have-it-all</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Recording uncompressed 8K video should be no problem ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">m9M8WU4Jc32qzTse4tGFzM</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HNjhvYSYpy2mn94e39AQjK-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 19 Sep 2026 22:57:06 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Memory Cards]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ ben.andrews@futurenet.com (Ben Andrews) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Ben Andrews ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hA7SxTHVsLt7fQ5XhWWbX4-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HNjhvYSYpy2mn94e39AQjK-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Angelbird]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Angelbird AV PRO MK3 CFexpress Type A card]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Angelbird AV PRO MK3 CFexpress Type A card]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Angelbird AV PRO MK3 CFexpress Type A card]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HNjhvYSYpy2mn94e39AQjK-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Good news for <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-cfexpress-cards" target="_blank">CFexpress</a> Type A users: Angelbird has launched a new super-fast, high-capacity Type A card. Called AV PRO MK3, it uses the latest CFexpress 4.0 standard to achieve a maximum read speed of 1870MB/s, and a peak write rate of 1850MB/s. These speed figures are extremely rapid, being around twice as fast as the Type A format was capable of at launch, but it's sustained write speed that matters more for high-res video capture. Here AV PRO MK3 is even more impressive, being rated for 1700MB/s sustained read and 1600MB/s sustained write rates, giving the cards the ability to record 8K Raw footage with ease. These performance stats apply to the 400GB, 800GB, and range-topping 1600GB AV PRO MK3 capacities. An entry-level 200GB version is also available, but while it boasts the same read speed as the larger capacities, write speed is cut to 570MB/s peak and 500MB/s sustained.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1809px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="yyUSgNzSnZKqShXyrKS8mK" name="1789033656_IMG_2826870" alt="Angelbird AV PRO MK3 CFexpress Type A card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yyUSgNzSnZKqShXyrKS8mK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1809" height="1018" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Angelbird)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Excluding the 200GB card, all other AV PRO MK3 capacities are both VPG400 and VPG800 certified. This Video Performance Guarantee means they're guaranteed to maintain a minimum 400GB/800GB write speed during video recording. You may wonder why Angelbird uses both VPG400 and VPG800 ratings, as surely the faster version should simply override the slower? The reason the cards sport both labels is because VPG800 doesn't actually replace the older VPG400 rating; it instead supplements it. This is due to VPG800 being part of the latest Video Performance Guarantee Profile 5.0, released by the CompactFlash Association in February 2025. VPG-5 is not backward compatible with VPG Profile 4.0 (which covers the existing VPG200 and VPG400 ratings). As such, a VPG800 card may not work with a camera recording mode that requires VPG200 or VPG400, hence the need to retain VPG400 as a distinct rating for backward compatibility.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:800px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MAexNd8yviWZoYf269DUjK" name="1789033656_IMG_2826873" alt="Angelbird AV PRO MK3 CFexpress Type A card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MAexNd8yviWZoYf269DUjK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="800" height="450" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Angelbird)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To ensure maximum reliability, AV PRO MK3 cards feature advanced thermal management to avoid overheating, plus they also benefit from Angelbird's Stable Stream technology that promises consistent read and write performance. The cards are also said to be protected against shock, vibration, and temperatures ranging from 10 to 162°F. Should the worst still happen and you encounter data loss, Angelbird offers the option of in-house data recovery.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:949px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="obzgE9QVUZEGGUUfa5tLiK" name="1789033656_IMG_2826874" alt="Angelbird AV PRO MK3 CFexpress Type A card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/obzgE9QVUZEGGUUfa5tLiK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="949" height="534" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Angelbird)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Angelbird AV PRO MK3 CFexpress Type A cards are available to <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/buy/angelbird/ci/64754" target="_blank"><strong>pre-order now at B&H</strong></a>. Expect to pay $199.99 for the 200GB capacity, with the 400GB, 800GB and 1600GB cards priced at $399.99, $599.99 and $899.99, respectively.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ This new L-bracket is built to adjust to your shooting style – and your camera – with an expandable, adjustable design ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>L-brackets are an increasingly crucial piece of kit that allows for quick horizontal jto vertical tripod swaps – but most are built for a specific camera. Tripod maker 3 Legged Thing, however, has a new option that’s meant to adapt to a variety of different cameras without blocking port access – and expands to accommodate accessories.</p><p>The <a href="https://3leggedthing.com/en-us/products/lexie-qd-arca-swiss-quick-detach-xpand-compatible-universal-l-bracket" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">3 Legged Thing Lexie QD</a> is an L-bracket with an expandable design that makes it possible for the accessory to fit a variety of different camera bodies. But the adjustable base plate isn’t the only way the new Lexie aims to adapt to different shooting styles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="au2hjhHNExbyUanFY2z9ta" name="LEXIEQD-OR-4914" alt="The 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD L-bracket" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/au2hjhHNExbyUanFY2z9ta-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1000" height="562" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/au2hjhHNExbyUanFY2z9ta-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The bracket is built with a sliding screw. This allows photographers to position the bracket more forward or backwards on the camera in order to help prevent that side piece from blocking access to crucial ports. The cutout in that same vertical piece is designed to double as a guide to manage cables coming from those ports.</p><p>3 Legged Thing has launched universal brackets before, along with custom-fitted options built for specific camera models. But the Lexie QD is the first in the lineup to include a QD socket that’s built for <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-supports/3-legged-thing-launches-axis-camera-strap-system">the brand’s quick-swap straps</a>. That QD system allows photographers to switch from tripod to strap quickly, without removing the L-bracket.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="Lskns6uoKcAMnBUDBsjM2b" name="LEXIEQD-OR-5246" alt="The 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD L-bracket" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lskns6uoKcAMnBUDBsjM2b-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1000" height="1000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lskns6uoKcAMnBUDBsjM2b-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The new L-bracket is also designed to work with the company’s <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/need-multiple-photo-accessories-this-tripod-brand-just-made-a-lego-like-kit-for-creating-a-custom-camera-rig-to-attach-anything-from-mics-to-grips">modular XPAND system</a> launched earlier this year. The base includes connection slots that allow creators to add a cheese plate, risers, and connectors to build out a custom rig designed to house different accessories.</p><p>Without adding extra cheese plates, the Lexie QD still has two 1/4”-20 accessory threads on the vertical to install accessories like lights, mics, monitors, and accessory arms.</p><p>Announced on September 16, the Lexie QD is already shipping directly from the manufacturer as well as retail stores. <a href="https://3leggedthing.com/en-us/products/lexie-qd-arca-swiss-quick-detach-xpand-compatible-universal-l-bracket" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">The new L-bracket</a> comes in at a price of about $60 / £50.</p><p>The company will also be selling a new XP 85 Base Plate that allows photographers who own the earlier Lexie bracket to add the QD and Xpand compatibility from the new version for $30 / £30.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Take a look at <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">the best L-brackets </a>or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/this-new-l-bracket-is-built-to-adjust-to-your-shooting-style-and-your-camera-with-an-expandable-adjustable-design</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ 3 Legged Thing's new L-bracket adjusts to your camera, accommodates accessories, and switches from tripod to strap ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Wo2D3aMX2bJDpC6YN6KdPf</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KCM8CFU9LUoTNB3Dvw24ya-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 17 Sep 2026 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FCSkExqFFzvDQFmnEf8mgV-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KCM8CFU9LUoTNB3Dvw24ya-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD L-bracket]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD L-bracket]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD L-bracket]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KCM8CFU9LUoTNB3Dvw24ya-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>L-brackets are an increasingly crucial piece of kit that allows for quick horizontal jto vertical tripod swaps – but most are built for a specific camera. Tripod maker 3 Legged Thing, however, has a new option that’s meant to adapt to a variety of different cameras without blocking port access – and expands to accommodate accessories.</p><p>The <a href="https://3leggedthing.com/en-us/products/lexie-qd-arca-swiss-quick-detach-xpand-compatible-universal-l-bracket" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">3 Legged Thing Lexie QD</a> is an L-bracket with an expandable design that makes it possible for the accessory to fit a variety of different camera bodies. But the adjustable base plate isn’t the only way the new Lexie aims to adapt to different shooting styles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="au2hjhHNExbyUanFY2z9ta" name="LEXIEQD-OR-4914" alt="The 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD L-bracket" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/au2hjhHNExbyUanFY2z9ta-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1000" height="562" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/au2hjhHNExbyUanFY2z9ta-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The bracket is built with a sliding screw. This allows photographers to position the bracket more forward or backwards on the camera in order to help prevent that side piece from blocking access to crucial ports. The cutout in that same vertical piece is designed to double as a guide to manage cables coming from those ports.</p><p>3 Legged Thing has launched universal brackets before, along with custom-fitted options built for specific camera models. But the Lexie QD is the first in the lineup to include a QD socket that’s built for <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-supports/3-legged-thing-launches-axis-camera-strap-system">the brand’s quick-swap straps</a>. That QD system allows photographers to switch from tripod to strap quickly, without removing the L-bracket.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="Lskns6uoKcAMnBUDBsjM2b" name="LEXIEQD-OR-5246" alt="The 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD L-bracket" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lskns6uoKcAMnBUDBsjM2b-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1000" height="1000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lskns6uoKcAMnBUDBsjM2b-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The new L-bracket is also designed to work with the company’s <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/need-multiple-photo-accessories-this-tripod-brand-just-made-a-lego-like-kit-for-creating-a-custom-camera-rig-to-attach-anything-from-mics-to-grips">modular XPAND system</a> launched earlier this year. The base includes connection slots that allow creators to add a cheese plate, risers, and connectors to build out a custom rig designed to house different accessories.</p><p>Without adding extra cheese plates, the Lexie QD still has two 1/4”-20 accessory threads on the vertical to install accessories like lights, mics, monitors, and accessory arms.</p><p>Announced on September 16, the Lexie QD is already shipping directly from the manufacturer as well as retail stores. <a href="https://3leggedthing.com/en-us/products/lexie-qd-arca-swiss-quick-detach-xpand-compatible-universal-l-bracket" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">The new L-bracket</a> comes in at a price of about $60 / £50.</p><p>The company will also be selling a new XP 85 Base Plate that allows photographers who own the earlier Lexie bracket to add the QD and Xpand compatibility from the new version for $30 / £30.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Take a look at <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">the best L-brackets </a>or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Lexar's latest portable SSD is so very unbelievably thin ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Lexar has revealed what it says is the world's thinnest portable SSD: Muse. Measuring just 3.8mm at its thickest point, tapering down to an incredible 1mm at the edges; its card-like profile means this SSD should slip effortlessly into a tight jeans pocket.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="k6BuZSQDyYYcgqi7AHexAY" name="Lexar_MUSE_Creative_G3_EN" alt="Lexar Muse portable SSD" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/k6BuZSQDyYYcgqi7AHexAY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2500" height="1406" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/k6BuZSQDyYYcgqi7AHexAY-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Lexar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Alternatively, Lexar supplies a MagSafe-compatible magnetic sleeve so the SSD can be attached to the back of a phone, without significantly increasing the device's overall thickness. This set-up is ideal if you use your phone for shooting video, as it enables footage to be recorded directly to the SSD, with none of the bulk and inconvenience associated with more conventional external storage.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="aZo5H377My6EXd7b6bYpNY" name="Lexar_MUSE_Creative_B2" alt="Lexar Muse portable SSD" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aZo5H377My6EXd7b6bYpNY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2500" height="1406" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aZo5H377My6EXd7b6bYpNY-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Lexar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Lexar has achieved such a slim profile through the use of a custom ultra-thin PCB, along with high-density NAND stacking and an integrated component layout that makes efficient use of the space inside. A precision-machined unibody metal enclosure complements Mac products and gives a premium feel, while also ensuring strength and adequate heat dissipation.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="Rb76DuZKAv3eSC4myQR2bX" name="Muse-Rendering (2)" alt="Lexar Muse portable SSD" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Rb76DuZKAv3eSC4myQR2bX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2500" height="1406" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Rb76DuZKAv3eSC4myQR2bX-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Lexar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>An unusual feature of Muse is its cable connection. Rather than using a conventional USB-C socket, Lexar has instead designed a new SnapLink Magnetic Cable that connects to a recessed pad of Pogo Pins on the rear of the SSD. N52-grade neodymium magnets guide alignment and help hold the cable securely in place.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="sytPLn4enh7dEfAuTD6rgX" name="Muse-Rendering (3)" alt="Lexar Muse portable SSD" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sytPLn4enh7dEfAuTD6rgX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2500" height="1406" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sytPLn4enh7dEfAuTD6rgX-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Lexar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Despite its super-svelte profile, Muse is capable of read speeds up to 1050MB/s, and a maximum 1000MB/s write speed. This performance enables compatible iPhones to record Apple ProRes 4K video at up to 120fps directly to the drive.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="BQR43UM2qGfbdbW4t5b5BY" name="Muse-Rendering (7)" alt="Lexar Muse portable SSD" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BQR43UM2qGfbdbW4t5b5BY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2500" height="1406" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BQR43UM2qGfbdbW4t5b5BY-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Lexar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Lexar Muse will be available in 512GB and 1TB capacities. Pricing has yet to be announced, and availability is scheduled for Q4 2026.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/ssds/lexars-latest-portable-ssd-is-unbelievably-thin</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Fed up with bulky portable storage? Lexar's new Muse SSD is the same thickness as a CFexpress Type B card ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">25umh86VaQs2USWNsUXnVZ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VnPj5HqwvubWRuFiVFZmKX-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 16 Sep 2026 20:03:37 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 16 Sep 2026 20:32:32 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[SSDs]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ ben.andrews@futurenet.com (Ben Andrews) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Ben Andrews ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hA7SxTHVsLt7fQ5XhWWbX4-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VnPj5HqwvubWRuFiVFZmKX-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Lexar]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Lexar Muse portable SSD]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Lexar Muse portable SSD]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Lexar Muse portable SSD]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VnPj5HqwvubWRuFiVFZmKX-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Lexar has revealed what it says is the world's thinnest portable SSD: Muse. Measuring just 3.8mm at its thickest point, tapering down to an incredible 1mm at the edges; its card-like profile means this SSD should slip effortlessly into a tight jeans pocket.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="k6BuZSQDyYYcgqi7AHexAY" name="Lexar_MUSE_Creative_G3_EN" alt="Lexar Muse portable SSD" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/k6BuZSQDyYYcgqi7AHexAY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2500" height="1406" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/k6BuZSQDyYYcgqi7AHexAY-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Lexar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Alternatively, Lexar supplies a MagSafe-compatible magnetic sleeve so the SSD can be attached to the back of a phone, without significantly increasing the device's overall thickness. This set-up is ideal if you use your phone for shooting video, as it enables footage to be recorded directly to the SSD, with none of the bulk and inconvenience associated with more conventional external storage.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="aZo5H377My6EXd7b6bYpNY" name="Lexar_MUSE_Creative_B2" alt="Lexar Muse portable SSD" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aZo5H377My6EXd7b6bYpNY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2500" height="1406" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aZo5H377My6EXd7b6bYpNY-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Lexar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Lexar has achieved such a slim profile through the use of a custom ultra-thin PCB, along with high-density NAND stacking and an integrated component layout that makes efficient use of the space inside. A precision-machined unibody metal enclosure complements Mac products and gives a premium feel, while also ensuring strength and adequate heat dissipation.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="Rb76DuZKAv3eSC4myQR2bX" name="Muse-Rendering (2)" alt="Lexar Muse portable SSD" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Rb76DuZKAv3eSC4myQR2bX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2500" height="1406" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Rb76DuZKAv3eSC4myQR2bX-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Lexar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>An unusual feature of Muse is its cable connection. Rather than using a conventional USB-C socket, Lexar has instead designed a new SnapLink Magnetic Cable that connects to a recessed pad of Pogo Pins on the rear of the SSD. N52-grade neodymium magnets guide alignment and help hold the cable securely in place.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="sytPLn4enh7dEfAuTD6rgX" name="Muse-Rendering (3)" alt="Lexar Muse portable SSD" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sytPLn4enh7dEfAuTD6rgX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2500" height="1406" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sytPLn4enh7dEfAuTD6rgX-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Lexar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Despite its super-svelte profile, Muse is capable of read speeds up to 1050MB/s, and a maximum 1000MB/s write speed. This performance enables compatible iPhones to record Apple ProRes 4K video at up to 120fps directly to the drive.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="BQR43UM2qGfbdbW4t5b5BY" name="Muse-Rendering (7)" alt="Lexar Muse portable SSD" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BQR43UM2qGfbdbW4t5b5BY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2500" height="1406" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BQR43UM2qGfbdbW4t5b5BY-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Lexar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Lexar Muse will be available in 512GB and 1TB capacities. Pricing has yet to be announced, and availability is scheduled for Q4 2026.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Cheap tripods are a trap: When support matters more than megapixels ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>At first, you think the camera is the most important thing in your photography world. Then, you realize it’s the lenses. But if you’re a landscape or macro photographer, you’ll quickly learn that the tripod is just as important (if not more). And you either learn that the easy way or the hard way.</p><p>Buying the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripod for photography</a> is a rite of passage for the beginner photographer. You’ve got the camera and the kit lens, so you go out and buy a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-bags-and-cases-for-photographers">camera bag</a> and a tripod. But more often than not, the tripod is a cheap, plasticky implement that’s – for lack of a better word – completely useless… </p><p>A beginner might not understand the foibles of a cheap tripod until it’s too late. In fact, they might merrily capture soft shot after soft shot without realizing that they deserve better. I myself made this mistake; I didn’t know what <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/features/what-is-camera-shake-and-why-does-it-happen">camera shake </a>was when I started, and I certainly didn’t realize it could happen on a tripod. In fact, I blamed my camera or myself when it was my tripod all along.</p><h2 id="cheap-tripod-cheap-performance">Cheap tripod, cheap performance</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="rGf8j6mDZGeuNorEMTYjoF" name="NIK162.review23.jpg" alt="Manfrotto  Befree Advanced Carbon Fibre Travel Tripod, friction knob" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rGf8j6mDZGeuNorEMTYjoF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Quality knobs (pictured) with good friction prevent slippage and overtightening  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Anything can be bought cheap if you’re in the right place at the right time, of course. When I say cheap, I mean cheaply made. You know, the kind of unbranded tripod you can pick up from Amazon or a department store or comes bundled with your camera. These kinds of tripods might look inviting enough, but they are usually an absolute nightmare to use.</p><p>I’m talking about being hard to adjust and refine: knobs that never seem tight enough, axes that stutter as you try to tilt or pan to refine your composition. Weak legs that wobble or don’t even splay wide enough for secure outdoor use. Legs that catch when you try to extend or collapse them. And light payloads that are entirely inadequate for longer zoom lenses or bigger cameras when it comes time to upgrade. </p><h2 id="tripod-red-flags">Tripod red flags</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sqEW4xzhr6QGu8tDSANdbF" name="NIK162.review2.jpg" alt="Manfrotto  Befree Advanced Carbon Fibre Travel Tripod, attaching camera and plate" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sqEW4xzhr6QGu8tDSANdbF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A good head from a reputable brand like Manfrotto (pictured) will make life much easier  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Let’s talk about how you identify a cheap tripod. </p><ul><li><strong>Plastic components:</strong> The main thing I’d advise you to look out for is an abundance of plastic components, particularly plastic threads. In my experience, plastic threads simply cannot be tightened enough to prevent slippage, and on top of that, they can easily wear or even break over time.</li><li><strong>Leg braces/struts: </strong>Another giveaway is plastic struts between the legs. A quality tripod doesn’t need any extra stability; it will stand firm with the legs splayed out. If a cheap tripod has plastic struts, assume that the legs aren’t particularly sturdy to begin with. Don’t get me wrong, some expensive heavy-duty video tripods do feature struts, but they’re designed to be as stable and heavy as possible.</li><li><strong>A poor quality head:</strong> <em>Do not</em> ignore the tripod head. A tripod is only as good as its head. You can have a sturdy trio of legs, but if the head is plasticky and cheap and suffers from many of the problems I listed earlier, you’re in for a frustrating ride, and your photography will suffer.</li></ul><p>A quality tripod, on the other hand, will just feel effortlessly sturdy. Threads boast good friction to prevent overtightening, joints move smoothly and intentionally, legs can be splayed to varying degrees and are stable, setting up and collapsing the device feels effortless, and it features a quality head.</p><h2 id="is-cost-the-compromise">Is cost the compromise? </h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5910px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="VivtN3kvNwRUdekU3xNQBF" name="DSC_1048.jpg" alt="Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fibre Travel Tripod, packed down and being carried" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VivtN3kvNwRUdekU3xNQBF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5910" height="3324" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (pictured) is more expensive than the aluminum version, but lighter  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You’re probably thinking, great Mike, but what about the cost? I’m not suggesting that you pay hundreds of bucks for a tripod, but I am suggesting that you reframe the way you think about budgeting for kit. A lot of photographers will pay around $100 / £100 for a lens and consider it a bargain. You can pick up a quality tripod for a similar price.</p><p>The Manfrotto Element MII Aluminium Tripod is selling for <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1527795-REG/manfrotto_mkelmii4bk_bh_element_mii_aluminum_tripod.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">$132.95 at B&H Photo</a> and <a href="https://www.wexphotovideo.com/manfrotto-element-mii-aluminium-tripod-kit-black-1729083/?cpgnid=17870678074&adext=&account=853-353-2386&campaign=&group=&mkwid=_dc&pcrid=&kword=&match=&plid=&pgrid=&ptaid=&si=&gad_source=1&gad_campaignid=17339491594&gbraid=0AAAAAD6dWBcOJ5d53oOBI6vgfh32SM5A4&gclid=CjwKCAjw_KjVBhAHEiwAnC0N9Jz-HtA8OCicetKsVPy1DJ5nAxyTJ9c1p-cBH5-6yXK-ML7LyGrAhhoCnf8QAvD_BwE" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">£99 at Wex Photo Video</a>. This is a tripod I used for years. As long as you don’t exceed the 8-kg payload and are using lenses up to 200mm, it will serve beginner photographers very well indeed. And trust me, the difference between a tripod like the Element MII from a reputable brand and a cheap tripod is <em>huge</em>. </p><p>The only reason to spend more is if you’ve reached a point where you have identified specialist needs. For example, general tripod usage tends to favor portability over stability, but a serious macro photographer may wish to invest in a larger, sturdier tripod since the effects of camera shake are more prevalent at higher magnifications. A travel photographer or landscape photographer who hikes may be happy to pay more for a lighter carbon fiber tripod. And so on. </p><p>You may also wish to turn to the used market. Most tripods don’t tend to hold their value in the same way that cameras and lenses do, so you could end up with a real bargain on used marketplaces. So, there you have it. Tripods aren’t the most exciting bits of photography kit in the world, but a good tripod is worth its payload in gold.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like...</span></h3><p>Check out the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photography</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">best ball heads for tripods</a>. On the subject of tripod heads: <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tutorials/are-you-using-the-right-tripod-head-for-landscape-photography">Are you using the right tripod head for landscape photography?</a></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/cheap-tripods-are-a-trap-when-support-matters-more-than-megapixels</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ It’s tempting to blow your budget on cameras and lenses, but trust me, a quality tripod is worth its payload in gold ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">GeRBrzQnofu6RQpyFkXBzX</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ctnfB3kn7NvSPqWUct8kB-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 16 Sep 2026 15:15:32 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ mike.harris@futurenet.com (Mike Harris) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Mike Harris ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGEXGwupYYYnNwLb7XkXx8-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ctnfB3kn7NvSPqWUct8kB-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[photographer]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[photographer]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[photographer]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ctnfB3kn7NvSPqWUct8kB-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>At first, you think the camera is the most important thing in your photography world. Then, you realize it’s the lenses. But if you’re a landscape or macro photographer, you’ll quickly learn that the tripod is just as important (if not more). And you either learn that the easy way or the hard way.</p><p>Buying the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripod for photography</a> is a rite of passage for the beginner photographer. You’ve got the camera and the kit lens, so you go out and buy a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-bags-and-cases-for-photographers">camera bag</a> and a tripod. But more often than not, the tripod is a cheap, plasticky implement that’s – for lack of a better word – completely useless… </p><p>A beginner might not understand the foibles of a cheap tripod until it’s too late. In fact, they might merrily capture soft shot after soft shot without realizing that they deserve better. I myself made this mistake; I didn’t know what <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/features/what-is-camera-shake-and-why-does-it-happen">camera shake </a>was when I started, and I certainly didn’t realize it could happen on a tripod. In fact, I blamed my camera or myself when it was my tripod all along.</p><h2 id="cheap-tripod-cheap-performance">Cheap tripod, cheap performance</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="rGf8j6mDZGeuNorEMTYjoF" name="NIK162.review23.jpg" alt="Manfrotto  Befree Advanced Carbon Fibre Travel Tripod, friction knob" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rGf8j6mDZGeuNorEMTYjoF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Quality knobs (pictured) with good friction prevent slippage and overtightening  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Anything can be bought cheap if you’re in the right place at the right time, of course. When I say cheap, I mean cheaply made. You know, the kind of unbranded tripod you can pick up from Amazon or a department store or comes bundled with your camera. These kinds of tripods might look inviting enough, but they are usually an absolute nightmare to use.</p><p>I’m talking about being hard to adjust and refine: knobs that never seem tight enough, axes that stutter as you try to tilt or pan to refine your composition. Weak legs that wobble or don’t even splay wide enough for secure outdoor use. Legs that catch when you try to extend or collapse them. And light payloads that are entirely inadequate for longer zoom lenses or bigger cameras when it comes time to upgrade. </p><h2 id="tripod-red-flags">Tripod red flags</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sqEW4xzhr6QGu8tDSANdbF" name="NIK162.review2.jpg" alt="Manfrotto  Befree Advanced Carbon Fibre Travel Tripod, attaching camera and plate" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sqEW4xzhr6QGu8tDSANdbF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A good head from a reputable brand like Manfrotto (pictured) will make life much easier  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Let’s talk about how you identify a cheap tripod. </p><ul><li><strong>Plastic components:</strong> The main thing I’d advise you to look out for is an abundance of plastic components, particularly plastic threads. In my experience, plastic threads simply cannot be tightened enough to prevent slippage, and on top of that, they can easily wear or even break over time.</li><li><strong>Leg braces/struts: </strong>Another giveaway is plastic struts between the legs. A quality tripod doesn’t need any extra stability; it will stand firm with the legs splayed out. If a cheap tripod has plastic struts, assume that the legs aren’t particularly sturdy to begin with. Don’t get me wrong, some expensive heavy-duty video tripods do feature struts, but they’re designed to be as stable and heavy as possible.</li><li><strong>A poor quality head:</strong> <em>Do not</em> ignore the tripod head. A tripod is only as good as its head. You can have a sturdy trio of legs, but if the head is plasticky and cheap and suffers from many of the problems I listed earlier, you’re in for a frustrating ride, and your photography will suffer.</li></ul><p>A quality tripod, on the other hand, will just feel effortlessly sturdy. Threads boast good friction to prevent overtightening, joints move smoothly and intentionally, legs can be splayed to varying degrees and are stable, setting up and collapsing the device feels effortless, and it features a quality head.</p><h2 id="is-cost-the-compromise">Is cost the compromise? </h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5910px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="VivtN3kvNwRUdekU3xNQBF" name="DSC_1048.jpg" alt="Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fibre Travel Tripod, packed down and being carried" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VivtN3kvNwRUdekU3xNQBF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5910" height="3324" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (pictured) is more expensive than the aluminum version, but lighter  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You’re probably thinking, great Mike, but what about the cost? I’m not suggesting that you pay hundreds of bucks for a tripod, but I am suggesting that you reframe the way you think about budgeting for kit. A lot of photographers will pay around $100 / £100 for a lens and consider it a bargain. You can pick up a quality tripod for a similar price.</p><p>The Manfrotto Element MII Aluminium Tripod is selling for <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1527795-REG/manfrotto_mkelmii4bk_bh_element_mii_aluminum_tripod.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">$132.95 at B&H Photo</a> and <a href="https://www.wexphotovideo.com/manfrotto-element-mii-aluminium-tripod-kit-black-1729083/?cpgnid=17870678074&adext=&account=853-353-2386&campaign=&group=&mkwid=_dc&pcrid=&kword=&match=&plid=&pgrid=&ptaid=&si=&gad_source=1&gad_campaignid=17339491594&gbraid=0AAAAAD6dWBcOJ5d53oOBI6vgfh32SM5A4&gclid=CjwKCAjw_KjVBhAHEiwAnC0N9Jz-HtA8OCicetKsVPy1DJ5nAxyTJ9c1p-cBH5-6yXK-ML7LyGrAhhoCnf8QAvD_BwE" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">£99 at Wex Photo Video</a>. This is a tripod I used for years. As long as you don’t exceed the 8-kg payload and are using lenses up to 200mm, it will serve beginner photographers very well indeed. And trust me, the difference between a tripod like the Element MII from a reputable brand and a cheap tripod is <em>huge</em>. </p><p>The only reason to spend more is if you’ve reached a point where you have identified specialist needs. For example, general tripod usage tends to favor portability over stability, but a serious macro photographer may wish to invest in a larger, sturdier tripod since the effects of camera shake are more prevalent at higher magnifications. A travel photographer or landscape photographer who hikes may be happy to pay more for a lighter carbon fiber tripod. And so on. </p><p>You may also wish to turn to the used market. Most tripods don’t tend to hold their value in the same way that cameras and lenses do, so you could end up with a real bargain on used marketplaces. So, there you have it. Tripods aren’t the most exciting bits of photography kit in the world, but a good tripod is worth its payload in gold.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like...</span></h3><p>Check out the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photography</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">best ball heads for tripods</a>. On the subject of tripod heads: <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tutorials/are-you-using-the-right-tripod-head-for-landscape-photography">Are you using the right tripod head for landscape photography?</a></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Canon gives a massive boost to the radio range of its popular EL-5 Speedlite flashgun for mirrorless cameras ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Alongside the Canon EOS R8 Mark II that was launched today, Canon is also releasing an update of its EL-5 flashgun. The new Canon Speedlite EL-5 (Ver. 2) only differs from the original in one way – and that is to get a significant boost in its wireless radio control range.</p><p>The new Mark II hotshoe flash can now be controlled from up to 50 meters away (164 feet) - a 66% boost in range, compared to the 30m (98ft) that the original version was capable of.<br><br>Announced in 2022, the Speedlite EL-5 was the first Canon strobe to be specifically designed to work with the 21-pin multifunction connection shoe found on the most recent Canon EOS R mirrorless cameras (see full list of compatible models below).</p><p></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ZRNHrX23iFBcPBX2RPoq6h" name="SPEEDLITE EL-5 (Ver.2) Lifestyle 02_169" alt="Canon EL-5 Ver. 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZRNHrX23iFBcPBX2RPoq6h-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZRNHrX23iFBcPBX2RPoq6h-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The pan-tilt flash head can rotate through 180° in both direction, and allow you to tilt the head between -7° to + 120° </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Canon)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Other than the radio range, the other features remain the same on the Ver.2 version of the EL-5. It has a zoom head with coverage from 24-200mm – with a corresponding maximum flash output of 28.7-60 (m/ISO100). A built-in wide panel can be used to extend the coverage enough to use a 14mm lens (with a corresponding Guide Number drop to 14.8 (m/ISO100).<br><br>Offering both E-TTL II and E-TTL dedicated exposure, this flashgun also offers a wide range of manual power settings - from full right down to 1/1024sec, in one-third of a stop steps. A strobe feature allows you to set a flash burst frequency between 1-500Hz.</p><p>The built-in radio transmitter can control up to 15 Speedlites wirelessly, and model the lighting using the adjustable built-in white LED lamp.</p><p>The flash is powered by a rechargeable LP-EL Li-ion pack that can deliver up to 350 flashes at full power on a single charge, with an approximate recycle time of 1.2 seconds.</p><p>The Speedlite EL-5 v.2 flashgun is due to go on sale from late October for $379 / £399.95 / AU$639.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-compatible-models"><span>Compatible models</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2608px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Yyc3fHMgpqZzmnMya3s3Xn" name="Canon Speedlite EL-5 3838.JPG" alt="Canon Speedlite EL-5" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Yyc3fHMgpqZzmnMya3s3Xn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2608" height="1467" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Yyc3fHMgpqZzmnMya3s3Xn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bespoke 21-pin hotshoe interface that is used again on the Speedlite EL-5 Mark means it is only compatible with recent Canon mirrorless camera models </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>These are the Canon mirrorless models that have a 21-pin multifunction hotshoe connector that will be compatible with the new Speedlite EL-5 Mark II…</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/canon-eos-r1-review"><strong>Canon EOS R1</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/canon-eos-r3-review"><strong>Canon EOS R3</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/canon-eos-r5-mark-ii-review"><strong>Canon EOS R5 Mark II</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/canon-eos-r6-mark-ii-review"><strong>Canon EOS R6 Mark II</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/canon-eos-r6-mark-iii-review"><strong>Canon EOS R6 Mark III</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/canon-eos-r6-v-review"><strong>Canon EOS R6 V</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/canon-eos-r7-review"><strong>Canon EOS R7</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/canon-eos-r8-review"><strong>Canon EOS R8</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/canon-eos-r8-mark-ii-hands-on-review-1980s-camera-inspiration-meets-modern-mirrorless-performance"><strong>Canon EOS R8 Mark II</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/canon-eos-r10-review"><strong>Canon EOS R10</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/canon-eos-r50-review"><strong>Canon EOS R50</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-cameras/canon-eos-r50-v-review"><strong>Canon EOS R50 V</strong></a></li></ul><p><strong>See our full guide to the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-canon-flash"><strong>best Canon flashguns</strong></a><strong></strong></p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="Canon Speedlite EL-5 Ver. 2,Canon Speedlite EL-5"></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/canon-gives-a-massive-boost-to-the-radio-range-of-its-popular-el-5-speedlite-flashgun-for-mirrorless-cameras</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Version 2 is identical to the original multifunction-hotshoe strobe – except that the wireless range extends to an impressive 50 meters or 164 feet ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">E97jVdKfb2fbAF7KrewoS7</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wbdoJEB3tLprSbzHQBpqHN-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 16 Sep 2026 01:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 16 Sep 2026 14:49:01 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Flashguns]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Lights]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ chris.george@futurenet.com (Chris George) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Chris George ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xGfeLWQCdiKETahdirYFFF-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wbdoJEB3tLprSbzHQBpqHN-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Canon]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Canon EL-5 flashgun on camera being held in someone&#039;s hand, with a smartphone with the app in the other hand]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Canon EL-5 flashgun on camera being held in someone&#039;s hand, with a smartphone with the app in the other hand]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Canon EL-5 flashgun on camera being held in someone&#039;s hand, with a smartphone with the app in the other hand]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wbdoJEB3tLprSbzHQBpqHN-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Alongside the Canon EOS R8 Mark II that was launched today, Canon is also releasing an update of its EL-5 flashgun. The new Canon Speedlite EL-5 (Ver. 2) only differs from the original in one way – and that is to get a significant boost in its wireless radio control range.</p><p>The new Mark II hotshoe flash can now be controlled from up to 50 meters away (164 feet) - a 66% boost in range, compared to the 30m (98ft) that the original version was capable of.<br><br>Announced in 2022, the Speedlite EL-5 was the first Canon strobe to be specifically designed to work with the 21-pin multifunction connection shoe found on the most recent Canon EOS R mirrorless cameras (see full list of compatible models below).</p><p></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ZRNHrX23iFBcPBX2RPoq6h" name="SPEEDLITE EL-5 (Ver.2) Lifestyle 02_169" alt="Canon EL-5 Ver. 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZRNHrX23iFBcPBX2RPoq6h-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZRNHrX23iFBcPBX2RPoq6h-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The pan-tilt flash head can rotate through 180° in both direction, and allow you to tilt the head between -7° to + 120° </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Canon)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Other than the radio range, the other features remain the same on the Ver.2 version of the EL-5. It has a zoom head with coverage from 24-200mm – with a corresponding maximum flash output of 28.7-60 (m/ISO100). A built-in wide panel can be used to extend the coverage enough to use a 14mm lens (with a corresponding Guide Number drop to 14.8 (m/ISO100).<br><br>Offering both E-TTL II and E-TTL dedicated exposure, this flashgun also offers a wide range of manual power settings - from full right down to 1/1024sec, in one-third of a stop steps. A strobe feature allows you to set a flash burst frequency between 1-500Hz.</p><p>The built-in radio transmitter can control up to 15 Speedlites wirelessly, and model the lighting using the adjustable built-in white LED lamp.</p><p>The flash is powered by a rechargeable LP-EL Li-ion pack that can deliver up to 350 flashes at full power on a single charge, with an approximate recycle time of 1.2 seconds.</p><p>The Speedlite EL-5 v.2 flashgun is due to go on sale from late October for $379 / £399.95 / AU$639.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-compatible-models"><span>Compatible models</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2608px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Yyc3fHMgpqZzmnMya3s3Xn" name="Canon Speedlite EL-5 3838.JPG" alt="Canon Speedlite EL-5" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Yyc3fHMgpqZzmnMya3s3Xn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2608" height="1467" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Yyc3fHMgpqZzmnMya3s3Xn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bespoke 21-pin hotshoe interface that is used again on the Speedlite EL-5 Mark means it is only compatible with recent Canon mirrorless camera models </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>These are the Canon mirrorless models that have a 21-pin multifunction hotshoe connector that will be compatible with the new Speedlite EL-5 Mark II…</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/canon-eos-r1-review"><strong>Canon EOS R1</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/canon-eos-r3-review"><strong>Canon EOS R3</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/canon-eos-r5-mark-ii-review"><strong>Canon EOS R5 Mark II</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/canon-eos-r6-mark-ii-review"><strong>Canon EOS R6 Mark II</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/canon-eos-r6-mark-iii-review"><strong>Canon EOS R6 Mark III</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/canon-eos-r6-v-review"><strong>Canon EOS R6 V</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/canon-eos-r7-review"><strong>Canon EOS R7</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/canon-eos-r8-review"><strong>Canon EOS R8</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/canon-eos-r8-mark-ii-hands-on-review-1980s-camera-inspiration-meets-modern-mirrorless-performance"><strong>Canon EOS R8 Mark II</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/canon-eos-r10-review"><strong>Canon EOS R10</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/canon-eos-r50-review"><strong>Canon EOS R50</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-cameras/canon-eos-r50-v-review"><strong>Canon EOS R50 V</strong></a></li></ul><p><strong>See our full guide to the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-canon-flash"><strong>best Canon flashguns</strong></a><strong></strong></p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="Canon Speedlite EL-5 Ver. 2,Canon Speedlite EL-5"></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Atomos goes bigger and brighter with new Shinobi 7 II seven-inch on-camera monitor ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Atomos has arrived at IBC 2026 with two new monitors, although they sit at rather different ends of the production spectrum. The new Shinobi 7 II is aimed squarely at photographers, filmmakers and content creators who want a bigger screen on their camera, while the enormous Shogun AV-19M is designed more for broadcast studios, production galleries and video villages.</p><p>For most of us, the Shinobi 7 II is the more interesting of the pair. Atomos has squeezed a 7-inch HDR touchscreen into what it describes as a lightweight, on-camera design, while boosting brightness to a pretty substantial 2,800 nits. That should make checking focus and exposure considerably easier outdoors.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kRbVbZaVneCt8WPdmY2XLX-1920-80.png" alt="Atomos Shinobi 7 II on-camera monitor in use" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Atomos</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tesvCsiqQxC2dMTgpMGPeX-1920-80.png" alt="Atomos Shinobi 7 II on-camera monitor in use" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Atomos</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>The Shinobi 7 II also connects to compatible cameras over USB-C, allowing you to adjust aperture, shutter speed or angle, ISO, and white balance directly from the touchscreen. Some cameras will also support touch-to-focus and shutter release, which could make the Shinobi particularly handy for working with cameras positioned in awkward places.</p><p>Atomos has included its usual collection of monitoring tools, including EL Zone, false color, waveform, vectorscope, focus peaking, zebras and anamorphic de-squeeze, alongside 3D LUT support and on-device display calibration. HDMI tops out at 4K 30p, while power can come from USB-C PD or the familiar Sony NP-F battery system. The Shinobi 7 II arrives in September for $499 / £510 / €499.</p><p>Then there is the Shogun AV-19M. The 19-inch rackmount touchscreen combines 4K HDR DCI-P3 monitoring with NDI HX3, 12G-SDI and HDMI connectivity. It can show one NDI feed full-screen or display four network video sources simultaneously in a quad-view layout.</p><p>It also gets Atomos' professional exposure and focus tools, customizable function buttons, and an optional ruggedized flypack for taking the display on location. The Shogun AV-19M will arrive in October priced at $1,899 / €1,899.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2134px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="8FmguzZAPZx3jc89aPoapf" name="ATOMSHGAVM_4" alt="Atomos Shogun AV-19M monitor" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8FmguzZAPZx3jc89aPoapf-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2134" height="1200" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8FmguzZAPZx3jc89aPoapf-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Atomos)</span></figcaption></figure><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Atomos Shinobi 7 II"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like...</span></h3><p>Check out more of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-on-camera-monitors-external-screens-and-video-recorders-for-filmmakers">best on-camera monitors </a>in our guide.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/on-camera-monitors/atomos-goes-bigger-and-brighter-with-new-shinobi-7-ii-seven-inch-on-camera-monitor</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The new 7-inch 2,800-nit monitor brings camera control, pro monitoring tools, and a larger view to on-camera shooting. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">VfkV7E6j9Wue3VZ7aqo8PD</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8RfkpevmiBxTQQEgpkXcdX-1920-80.png" type="image/png" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 14 Sep 2026 07:44:58 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[On-Camera Monitors]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ gareth.bevan@futurenet.com (Gareth Bevan) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Gareth Bevan ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AsbARYkh4iHozfim2Y2PdC-320-70.jpeg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Gareth is a photographer based in London, working as a freelance photographer and videographer for the past several years, having the privilege to shoot for some household names. With work focusing on fashion, portrait and lifestyle content creation, he has developed a range of skills covering everything from editorial shoots to social media videos. Outside of work, he has a personal passion for travel and nature photography, with a devotion to sustainability and environmental causes.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/png" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8RfkpevmiBxTQQEgpkXcdX-1920-80.png">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Atomos]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Atomos Shinobi 7 II on-camera monitor in use]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Atomos Shinobi 7 II on-camera monitor in use]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Atomos Shinobi 7 II on-camera monitor in use]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8RfkpevmiBxTQQEgpkXcdX-1920-80.png" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Atomos has arrived at IBC 2026 with two new monitors, although they sit at rather different ends of the production spectrum. The new Shinobi 7 II is aimed squarely at photographers, filmmakers and content creators who want a bigger screen on their camera, while the enormous Shogun AV-19M is designed more for broadcast studios, production galleries and video villages.</p><p>For most of us, the Shinobi 7 II is the more interesting of the pair. Atomos has squeezed a 7-inch HDR touchscreen into what it describes as a lightweight, on-camera design, while boosting brightness to a pretty substantial 2,800 nits. That should make checking focus and exposure considerably easier outdoors.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kRbVbZaVneCt8WPdmY2XLX-1920-80.png" alt="Atomos Shinobi 7 II on-camera monitor in use" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Atomos</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tesvCsiqQxC2dMTgpMGPeX-1920-80.png" alt="Atomos Shinobi 7 II on-camera monitor in use" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Atomos</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>The Shinobi 7 II also connects to compatible cameras over USB-C, allowing you to adjust aperture, shutter speed or angle, ISO, and white balance directly from the touchscreen. Some cameras will also support touch-to-focus and shutter release, which could make the Shinobi particularly handy for working with cameras positioned in awkward places.</p><p>Atomos has included its usual collection of monitoring tools, including EL Zone, false color, waveform, vectorscope, focus peaking, zebras and anamorphic de-squeeze, alongside 3D LUT support and on-device display calibration. HDMI tops out at 4K 30p, while power can come from USB-C PD or the familiar Sony NP-F battery system. The Shinobi 7 II arrives in September for $499 / £510 / €499.</p><p>Then there is the Shogun AV-19M. The 19-inch rackmount touchscreen combines 4K HDR DCI-P3 monitoring with NDI HX3, 12G-SDI and HDMI connectivity. It can show one NDI feed full-screen or display four network video sources simultaneously in a quad-view layout.</p><p>It also gets Atomos' professional exposure and focus tools, customizable function buttons, and an optional ruggedized flypack for taking the display on location. The Shogun AV-19M will arrive in October priced at $1,899 / €1,899.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2134px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="8FmguzZAPZx3jc89aPoapf" name="ATOMSHGAVM_4" alt="Atomos Shogun AV-19M monitor" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8FmguzZAPZx3jc89aPoapf-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2134" height="1200" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8FmguzZAPZx3jc89aPoapf-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Atomos)</span></figcaption></figure><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Atomos Shinobi 7 II"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like...</span></h3><p>Check out more of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-on-camera-monitors-external-screens-and-video-recorders-for-filmmakers">best on-camera monitors </a>in our guide.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Tripods are either portable or super sturdy. But 3 Legged Thing just launched a modular tripod system with swappable legs to replace tabletop, travel, studio, and filmmaking tripods in one go ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Tripods tend to be purpose-built for different shoots, which means some photographers will own more than one – one for travel, one for maximum stability, one for tabletop shooting, and maybe even a separate monopod. But 3 Legged Things' latest invention is a build-your-own modular tripod system that replaces several purpose-built supports in one.</p><p>The new <a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/3leggedthing/3-legged-thing-modular-tactical-tripod-system/description" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">3 Legged Thing James and Jason</a> is a tripod system with swappable parts. While most tripods can swap out for different heads or feet, the two new modular systems can swap out legs, canopies, flat plates, rings – along with heads and feet.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="mKJB5Bu9CmrRfvbT9Zoum5" name="DSCF9921" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mKJB5Bu9CmrRfvbT9Zoum5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The idea is that by building a modular system, creators don’t need to own several tripods for different purposes. The James and Jason are full-sized tripods, but they can convert to travel tripods or studio tripods, and the swappable legs can also double as monopods and boom poles.</p><p>The heart of the system is the canopy. Both options can handle up to 30 kgs / 66 lbs, but one is built for portability, and the other is built for strength and features.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="NR4MShrGLq5mYQV6mJdGr5" name="DSCF9943" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NR4MShrGLq5mYQV6mJdGr5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>James uses a smaller, slimmer profile that creates a tripod that can still fit in the water bottle pocket of a camera bag. Jason, on the other hand, is a bit larger, but has a ballast hook and is built for strength. Both canopies have an extra accessory mount for attaching arms for adding lighting or a mic.</p><p>With those two canopies come three different swappable leg types, all built with carbon fiber. The five-section legs are the most compact, folding down to 42.5 cm / 16.7 inches and reaching a maximum height of 123 cm / 48.4 inches. The three-section legs are built for maximum height and stability, reaching 154 cm / 60.6 inches – but probably won’t fit in carry-on luggage. The four-section legs are the happy medium between the two.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kkeSatrxskihfEUFo6dYvZ-1920-80.png" alt="A breakdown of the different features on the 3 Legged Thing James modular tripod system" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sngHcKNVDJCncrisAkiTpZ-1920-80.png" alt="A breakdown of the different features on the 3 Legged Thing Jason modular tripod system" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Those legs can be adjusted to different angles for a wider stance and lower shots using a new trigger-pull design that the company says is easy to use even when wearing gloves.</p><p>Along with the swappable legs, the tripods launch with three options for feet to accommodate different terrain – and the tripods can also be used with the canopy and feet (no legs) to replace a mini tabletop tripod. The legs can also be used without the canopy as a monopod or light boom.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:133.33%;"><img id="LWJ5LCGhLcgc6PfYvPSp37" name="DSCF9876" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James in tabletop tripod mode" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LWJ5LCGhLcgc6PfYvPSp37-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1920" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LWJ5LCGhLcgc6PfYvPSp37-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The modular tripod series also launches with a newly designed head that 3 Legged Thing has dubbed the Airhed Orbit. The ball-style head uses one main control to level, adjust, and lock the camera in position.</p><p>Beyond the versatility, the modular design also means that creators can break apart the tripods for upkeep and cleaning.</p><p>With multiple different setups possible, 3 Legged Thing has built several different bundles for the tactical tripods, including some basic setups with the canopy and feet to bundles with multiple pieces.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fnTurENE8msp9unKcRKuw5-1920-80.jpg" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qc8DkKkstPqSsgzgt5QuN5-1920-80.jpg" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rGUQa4GRZ4jm5635iKDdh5-1920-80.jpg" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nN5C95r6TfVfyfzXJLum26-1920-80.jpg" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>3 Legged Thing is bringing James and Jason to creators <a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/3leggedthing/3-legged-thing-modular-tactical-tripod-system/description" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">using Kickstarter</a>, where the campaign has already surpassed its original funding goal. Pledges take as much as 20 to 25 percent off the expected retail price, starting at £269 (about $365 / AU$506) for a canopy and legs, £669 (about $907 / AU$1,257) for a kit with all three leg variations, with the new Airhed Orbit head a £152 ($207 / AU$286) add-on.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>For more inspiration, check out the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripod for photography</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/tripods-are-either-portable-or-super-sturdy-but-3-legged-thing-just-launched-a-modular-tripod-system-with-swappable-legs-to-replace-tabletop-travel-studio-and-filmmaking-tripods-in-one-go</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Tested down to -60°C, the new 3 Legged Thing James and Jason new tripod system has swappable legs, feet, and canopies ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">9RYA7C4sy7nhMwJgb2rXPM</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DERYnYMZGedwU6NkxRnrH5-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 11 Sep 2026 08:10:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FCSkExqFFzvDQFmnEf8mgV-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DERYnYMZGedwU6NkxRnrH5-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DERYnYMZGedwU6NkxRnrH5-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Tripods tend to be purpose-built for different shoots, which means some photographers will own more than one – one for travel, one for maximum stability, one for tabletop shooting, and maybe even a separate monopod. But 3 Legged Things' latest invention is a build-your-own modular tripod system that replaces several purpose-built supports in one.</p><p>The new <a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/3leggedthing/3-legged-thing-modular-tactical-tripod-system/description" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">3 Legged Thing James and Jason</a> is a tripod system with swappable parts. While most tripods can swap out for different heads or feet, the two new modular systems can swap out legs, canopies, flat plates, rings – along with heads and feet.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="mKJB5Bu9CmrRfvbT9Zoum5" name="DSCF9921" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mKJB5Bu9CmrRfvbT9Zoum5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The idea is that by building a modular system, creators don’t need to own several tripods for different purposes. The James and Jason are full-sized tripods, but they can convert to travel tripods or studio tripods, and the swappable legs can also double as monopods and boom poles.</p><p>The heart of the system is the canopy. Both options can handle up to 30 kgs / 66 lbs, but one is built for portability, and the other is built for strength and features.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="NR4MShrGLq5mYQV6mJdGr5" name="DSCF9943" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NR4MShrGLq5mYQV6mJdGr5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>James uses a smaller, slimmer profile that creates a tripod that can still fit in the water bottle pocket of a camera bag. Jason, on the other hand, is a bit larger, but has a ballast hook and is built for strength. Both canopies have an extra accessory mount for attaching arms for adding lighting or a mic.</p><p>With those two canopies come three different swappable leg types, all built with carbon fiber. The five-section legs are the most compact, folding down to 42.5 cm / 16.7 inches and reaching a maximum height of 123 cm / 48.4 inches. The three-section legs are built for maximum height and stability, reaching 154 cm / 60.6 inches – but probably won’t fit in carry-on luggage. The four-section legs are the happy medium between the two.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kkeSatrxskihfEUFo6dYvZ-1920-80.png" alt="A breakdown of the different features on the 3 Legged Thing James modular tripod system" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sngHcKNVDJCncrisAkiTpZ-1920-80.png" alt="A breakdown of the different features on the 3 Legged Thing Jason modular tripod system" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Those legs can be adjusted to different angles for a wider stance and lower shots using a new trigger-pull design that the company says is easy to use even when wearing gloves.</p><p>Along with the swappable legs, the tripods launch with three options for feet to accommodate different terrain – and the tripods can also be used with the canopy and feet (no legs) to replace a mini tabletop tripod. The legs can also be used without the canopy as a monopod or light boom.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:133.33%;"><img id="LWJ5LCGhLcgc6PfYvPSp37" name="DSCF9876" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James in tabletop tripod mode" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LWJ5LCGhLcgc6PfYvPSp37-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1920" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LWJ5LCGhLcgc6PfYvPSp37-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The modular tripod series also launches with a newly designed head that 3 Legged Thing has dubbed the Airhed Orbit. The ball-style head uses one main control to level, adjust, and lock the camera in position.</p><p>Beyond the versatility, the modular design also means that creators can break apart the tripods for upkeep and cleaning.</p><p>With multiple different setups possible, 3 Legged Thing has built several different bundles for the tactical tripods, including some basic setups with the canopy and feet to bundles with multiple pieces.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fnTurENE8msp9unKcRKuw5-1920-80.jpg" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qc8DkKkstPqSsgzgt5QuN5-1920-80.jpg" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rGUQa4GRZ4jm5635iKDdh5-1920-80.jpg" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nN5C95r6TfVfyfzXJLum26-1920-80.jpg" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>3 Legged Thing is bringing James and Jason to creators <a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/3leggedthing/3-legged-thing-modular-tactical-tripod-system/description" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">using Kickstarter</a>, where the campaign has already surpassed its original funding goal. Pledges take as much as 20 to 25 percent off the expected retail price, starting at £269 (about $365 / AU$506) for a canopy and legs, £669 (about $907 / AU$1,257) for a kit with all three leg variations, with the new Airhed Orbit head a £152 ($207 / AU$286) add-on.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>For more inspiration, check out the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripod for photography</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Insta360 teases its next camera – so what happens when you poke out one of Luna's eyes? ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Insta360 jumped headfirst into the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">pocket gimbal camera</a> market all guns blazing with the spectacular – but premium – <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/insta360-luna-ultra-review">Luna Ultra</a> camera. The company is now teasing features for a less costly single-lens edition called the Luna Pro, and the latest news is that it will boast true vertical 4K video.</p><p>Insta360 first teased the camera three days ago, based on a joke that the number of product launches from the company could be a bit much for the marketing team!</p><div class="instagram-embed"><blockquote class="instagram-media"  data-instgrm-version="6" style="width:99.375%; width:-webkit-calc(100% - 2px); width:calc(100% - 2px);"><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/p/Dc03ov3BLir/" target="_blank">A post shared by Insta360 (@insta360)</a></p><p>A photo posted by </p></blockquote></div><p>The gimbal camera pictured in the teaser looks like the company's recently launched Luna Ultra camera, except that the camera at the top seems to only have a single lens.</p><p>The implication is that we're about to see, on September 10, the Luna Pro, which has already been released in China. </p><p>The camera still boasts a 1-inch sensor, 8K video and the detachable remote control screen, enough for Insta360 to describe it as a "flagship" even though it clearly plays second fiddle to the Ultra.</p><p>Insta360's real competitors, though, are the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-4-review">DJI Osmo Pocket 4</a> (with one camera) and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-cameras/dji-osmo-pocket-4p-review-the-twin-lenspocket-gimbal-camera-weve-all-been-waiting-for">Pocket 4P</a> (with two).</p><p>As well as distinguishing itself with the detachable remote, Insta360 has given the camera the ability to shoot in 4K vertically as well as horizontally (at up to 4K60). Both of DJI's offerings switch to a 3K mode in vertical operation.</p><p>Although there is only one physical lens, the Insta360 Pro's digital zoom will be boosted to 4x, which the company says represents "80mm portraits."</p><p>While the Luna Pro has been seen at IFA Berlin, so it isn't just confined to China, the show is still running as I post this. It does at least confirm the name as well as the spec, but we don't expect to hear final pricing until September 10, a little behind Bejing's August 20.</p><p>Unlike DJI, which has been forced by US import law to stick to the Pocket 3, the Luna Ultra is and, presumably, the Luna Pro will be available to American customers. Soon we'll see the result on our guide to the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">best pocket gimbal cameras</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/insta360-teases-its-next-camera-so-what-happens-when-you-poke-out-one-of-lunas-eyes</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Insta360 has started teasing another of the features that Luna's little brother will bring to the battle against the DJI Pocket ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">dKony59Fr9y8MsMwYyVm7X</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D6CT2agxNVAwVbUY5BRYbC-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 07 Sep 2026 13:29:42 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Gimbals]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.juniper@futurenet.com (Adam Juniper) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Juniper ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/72ckUfmgPdyE9rg429R7Md-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D6CT2agxNVAwVbUY5BRYbC-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Insta360 Luna Pro]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Insta360 Luna Pro]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Insta360 Luna Pro]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D6CT2agxNVAwVbUY5BRYbC-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Insta360 jumped headfirst into the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">pocket gimbal camera</a> market all guns blazing with the spectacular – but premium – <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/insta360-luna-ultra-review">Luna Ultra</a> camera. The company is now teasing features for a less costly single-lens edition called the Luna Pro, and the latest news is that it will boast true vertical 4K video.</p><p>Insta360 first teased the camera three days ago, based on a joke that the number of product launches from the company could be a bit much for the marketing team!</p><div class="instagram-embed"><blockquote class="instagram-media"  data-instgrm-version="6" style="width:99.375%; width:-webkit-calc(100% - 2px); width:calc(100% - 2px);"><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/p/Dc03ov3BLir/" target="_blank">A post shared by Insta360 (@insta360)</a></p><p>A photo posted by </p></blockquote></div><p>The gimbal camera pictured in the teaser looks like the company's recently launched Luna Ultra camera, except that the camera at the top seems to only have a single lens.</p><p>The implication is that we're about to see, on September 10, the Luna Pro, which has already been released in China. </p><p>The camera still boasts a 1-inch sensor, 8K video and the detachable remote control screen, enough for Insta360 to describe it as a "flagship" even though it clearly plays second fiddle to the Ultra.</p><p>Insta360's real competitors, though, are the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-4-review">DJI Osmo Pocket 4</a> (with one camera) and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-cameras/dji-osmo-pocket-4p-review-the-twin-lenspocket-gimbal-camera-weve-all-been-waiting-for">Pocket 4P</a> (with two).</p><p>As well as distinguishing itself with the detachable remote, Insta360 has given the camera the ability to shoot in 4K vertically as well as horizontally (at up to 4K60). Both of DJI's offerings switch to a 3K mode in vertical operation.</p><p>Although there is only one physical lens, the Insta360 Pro's digital zoom will be boosted to 4x, which the company says represents "80mm portraits."</p><p>While the Luna Pro has been seen at IFA Berlin, so it isn't just confined to China, the show is still running as I post this. It does at least confirm the name as well as the spec, but we don't expect to hear final pricing until September 10, a little behind Bejing's August 20.</p><p>Unlike DJI, which has been forced by US import law to stick to the Pocket 3, the Luna Ultra is and, presumably, the Luna Pro will be available to American customers. Soon we'll see the result on our guide to the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">best pocket gimbal cameras</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Fed up carrying heavy camera gear? This AI exoskeleton wants to do the hard work ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Outdoor photography is not always the relaxed, leisurely pursuit it might appear. Camera bodies might be getting lighter, but once you add a couple of lenses, a tripod, filters, batteries, food, water, and perhaps a drone, you’re dragging around half a studio on your back. But Hypershell might have a solution: what if you could make the photographer stronger?</p><p>Unveiled at IFA 2026, the new Hypershell Halo is a full-leg consumer exoskeleton designed to assist movement across difficult terrain. For photographers who regularly hike with heavy gear, this could seriously help mobility.</p><p>Rather than simply providing power at the hips like previous models, the Halo uses four powered joints covering both the hips and knees, coordinating them as a single system to provide propulsion, weight-bearing support, descent control, and cushioning when landing or moving over uneven ground.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1708px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:149.88%;"><img id="jrDqK8vbPjuLuJk3RrPw3K" name="Hypershell Image 3" alt="Hypershell Halo exoskeleton being worn by a person" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jrDqK8vbPjuLuJk3RrPw3K-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1708" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Hypershell)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Halo's HyperDrive Pro system produces up to 1,490W of peak output and can assist users at speeds of up to 17km/h. Hypershell also claims the system can reduce knee-muscle fatigue by as much as 40% during squats, while helping lift the wearer during climbs and absorbing some of the impact on descents. A swappable 370g battery promises up to 20km of range.</p><p>Despite strapping four motors to your legs, Halo itself weighs 2.6kg. Its carbon-fiber and titanium construction folds down to less than eight liters. It is also IP54 rated against dust and splashing water, which should make it better suited to the sort of environments landscape and wildlife photographers tend to find themselves in.</p><p>It's 2026, so of course there is plenty of AI involved too. More than 30 sensors monitor movement while Hypershell's HyperIntuition 2.0 system attempts to predict what the wearer intends to do around 200 milliseconds in advance, adjusting assistance up to 2,500 times per second. Over time, it can also adapt to an individual's gait and movement habits.</p><p>Whether photographers are really ready to strap on an exoskeleton to go out shooting is another question. The Hypershell Halo costs $2,299, which is an investment, but is less than the cost of a lot of the other gear in a kit bag.</p><p>But if the choice is between leaving gear at home or getting robotic assistance up the mountain, I can certainly see the appeal.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like...</span></h3><p>For more camera support in the great outdoors check out our guides to the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fibre tripods</a> for lightweight options.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-supports/fed-up-carrying-heavy-camera-gear-this-ai-exoskeleton-wants-to-do-the-hard-work</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Hypershell Halo AI exoskeleton could make hauling a heavy camera bag up a mountain considerably easier ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">UD6QyGCEqGwKbgkhVKRnDR</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vGU979s43GZSrhr9G9JK4K-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 03 Sep 2026 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 03 Sep 2026 13:20:20 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ gareth.bevan@futurenet.com (Gareth Bevan) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Gareth Bevan ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AsbARYkh4iHozfim2Y2PdC-320-70.jpeg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Gareth is a photographer based in London, working as a freelance photographer and videographer for the past several years, having the privilege to shoot for some household names. With work focusing on fashion, portrait and lifestyle content creation, he has developed a range of skills covering everything from editorial shoots to social media videos. Outside of work, he has a personal passion for travel and nature photography, with a devotion to sustainability and environmental causes.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vGU979s43GZSrhr9G9JK4K-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Hypershell]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Hypershell Halo exoskeleton being worn by a person]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Hypershell Halo exoskeleton being worn by a person]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Hypershell Halo exoskeleton being worn by a person]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vGU979s43GZSrhr9G9JK4K-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Outdoor photography is not always the relaxed, leisurely pursuit it might appear. Camera bodies might be getting lighter, but once you add a couple of lenses, a tripod, filters, batteries, food, water, and perhaps a drone, you’re dragging around half a studio on your back. But Hypershell might have a solution: what if you could make the photographer stronger?</p><p>Unveiled at IFA 2026, the new Hypershell Halo is a full-leg consumer exoskeleton designed to assist movement across difficult terrain. For photographers who regularly hike with heavy gear, this could seriously help mobility.</p><p>Rather than simply providing power at the hips like previous models, the Halo uses four powered joints covering both the hips and knees, coordinating them as a single system to provide propulsion, weight-bearing support, descent control, and cushioning when landing or moving over uneven ground.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1708px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:149.88%;"><img id="jrDqK8vbPjuLuJk3RrPw3K" name="Hypershell Image 3" alt="Hypershell Halo exoskeleton being worn by a person" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jrDqK8vbPjuLuJk3RrPw3K-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1708" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Hypershell)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Halo's HyperDrive Pro system produces up to 1,490W of peak output and can assist users at speeds of up to 17km/h. Hypershell also claims the system can reduce knee-muscle fatigue by as much as 40% during squats, while helping lift the wearer during climbs and absorbing some of the impact on descents. A swappable 370g battery promises up to 20km of range.</p><p>Despite strapping four motors to your legs, Halo itself weighs 2.6kg. Its carbon-fiber and titanium construction folds down to less than eight liters. It is also IP54 rated against dust and splashing water, which should make it better suited to the sort of environments landscape and wildlife photographers tend to find themselves in.</p><p>It's 2026, so of course there is plenty of AI involved too. More than 30 sensors monitor movement while Hypershell's HyperIntuition 2.0 system attempts to predict what the wearer intends to do around 200 milliseconds in advance, adjusting assistance up to 2,500 times per second. Over time, it can also adapt to an individual's gait and movement habits.</p><p>Whether photographers are really ready to strap on an exoskeleton to go out shooting is another question. The Hypershell Halo costs $2,299, which is an investment, but is less than the cost of a lot of the other gear in a kit bag.</p><p>But if the choice is between leaving gear at home or getting robotic assistance up the mountain, I can certainly see the appeal.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like...</span></h3><p>For more camera support in the great outdoors check out our guides to the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fibre tripods</a> for lightweight options.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ With eyes on stalks, this ingenious camera lighting device is an affordable friend for macro photography and bug hunters ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Godox has just launched an ingenious contraption for extreme close-up photography that offers a precision macro lighting set-up that insect and plant photographers will love. The Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light is a hotshoe-mounted device that has two LEDs on a pair of stalk-link arms. The power and the color temperature of each of these lights can be independently controlled from the panel that sits on top of the camera.</p><p>For further lighting control, each LED lamp has a hotshoe above and below, allowing you to place one or two mini strobes on each side to enable shorter effective exposures to freeze movement and to use small apertures to maximize depth of field. </p><p>The maximum weight of the flash units used needs to be under 90g. But thankfully  highly-affordable units, such as the Godox iM20 (around $28/£25 a piece) have become popular of late, since camera manufacturers have stopped providing a built-in pop-up flash.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1010px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="KcBBQ5Y5X25sTkik9jXtFY" name="1787554116417435169" alt="Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KcBBQ5Y5X25sTkik9jXtFY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1010" height="568" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KcBBQ5Y5X25sTkik9jXtFY-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Godox)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:989px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="B6HachzKzDSzJp5pvN989Y" name="1787867154_1996212169" alt="Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B6HachzKzDSzJp5pvN989Y-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="989" height="556" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B6HachzKzDSzJp5pvN989Y-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Godox)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:951px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="Lmscy6nNeCHZcBooPQvXFY" name="1787867168_IMG_2817910169" alt="Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lmscy6nNeCHZcBooPQvXFY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="951" height="535" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lmscy6nNeCHZcBooPQvXFY-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Godox)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Although the flash units cost extra, the basic unit is supplied with a large diffuser panel to ensure even lighting from the lighting rig. A bigger diffuser box is available as an optional accessory.</p><p>The LED panels are powered by an integral 3300mAh lithium-ion battery, which is said to give over three hours of running time at 100% brightness. This is recharged via a USB-C connector, which takes 2 hours and 20 minutes to recharge. The panels offer a color range from 2800-6500K.<br><br>The Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light will for $79 / £69 and is expected to be in stock by the middle of September.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/YhbeqEy8glM" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p><strong>Above: YouTube video showing the Godox MA2 in operation</strong><br><br>See our full guide the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ringflash">best ring flash for macro photography</a></p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Godox Flexible Macro Twin Light MA2"></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-lights/with-eyes-on-stalks-this-ingenious-camera-lighting-device-is-an-affordable-friend-for-macro-photography-and-bug-hunters</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Godox MA2 offers a flexible twin-light set-up for professional macro lighting at an unbelievably affordable price ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">6RxKvYr3GDzyJu45ZmfKzT</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lmscy6nNeCHZcBooPQvXFY-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 03 Sep 2026 11:46:48 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Camera Lights]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ chris.george@futurenet.com (Chris George) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Chris George ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xGfeLWQCdiKETahdirYFFF-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lmscy6nNeCHZcBooPQvXFY-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Godox]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lmscy6nNeCHZcBooPQvXFY-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Godox has just launched an ingenious contraption for extreme close-up photography that offers a precision macro lighting set-up that insect and plant photographers will love. The Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light is a hotshoe-mounted device that has two LEDs on a pair of stalk-link arms. The power and the color temperature of each of these lights can be independently controlled from the panel that sits on top of the camera.</p><p>For further lighting control, each LED lamp has a hotshoe above and below, allowing you to place one or two mini strobes on each side to enable shorter effective exposures to freeze movement and to use small apertures to maximize depth of field. </p><p>The maximum weight of the flash units used needs to be under 90g. But thankfully  highly-affordable units, such as the Godox iM20 (around $28/£25 a piece) have become popular of late, since camera manufacturers have stopped providing a built-in pop-up flash.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1010px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="KcBBQ5Y5X25sTkik9jXtFY" name="1787554116417435169" alt="Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KcBBQ5Y5X25sTkik9jXtFY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1010" height="568" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KcBBQ5Y5X25sTkik9jXtFY-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Godox)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:989px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="B6HachzKzDSzJp5pvN989Y" name="1787867154_1996212169" alt="Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B6HachzKzDSzJp5pvN989Y-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="989" height="556" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B6HachzKzDSzJp5pvN989Y-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Godox)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:951px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="Lmscy6nNeCHZcBooPQvXFY" name="1787867168_IMG_2817910169" alt="Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lmscy6nNeCHZcBooPQvXFY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="951" height="535" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lmscy6nNeCHZcBooPQvXFY-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Godox)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Although the flash units cost extra, the basic unit is supplied with a large diffuser panel to ensure even lighting from the lighting rig. A bigger diffuser box is available as an optional accessory.</p><p>The LED panels are powered by an integral 3300mAh lithium-ion battery, which is said to give over three hours of running time at 100% brightness. This is recharged via a USB-C connector, which takes 2 hours and 20 minutes to recharge. The panels offer a color range from 2800-6500K.<br><br>The Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light will for $79 / £69 and is expected to be in stock by the middle of September.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/YhbeqEy8glM" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p><strong>Above: YouTube video showing the Godox MA2 in operation</strong><br><br>See our full guide the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ringflash">best ring flash for macro photography</a></p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Godox Flexible Macro Twin Light MA2"></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ A Dyson toothbrush puts a 100,000-pixel camera in your mouth so you can jet wash your teeth ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>From phones to glasses to keychains, it seems like there’s nothing the consumer tech industry won’t stick on the end of a camera. And now, <a href="https://www.dyson.co.uk/discover/news/latest/introducing-camerajet" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Dyson</a>, the English tech company famed for its household appliances, has launched a toothbrush with a built-in camera. The Dyson CameraJet uses what it calls Gap Optical Targeting to shoot jets of liquid between hard-to-reach gaps in teeth. </p><p>It does this by using a 100,000-pixel camera with a tiny macro lens to capture and analyze 28 images per second. Combining this with AI algorithms that are said to detect, track and predict gaps, as well as a 257Hz stroboscopic light to illuminate the mouth, allows it to precisely target jets of liquid and ‘floss’ the user’s teeth. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="huf9As5NxNoWZ2kcssxvx3" name="WEB-779-PDP-GALLERY-3-TP" alt="Dyson CameraJet toothbrush product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/huf9As5NxNoWZ2kcssxvx3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">AI algorithms help the camera track and pinpoint gaps in the teeth </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dyson)</span></figcaption></figure><p>According to Dyson, the camera’s ability to target gaps is what sets the CameraJet apart from the competition. It took six years of research and development to come to fruition and is priced at an eye-watering <a href="https://www.dyson.co.uk/oral-care/electric-toothbrush/camerajet/ceramic-ultra-blue" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">$499.99 / £419.99</a> / <a href="https://www.dyson.com.au/camerajet-ceramic-pink">AU$799</a>. </p><p>Founder James Dyson said of the CameraJet: “By combining a camera, machine learning, precision fluid dynamics, advanced brushing technologies, connectivity and WiFi, Dyson CameraJet introduces an entirely new way to keep your mouth healthy.”</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CebU7ZVNuaikWHmd4CWor3" name="WEB-682-CASE-GALLERY07" alt="Dyson CameraJet toothbrush product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CebU7ZVNuaikWHmd4CWor3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera also functions as an endoscope, allowing users to view inside their mouth via the MyDyson app </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dyson)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s not the first time a company has attempted to merge toothbrushes with cameras. Onvi announced the <a href="https://venturebeat.com/business/onvi-launches-smart-toothbrush-prophix-with-a-camera-to-show-you-where-to-brush"><u>Prophix Video Toothbrush</u></a> back in 2016, which was intended to stream footage from inside the mouth to the user’s phone so they could make sure they were reaching the right spots, but it never actually hit shelves.</p><p>It’ll be interesting to see how Dyson’s camera-infused toothbrush fares on the market. Premium toothbrushes are nothing new and Oral-B’s range-topping iO brushes aren’t priced too dissimilarly to the CameraJet. So there you have it, what’s next? A camera with a built-in toothbrush? </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like... </span></h3><p>Want more weird and wonderful camera tech? <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/film-cameras/made-for-the-rule-breakers-and-boundary-pushers-this-new-compact-camera-is-a-colorful-analog-shooter-for-experimental-fisheye-photography">New compact camera is a colorful analog shooter</a> for experimental fisheye photography. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/camera-accessories-should-be-practical-not-just-look-pretty-and-this-new-led-hot-shoe-cover-is-the-perfect-example-of-something-id-never-buy">Camera accessories should be practical – not just look pretty –</a> and this new LED hot shoe cover is the perfect example of something I'd never buy. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/lenses/neck-warmers-for-nikon-lenses-these-ftz-adapter-covers-give-dslr-lenses-a-glow-up-when-used-on-modern-mirrorless-cameras">Neck warmers for Nikon lenses?</a> These FTZ adapter covers give DSLR lenses a glow-up when used on modern mirrorless cameras.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Dyson CameraJet"></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/us-usd500-dyson-toothbrush-puts-a-100-000-pixel-camera-in-your-mouth-so-you-can-jet-wash-your-teeth</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Built-in camera and strobe enable Dyson toothbrush to precisely target plaque between teeth ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">cTvzaVigkNkmhqzSiDfHja</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jsvUzKMZsPAMwyuz82PFv3-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 03 Sep 2026 06:45:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 03 Sep 2026 23:24:17 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ mike.harris@futurenet.com (Mike Harris) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Mike Harris ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGEXGwupYYYnNwLb7XkXx8-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jsvUzKMZsPAMwyuz82PFv3-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Dyson]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                        <media:description><![CDATA[A tiny 100,000-px camera enables the Dyson CameraJet to see inside your mouth]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Dyson CameraJet toothbrush product image]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Dyson CameraJet toothbrush product image]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jsvUzKMZsPAMwyuz82PFv3-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>From phones to glasses to keychains, it seems like there’s nothing the consumer tech industry won’t stick on the end of a camera. And now, <a href="https://www.dyson.co.uk/discover/news/latest/introducing-camerajet" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Dyson</a>, the English tech company famed for its household appliances, has launched a toothbrush with a built-in camera. The Dyson CameraJet uses what it calls Gap Optical Targeting to shoot jets of liquid between hard-to-reach gaps in teeth. </p><p>It does this by using a 100,000-pixel camera with a tiny macro lens to capture and analyze 28 images per second. Combining this with AI algorithms that are said to detect, track and predict gaps, as well as a 257Hz stroboscopic light to illuminate the mouth, allows it to precisely target jets of liquid and ‘floss’ the user’s teeth. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="huf9As5NxNoWZ2kcssxvx3" name="WEB-779-PDP-GALLERY-3-TP" alt="Dyson CameraJet toothbrush product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/huf9As5NxNoWZ2kcssxvx3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">AI algorithms help the camera track and pinpoint gaps in the teeth </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dyson)</span></figcaption></figure><p>According to Dyson, the camera’s ability to target gaps is what sets the CameraJet apart from the competition. It took six years of research and development to come to fruition and is priced at an eye-watering <a href="https://www.dyson.co.uk/oral-care/electric-toothbrush/camerajet/ceramic-ultra-blue" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">$499.99 / £419.99</a> / <a href="https://www.dyson.com.au/camerajet-ceramic-pink">AU$799</a>. </p><p>Founder James Dyson said of the CameraJet: “By combining a camera, machine learning, precision fluid dynamics, advanced brushing technologies, connectivity and WiFi, Dyson CameraJet introduces an entirely new way to keep your mouth healthy.”</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CebU7ZVNuaikWHmd4CWor3" name="WEB-682-CASE-GALLERY07" alt="Dyson CameraJet toothbrush product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CebU7ZVNuaikWHmd4CWor3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera also functions as an endoscope, allowing users to view inside their mouth via the MyDyson app </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dyson)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s not the first time a company has attempted to merge toothbrushes with cameras. Onvi announced the <a href="https://venturebeat.com/business/onvi-launches-smart-toothbrush-prophix-with-a-camera-to-show-you-where-to-brush"><u>Prophix Video Toothbrush</u></a> back in 2016, which was intended to stream footage from inside the mouth to the user’s phone so they could make sure they were reaching the right spots, but it never actually hit shelves.</p><p>It’ll be interesting to see how Dyson’s camera-infused toothbrush fares on the market. Premium toothbrushes are nothing new and Oral-B’s range-topping iO brushes aren’t priced too dissimilarly to the CameraJet. So there you have it, what’s next? A camera with a built-in toothbrush? </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like... </span></h3><p>Want more weird and wonderful camera tech? <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/film-cameras/made-for-the-rule-breakers-and-boundary-pushers-this-new-compact-camera-is-a-colorful-analog-shooter-for-experimental-fisheye-photography">New compact camera is a colorful analog shooter</a> for experimental fisheye photography. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/camera-accessories-should-be-practical-not-just-look-pretty-and-this-new-led-hot-shoe-cover-is-the-perfect-example-of-something-id-never-buy">Camera accessories should be practical – not just look pretty –</a> and this new LED hot shoe cover is the perfect example of something I'd never buy. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/lenses/neck-warmers-for-nikon-lenses-these-ftz-adapter-covers-give-dslr-lenses-a-glow-up-when-used-on-modern-mirrorless-cameras">Neck warmers for Nikon lenses?</a> These FTZ adapter covers give DSLR lenses a glow-up when used on modern mirrorless cameras.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Dyson CameraJet"></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Camera accessories should be practical – not just look pretty – and this new LED hot shoe cover is the perfect example of  something I'd never buy ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>If I’m going to lighten my wallet and weigh down my camera further with an accessory, then that accessory needs to either improve my images or my workflow in some way. If it doesn’t, then for me, personally, it’s a waste of materials and money.</p><p>A waterproof cover, a clip for mounting your camera to your backpack shoulder strap, and lens filters – I’ll buy these all day long. But a custom silicone lens sleeve, a decorative shutter button, or a creative hot shoe cover – not a chance.</p><p>That brings me to Godox’s LT1 LED Creative Pixel Light, which is essentially a hotshoe cover with a screen that you can program to display graphics using the accompanying mobile app. </p><p>And this new camera accessory, which is technically a cold shoe attachment as it doesn’t have any electrical contacts, is the perfect example of what I’m talking about.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/5JHbF-O-fiE" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>I can understand that there is some level of aesthetic appeal here, especially to collectors who like quirky photography items, but what will this thing actually do for your images?</p><p>The LED screen might display something cute, like an animal or a name, but that doesn’t help you shoot better images in harsh light. The built-in Godox light control button could be handy, but to use it, you need to already own compatible Godox lights.</p><p>I did notice in the comments section of the LT1 promotional video on YouTube that someone said the device will be great for photographers working with children. </p><p>And <em>maybe</em> it will help these photographers to better engage their subjects, but just maybe. After all, it’s not like the hotshoe cover will help children to look directly at the lens…</p><p>The good thing is that,<a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1996217-REG/godox_lt1_creative_pixel_led.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"> priced at $33.90 (approximately £25 / AU$47) on B&H Photo</a> – currently for preorder – the LT1 won’t lighten your wallet too much, although I'll be saving my money. </p><p>However, I encourage you to watch the promotional video and also check out the product specs before forming your opinion. While I'm never a fan of these sorts of accessories that do nothing for my images, Perhaps for you, personally, this funky, albeit seemingly impractical device would come in handy. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h2><p>Here's our pick of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-accessories">best camera accessories</a> – these essential photography gadgets and add-ons are workflow bolstering! </p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/camera-accessories-should-be-practical-not-just-look-pretty-and-this-new-led-hot-shoe-cover-is-the-perfect-example-of-something-id-never-buy</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Why spend money on a camera accessory that does nothing to help you take better images or make your photography workflow more practical in some way? I just don’t get it… ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">JprAgZrLBXW8wcwSFpFQPJ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sZhxrJ7FSeXSvMfJeCQEUX-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 02 Sep 2026 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Alan Palazon ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Zf7tYsbRE9JKvfVjebG5Cn-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;I’ve been writing professionally since 2021 and joined Digital Camera World as a staff writer in 2026. My previous role was as a junior editor for a careers advice publisher and I’ve freelanced in the sustainability and travel and tourism niches.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In 2025, I became a qualified journalist completing my training remotely while traveling through Latin America. The experience melded my love for words and photography, and expanded my photographic interest into international photojournalism. Capturing the world’s incredible landscapes and cultures through the lens is what most inspires me.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;I started out on a Nikon D3500, which was the ideal entry-level digital camera, but have since upgraded to Sony’s Alpha system. My go-to setup is the A7III (and later A7 models) paired with the 24-105 F4 G lens. In all honesty, cameras are so advanced these days that I don’t think it matters what make or model you use.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sZhxrJ7FSeXSvMfJeCQEUX-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Godox ]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[LT1 Godox LED Creative Pixel Light]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[LT1 Godox LED Creative Pixel Light]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[LT1 Godox LED Creative Pixel Light]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sZhxrJ7FSeXSvMfJeCQEUX-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>If I’m going to lighten my wallet and weigh down my camera further with an accessory, then that accessory needs to either improve my images or my workflow in some way. If it doesn’t, then for me, personally, it’s a waste of materials and money.</p><p>A waterproof cover, a clip for mounting your camera to your backpack shoulder strap, and lens filters – I’ll buy these all day long. But a custom silicone lens sleeve, a decorative shutter button, or a creative hot shoe cover – not a chance.</p><p>That brings me to Godox’s LT1 LED Creative Pixel Light, which is essentially a hotshoe cover with a screen that you can program to display graphics using the accompanying mobile app. </p><p>And this new camera accessory, which is technically a cold shoe attachment as it doesn’t have any electrical contacts, is the perfect example of what I’m talking about.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/5JHbF-O-fiE" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>I can understand that there is some level of aesthetic appeal here, especially to collectors who like quirky photography items, but what will this thing actually do for your images?</p><p>The LED screen might display something cute, like an animal or a name, but that doesn’t help you shoot better images in harsh light. The built-in Godox light control button could be handy, but to use it, you need to already own compatible Godox lights.</p><p>I did notice in the comments section of the LT1 promotional video on YouTube that someone said the device will be great for photographers working with children. </p><p>And <em>maybe</em> it will help these photographers to better engage their subjects, but just maybe. After all, it’s not like the hotshoe cover will help children to look directly at the lens…</p><p>The good thing is that,<a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1996217-REG/godox_lt1_creative_pixel_led.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"> priced at $33.90 (approximately £25 / AU$47) on B&H Photo</a> – currently for preorder – the LT1 won’t lighten your wallet too much, although I'll be saving my money. </p><p>However, I encourage you to watch the promotional video and also check out the product specs before forming your opinion. While I'm never a fan of these sorts of accessories that do nothing for my images, Perhaps for you, personally, this funky, albeit seemingly impractical device would come in handy. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h2><p>Here's our pick of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-accessories">best camera accessories</a> – these essential photography gadgets and add-ons are workflow bolstering! </p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Samsung's latest portable SSDs are unbelievably fast ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Samsung has launched two new super-fast portable SSDs promising incredible transfer speeds. The Samsung Portable SSD P Series consists of P9 and P7 models, both being built around a super-fast USB4 interface.</p><h2 id="portable-ssd-p9">Portable SSD P9</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EW2KvtNPMdQHiKqoTKzcqY" name="Samsung Electronics P9 2" alt="Samsung Portable SSD P9" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EW2KvtNPMdQHiKqoTKzcqY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Samsung)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The top-tier P9 boasts incredible read speeds of up to 4,000 MB/s and sequential write speeds of up to 3,800MB/s. This makes the P9 around twice as fast as existing USB 3.2 Gen 2x2 SSDs which max out at 2000MB/s, and it means the P9 supports 12K direct recording for professional production workflows.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1231px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="auevTkpfpb68YiMttMSjhY" name="(3) Samsung Electronics P9 Lifestyle 1" alt="Samsung Portable SSD P9" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/auevTkpfpb68YiMttMSjhY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1231" height="692" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Samsung)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The P9 is available in 1TB, 2TB, 4TB, and 8TB capacities; the latter being the world's first 8TB USB4 portable SSD. As you might imagine, this much speed doesn't come cheap, especially with today's sky-high NAND flash pricing. Expect to pay $339.99/£296.09 for the entry-level 1TB capacity, with the 2TB, 4TB and 8TB drives costing $649.99/£591.99, $1,349.99/£1,184.49, and $2,699.99/£2,342.79, respectively.</p><h2 id="portable-ssd-p7">Portable SSD P7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1955px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="xjKYSma5MTLTfgTiRagr6S" name="(7) Samsung Electronics P7 Lifestyle 1" alt="Samsung Portable SSD P7" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xjKYSma5MTLTfgTiRagr6S-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1955" height="1100" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Samsung)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Portable SSD P7 shares the same capacity options as the P9, but at slightly more accessible price points of $289.99/£246.79 for the 1TB version, $549.99/£493.49 for the 2TB, $1,149.99/£986.99 for the 4TB, and $2,289.99/£1,952.29 for the range-topping 8TB capacity. Transfer speeds for the P7 have yet to be announced, but we'd expect the P7 to be only marginally slower than the P9, as it also uses the same super-fast USB4 interface.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2313px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="JPQzf7NZP9ndhWHJ63DfsR" name="Samsung Electronics P7 1" alt="Samsung Portable SSD P7" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JPQzf7NZP9ndhWHJ63DfsR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2313" height="1301" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Samsung)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The P7 also benefits from drop protection from heights up to 2 meters, along with shock and vibration durability. Samsung states that the P7 will offer broad compatibility with a wide range of host devices, including desktop computers, laptops, smartphones, games consoles, and cameras.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/storage/samsungs-latest-portable-ssds-are-unbelievably-fast</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ And unbelievably expensive, thanks to the global memory shortage ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Y9MCE8bgGyHhXF63w74zQh</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/g9Sojbkp2mmvBf7Lojxu2S-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2026 20:44:01 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ ben.andrews@futurenet.com (Ben Andrews) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Ben Andrews ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hA7SxTHVsLt7fQ5XhWWbX4-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/g9Sojbkp2mmvBf7Lojxu2S-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Samsung]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Samsung Portable SSD P7]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Samsung Portable SSD P7]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Samsung Portable SSD P7]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/g9Sojbkp2mmvBf7Lojxu2S-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Samsung has launched two new super-fast portable SSDs promising incredible transfer speeds. The Samsung Portable SSD P Series consists of P9 and P7 models, both being built around a super-fast USB4 interface.</p><h2 id="portable-ssd-p9">Portable SSD P9</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EW2KvtNPMdQHiKqoTKzcqY" name="Samsung Electronics P9 2" alt="Samsung Portable SSD P9" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EW2KvtNPMdQHiKqoTKzcqY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Samsung)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The top-tier P9 boasts incredible read speeds of up to 4,000 MB/s and sequential write speeds of up to 3,800MB/s. This makes the P9 around twice as fast as existing USB 3.2 Gen 2x2 SSDs which max out at 2000MB/s, and it means the P9 supports 12K direct recording for professional production workflows.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1231px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="auevTkpfpb68YiMttMSjhY" name="(3) Samsung Electronics P9 Lifestyle 1" alt="Samsung Portable SSD P9" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/auevTkpfpb68YiMttMSjhY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1231" height="692" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Samsung)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The P9 is available in 1TB, 2TB, 4TB, and 8TB capacities; the latter being the world's first 8TB USB4 portable SSD. As you might imagine, this much speed doesn't come cheap, especially with today's sky-high NAND flash pricing. Expect to pay $339.99/£296.09 for the entry-level 1TB capacity, with the 2TB, 4TB and 8TB drives costing $649.99/£591.99, $1,349.99/£1,184.49, and $2,699.99/£2,342.79, respectively.</p><h2 id="portable-ssd-p7">Portable SSD P7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1955px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="xjKYSma5MTLTfgTiRagr6S" name="(7) Samsung Electronics P7 Lifestyle 1" alt="Samsung Portable SSD P7" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xjKYSma5MTLTfgTiRagr6S-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1955" height="1100" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Samsung)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Portable SSD P7 shares the same capacity options as the P9, but at slightly more accessible price points of $289.99/£246.79 for the 1TB version, $549.99/£493.49 for the 2TB, $1,149.99/£986.99 for the 4TB, and $2,289.99/£1,952.29 for the range-topping 8TB capacity. Transfer speeds for the P7 have yet to be announced, but we'd expect the P7 to be only marginally slower than the P9, as it also uses the same super-fast USB4 interface.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2313px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="JPQzf7NZP9ndhWHJ63DfsR" name="Samsung Electronics P7 1" alt="Samsung Portable SSD P7" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JPQzf7NZP9ndhWHJ63DfsR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2313" height="1301" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Samsung)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The P7 also benefits from drop protection from heights up to 2 meters, along with shock and vibration durability. Samsung states that the P7 will offer broad compatibility with a wide range of host devices, including desktop computers, laptops, smartphones, games consoles, and cameras.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 cameras ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>If, like me, you're one of the millions who bought a DJI Osmo Pocket gimbal camera – or you're thinking about it – checking out the accessories is a good idea. </p><p>A good line of accessories can make or break a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">pocket gimbal camera</a>'s long-term usefulness, so it's already a good start that sales have been high; that means there are millions of reasons out there to offer accessories!</p><p>This guide covers both the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-osmo-pocket-3-review">DJI Osmo Pocket 3</a> and<a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-4-review"> Osmo Pocket 4</a>, as the devices have a lot in common. The connection at the base with a USB-C port and clips is the same, as is the magnetic lens attachment (except for the 4P, which boasts an extra lens and thus needs different covers). Where there are crucial differences, I've noted them.</p><p>The other reason you might be looking for accessories is that there are a lot of bargains around, especially for the older Pocket 3 model. As I've said elsewhere, of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-3-vs-pocket-4-ive-tried-them-both-and-i-know-which-one-id-buy">Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4,</a> the available bargain bundles often leave you wondering what accessories you need – or don't.</p><p>That's why I compiled my list of core accessories for these cameras and picked out the most useful ones, and why. </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-microphones"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Microphones</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5725px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="JVEGWP5fhzSdXKrCKH443J" name="DSC00942_169" alt="Two DJI microphones" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JVEGWP5fhzSdXKrCKH443J-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5725" height="3220" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">DJI Mic Mini 2 and DJI Mic 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="best-wireless-microphone-dji-mic-mini-2"><span class="title__text"><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/audio/microphones/dji-mic-mini-review">Best wireless microphone - DJI Mic Mini 2</a></span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>Cheap, light wireless microphone that solves 90% of shooting scenarios</p></div><p class="specs__container"><strong>Mic Weight: </strong>11g</p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Lightweight mics do not mess up clothing</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Swappable covers to match the look you want</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Buy an RX as part of the bundle and you can use with your phone or camera too.</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">It's important not to lose the charging cable for the TX</div></div><p>In essence there are two approaches to wireless microphones out there, depending on your budget and needs, and the Osmo Pocket cameras are equipped to make both work. All things being equal, the most convenient is normally going to be the winner.</p><p>DJI's Mic Mini 2 system includes a receiver (RX) that plugs into a USB-C socket on a phone, but if you only want the wireless mic (TX) for your Osmo Pocket you don't even need the RX: Osmo Pocket cameras have a built-in receiver (RX) for DJI's own microphone system.</p><p>That means you can record from the 11g TX (microphone with transmitter) straight onto video as you go, with no need for editing. Light and convenient to carry, too, as you can just keep the tiny mic with the camera.</p><p>Where you do need more quality and backup recording for editing emergencies, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/audio/microphones/dji-mic-mini-2s-review">DJI Mic Mini 2S</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/audio/microphones/dji-mic-3-review">DJI Mic 3</a> series are steps up the range. They can both record 32-bit float (the audio equivalent of a RAW file) directly onto the microphone so, if anything goes wrong, you have rescue room.</p><p>If you just get one mic, when you need to charge it, it drops onto a magnetic adapter that plugs into a USB-C port – for the 2S this is also how you download files. All you need to do is not lose it. </p><p>There are pricier bundles with charging cases and connectors for a full range of cameras it can charge in the case, too. That gives you more flexibility with the microphone if you sometimes prefer to use it with your phone camera.</p><p>You can see my full review of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-mic-2-review">Mic Mini 2</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/audio/microphones/dji-mic-mini-2s-review">Mic Mini 2S</a>.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="DJI Mic Mini 2 (1TX)"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-battery-handle"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Battery Handle</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="i2L3xNNmHCzuVt5SPmSwQe" name="DSC06918.JPG" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 4 with Battery Extender" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i2L3xNNmHCzuVt5SPmSwQe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="best-battery-handle-dji-battery-handle"><span class="title__text">Best battery handle - DJI Battery Handle</span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>Battery handle lets you shoot for longer, hold the camera more easily and attach a tripod!</p></div><p class="specs__container"><strong>Weight: </strong>64g | <strong>Battery: </strong>950 mAh / 1080 mAh | <strong>Compatible with: </strong>Pocket 3 / Pocket 4</p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Improves battery life and gives you more handle to grip</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Pocket 3 version can deliver power to Pocket 4</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">Though cross-compatible, some features don't work</div></div><p>The Osmo Pocket's battery handle is hot-swappable and – crucially, for the big-handed like me – improves the camera's ergonomics by extending the handle. There is one for each camera series, but they are cross-compatible (up to a point).</p><p>At best, shooting at 4K 60fps, you'll see under 2 hours without the battery handle – and realistically less, as the battery does slightly drain all the time. Add the battery and you should see that surpass 3 hours (officially it's 116 to 186 minutes, a 62% improvement). </p><p>It also adds a tripod thread at the base, rather than a USB-C port, which is handy in a lot of scenarios. Otherwise, you need to attach the shorter cube-like base that is shipped with the standard Pocket just to be able to attach a tripod. </p><p>In other words, you have an accessory a bit like this already, so why not get the bigger one that'll grant you longer shooting time?</p><p>For me the answer is easy. The benefit of this depends entirely on whether you're able to top up the charge as you go – if you already carry a big power pack, this might be unnecessary. As I said, though, the longer grip can make the device feel.</p><p>Incidentally, the Pocket 3 battery handle has 950mAh and the Pocket 4 battery has a little more oomph with 1,080mAh. My first instinct might be to opt for the cheapest on the day, but getting the correct one for your camera's generation also means the battery charge level can be detected by the device – and other features that rely on subtleties of the USB (fast transfer, microphone pass-through) can be affected.</p><p>See the <a href="https://store.dji.com/uk/product/osmo-pocket-4-battery-handle?vid=218511" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><strong>DJI Osmo Pocket 4 Battery Handle</strong></a> details at the DJI store.</p><div data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 Battery Handle" data-rows="2" data-widget-type="review"></div><div data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 4 Battery Handle" data-rows="2" data-widget-type="review"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-lens-filters"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Lens Filters</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:950px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="yJVUiammuSRPhhEADPgv5D" name="71pRIBee4TL._AC_SL1500_" alt="DJI ND filters and Osmo Pocket 3" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/w:1920,t:760,l:428,cw:950,ch:534,q:80/yJVUiammuSRPhhEADPgv5D.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1500" height="1500" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: DJI lens filters)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="lens-filters-dji-pocket-magnetic-nd-filter-set"><span class="title__text">Lens filters - DJI Pocket Magnetic ND Filter Set</span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star half"></span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>DJI's magnetic lens filters are easily attached </p></div><p class="specs__container"></p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Range of 3 ND filters is enough for most people</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Sturdy case provided</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">Other filters, like a Black Mist filter, require a separate purchase</div></div><p>DJI's simple set of three filters attaches magnetically and is compatible with both the Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 cameras, so there is little to complain about.</p><p>They help you achieve a cinematic look with a slower shutter speed on a bright day, even if you let the camera itself handle the settings in auto mode. </p><p>Brands like Neewer offer an even more extensive range – including bundles with lens adapters for wide-angle and tele, but we haven't had the opportunity to review it yet at DCW. If you just need a simple set of the core options, however, then DJI's own offering is ideal.</p><p>DJI's hard-shell plastic with high-quality foam also feels thoroughly convincing, a great balance between low weight (retaining the portability the device is known for) and a good level of protection.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 Magnetic ND Filter Set"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-tripod-base"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Tripod base</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="z8pyCye84CzUtbBHeZGkBL" name="DSC06933.JPG" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 4 tripod base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z8pyCye84CzUtbBHeZGkBL-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="tripod-base"><span class="title__text">Tripod base</span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star half"></span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>The Osmo Mini Tripod base is a handy solution most of the time</p></div><p class="specs__container"></p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Screws in and feels sturdy</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Built of hard but light plastic</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">Requires battery handle or grip handle to be fitted</div></div><p>What makes DJI's own-brand tripod base appealing is that it color-matches the camera, it's solidly built and it manages to be very lightweight and yet sturdy at the same time.</p><p>It is not solid plastic, but the molding of each fold-out leg is an ABS-style plastic with a pattern of triangular beams for structural strength – and each has a rubber foot, so you can place the tripod on a flat surface like a glass table without worry of it slipping.</p><p>The hinges, too, have a nice feel to them. When I open and close them they stay exactly where I leave them, which just feels premium (in so far as any product in this category can).</p><p>Remember, by the way, you need to attach either the Battery Handle or standard Handle extension as these have the 1/4-inch thread needed.</p><p>Oh, and this is included in some of DJI's bundles, like the Creator Combo, so make sure you're not getting it already!</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="DJI OSMO Mini Tripod"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-fill-light"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Fill light</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4378px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="hBpNAKT5k66kx7ngPH2ciF" name="DSC00954_169" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hBpNAKT5k66kx7ngPH2ciF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4378" height="2463" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hBpNAKT5k66kx7ngPH2ciF-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="dji-osmo-pocket-4-fill-light"><span class="title__text">DJI Osmo Pocket 4 Fill Light</span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>Pop-on, pop-off with adjustable tone and brightness</p></div><p class="specs__container"></p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">The detachable fill light is a handy tool with no downside</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Adjustable brightness and color temperature</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">40 lux maximum brightness</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">Draws from main battery</div></div><p>There are times when a little extra light is a good thing. While this isn't the equivalent of professional studio lighting, it is a handy addition that can overcome a difficult shadow or add some sparkle in the subject's eye.</p><p>Weighing just 16g and offering a trio of brightness settings (12, 25, or 40lux) and color temperature options (warm, neutral or cool), this is ideal. It also takes very little space and, because it mounts to the gimbal, it turns with the camera lens(es).</p><p>I tested the fill light when I reviewed the camera, and I found myself making use of it and enjoying how easy it was to pop on and off. The buttons make it easy to cycle through the settings, and there are neither too few or too many. Since it fits in the camera bag, it's hard to argue with this design (and it's nice that I can use it on both the 4 and 4P)</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-compatibility"><span>Compatibility </span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5775px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="rp8qXPk3h2xazGLFRYd3WJ" name="DSC00951_169" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rp8qXPk3h2xazGLFRYd3WJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5775" height="3248" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rp8qXPk3h2xazGLFRYd3WJ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Pocket 4 and Pocket 3 with the Grip Handle from the opposite models attached – notice that the styling doesn't match, but they connect correctly. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I mentioned, the Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 series (made up of the Pocket 4 and Pocket 4P) share a lot of common elements and specs.</p><p>All the lower attachments – handles and grips – that work with the Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 will work with the other – but the software might not always recognize it.</p><p>DJI did improve the battery handle between generations, for example, but the Pocket 3 might have trouble working out the power remaining on a Pocket 4 handle.</p><p>Where things differ is at the top. Both the 4 and 4P, but not the 3, have a set of pogo pins on the side of the gimbal where the fill light accessory can be mounted, and perhaps others to come. These aren't compatible with the 3 because it doesn't have this connector.</p><p>The other difference is the magnetic lens mounts. These are the same between the 3 and 4, but (perhaps obviously) not the 4 and 4P, which have different camera setups.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-cameras</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Need another battery? Want to take better night shots? These are the best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">zRncXzDDHfS8Bh2G25yTWc</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YaaVgekEym7rTkXHueYXtJ-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2026 03:20:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Gimbals]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.juniper@futurenet.com (Adam Juniper) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Juniper ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/72ckUfmgPdyE9rg429R7Md-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YaaVgekEym7rTkXHueYXtJ-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Chris George]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                        <media:description><![CDATA[Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 ]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YaaVgekEym7rTkXHueYXtJ-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>If, like me, you're one of the millions who bought a DJI Osmo Pocket gimbal camera – or you're thinking about it – checking out the accessories is a good idea. </p><p>A good line of accessories can make or break a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">pocket gimbal camera</a>'s long-term usefulness, so it's already a good start that sales have been high; that means there are millions of reasons out there to offer accessories!</p><p>This guide covers both the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-osmo-pocket-3-review">DJI Osmo Pocket 3</a> and<a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-4-review"> Osmo Pocket 4</a>, as the devices have a lot in common. The connection at the base with a USB-C port and clips is the same, as is the magnetic lens attachment (except for the 4P, which boasts an extra lens and thus needs different covers). Where there are crucial differences, I've noted them.</p><p>The other reason you might be looking for accessories is that there are a lot of bargains around, especially for the older Pocket 3 model. As I've said elsewhere, of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-3-vs-pocket-4-ive-tried-them-both-and-i-know-which-one-id-buy">Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4,</a> the available bargain bundles often leave you wondering what accessories you need – or don't.</p><p>That's why I compiled my list of core accessories for these cameras and picked out the most useful ones, and why. </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-microphones"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Microphones</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5725px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="JVEGWP5fhzSdXKrCKH443J" name="DSC00942_169" alt="Two DJI microphones" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JVEGWP5fhzSdXKrCKH443J-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5725" height="3220" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">DJI Mic Mini 2 and DJI Mic 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="best-wireless-microphone-dji-mic-mini-2"><span class="title__text"><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/audio/microphones/dji-mic-mini-review">Best wireless microphone - DJI Mic Mini 2</a></span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>Cheap, light wireless microphone that solves 90% of shooting scenarios</p></div><p class="specs__container"><strong>Mic Weight: </strong>11g</p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Lightweight mics do not mess up clothing</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Swappable covers to match the look you want</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Buy an RX as part of the bundle and you can use with your phone or camera too.</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">It's important not to lose the charging cable for the TX</div></div><p>In essence there are two approaches to wireless microphones out there, depending on your budget and needs, and the Osmo Pocket cameras are equipped to make both work. All things being equal, the most convenient is normally going to be the winner.</p><p>DJI's Mic Mini 2 system includes a receiver (RX) that plugs into a USB-C socket on a phone, but if you only want the wireless mic (TX) for your Osmo Pocket you don't even need the RX: Osmo Pocket cameras have a built-in receiver (RX) for DJI's own microphone system.</p><p>That means you can record from the 11g TX (microphone with transmitter) straight onto video as you go, with no need for editing. Light and convenient to carry, too, as you can just keep the tiny mic with the camera.</p><p>Where you do need more quality and backup recording for editing emergencies, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/audio/microphones/dji-mic-mini-2s-review">DJI Mic Mini 2S</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/audio/microphones/dji-mic-3-review">DJI Mic 3</a> series are steps up the range. They can both record 32-bit float (the audio equivalent of a RAW file) directly onto the microphone so, if anything goes wrong, you have rescue room.</p><p>If you just get one mic, when you need to charge it, it drops onto a magnetic adapter that plugs into a USB-C port – for the 2S this is also how you download files. All you need to do is not lose it. </p><p>There are pricier bundles with charging cases and connectors for a full range of cameras it can charge in the case, too. That gives you more flexibility with the microphone if you sometimes prefer to use it with your phone camera.</p><p>You can see my full review of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-mic-2-review">Mic Mini 2</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/audio/microphones/dji-mic-mini-2s-review">Mic Mini 2S</a>.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="DJI Mic Mini 2 (1TX)"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-battery-handle"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Battery Handle</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="i2L3xNNmHCzuVt5SPmSwQe" name="DSC06918.JPG" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 4 with Battery Extender" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i2L3xNNmHCzuVt5SPmSwQe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="best-battery-handle-dji-battery-handle"><span class="title__text">Best battery handle - DJI Battery Handle</span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>Battery handle lets you shoot for longer, hold the camera more easily and attach a tripod!</p></div><p class="specs__container"><strong>Weight: </strong>64g | <strong>Battery: </strong>950 mAh / 1080 mAh | <strong>Compatible with: </strong>Pocket 3 / Pocket 4</p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Improves battery life and gives you more handle to grip</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Pocket 3 version can deliver power to Pocket 4</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">Though cross-compatible, some features don't work</div></div><p>The Osmo Pocket's battery handle is hot-swappable and – crucially, for the big-handed like me – improves the camera's ergonomics by extending the handle. There is one for each camera series, but they are cross-compatible (up to a point).</p><p>At best, shooting at 4K 60fps, you'll see under 2 hours without the battery handle – and realistically less, as the battery does slightly drain all the time. Add the battery and you should see that surpass 3 hours (officially it's 116 to 186 minutes, a 62% improvement). </p><p>It also adds a tripod thread at the base, rather than a USB-C port, which is handy in a lot of scenarios. Otherwise, you need to attach the shorter cube-like base that is shipped with the standard Pocket just to be able to attach a tripod. </p><p>In other words, you have an accessory a bit like this already, so why not get the bigger one that'll grant you longer shooting time?</p><p>For me the answer is easy. The benefit of this depends entirely on whether you're able to top up the charge as you go – if you already carry a big power pack, this might be unnecessary. As I said, though, the longer grip can make the device feel.</p><p>Incidentally, the Pocket 3 battery handle has 950mAh and the Pocket 4 battery has a little more oomph with 1,080mAh. My first instinct might be to opt for the cheapest on the day, but getting the correct one for your camera's generation also means the battery charge level can be detected by the device – and other features that rely on subtleties of the USB (fast transfer, microphone pass-through) can be affected.</p><p>See the <a href="https://store.dji.com/uk/product/osmo-pocket-4-battery-handle?vid=218511" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><strong>DJI Osmo Pocket 4 Battery Handle</strong></a> details at the DJI store.</p><div data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 Battery Handle" data-rows="2" data-widget-type="review"></div><div data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 4 Battery Handle" data-rows="2" data-widget-type="review"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-lens-filters"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Lens Filters</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:950px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="yJVUiammuSRPhhEADPgv5D" name="71pRIBee4TL._AC_SL1500_" alt="DJI ND filters and Osmo Pocket 3" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/w:1920,t:760,l:428,cw:950,ch:534,q:80/yJVUiammuSRPhhEADPgv5D.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1500" height="1500" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: DJI lens filters)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="lens-filters-dji-pocket-magnetic-nd-filter-set"><span class="title__text">Lens filters - DJI Pocket Magnetic ND Filter Set</span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star half"></span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>DJI's magnetic lens filters are easily attached </p></div><p class="specs__container"></p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Range of 3 ND filters is enough for most people</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Sturdy case provided</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">Other filters, like a Black Mist filter, require a separate purchase</div></div><p>DJI's simple set of three filters attaches magnetically and is compatible with both the Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 cameras, so there is little to complain about.</p><p>They help you achieve a cinematic look with a slower shutter speed on a bright day, even if you let the camera itself handle the settings in auto mode. </p><p>Brands like Neewer offer an even more extensive range – including bundles with lens adapters for wide-angle and tele, but we haven't had the opportunity to review it yet at DCW. If you just need a simple set of the core options, however, then DJI's own offering is ideal.</p><p>DJI's hard-shell plastic with high-quality foam also feels thoroughly convincing, a great balance between low weight (retaining the portability the device is known for) and a good level of protection.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 Magnetic ND Filter Set"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-tripod-base"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Tripod base</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="z8pyCye84CzUtbBHeZGkBL" name="DSC06933.JPG" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 4 tripod base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z8pyCye84CzUtbBHeZGkBL-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="tripod-base"><span class="title__text">Tripod base</span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star half"></span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>The Osmo Mini Tripod base is a handy solution most of the time</p></div><p class="specs__container"></p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Screws in and feels sturdy</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Built of hard but light plastic</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">Requires battery handle or grip handle to be fitted</div></div><p>What makes DJI's own-brand tripod base appealing is that it color-matches the camera, it's solidly built and it manages to be very lightweight and yet sturdy at the same time.</p><p>It is not solid plastic, but the molding of each fold-out leg is an ABS-style plastic with a pattern of triangular beams for structural strength – and each has a rubber foot, so you can place the tripod on a flat surface like a glass table without worry of it slipping.</p><p>The hinges, too, have a nice feel to them. When I open and close them they stay exactly where I leave them, which just feels premium (in so far as any product in this category can).</p><p>Remember, by the way, you need to attach either the Battery Handle or standard Handle extension as these have the 1/4-inch thread needed.</p><p>Oh, and this is included in some of DJI's bundles, like the Creator Combo, so make sure you're not getting it already!</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="DJI OSMO Mini Tripod"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-fill-light"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Fill light</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4378px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="hBpNAKT5k66kx7ngPH2ciF" name="DSC00954_169" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hBpNAKT5k66kx7ngPH2ciF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4378" height="2463" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hBpNAKT5k66kx7ngPH2ciF-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="dji-osmo-pocket-4-fill-light"><span class="title__text">DJI Osmo Pocket 4 Fill Light</span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>Pop-on, pop-off with adjustable tone and brightness</p></div><p class="specs__container"></p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">The detachable fill light is a handy tool with no downside</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Adjustable brightness and color temperature</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">40 lux maximum brightness</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">Draws from main battery</div></div><p>There are times when a little extra light is a good thing. While this isn't the equivalent of professional studio lighting, it is a handy addition that can overcome a difficult shadow or add some sparkle in the subject's eye.</p><p>Weighing just 16g and offering a trio of brightness settings (12, 25, or 40lux) and color temperature options (warm, neutral or cool), this is ideal. It also takes very little space and, because it mounts to the gimbal, it turns with the camera lens(es).</p><p>I tested the fill light when I reviewed the camera, and I found myself making use of it and enjoying how easy it was to pop on and off. The buttons make it easy to cycle through the settings, and there are neither too few or too many. Since it fits in the camera bag, it's hard to argue with this design (and it's nice that I can use it on both the 4 and 4P)</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-compatibility"><span>Compatibility </span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5775px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="rp8qXPk3h2xazGLFRYd3WJ" name="DSC00951_169" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rp8qXPk3h2xazGLFRYd3WJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5775" height="3248" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rp8qXPk3h2xazGLFRYd3WJ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Pocket 4 and Pocket 3 with the Grip Handle from the opposite models attached – notice that the styling doesn't match, but they connect correctly. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I mentioned, the Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 series (made up of the Pocket 4 and Pocket 4P) share a lot of common elements and specs.</p><p>All the lower attachments – handles and grips – that work with the Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 will work with the other – but the software might not always recognize it.</p><p>DJI did improve the battery handle between generations, for example, but the Pocket 3 might have trouble working out the power remaining on a Pocket 4 handle.</p><p>Where things differ is at the top. Both the 4 and 4P, but not the 3, have a set of pogo pins on the side of the gimbal where the fill light accessory can be mounted, and perhaps others to come. These aren't compatible with the 3 because it doesn't have this connector.</p><p>The other difference is the magnetic lens mounts. These are the same between the 3 and 4, but (perhaps obviously) not the 4 and 4P, which have different camera setups.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Godox’s new suction-cup mount enables you to stick your light to walls, windows and wherever else! ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Godox has been on something of a tear recently with innovative and unusual new products, such as the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/digital-cameras/this-is-the-weirdest-camera-ive-ever-used-and-for-just-us-usd30-its-way-more-fun-than-it-has-any-right-to-be">Godox C100</a> half-camera, half-light-meter… thing. </p><p>The latest lighting product from the company – which started as a lighting specialist, after all – is a suction-based mount that provides a unique means of setting up your lights. You can attach them to the wall!</p><p>Or a window. Or a desk. Basically any flat surface, really. The Godox ES01 is essentially an electronic flash base with a suction cup on the bottom and a built-in battery to keep it attached. Supporting up to 1.3lbs / 590g of weight, it is compatible with a number of small Godox flashes and LEDs – and should work with any flash below the weight limit.</p><p>This means you’ll be able to use the mount with some of the diminutive Godox flashes that have impressed us recently, including the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/godox-it32-and-x5-review">Godox iT32</a> – which comes with a trigger kit that enables it to be used completely off-camera.</p><p>Weighing just 2.4oz / 69g itself, the Godox ES01 is an absolutely tiny piece of kit, measuring 2.7 x 2.7 x 1.7 inches / 68 x 68 x 42mm. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1300px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:57.69%;"><img id="2vNQZtcA4c572ARm7dfu7H" name="godox-es-01-3-1300x750" alt="Godox ES01 suction cup mount for flash units" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2vNQZtcA4c572ARm7dfu7H-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1300" height="750" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Press the cup against the wall and the motorized pump provides the suction </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Godox)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To mount it, you simply press the silicone suction cup down on a flat, non-porous surface; the motorized pump will then activate to remove the air and secure the mount. Attach your flash, shoot your shot and then when you’re done, press the release button to break the air seal.</p><p>Given its tempting list price of just $29 (around £20 / $AU40), I can see the ES01 having a lot of appeal for budget-conscious portrait photographers and vloggers – especially those working in cramped indoor environments, where you don’t necessarily have space to maneuver with a tripod or a desk to mount a mini one.</p><p>The full list of compatible lights supplied by Godox is as follows: the TT350, V350, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/godox-it32-and-x5-review">iT32</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/godox-it30-pro-review">iT30Pro</a>, iT22, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/this-tiny-compact-camera-flash-uses-magnetic-modifiers-and-only-weighs-about-as-much-as-a-golf-ball">iT20</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/godox-im22-review-shine-your-little-light">iM22</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/godox-im20-review">iM20</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/godoxs-latest-tiny-flashgun-looks-like-a-bargain-buy">iM30Pro</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/godox-releases-the-im30-a-tiny-on-camera-flash-weighing-under-3-ounces">iM30</a> flashes, and the LED6R and LED6Bi compact LED lights.</p><p>Plus, if you want to mount a larger flash or light unit, Godox is also selling the product in three-mount kits with a three-pointed base, enabling you to use the suction power of three simultaneously. The K3 kit has a screw mount in the center and costs $79 (£59 / AU$110).</p><p>We’ll have to wait to get our hands on the Godox ES10 to see if it works as advertised, but you can head to the <a href="https://www.godox.com/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Godox website</a> for more information.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:52.50%;"><img id="MzLc6KbjxeRHYBJCXBkvuc" name="godox-es01-5" alt="Godox ES01 next to Godox ES01 kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MzLc6KbjxeRHYBJCXBkvuc-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="840" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Godox)</span></figcaption></figure> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-lights/godoxs-new-suction-cup-mount-enables-you-to-stick-your-light-to-walls-windows-and-wherever-else</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Godox ES01 Electric Suction Base is a cheap base for sticking your Godox-branded flashes on smooth, flat surfaces – unlocking new possibilities ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Qq2f6DrFFzkPxFpDkCpkdg</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qnErWLTC7jWnkdwFPwfQHS-1920-80.png" type="image/png" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 30 Aug 2026 21:20:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Camera Lights]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Jon Stapley ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BUyBJqbw732i2C8ZiUsmLf-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/png" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qnErWLTC7jWnkdwFPwfQHS-1920-80.png">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Godox]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Godox ES-01 suction mount being pressed against a wall]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Godox ES-01 suction mount being pressed against a wall]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Godox ES-01 suction mount being pressed against a wall]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qnErWLTC7jWnkdwFPwfQHS-1920-80.png" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Godox has been on something of a tear recently with innovative and unusual new products, such as the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/digital-cameras/this-is-the-weirdest-camera-ive-ever-used-and-for-just-us-usd30-its-way-more-fun-than-it-has-any-right-to-be">Godox C100</a> half-camera, half-light-meter… thing. </p><p>The latest lighting product from the company – which started as a lighting specialist, after all – is a suction-based mount that provides a unique means of setting up your lights. You can attach them to the wall!</p><p>Or a window. Or a desk. Basically any flat surface, really. The Godox ES01 is essentially an electronic flash base with a suction cup on the bottom and a built-in battery to keep it attached. Supporting up to 1.3lbs / 590g of weight, it is compatible with a number of small Godox flashes and LEDs – and should work with any flash below the weight limit.</p><p>This means you’ll be able to use the mount with some of the diminutive Godox flashes that have impressed us recently, including the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/godox-it32-and-x5-review">Godox iT32</a> – which comes with a trigger kit that enables it to be used completely off-camera.</p><p>Weighing just 2.4oz / 69g itself, the Godox ES01 is an absolutely tiny piece of kit, measuring 2.7 x 2.7 x 1.7 inches / 68 x 68 x 42mm. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1300px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:57.69%;"><img id="2vNQZtcA4c572ARm7dfu7H" name="godox-es-01-3-1300x750" alt="Godox ES01 suction cup mount for flash units" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2vNQZtcA4c572ARm7dfu7H-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1300" height="750" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Press the cup against the wall and the motorized pump provides the suction </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Godox)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To mount it, you simply press the silicone suction cup down on a flat, non-porous surface; the motorized pump will then activate to remove the air and secure the mount. Attach your flash, shoot your shot and then when you’re done, press the release button to break the air seal.</p><p>Given its tempting list price of just $29 (around £20 / $AU40), I can see the ES01 having a lot of appeal for budget-conscious portrait photographers and vloggers – especially those working in cramped indoor environments, where you don’t necessarily have space to maneuver with a tripod or a desk to mount a mini one.</p><p>The full list of compatible lights supplied by Godox is as follows: the TT350, V350, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/godox-it32-and-x5-review">iT32</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/godox-it30-pro-review">iT30Pro</a>, iT22, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/this-tiny-compact-camera-flash-uses-magnetic-modifiers-and-only-weighs-about-as-much-as-a-golf-ball">iT20</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/godox-im22-review-shine-your-little-light">iM22</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/godox-im20-review">iM20</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/godoxs-latest-tiny-flashgun-looks-like-a-bargain-buy">iM30Pro</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/godox-releases-the-im30-a-tiny-on-camera-flash-weighing-under-3-ounces">iM30</a> flashes, and the LED6R and LED6Bi compact LED lights.</p><p>Plus, if you want to mount a larger flash or light unit, Godox is also selling the product in three-mount kits with a three-pointed base, enabling you to use the suction power of three simultaneously. The K3 kit has a screw mount in the center and costs $79 (£59 / AU$110).</p><p>We’ll have to wait to get our hands on the Godox ES10 to see if it works as advertised, but you can head to the <a href="https://www.godox.com/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Godox website</a> for more information.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:52.50%;"><img id="MzLc6KbjxeRHYBJCXBkvuc" name="godox-es01-5" alt="Godox ES01 next to Godox ES01 kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MzLc6KbjxeRHYBJCXBkvuc-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="840" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Godox)</span></figcaption></figure>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Need more storage? This Pokémon x SanDisk collab gives you all the mobile Mewmory you can handle ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>As part of its 30th anniversary celebrations, The Pokémon  Company has unveiled its latest collaboration: a collection of Pokémon x SanDisk mobile storage drives themed around fan-favorite characters Mew and Mewtwo. </p><p>"Crafted for creators, collectors and Pokémon trainers alike", the lineup marries tactile 2D likenesses of Mew and Mewtwo with the high-capacity, high-performance power of SanDisk flash drives and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-portable-hard-drives-for-photographers">portable SSDs</a>. </p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/zOWi8WK1.html" id="zOWi8WK1" title="SanDisk x Pokémon Collection" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p>The <strong>SanDisk Pokémon Portable SSD Mewtwo Edition</strong> challenges you to "carry even more and channel Mewtwo's strength", with capacities of 500GB and 1TB, and transfer speeds up to 5 times faster than traditional <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-portable-hard-drives-for-photographers">portable hard drives</a>. </p><p>Just like Mewtwo, this pocket-sized SSD is one tough customer; it's able to withstand drops of up to 6.6ft / 2m, and can operate in temperatures as low as 32°F / 0°C and all the way up to 113°F / 45°C. It can even store your data in temperatures as extreme as -4°F / -20°C to 176°F / 85°C.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2228px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="zdEoSWmn8dPifCktR8wts6" name="Life_SNDK_Pokemon_pSSD_Mewtwo_Edition_10_PIT" alt="SanDisk Pokémon Portable SSD Mewtwo Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zdEoSWmn8dPifCktR8wts6-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2228" height="1253" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: SanDisk)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The <strong>SanDisk Pokémon USB-C Flash Drive Mew Edition</strong>, meanwhile, promises to "bring Mew's playfulness to your flash drive". Ideal for cross-platform storage and transfer, this 128GB drive works across phones (via the SanDisk app), PCs and Macs, boosting your storage space to up to 5,000 photos with 250 MB/s read speeds "faster than Mew’s evasive maneuvers".</p><p>Both drives come with the SanDisk app for mobile and desktop, which makes it easy to move, copy, protect and automatically backup your files. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2685px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="iNjfhBvsrHBPsHCUfiuR47" name="Life_SNDK_Pokemon_USB-C_Flash_Drive_Mew_Edition_09_PIT" alt="SanDisk Pokémon USB-C Flash Drive Mew Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iNjfhBvsrHBPsHCUfiuR47-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2685" height="1510" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: SanDisk)</span></figcaption></figure><p>"Pokémon has sparked creativity, imagination and personal connections for generations," said Susan Park, SanDisk's VP of consumer product management. "As fans celebrate 30 years, we wanted to create products that feel worthy of that legacy."</p><p>"Iconic and powerful, Mew and Mewtwo are among the most beloved and instantly recognizable Pokémon. By combining the enduring appeal of these two Pokémon with Sandisk’s proven performance and reliability, we’re giving fans new ways to carry the moments, memories, and creations that matter most."</p><p>Both products are available now, with the SanDisk Pokémon Portable SSD Mewtwo Edition starting at $149.99 / £106.99 and the SanDisk Pokémon USB-C Flash Drive Mew Edition priced $34.99 / £28.99 (Australian pricing to be confirmed). For more information, visit the <a href="https://www.sandisk.com/topics/collabs/pokemon" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Pokémon x SanDisk page</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2320px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="fmxhHJbf8VdANdQAokqQu6" name="Life_SNDK_Pokemon_pSSD_Mewtwo_Edition_Portfolio_03_PIT" alt="SanDisk Pokémon Portable SSD Mewtwo Edition and USB-C Flash Drive Mew Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fmxhHJbf8VdANdQAokqQu6-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2320" height="1306" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: SanDisk)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h3><p>Take a look at these <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/instant-cameras/okay-im-about-to-go-broke-these-polaroid-x-pokemon-instant-cameras-need-adding-to-my-pokedex">Pokémon x Polaroid cameras</a>, similarly launched to commemorate the 30th anniversary, and check out this <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/features/this-canon-is-the-worst-camera-ive-ever-bought">Pikachu-themed Canon camera</a> that's the worst camera I've ever bought!</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/storage/need-more-storage-this-pokemon-x-sandisk-collab-gives-you-all-the-mobile-mewmory-you-can-handle</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Mew tu, Brute? Pokémon's latest 30th anniversary collab gives us these epic SanDisk portable drives ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">uf72XGewT3rhH94h8RspbF</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qnciFpgZJpknJBzNrfXzb6-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 29 Aug 2026 11:15:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ james.artaius@futurenet.com (James Artaius) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ James Artaius ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hUNKxQqWUtijmmKCdzRaXM-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The editor of Digital Camera World, James has 22 years experience as a journalist and started working in the photographic industry in 2014, primarily for Olympus (now OM System) product testing, shooting ad campaigns, and training new and professional photographers. His professional clients include names like Canon, Elinchrom, Aston Martin Racing and L&#039;Oréal, and he also shoots for a number of ethical and women-owned small businesses. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;He has written for publications including &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.awin1.com/awclick.php?awinmid=2961&amp;amp;awinaffid=103504&amp;amp;clickref=dcw-gb-3007255495896184000&amp;amp;p=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.magazinesdirect.com%2Faz-magazines%2F6936429%2Fdigital-camera-magazine-subscription.thtml&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Digital Camera Magazine&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;em&gt;PhotoPlus: The Canon Magazine&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;N-Photo: The Nikon Magazine&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Digital Photographer&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Professional Imagemaker&lt;/em&gt;. He has been invited to give talks around the world at events like &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.photographyshow.com/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;The Photography &amp;amp; Video Show&lt;/a&gt;, and serves as a judge for both the &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.redbullillume.com/int-en&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Red Bull Illume Photo Contest&lt;/a&gt; and the &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.urbanphotoawards.com/en/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Urban Photo Awards&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;An Olympus / OM System, Canon and Hasselblad shooter, James has a wealth of knowledge on cameras of all makes – and a fondness for vintage lenses and instant cameras. He is, however, glad to have escaped the 35mm film days. &quot;Film is fun for nostalgia purposes, but I&#039;d never go back to that analog workflow!&quot;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qnciFpgZJpknJBzNrfXzb6-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[SanDisk]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[SanDisk Pokémon Portable SSD Mewtwo Edition and USB-C Flash Drive Mew Edition]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[SanDisk Pokémon Portable SSD Mewtwo Edition and USB-C Flash Drive Mew Edition]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[SanDisk Pokémon Portable SSD Mewtwo Edition and USB-C Flash Drive Mew Edition]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qnciFpgZJpknJBzNrfXzb6-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>As part of its 30th anniversary celebrations, The Pokémon  Company has unveiled its latest collaboration: a collection of Pokémon x SanDisk mobile storage drives themed around fan-favorite characters Mew and Mewtwo. </p><p>"Crafted for creators, collectors and Pokémon trainers alike", the lineup marries tactile 2D likenesses of Mew and Mewtwo with the high-capacity, high-performance power of SanDisk flash drives and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-portable-hard-drives-for-photographers">portable SSDs</a>. </p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/zOWi8WK1.html" id="zOWi8WK1" title="SanDisk x Pokémon Collection" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p>The <strong>SanDisk Pokémon Portable SSD Mewtwo Edition</strong> challenges you to "carry even more and channel Mewtwo's strength", with capacities of 500GB and 1TB, and transfer speeds up to 5 times faster than traditional <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-portable-hard-drives-for-photographers">portable hard drives</a>. </p><p>Just like Mewtwo, this pocket-sized SSD is one tough customer; it's able to withstand drops of up to 6.6ft / 2m, and can operate in temperatures as low as 32°F / 0°C and all the way up to 113°F / 45°C. It can even store your data in temperatures as extreme as -4°F / -20°C to 176°F / 85°C.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2228px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="zdEoSWmn8dPifCktR8wts6" name="Life_SNDK_Pokemon_pSSD_Mewtwo_Edition_10_PIT" alt="SanDisk Pokémon Portable SSD Mewtwo Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zdEoSWmn8dPifCktR8wts6-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2228" height="1253" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: SanDisk)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The <strong>SanDisk Pokémon USB-C Flash Drive Mew Edition</strong>, meanwhile, promises to "bring Mew's playfulness to your flash drive". Ideal for cross-platform storage and transfer, this 128GB drive works across phones (via the SanDisk app), PCs and Macs, boosting your storage space to up to 5,000 photos with 250 MB/s read speeds "faster than Mew’s evasive maneuvers".</p><p>Both drives come with the SanDisk app for mobile and desktop, which makes it easy to move, copy, protect and automatically backup your files. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2685px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="iNjfhBvsrHBPsHCUfiuR47" name="Life_SNDK_Pokemon_USB-C_Flash_Drive_Mew_Edition_09_PIT" alt="SanDisk Pokémon USB-C Flash Drive Mew Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iNjfhBvsrHBPsHCUfiuR47-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2685" height="1510" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: SanDisk)</span></figcaption></figure><p>"Pokémon has sparked creativity, imagination and personal connections for generations," said Susan Park, SanDisk's VP of consumer product management. "As fans celebrate 30 years, we wanted to create products that feel worthy of that legacy."</p><p>"Iconic and powerful, Mew and Mewtwo are among the most beloved and instantly recognizable Pokémon. By combining the enduring appeal of these two Pokémon with Sandisk’s proven performance and reliability, we’re giving fans new ways to carry the moments, memories, and creations that matter most."</p><p>Both products are available now, with the SanDisk Pokémon Portable SSD Mewtwo Edition starting at $149.99 / £106.99 and the SanDisk Pokémon USB-C Flash Drive Mew Edition priced $34.99 / £28.99 (Australian pricing to be confirmed). For more information, visit the <a href="https://www.sandisk.com/topics/collabs/pokemon" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Pokémon x SanDisk page</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2320px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="fmxhHJbf8VdANdQAokqQu6" name="Life_SNDK_Pokemon_pSSD_Mewtwo_Edition_Portfolio_03_PIT" alt="SanDisk Pokémon Portable SSD Mewtwo Edition and USB-C Flash Drive Mew Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fmxhHJbf8VdANdQAokqQu6-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2320" height="1306" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: SanDisk)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h3><p>Take a look at these <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/instant-cameras/okay-im-about-to-go-broke-these-polaroid-x-pokemon-instant-cameras-need-adding-to-my-pokedex">Pokémon x Polaroid cameras</a>, similarly launched to commemorate the 30th anniversary, and check out this <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/features/this-canon-is-the-worst-camera-ive-ever-bought">Pikachu-themed Canon camera</a> that's the worst camera I've ever bought!</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Peak Design just reinvented the humble L-bracket – and you can now order it ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Peak Design’s clever new Field Bracket has officially moved beyond its hugely successful Kickstarter campaign and is now available to order, bringing its modular take on the traditional <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">camera L-bracket</a> to photographers using Sony, Nikon, Canon, Fujifilm and Leica cameras. The crowdfunding campaign ultimately raised $678,868, suggesting there is clearly plenty of appetite for an L-bracket that does a little more than simply help you turn your camera sideways.</p><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="d8d963c2-a15b-11f1-b56e-a1a2dd456b2c" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Field Bracket" data-dimension48="Field Bracket" data-dimension25="$149" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/search?q=Peak%20Design%E2%80%99s%20clever%20new%20Field%20Bracket%20&sts=ma" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:724px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="rLz5t8fvAGhirxnc4Tbc7U" name="Peak Design Field Bracket" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rLz5t8fvAGhirxnc4Tbc7U-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="724" height="724" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The Peak Design Field Bracket is a modular Arca-type L-bracket that adds fast portrait switching, camera-specific fit, and a hidden pocket for an optional tracking tag.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/search?q=Peak%20Design%E2%80%99s%20clever%20new%20Field%20Bracket%20&sts=ma" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="d8d963c2-a15b-11f1-b56e-a1a2dd456b2c" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Field Bracket" data-dimension48="Field Bracket" data-dimension25="$149">View Deal</a></p></div><p>At its heart, the Field Bracket is still designed to do exactly what you would expect from a good L-bracket, providing Arca-type mounting surfaces for quickly switching between horizontal and vertical tripod shooting. However, Peak Design has made the system modular, with a camera-specific baseplate machined from recycled aluminium and a removable upright section that can be attached, repositioned or removed without having to reach for a collection of tools.</p><p>One of its smartest features, though, is a hidden compartment inside the bracket designed to take Peak Design’s optional Beacon Finder Tag. Think of it as an AirTag-style tracking system built directly into your camera setup, with the tag supporting both Apple Find My and Google Find Hub. The Beacon Finder Tag is IP67 rated, uses a replaceable CR2025 battery, and is rated for around six months of continuous use, which could make it a very reassuring addition for anyone travelling with expensive camera gear.</p><p>Compatibility is already impressively broad. Peak Design lists support for cameras including the Canon EOS R5, R5 II and R6 series, Nikon Z5 II, Z6 II, Z6 III, Z7 II and Z8, Fujifilm X-T5 and X100VI, Leica Q3, and a long list of Sony bodies including the A1, A1 II, A7 IV, A7R V, A7C II, A7CR and A9 III. Because each bracket is shaped around a particular body, however, it is worth checking Peak Design’s compatibility list carefully before ordering.</p><p>The Peak Design Field Bracket is priced at $149.95 at B&H, with listings currently available to preorder ahead of stock arriving. It certainly isn’t the cheapest L-bracket around, but this feels like much more than a simple piece of metal screwed to the bottom of your camera. Between the modular design, portrait and landscape tripod mounting, optional tracking, and the wider Peak Design accessory ecosystem, the Field Bracket could be one of those accessories that ends up staying attached to your camera far longer than you originally expected.</p><p><strong>Check out our guide to the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket"><strong>best L-brackets for cameras</strong></a></p><div data-widget-type="merchantlink" data-model-name="Peak Design Field Bracket"></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/cases-covers-and-enclosures/peak-design-has-reinvented-the-humble-l-bracket-and-you-can-now-actually-order-one-for-your-camera</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ This $150 Peak Design bracket could be the smartest accessory you put on your camera ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">pDR4jTyPoUNQQV36G2pTbg</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KJMdG5eUgxDigVJgbETG5U-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 28 Aug 2026 14:12:42 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Cases Covers and Enclosures]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ sebastian.oakley@futurenet.com (Sebastian Oakley) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Sebastian Oakley ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bqHjvwvXxSCtJZz3aVgSyn-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KJMdG5eUgxDigVJgbETG5U-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Peak Design]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Peak Design field bracket]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Peak Design field bracket]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Peak Design field bracket]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KJMdG5eUgxDigVJgbETG5U-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Peak Design’s clever new Field Bracket has officially moved beyond its hugely successful Kickstarter campaign and is now available to order, bringing its modular take on the traditional <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">camera L-bracket</a> to photographers using Sony, Nikon, Canon, Fujifilm and Leica cameras. The crowdfunding campaign ultimately raised $678,868, suggesting there is clearly plenty of appetite for an L-bracket that does a little more than simply help you turn your camera sideways.</p><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="d8d963c2-a15b-11f1-b56e-a1a2dd456b2c" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Field Bracket" data-dimension48="Field Bracket" data-dimension25="$149" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/search?q=Peak%20Design%E2%80%99s%20clever%20new%20Field%20Bracket%20&sts=ma" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:724px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="rLz5t8fvAGhirxnc4Tbc7U" name="Peak Design Field Bracket" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rLz5t8fvAGhirxnc4Tbc7U-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="724" height="724" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The Peak Design Field Bracket is a modular Arca-type L-bracket that adds fast portrait switching, camera-specific fit, and a hidden pocket for an optional tracking tag.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/search?q=Peak%20Design%E2%80%99s%20clever%20new%20Field%20Bracket%20&sts=ma" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="d8d963c2-a15b-11f1-b56e-a1a2dd456b2c" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Field Bracket" data-dimension48="Field Bracket" data-dimension25="$149">View Deal</a></p></div><p>At its heart, the Field Bracket is still designed to do exactly what you would expect from a good L-bracket, providing Arca-type mounting surfaces for quickly switching between horizontal and vertical tripod shooting. However, Peak Design has made the system modular, with a camera-specific baseplate machined from recycled aluminium and a removable upright section that can be attached, repositioned or removed without having to reach for a collection of tools.</p><p>One of its smartest features, though, is a hidden compartment inside the bracket designed to take Peak Design’s optional Beacon Finder Tag. Think of it as an AirTag-style tracking system built directly into your camera setup, with the tag supporting both Apple Find My and Google Find Hub. The Beacon Finder Tag is IP67 rated, uses a replaceable CR2025 battery, and is rated for around six months of continuous use, which could make it a very reassuring addition for anyone travelling with expensive camera gear.</p><p>Compatibility is already impressively broad. Peak Design lists support for cameras including the Canon EOS R5, R5 II and R6 series, Nikon Z5 II, Z6 II, Z6 III, Z7 II and Z8, Fujifilm X-T5 and X100VI, Leica Q3, and a long list of Sony bodies including the A1, A1 II, A7 IV, A7R V, A7C II, A7CR and A9 III. Because each bracket is shaped around a particular body, however, it is worth checking Peak Design’s compatibility list carefully before ordering.</p><p>The Peak Design Field Bracket is priced at $149.95 at B&H, with listings currently available to preorder ahead of stock arriving. It certainly isn’t the cheapest L-bracket around, but this feels like much more than a simple piece of metal screwed to the bottom of your camera. Between the modular design, portrait and landscape tripod mounting, optional tracking, and the wider Peak Design accessory ecosystem, the Field Bracket could be one of those accessories that ends up staying attached to your camera far longer than you originally expected.</p><p><strong>Check out our guide to the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket"><strong>best L-brackets for cameras</strong></a></p><div data-widget-type="merchantlink" data-model-name="Peak Design Field Bracket"></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ This company created one of the most widely used tripod head designs 80 years ago. Now, the company is shutting down ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Early video tripods used a series of loud gears, but then in 1946, a father and son in Australia patented a new design: the fluid tripod head. The company behind that game-changing invention, Miller Camera Support Equipment, has announced that it is shutting down next month.</p><p><a href="https://gtc.org.uk/miller-camera-support-equipment-1954-2026/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">In a letter</a>, small business owners Mark and Diane Celementson announced their retirement, which will bring Miller Tripods to a close on September 30.</p><p>Eric Miller, working with his son Bob, <a href="https://www.millertripods.com/the-history-of-miller/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">introduced the first fluid tripod head</a> in the 1940s. The design solved a key problem with early tripod systems: noise. Before the fluid head, tripod heads used gears that introduced noise into the footage. Panning was difficult before the fluid head, and Miller Tripods says that diagonal camera movements were “virtually impossible.”</p><p>The arrival of the fluid tripod head in the 1940s is made all the more impressive considering where video technology was at the time. The earliest videos used stationary cameras, with the <a href="https://zacuto.com/blogs/blog/a-brief-history-of-camera-movement" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">first panning shots</a> arriving in filmmaking in the early 1900s.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:855px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="idvGtPjZaQGyz2CJM3ENTo" name="history-of-miller-thumbnail-1024x481 copy" alt="The Miller Camera Support Equipment CiNX 9 fluid head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/idvGtPjZaQGyz2CJM3ENTo-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="855" height="481" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: historic documents and photos from Miller Camera Support Equipment)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Camera movement like panning didn’t become mainstream until the 1920s, but when audio arrived on the scene in the 1930s, camera movement halted again – the loud cameras <a href="https://www.britannica.com/art/history-of-film/The-pre-World-War-II-sound-era" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">needed to be locked in soundproof boxes too large to move</a>.</p><p>As video camera technology shrank down, cinematic camera movement re-entered the scene, but there was still a problem – the typical video tripods used noisy gears.</p><p>Eric and Bob Miller patented the first fluid head in 1946, later creating the company in 1954 to sell those tripod heads, and eventually the first fluid head tripod made its way to Hollywood in 1958. </p><p>Rather than gears, the fluid head uses a liquid-filled chamber to allow videographers to create smooth camera movements. Miller’s first fluid head had a fixed resistance, but the format would move on to introduce adjustable resistance and counter-balance systems for handling heavy cameras.</p><p>While Miller got its start from tripod heads, the company also developed full tripod sets shortly after. The first tripod from Miller Tripods looked quite a bit different than today’s design, including wooden legs.</p><p>By the 1970s, <a href="https://www.tvtechnology.com/the-wire-blog/thewireaspxentryid2518addview" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Miller Tripods’ specialty shifted</a> to creating camera support systems for news and broadcast. <a href="https://www.millertripods.com/miller-story/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">According to the company’s website</a>, the tripods are used by more than 265 television networks. The company's camera support systems are used in more than 65 countries.</p><p>“From those early beginnings, Miller grew into an internationally respected manufacturer, supporting broadcasters, cinematographers, filmmakers, and content creators across the world,” Mark and Diane Clementson, owners of the company for the last 55 years, wrote in a letter announcing the decision. “Through changing technologies, evolving production environments, and generations of industry professionals, our commitment to innovation, quality, and customer service has remained central to who we are.”</p><p>The Australia-based company says that operations will cease on September 30.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Browse <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">the best tripods</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">the best video tripods</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/this-company-created-one-of-the-most-widely-used-tripod-head-designs-80-years-ago-now-the-company-is-shutting-down</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Miller Camera Support Equipment, the Australian company founded by the inventors of the fluid tripod head, is shutting down as the owners retire ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">XpbDQGqakz9SvGSwRDUSrG</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FxURHyDT2h8ftSh4XQwp7-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2026 18:18:47 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FCSkExqFFzvDQFmnEf8mgV-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FxURHyDT2h8ftSh4XQwp7-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Miller Camera Support Equipment]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[A Miller Camera Support Equipment t]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[A Miller Camera Support Equipment t]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[A Miller Camera Support Equipment t]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FxURHyDT2h8ftSh4XQwp7-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Early video tripods used a series of loud gears, but then in 1946, a father and son in Australia patented a new design: the fluid tripod head. The company behind that game-changing invention, Miller Camera Support Equipment, has announced that it is shutting down next month.</p><p><a href="https://gtc.org.uk/miller-camera-support-equipment-1954-2026/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">In a letter</a>, small business owners Mark and Diane Celementson announced their retirement, which will bring Miller Tripods to a close on September 30.</p><p>Eric Miller, working with his son Bob, <a href="https://www.millertripods.com/the-history-of-miller/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">introduced the first fluid tripod head</a> in the 1940s. The design solved a key problem with early tripod systems: noise. Before the fluid head, tripod heads used gears that introduced noise into the footage. Panning was difficult before the fluid head, and Miller Tripods says that diagonal camera movements were “virtually impossible.”</p><p>The arrival of the fluid tripod head in the 1940s is made all the more impressive considering where video technology was at the time. The earliest videos used stationary cameras, with the <a href="https://zacuto.com/blogs/blog/a-brief-history-of-camera-movement" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">first panning shots</a> arriving in filmmaking in the early 1900s.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:855px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="idvGtPjZaQGyz2CJM3ENTo" name="history-of-miller-thumbnail-1024x481 copy" alt="The Miller Camera Support Equipment CiNX 9 fluid head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/idvGtPjZaQGyz2CJM3ENTo-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="855" height="481" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: historic documents and photos from Miller Camera Support Equipment)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Camera movement like panning didn’t become mainstream until the 1920s, but when audio arrived on the scene in the 1930s, camera movement halted again – the loud cameras <a href="https://www.britannica.com/art/history-of-film/The-pre-World-War-II-sound-era" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">needed to be locked in soundproof boxes too large to move</a>.</p><p>As video camera technology shrank down, cinematic camera movement re-entered the scene, but there was still a problem – the typical video tripods used noisy gears.</p><p>Eric and Bob Miller patented the first fluid head in 1946, later creating the company in 1954 to sell those tripod heads, and eventually the first fluid head tripod made its way to Hollywood in 1958. </p><p>Rather than gears, the fluid head uses a liquid-filled chamber to allow videographers to create smooth camera movements. Miller’s first fluid head had a fixed resistance, but the format would move on to introduce adjustable resistance and counter-balance systems for handling heavy cameras.</p><p>While Miller got its start from tripod heads, the company also developed full tripod sets shortly after. The first tripod from Miller Tripods looked quite a bit different than today’s design, including wooden legs.</p><p>By the 1970s, <a href="https://www.tvtechnology.com/the-wire-blog/thewireaspxentryid2518addview" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Miller Tripods’ specialty shifted</a> to creating camera support systems for news and broadcast. <a href="https://www.millertripods.com/miller-story/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">According to the company’s website</a>, the tripods are used by more than 265 television networks. The company's camera support systems are used in more than 65 countries.</p><p>“From those early beginnings, Miller grew into an internationally respected manufacturer, supporting broadcasters, cinematographers, filmmakers, and content creators across the world,” Mark and Diane Clementson, owners of the company for the last 55 years, wrote in a letter announcing the decision. “Through changing technologies, evolving production environments, and generations of industry professionals, our commitment to innovation, quality, and customer service has remained central to who we are.”</p><p>The Australia-based company says that operations will cease on September 30.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Browse <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">the best tripods</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">the best video tripods</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Nikon Image Space just got a death sentence. This is when to download photos by  – and what Nikon is replacing it with ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Nikon Image Space is shutting down. The imaging giant announced that the cloud storage service will begin shutting down on October 15, closing the chapter on the dedicated storage space while opening up 5GB of free storage on Nikon Imaging Cloud.</p><p>Nikon Image Space is the brand’s dedicated cloud storage platform that included 2GB of free storage, or 20GB of free storage by registering a Nikon camera. Launched in 2013, the platform serves as a backup and cloud storage solution for Nikon photographers.</p><p><a href="https://info.nikonimagespace.com/en/info/00244/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Nikon says</a> that the Nikon Image Space service will shut down on October 15, after that date, all features will be disabled except for the bulk download tool. Nikon is giving photographers a few more months to save their images using that bulk download tool, until April 15.</p><p>Nikon isn’t shutting down Image Space without offering an alternative. In an email to users, Nikon said that the company is adding storage and sharing features to Nikon Imaging Cloud instead. After Nikon Image Space begins the shutdown process on October 15,  Nikon will add up to 5GB of storage to <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/nikons-imaging-cloud-is-here-and-it-could-transform-your-camera" target="_blank">Nikon Imaging Cloud</a>. </p><p>That's lower than the 20GB formerly part of Image Space with a registered camera, however, and Nikon Imaging Cloud also isn't directly compatible with Nikon's DSLRs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:7077px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:66.67%;"><img id="z7aT4aqHSNrdaoueSDtmtj" name="Nikon_Imageing_Cloud_USDD_1397_50033.jpg" alt="Nikon Imaging Cloud" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z7aT4aqHSNrdaoueSDtmtj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="7077" height="4718" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z7aT4aqHSNrdaoueSDtmtj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Nikon)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The move adds more long-term cloud storage to Nikon’s app that already offers unlimited temporary storage for 30 days. Nikon Imaging Cloud is also used for firmware downloads and saving image recipes. Axing Nikon Image Space moves Nikon’s software to fewer, more streamlined options.</p><p>Nikon Image Space will shut off every feature except for bulk downloads on October 15 at 9 AM Japan Standard Time – which is 1 AM BST on October 15 and 7 PM EST on October 14.</p><p>Nikon Image Space will fully shut down on April 15, 2027 at 1 PM JST (5 AM BST / 12 AM EDT) – after that, any photos and data left on the platform will be permanently deleted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:7077px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="QZ4zTKhUhezmxcePaonFBj" name="Nikon_Imageing_Cloud_USDD_0012_50033.jpg" alt="Nikon Imaging Cloud" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QZ4zTKhUhezmxcePaonFBj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="7077" height="3980" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QZ4zTKhUhezmxcePaonFBj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Nikon)</span></figcaption></figure><p><a href="https://info.nikonimagespace.com/en/info/00244/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">In a notice announcing the change</a>, Nikon said the move was “due to changes in the market environment,” but did not specify what those changes are.</p><p>Camera makers as well as cloud service providers are facing the after effects of the rise in artificial intelligence creating high demand for storage. That demand is increasing the cost of memory components for camera makers, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/as-memory-crisis-deepens-nikon-considers-passing-on-price-increases-depending-on-the-situation" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">including Nikon</a>, and is also <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/how-cloud-architecture-is-reinventing-primary-storage-for-the-ai-era" target="_blank">driving up demand and use of cloud storage</a>.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Browse the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-external-hard-drives-for-photographers-desktop-storage-for-backing-up-images" target="_blank">best external hard drives for photographers</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-nikon-camera" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">best Nikon cameras</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/cloud-storage/nikon-image-space-just-got-a-death-sentence-this-is-when-to-download-photos-by-and-what-nikon-is-replacing-it-with</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Nikon Image Space will be shut down on October 15, with bulk downloads remaining available until April 15 ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">qJNhL5E8ivuZnXjFDUPi8Y</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Eb9pYPXgN8BqEijx4KBPU8-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2026 18:50:09 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 26 Aug 2026 07:25:21 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Cloud Storage]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FCSkExqFFzvDQFmnEf8mgV-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Eb9pYPXgN8BqEijx4KBPU8-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Gareth Bevan / Digital Camera World]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[SD card going into a slot on the Nikon Z6 III camera held in a pair of hands]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[SD card going into a slot on the Nikon Z6 III camera held in a pair of hands]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[SD card going into a slot on the Nikon Z6 III camera held in a pair of hands]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Eb9pYPXgN8BqEijx4KBPU8-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Nikon Image Space is shutting down. The imaging giant announced that the cloud storage service will begin shutting down on October 15, closing the chapter on the dedicated storage space while opening up 5GB of free storage on Nikon Imaging Cloud.</p><p>Nikon Image Space is the brand’s dedicated cloud storage platform that included 2GB of free storage, or 20GB of free storage by registering a Nikon camera. Launched in 2013, the platform serves as a backup and cloud storage solution for Nikon photographers.</p><p><a href="https://info.nikonimagespace.com/en/info/00244/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Nikon says</a> that the Nikon Image Space service will shut down on October 15, after that date, all features will be disabled except for the bulk download tool. Nikon is giving photographers a few more months to save their images using that bulk download tool, until April 15.</p><p>Nikon isn’t shutting down Image Space without offering an alternative. In an email to users, Nikon said that the company is adding storage and sharing features to Nikon Imaging Cloud instead. After Nikon Image Space begins the shutdown process on October 15,  Nikon will add up to 5GB of storage to <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/nikons-imaging-cloud-is-here-and-it-could-transform-your-camera" target="_blank">Nikon Imaging Cloud</a>. </p><p>That's lower than the 20GB formerly part of Image Space with a registered camera, however, and Nikon Imaging Cloud also isn't directly compatible with Nikon's DSLRs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:7077px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:66.67%;"><img id="z7aT4aqHSNrdaoueSDtmtj" name="Nikon_Imageing_Cloud_USDD_1397_50033.jpg" alt="Nikon Imaging Cloud" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z7aT4aqHSNrdaoueSDtmtj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="7077" height="4718" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z7aT4aqHSNrdaoueSDtmtj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Nikon)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The move adds more long-term cloud storage to Nikon’s app that already offers unlimited temporary storage for 30 days. Nikon Imaging Cloud is also used for firmware downloads and saving image recipes. Axing Nikon Image Space moves Nikon’s software to fewer, more streamlined options.</p><p>Nikon Image Space will shut off every feature except for bulk downloads on October 15 at 9 AM Japan Standard Time – which is 1 AM BST on October 15 and 7 PM EST on October 14.</p><p>Nikon Image Space will fully shut down on April 15, 2027 at 1 PM JST (5 AM BST / 12 AM EDT) – after that, any photos and data left on the platform will be permanently deleted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:7077px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="QZ4zTKhUhezmxcePaonFBj" name="Nikon_Imageing_Cloud_USDD_0012_50033.jpg" alt="Nikon Imaging Cloud" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QZ4zTKhUhezmxcePaonFBj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="7077" height="3980" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QZ4zTKhUhezmxcePaonFBj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Nikon)</span></figcaption></figure><p><a href="https://info.nikonimagespace.com/en/info/00244/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">In a notice announcing the change</a>, Nikon said the move was “due to changes in the market environment,” but did not specify what those changes are.</p><p>Camera makers as well as cloud service providers are facing the after effects of the rise in artificial intelligence creating high demand for storage. That demand is increasing the cost of memory components for camera makers, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/as-memory-crisis-deepens-nikon-considers-passing-on-price-increases-depending-on-the-situation" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">including Nikon</a>, and is also <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/how-cloud-architecture-is-reinventing-primary-storage-for-the-ai-era" target="_blank">driving up demand and use of cloud storage</a>.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Browse the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-external-hard-drives-for-photographers-desktop-storage-for-backing-up-images" target="_blank">best external hard drives for photographers</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-nikon-camera" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">best Nikon cameras</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Memory cards have become so expensive… I’m glad my camera still takes an SD card! ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>The memory crisis is showing no signs of stopping. For photographers and tech consumers alike, it’s an alarming time. I bought a Nintendo Switch 2 this month; I’d been mulling over the idea for a while, but an impending price increase strong-armed my decision. Then a colleague of mine bought an <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/apple-macbook-neo-review-can-apples-cheapest-laptop-be-a-good-buy-for-photographers">Apple MacBook Neo</a> for his daughter’s birthday, and I was surprised to find it had increased by $100/£100.</p><p>All across the consumer tech industry, prices are increasing. And although the memory crisis isn’t solely to blame – tariffs, component shortages, and a rising cost of living – it’s having a huge impact. As a photographer, it’s especially worrying because we rely heavily on storage. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-memory-card">Memory cards</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-portable-hard-drives-for-photographers">SSD drives</a> were expensive enough – now they’re through the roof!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1594px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="PNwXgi89N4AF8keZebx9gQ" name="img_4242A.JPG" alt="The Nikon Z6 and Nikon Z7 will receive more robust support for CFexpress cards" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PNwXgi89N4AF8keZebx9gQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1594" height="897" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PNwXgi89N4AF8keZebx9gQ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">CFexpress card prices are through the roof!  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Digital Camera World)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But a strange byproduct of all this is that I now find what I once considered aging tech – the humble SD card – to be an absolute lifesaver. Don’t get me wrong, many SD card prices have risen exponentially, too. But they still pale in comparison to XQD and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-cfexpress-cards">CFexpress</a> prices. </p><p>Thankfully, all but the very pro-tier, flagship cameras tend to have either an SD card slot or a dual SD and CFexpress slot. And I have to wonder if that trend will continue as long as the memory crisis. It seems remarkable to me now that Nikon launched its full-frame mirrorless Z mount back in 2018, with two cameras that only contained a single XQD/CFexpress slot. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5184px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Wgp4gdkth9Tky4c9oNxSQD" name="16x9_edit_P2250365a2" alt="Sigma BF on a grey surface" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Wgp4gdkth9Tky4c9oNxSQD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5184" height="2916" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Wgp4gdkth9Tky4c9oNxSQD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Sigma BF has no card slot, it simply has 230GB of internal storage  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: James Artaius)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I mean, cameras are expensive enough as it is, but now the camera and the lens and the spare battery aren’t enough. You’ve got to spend $100/£100+ on a CFexpress card. Don’t get me wrong, CFexpress cards are certainly preferable to their SD card counterparts. They’re faster, more robust and more reliable. But they’re also a lot more expensive.</p><p>There is another angle, and that’s built-in storage. I’ve just recorded another episode of <a href="https://youtu.be/Xf1_CZC53uA?si=7yO3OqKPETUxIBVh" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Bokeh Face: The Digital Camera World Podcast</a>, and in our Gear Up section we talked about the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/sigma-bf-review">Sigma BF</a>. Not only is it a gorgeous-looking camera with some impressive specs, but it also doesn’t have a memory card slot. Instead, it has 230GB of internal memory. </p><p>Don’t get me wrong, a device with built-in memory isn't immune to the memory crisis, but at least you don’t have to worry about buying a collection of cards. And in 2026, a few CFexpress cards could set you back $400/£400+. That’s madness! </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like... </span></h3><p>Want more of my ramblings? <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/street-photography/orwellian-uk-government-pamphlet-contradicts-police-on-photography-law-imagine-if-martin-parr-had-been-prevented-from-taking-photos-in-public">Orwellian UK government pamphlet contradicts police on photography law</a>. Imagine if Martin Parr had been prevented from taking photos in public. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/modern-autofocus-isnt-the-cheat-code-everyone-says-it-is-you-can-still-miss-regularly">Modern autofocus isn’t the cheat code everyone says it is</a> – you can still miss regularly. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/sports-photography/vertical-video-is-driving-me-insane-says-sports-videographer-and-no-open-gate-isnt-necessarily-the-answer">“Vertical video is driving me INSANE” says sports videographer</a>. And no, open gate isn’t necessarily the answer…</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/memory-cards/memory-cards-have-become-so-expensive-im-glad-my-camera-still-takes-an-sd-card</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ SD cards were old hat, but as the memory crisis deepens, they’ve become something of a storage life ring for photographers ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">w3rMtyiq7pJRELhXZsZcVG</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/isDHeEeHu39xDCyXMuzjJS-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 24 Aug 2026 16:21:08 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 25 Aug 2026 07:17:27 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Memory Cards]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ mike.harris@futurenet.com (Mike Harris) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Mike Harris ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGEXGwupYYYnNwLb7XkXx8-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/isDHeEeHu39xDCyXMuzjJS-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Lexar ARMOR GOLD UHS-II SDXC memory card]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Lexar ARMOR GOLD UHS-II SDXC memory card]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Lexar ARMOR GOLD UHS-II SDXC memory card]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/isDHeEeHu39xDCyXMuzjJS-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>The memory crisis is showing no signs of stopping. For photographers and tech consumers alike, it’s an alarming time. I bought a Nintendo Switch 2 this month; I’d been mulling over the idea for a while, but an impending price increase strong-armed my decision. Then a colleague of mine bought an <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/apple-macbook-neo-review-can-apples-cheapest-laptop-be-a-good-buy-for-photographers">Apple MacBook Neo</a> for his daughter’s birthday, and I was surprised to find it had increased by $100/£100.</p><p>All across the consumer tech industry, prices are increasing. And although the memory crisis isn’t solely to blame – tariffs, component shortages, and a rising cost of living – it’s having a huge impact. As a photographer, it’s especially worrying because we rely heavily on storage. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-memory-card">Memory cards</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-portable-hard-drives-for-photographers">SSD drives</a> were expensive enough – now they’re through the roof!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1594px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="PNwXgi89N4AF8keZebx9gQ" name="img_4242A.JPG" alt="The Nikon Z6 and Nikon Z7 will receive more robust support for CFexpress cards" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PNwXgi89N4AF8keZebx9gQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1594" height="897" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PNwXgi89N4AF8keZebx9gQ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">CFexpress card prices are through the roof!  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Digital Camera World)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But a strange byproduct of all this is that I now find what I once considered aging tech – the humble SD card – to be an absolute lifesaver. Don’t get me wrong, many SD card prices have risen exponentially, too. But they still pale in comparison to XQD and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-cfexpress-cards">CFexpress</a> prices. </p><p>Thankfully, all but the very pro-tier, flagship cameras tend to have either an SD card slot or a dual SD and CFexpress slot. And I have to wonder if that trend will continue as long as the memory crisis. It seems remarkable to me now that Nikon launched its full-frame mirrorless Z mount back in 2018, with two cameras that only contained a single XQD/CFexpress slot. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5184px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Wgp4gdkth9Tky4c9oNxSQD" name="16x9_edit_P2250365a2" alt="Sigma BF on a grey surface" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Wgp4gdkth9Tky4c9oNxSQD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5184" height="2916" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Wgp4gdkth9Tky4c9oNxSQD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Sigma BF has no card slot, it simply has 230GB of internal storage  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: James Artaius)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I mean, cameras are expensive enough as it is, but now the camera and the lens and the spare battery aren’t enough. You’ve got to spend $100/£100+ on a CFexpress card. Don’t get me wrong, CFexpress cards are certainly preferable to their SD card counterparts. They’re faster, more robust and more reliable. But they’re also a lot more expensive.</p><p>There is another angle, and that’s built-in storage. I’ve just recorded another episode of <a href="https://youtu.be/Xf1_CZC53uA?si=7yO3OqKPETUxIBVh" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Bokeh Face: The Digital Camera World Podcast</a>, and in our Gear Up section we talked about the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/sigma-bf-review">Sigma BF</a>. Not only is it a gorgeous-looking camera with some impressive specs, but it also doesn’t have a memory card slot. Instead, it has 230GB of internal memory. </p><p>Don’t get me wrong, a device with built-in memory isn't immune to the memory crisis, but at least you don’t have to worry about buying a collection of cards. And in 2026, a few CFexpress cards could set you back $400/£400+. That’s madness! </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like... </span></h3><p>Want more of my ramblings? <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/street-photography/orwellian-uk-government-pamphlet-contradicts-police-on-photography-law-imagine-if-martin-parr-had-been-prevented-from-taking-photos-in-public">Orwellian UK government pamphlet contradicts police on photography law</a>. Imagine if Martin Parr had been prevented from taking photos in public. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/modern-autofocus-isnt-the-cheat-code-everyone-says-it-is-you-can-still-miss-regularly">Modern autofocus isn’t the cheat code everyone says it is</a> – you can still miss regularly. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/sports-photography/vertical-video-is-driving-me-insane-says-sports-videographer-and-no-open-gate-isnt-necessarily-the-answer">“Vertical video is driving me INSANE” says sports videographer</a>. And no, open gate isn’t necessarily the answer…</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ 3 Legged Thing Wes tripod kit review: one for the road, this high-end carbon fiber travel tripod for hybrid shooters comes complete with built-in leveling base and next-gen fluid head ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>It’s been about five years since I discovered 3 Legged Thing, a British company specializing in tripods and other supports. My first encounter was with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</a>. I instantly fell for Winston, and it’s still my favorite full-sized tripod to this day. Even so, a lot has happened in the last five years, and 3 Legged Thing has branched out in all sorts of different directions, currently catering to photographers and videographers, as well as ramping up its endeavors for field sports and birding, plus shooting and target sports. I’ve reviewed many 3 Legged Thing tripods and heads, desk mounts, window mounts, phone mounts, microphone arms, light stands, L-brackets, camera straps, and other items along the way, being highly impressed by pretty much all of them.</p><p>Bringing things up to date, there’s a dynamic duo of new 3 Legged Thing video tripods in town, going by the names of Ridley and Wes. They’re both similar in many ways and are named after master movie directors. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review">Ridley</a> (Scott) is the larger three-section tripod of the two, whereas Wes (Anderson) is the smaller sibling, with a travel-friendly, fold-down-small five-section leg design. Both carbon fiber tripods are available as sets of legs on their own, or as full kits with the same fluid head. They aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripods</a>, while the Wes that I’m reviewing here also eyes up a spot as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> for videographers.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="8ozf7nnxJZKKHxLjK2QjCE" name="3LT_Wes 01 intro 2484.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ozf7nnxJZKKHxLjK2QjCE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ozf7nnxJZKKHxLjK2QjCE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3 Legged Thing Wes is available as a set of video travel tripod legs on their own or as a complete kit with a fluid head, the latter pictured here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>54.8cm / 21.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>134.5cm / 53in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>21cm / 8.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Monopod conversion</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.1kg / 4.6lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>14kg / 30lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>5 / 0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>26cm / 1.02in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded case</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Price</span></h3><p>Quality seldom comes cheap, and sure enough, a set of the premium Wes travel tripod legs will set you back $399 / £379 (AU$ TBA). Go for the complete kit with the addition of a high-performance fluid head, and you can expect to pay $599 / £569. They’re both fairly substantial chunks of money, but the features, design and build quality make them well worth the outlay, especially as both options feature a built-in leveling base, smart padded soft case and handy little extras. All in all, they’re very competitively priced.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Wes"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Wes Anderson has proved himself as an ingenious, stylistic, and very versatile movie director over the last 30 years, so Wes is an inspirational and aspirational name for this new video travel tripod from 3 Legged Thing. Available in gray and black with orange accents or in all-black, the legs are made from premium Japanese eight-layer carbon fiber with an aerospace-grade magnesium alloy canopy. But when shooting a video narrative, I feel that legs are only half the tripod story, so I went for the full kit that adds a fluid head. More on the head later, but I’ll begin with the legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="EqMVzzAdregYh4SWfBsrBE" name="3LT_Wes 2485.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EqMVzzAdregYh4SWfBsrBE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EqMVzzAdregYh4SWfBsrBE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The top section of each leg has a chunky 26cm / 1.02in diameter but with five sections in each leg, the bottom ones are necessarily narrow. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The small stowage size of the Wes tripod legs equates to just 44cm / 17.3in in length, or 54.8cm / 21.6in with the fluid head fitted. To my mind, that makes the kit small enough to take on pretty much every journey to any location, whether I’m pounding around local city streets or jetting off to the other side of the world. For the latter, the tripod is small enough to fit within the cabin baggage regulations of most airlines.</p><p>Fully extending all five sections of each leg reveals ever-decreasing circles, in terms of the relative diameters. Even so, the thinnest bottom sections have a perfectly respectable 14mm diameter. Not only is that significantly greater than in many travel tripods that I’ve seen and used, but it also enables a strong payload rating of 14kg / 30lb, even when the tripod is at full stretch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5074px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="AiocrSrsAJyLNQuJ5uZH9E" name="3LT_Wes 2487.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AiocrSrsAJyLNQuJ5uZH9E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5074" height="2855" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AiocrSrsAJyLNQuJ5uZH9E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Stepping down from the fattest leg sections at the top to the slimmest at the bottom, they have diameters of 26mm, 23mm, 20mm, 17mm and 14mm respectively, so you basically drop just 3mm each time around. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are a couple of potential drawbacks to five-section legs that can outweigh the allure of compact stowage. First up, each joint is a possible point of weakness, where flexing and wobbling might be introduced. The second is that you end up with no less than 12 separate leg section locks to contend with when fully extending and contracting the tripod. That can equate to a lot of time and effort.</p><p>Thankfully, the twist-action section locks featured in the Wes only require minimal rotation to unlock and relock them. You can easily grab the full set of them for each leg when the sections are contracted, and tighten or loosen them with a single flick of the wrist. Ultimately, they’re surprisingly quick and easy to use, while maintaining super-solid locking that avoids any unwanted flexing or movement when the tripod is in use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3660px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="YTLpirM9iKrw53LEveqz3E" name="3LT_Wes 2488.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YTLpirM9iKrw53LEveqz3E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3660" height="2060" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YTLpirM9iKrw53LEveqz3E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist-locks work a treat and are very tactile, with grippy, textured rubber pads to add a feelgood factor. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the twist-locks for the leg sections are a brilliant piece of design that’s thoroughly well executed, the same applies to the locks for the three alternative leg angles. The leg angles themselves measure 23, 55, and 80 degrees from the vertical, so there’s plenty of room for maneuver. Moreover, the simple yet highly effective spring-loaded, push-lever locks ensure maximum speed and ease when playing all the angles. Unlike many travel tripods, including the more stills-centric <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-leo-20-airhead-pro">3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro</a>, there’s no time wasted swinging the legs up around the center column for compact stowage, as the Wes has no center column anyway.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3255px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="UttynGKPBP7JzKARQdNY3E" name="3LT_Wes 2489.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UttynGKPBP7JzKARQdNY3E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3255" height="1832" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UttynGKPBP7JzKARQdNY3E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The push-lever locks for the multiple leg angles make any changes quick and effortless to carry out. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One place you generally don’t want any angles coming into play is in the platform on which the head is mounted. If you try to compensate by adjusting the level of the head itself, you’ll find that your horizons go wonky as soon as you start panning. One method is to meticulously adjust the overall height of each leg, so that the tripod canopy is level. However, this tends to be an arduous, time-consuming process, especially if you’re working on uneven ground.</p><p>To make things quick, simple, and highly effective, the Wes features a built-in leveling base that is an absolute doddle to use. It has a single locking screw with a spring-loaded handle mounted on a six-sided shaft, so you can pull out the handle and rotate it for your favored orientation. Another aid to leveling up is that the base features a bubble level, which can be rotated through a full 360 degrees for easy viewing from any angle.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3897px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="GM5BM83AA2xTGSyhWx2E6E" name="3LT_Wes 2492.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GM5BM83AA2xTGSyhWx2E6E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3897" height="2193" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GM5BM83AA2xTGSyhWx2E6E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The leveling base is an integral part of the tripod design and a real bonus for videography. It’s also ideal for shooting a series of stills for stitching into a panorama. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With the opposite of a soft underbelly, Wes has a pair of solid, robust weight hooks extending from the bottom of its magnesium alloy leveling base. They’re ideal for adding ballast to avoid the tripod swaying in the breeze if you’re shooting outdoors in windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4700px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="7WuzYhDH8FXbpPpbhjeh7E" name="3LT_Wes 2493.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7WuzYhDH8FXbpPpbhjeh7E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4700" height="2645" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7WuzYhDH8FXbpPpbhjeh7E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bottom of the leveling base features a pair of weight hooks, and they’re more tricked up than you might think. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Intent as ever to cram as many crafty design flourishes into a tripod as possible, 3 Legged Thing has doubled up the usefulness of the weight hooks. The hooks also form the T-section of an Allen key that mounts to the underside of the leveling base via a QD (Quick Detach) mechanism. A simple press of a button is all that’s required to release the Allen key, which you can then use for securing your camera to the head’s quick-release plate, or for anything else that uses the same-size Allen key.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3037px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="UCAYgRHvRFnaiURCy9GTzD" name="3LT_Wes 2494.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UCAYgRHvRFnaiURCy9GTzD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3037" height="1709" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UCAYgRHvRFnaiURCy9GTzD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">An allen key secures to the QD mount in the bottom of the leveling plate, and the mount itself can play host to straps, harnesses and other QD-compatible accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve written a full, standalone review of the revamped and updated <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head,</a> and as part of the complete kit, it’s an ideal match for the Wes tripod legs. It ensures wonderfully smooth tilt and pan operation and excellent all-around performance. The favorable feature set includes an adjustable, telescopic panning arm that can mount on either side for left-handed or right-handed use, and an extra-long XP100 Ultra Plate quick-release plate, which is Arca-Swiss compatible.</p><p>Another bonus is that you can use that QD-mounted Allen key that I mentioned just now to remove four screws and rotate the orientation of the head’s camera platform through 90-degree increments. The upshot is that the long QR plate can run from side to side instead of just from front to back. The sideways orientation can be more ideal if you’re using a cage, and definitely if you’re using an L-bracket like one of 3 Legged Thing’s camera-specific L-brackets or the universal <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/embargo-12-dec-2023-2pm-gmt-3-legged-thing-lexie-review">3 Legged Thing Lexie</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4993px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="F3ZRsBJsWK9WxSxzzXFU9E" name="3LT_Wes 2490.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F3ZRsBJsWK9WxSxzzXFU9E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4993" height="2810" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F3ZRsBJsWK9WxSxzzXFU9E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The AirHed Cine CC fluid video head is available in gray and black with orange accents or in an all-black option to match the two colorways of the Wes tripod legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Going from top to bottom, or rather from head to foot, the legs are fitted with rubber pads that give a very firm and stable footing on most surfaces. There’s also a variety of alternative footwear on offer from 3 Legged Thing as optional extras. These include Heelz (metal spikes), Stilettoz (elevated metal spikes), Clawz (metal ice/rock grips) and Vanz (dual metal spikes and rubber pads).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3167px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="7cyC4g8XAuYqMztmvc2DzD" name="3LT_Wes 2496.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7cyC4g8XAuYqMztmvc2DzD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3167" height="1782" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7cyC4g8XAuYqMztmvc2DzD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber feet unscrew so you can fit a range of alternative footwear. The threaded sockets for the feet have 3/8in threads with 1/4in adapters, catering to both standard sizes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are many and varied tripods on the market, in which you can unscrew one of the legs and use it as a monopod instead. It’s a good idea in that it saves carrying two separate bits of support kit. With the Wes, however, you can remove all three legs if you wish, which adds even greater versatility.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5379px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="JLtgyEDjGA6pxRfEPsyHBE" name="3LT_Wes 2498.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JLtgyEDjGA6pxRfEPsyHBE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5379" height="3027" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JLtgyEDjGA6pxRfEPsyHBE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any or all three of the legs can be unscrewed, enabling use as a bipod, monopod and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A neat trick is that if you remove all three legs, you can use the canopy of the Wes with the optional Vanz footwear that I mentioned just now. These dual metal spikes with rubber pads can screw directly into the canopy, effectively transforming the Wes into a tabletop tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5379px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="dATNsnizUkeTiD2GKJYSAE" name="3LT_Wes 2501.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dATNsnizUkeTiD2GKJYSAE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5379" height="3027" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dATNsnizUkeTiD2GKJYSAE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Pictured here, the Wes has all of its legs unscrewed and replaced by optional Vanz footwear, turning it into a tabletop tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a handy multi-function tool supplied with the tripod kit, aptly named the 3 Legged Thing Toolz2. It has a keyring attachment and includes two different sizes of hex keys, a coin/flat blade key, a bottle opener, and a carabiner. It comes in useful for a whole range of tripod/photographic tasks, as well as for popping the tops off bottles when all that videography makes you work up a thirst.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3434px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="jjo9sCCgWhwQ3cfWFhnZ4E" name="3LT_Wes toolz.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jjo9sCCgWhwQ3cfWFhnZ4E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3434" height="1932" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jjo9sCCgWhwQ3cfWFhnZ4E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz carabiner/multi-tool is a cunning little gadget, supplied as part of the kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Attention to detail in both design and manufacture is carried over from the tripod itself to the high-quality padded soft case that it’s supplied in. The case features a pair of internal securing straps for the tripod and an internal mesh pocket, all with Velcro fasteners. There’s also a side pocket for additional storage complete with a zippered three-section organizer (the zippers have comfy pullers for easy opening and closing). There’s a detachable, adjustable shoulder strap, a carrying handle, plus a carabiner-style hook. The hook is ideal for attaching the bag to one of the weight hooks on the tripod after popping a few weighty objects inside.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="NSg3ZhA74hSu6PCF5cZwGE" name="3LT_Wes 2499.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NSg3ZhA74hSu6PCF5cZwGE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NSg3ZhA74hSu6PCF5cZwGE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Nicely designed and immaculately finished, the soft case features its own set of design flourishes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Performance</span></h3><p>Travel tripods sometimes get a bad press, not least from me. Sure, I like that they tend to be lightweight to carry and fold down to unfeasibly small dimensions, but I feel that the lack of rigidity and meagre maximum operating height often makes them somewhat unfit for their intended purpose. I’m happy to report that while the maximum operating height of the 3 Legged Thing Wes kit isn’t exactly towering, it’s definitely tall enough for the vast majority of videography shooting scenarios, equating to 134.5cm / 53in complete with its fluid head. That’s actually pretty generous for a videocentric travel tripod that omits a center column.</p><p>Just as important, or maybe more so, is the fact that the Wes supplies firm, solid, and stable support even at its maximum operating height, with all of the leg sections fully extended. That’s no mean feat for a relatively lightweight tripod with 5-section legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3054px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.80%;"><img id="gY8EhhmCbrZJAn7hTXmZFE" name="3LT_Wes 2541.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gY8EhhmCbrZJAn7hTXmZFE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3054" height="5430" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gY8EhhmCbrZJAn7hTXmZFE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Wes isn’t going to win any prizes in ‘tallest tripod’ competitions but the maximum operating height should prove ample for most video shooting scenarios. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another factor that I’m happy to include under the ‘performance’ umbrella is that I like a tripod to enable ultra-low-level shooting without too much fuss and bother, or the need to invert the center column and shoot with the camera upside down, which is a bit of a non-starter for videography anyway. With its head in place, the Wes can shoot down to nearly ground level for creative effect, with a minimum operating height of just 21cm / 8.3in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5899px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="ayrdaDJUMho5bcmZUfnCCE" name="3LT_Wes 2537.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ayrdaDJUMho5bcmZUfnCCE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5899" height="3315" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ayrdaDJUMho5bcmZUfnCCE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The minimum operating height of just over eight inches, with the legs splayed to their widest angles, enables plenty of creative versatility. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I found that the multiple leg angles made it easy to work around obstacles like low walls and staircases, as well as catering to rough terrain. Another bonus is that the middle leg angle setting enables a firmer footing when shooting from fairly low operating heights, adding stability and making the tripod less at risk of being knocked over accidentally or falling foul of very windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5886px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="kGwYFLXnCZHocSkSJcG5EE" name="3LT_Wes 2534.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kGwYFLXnCZHocSkSJcG5EE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5886" height="3309" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kGwYFLXnCZHocSkSJcG5EE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The intermediate leg angle works very well for fairly low-level shooting, adding greater stability. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’m tall at 6ft 5in and found that the Wes was a little short for me in regular monopod mode, at least when using the viewfinder of a camera. Even so, I didn’t have to crouch very much, and like many of us, I’m much more likely to shoot video using the rear screen of a camera rather than putting my eye to the viewfinder. In this configuration, the monopod proved tall enough for me at its maximum height with the head fitted. And if you hanker after a taller monopod, you could connect two or even three legs, top to toe, after removing the feet from two or three of the legs, respectively.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5363px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="WkxSoC89YuFgyzFHByZAFE" name="3LT_Wes 2555.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WkxSoC89YuFgyzFHByZAFE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5363" height="3017" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WkxSoC89YuFgyzFHByZAFE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The maximum operating height of the Wes in monopod mode with the head attached should prove adequate, even for tall videographers. And if it isn’t, you could connect two or even three of the legs together, screwing the top of one into the bottom of another with its foot removed. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Verdict</span></h3><p>The 3 Legged Thing Wes ticks all of the boxes on my wish list for a video travel tripod. It folds down small and is very lightweight to carry, yet reaches a decent maximum operating height while being sturdy and resistant to flexing and vibrations. I’m generally wary of tripods with five-section legs because the bottom leg sections are often very thin and spindly, resulting in a drop in rigidity and stability when they’re extended. There was no hint of this when using the Wes, and I found it gave solid support throughout its entire operating range, from just above ground level to its maximum height.</p><p>The premium carbon fiber legs with their aerospace-grade magnesium alloy canopy are a great buy on their own. However, the recently updated <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a> is such a great match for the legs that I feel the complete kit is the best option. As a complete travel tripod for videographers, it’s hard to beat.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>High-end features include a built-in leveling base, quick-action twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks, plus monopod and tabletop tripod conversion, the latter as an optional extra.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Designed to be small and lightweight yet hugely versatile, the 3 Legged Thing Wes is cleverly designed, expertly engineered and impeccably turned out.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Travel tripods are often spindly affairs that don’t give solid support, but the Wes is impressively rigid and very resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It’s certainly not cheap for a travel tripod but if you want something that really will go the distance and not let you down, both the legs on their own and the complete kit are star buys.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5202px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.87%;"><img id="VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E" name="3LT_Wes 00 hero 2533.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5202" height="2230" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="64be646a-9c65-11f1-87c4-35e8bcf61faf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ridley" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ridley" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2744px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="DFthGL97jS9sU9EYrjy8RB" name="3 Legged Thing Ridley square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DFthGL97jS9sU9EYrjy8RB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2744" height="2744" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review" data-dimension112="64be646a-9c65-11f1-87c4-35e8bcf61faf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ridley" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ridley" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Ridley</strong></a> is a more full-sized sibling to the Wes, with 3-section legs and a taller 164cm / 64.6in maximum operating height (including the same fluid head). A similar feature set includes the same built-in leveling base, QD weight hook/tool, leg section twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="64be6578-9c65-11f1-923f-49679fc72666" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-leo-20-airhead-pro" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:675px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="NWa6LGth9GSL9ptxEfSK3" name="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NWa6LGth9GSL9ptxEfSK3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="675" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>If you’re more into stills photography than videography, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-leo-20-airhead-pro" data-dimension112="64be6578-9c65-11f1-923f-49679fc72666" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro</strong></a> is an excellent and similarly pro-grade carbon fiber travel tripod. Like the Wes, it features 5-section legs with twist-locks but instead of a leveling base, the Leo incorporates a 2-section extending center column.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-tripod-kit-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The lightweight 3 Legged Thing Wes tripod kit folds down small for the journey but aims to give versatile, solid support for stills and video, incorporating a leveling base and revamped fluid head ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">6KGA8TB9ryYajKVNYwbkvK</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 23 Aug 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Wes tripod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Wes tripod]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Wes tripod]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>It’s been about five years since I discovered 3 Legged Thing, a British company specializing in tripods and other supports. My first encounter was with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</a>. I instantly fell for Winston, and it’s still my favorite full-sized tripod to this day. Even so, a lot has happened in the last five years, and 3 Legged Thing has branched out in all sorts of different directions, currently catering to photographers and videographers, as well as ramping up its endeavors for field sports and birding, plus shooting and target sports. I’ve reviewed many 3 Legged Thing tripods and heads, desk mounts, window mounts, phone mounts, microphone arms, light stands, L-brackets, camera straps, and other items along the way, being highly impressed by pretty much all of them.</p><p>Bringing things up to date, there’s a dynamic duo of new 3 Legged Thing video tripods in town, going by the names of Ridley and Wes. They’re both similar in many ways and are named after master movie directors. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review">Ridley</a> (Scott) is the larger three-section tripod of the two, whereas Wes (Anderson) is the smaller sibling, with a travel-friendly, fold-down-small five-section leg design. Both carbon fiber tripods are available as sets of legs on their own, or as full kits with the same fluid head. They aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripods</a>, while the Wes that I’m reviewing here also eyes up a spot as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> for videographers.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="8ozf7nnxJZKKHxLjK2QjCE" name="3LT_Wes 01 intro 2484.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ozf7nnxJZKKHxLjK2QjCE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ozf7nnxJZKKHxLjK2QjCE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3 Legged Thing Wes is available as a set of video travel tripod legs on their own or as a complete kit with a fluid head, the latter pictured here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>54.8cm / 21.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>134.5cm / 53in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>21cm / 8.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Monopod conversion</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.1kg / 4.6lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>14kg / 30lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>5 / 0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>26cm / 1.02in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded case</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Price</span></h3><p>Quality seldom comes cheap, and sure enough, a set of the premium Wes travel tripod legs will set you back $399 / £379 (AU$ TBA). Go for the complete kit with the addition of a high-performance fluid head, and you can expect to pay $599 / £569. They’re both fairly substantial chunks of money, but the features, design and build quality make them well worth the outlay, especially as both options feature a built-in leveling base, smart padded soft case and handy little extras. All in all, they’re very competitively priced.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Wes"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Wes Anderson has proved himself as an ingenious, stylistic, and very versatile movie director over the last 30 years, so Wes is an inspirational and aspirational name for this new video travel tripod from 3 Legged Thing. Available in gray and black with orange accents or in all-black, the legs are made from premium Japanese eight-layer carbon fiber with an aerospace-grade magnesium alloy canopy. But when shooting a video narrative, I feel that legs are only half the tripod story, so I went for the full kit that adds a fluid head. More on the head later, but I’ll begin with the legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="EqMVzzAdregYh4SWfBsrBE" name="3LT_Wes 2485.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EqMVzzAdregYh4SWfBsrBE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EqMVzzAdregYh4SWfBsrBE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The top section of each leg has a chunky 26cm / 1.02in diameter but with five sections in each leg, the bottom ones are necessarily narrow. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The small stowage size of the Wes tripod legs equates to just 44cm / 17.3in in length, or 54.8cm / 21.6in with the fluid head fitted. To my mind, that makes the kit small enough to take on pretty much every journey to any location, whether I’m pounding around local city streets or jetting off to the other side of the world. For the latter, the tripod is small enough to fit within the cabin baggage regulations of most airlines.</p><p>Fully extending all five sections of each leg reveals ever-decreasing circles, in terms of the relative diameters. Even so, the thinnest bottom sections have a perfectly respectable 14mm diameter. Not only is that significantly greater than in many travel tripods that I’ve seen and used, but it also enables a strong payload rating of 14kg / 30lb, even when the tripod is at full stretch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5074px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="AiocrSrsAJyLNQuJ5uZH9E" name="3LT_Wes 2487.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AiocrSrsAJyLNQuJ5uZH9E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5074" height="2855" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AiocrSrsAJyLNQuJ5uZH9E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Stepping down from the fattest leg sections at the top to the slimmest at the bottom, they have diameters of 26mm, 23mm, 20mm, 17mm and 14mm respectively, so you basically drop just 3mm each time around. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are a couple of potential drawbacks to five-section legs that can outweigh the allure of compact stowage. First up, each joint is a possible point of weakness, where flexing and wobbling might be introduced. The second is that you end up with no less than 12 separate leg section locks to contend with when fully extending and contracting the tripod. That can equate to a lot of time and effort.</p><p>Thankfully, the twist-action section locks featured in the Wes only require minimal rotation to unlock and relock them. You can easily grab the full set of them for each leg when the sections are contracted, and tighten or loosen them with a single flick of the wrist. Ultimately, they’re surprisingly quick and easy to use, while maintaining super-solid locking that avoids any unwanted flexing or movement when the tripod is in use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3660px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="YTLpirM9iKrw53LEveqz3E" name="3LT_Wes 2488.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YTLpirM9iKrw53LEveqz3E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3660" height="2060" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YTLpirM9iKrw53LEveqz3E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist-locks work a treat and are very tactile, with grippy, textured rubber pads to add a feelgood factor. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the twist-locks for the leg sections are a brilliant piece of design that’s thoroughly well executed, the same applies to the locks for the three alternative leg angles. The leg angles themselves measure 23, 55, and 80 degrees from the vertical, so there’s plenty of room for maneuver. Moreover, the simple yet highly effective spring-loaded, push-lever locks ensure maximum speed and ease when playing all the angles. Unlike many travel tripods, including the more stills-centric <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-leo-20-airhead-pro">3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro</a>, there’s no time wasted swinging the legs up around the center column for compact stowage, as the Wes has no center column anyway.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3255px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="UttynGKPBP7JzKARQdNY3E" name="3LT_Wes 2489.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UttynGKPBP7JzKARQdNY3E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3255" height="1832" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UttynGKPBP7JzKARQdNY3E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The push-lever locks for the multiple leg angles make any changes quick and effortless to carry out. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One place you generally don’t want any angles coming into play is in the platform on which the head is mounted. If you try to compensate by adjusting the level of the head itself, you’ll find that your horizons go wonky as soon as you start panning. One method is to meticulously adjust the overall height of each leg, so that the tripod canopy is level. However, this tends to be an arduous, time-consuming process, especially if you’re working on uneven ground.</p><p>To make things quick, simple, and highly effective, the Wes features a built-in leveling base that is an absolute doddle to use. It has a single locking screw with a spring-loaded handle mounted on a six-sided shaft, so you can pull out the handle and rotate it for your favored orientation. Another aid to leveling up is that the base features a bubble level, which can be rotated through a full 360 degrees for easy viewing from any angle.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3897px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="GM5BM83AA2xTGSyhWx2E6E" name="3LT_Wes 2492.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GM5BM83AA2xTGSyhWx2E6E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3897" height="2193" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GM5BM83AA2xTGSyhWx2E6E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The leveling base is an integral part of the tripod design and a real bonus for videography. It’s also ideal for shooting a series of stills for stitching into a panorama. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With the opposite of a soft underbelly, Wes has a pair of solid, robust weight hooks extending from the bottom of its magnesium alloy leveling base. They’re ideal for adding ballast to avoid the tripod swaying in the breeze if you’re shooting outdoors in windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4700px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="7WuzYhDH8FXbpPpbhjeh7E" name="3LT_Wes 2493.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7WuzYhDH8FXbpPpbhjeh7E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4700" height="2645" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7WuzYhDH8FXbpPpbhjeh7E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bottom of the leveling base features a pair of weight hooks, and they’re more tricked up than you might think. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Intent as ever to cram as many crafty design flourishes into a tripod as possible, 3 Legged Thing has doubled up the usefulness of the weight hooks. The hooks also form the T-section of an Allen key that mounts to the underside of the leveling base via a QD (Quick Detach) mechanism. A simple press of a button is all that’s required to release the Allen key, which you can then use for securing your camera to the head’s quick-release plate, or for anything else that uses the same-size Allen key.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3037px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="UCAYgRHvRFnaiURCy9GTzD" name="3LT_Wes 2494.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UCAYgRHvRFnaiURCy9GTzD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3037" height="1709" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UCAYgRHvRFnaiURCy9GTzD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">An allen key secures to the QD mount in the bottom of the leveling plate, and the mount itself can play host to straps, harnesses and other QD-compatible accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve written a full, standalone review of the revamped and updated <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head,</a> and as part of the complete kit, it’s an ideal match for the Wes tripod legs. It ensures wonderfully smooth tilt and pan operation and excellent all-around performance. The favorable feature set includes an adjustable, telescopic panning arm that can mount on either side for left-handed or right-handed use, and an extra-long XP100 Ultra Plate quick-release plate, which is Arca-Swiss compatible.</p><p>Another bonus is that you can use that QD-mounted Allen key that I mentioned just now to remove four screws and rotate the orientation of the head’s camera platform through 90-degree increments. The upshot is that the long QR plate can run from side to side instead of just from front to back. The sideways orientation can be more ideal if you’re using a cage, and definitely if you’re using an L-bracket like one of 3 Legged Thing’s camera-specific L-brackets or the universal <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/embargo-12-dec-2023-2pm-gmt-3-legged-thing-lexie-review">3 Legged Thing Lexie</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4993px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="F3ZRsBJsWK9WxSxzzXFU9E" name="3LT_Wes 2490.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F3ZRsBJsWK9WxSxzzXFU9E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4993" height="2810" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F3ZRsBJsWK9WxSxzzXFU9E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The AirHed Cine CC fluid video head is available in gray and black with orange accents or in an all-black option to match the two colorways of the Wes tripod legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Going from top to bottom, or rather from head to foot, the legs are fitted with rubber pads that give a very firm and stable footing on most surfaces. There’s also a variety of alternative footwear on offer from 3 Legged Thing as optional extras. These include Heelz (metal spikes), Stilettoz (elevated metal spikes), Clawz (metal ice/rock grips) and Vanz (dual metal spikes and rubber pads).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3167px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="7cyC4g8XAuYqMztmvc2DzD" name="3LT_Wes 2496.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7cyC4g8XAuYqMztmvc2DzD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3167" height="1782" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7cyC4g8XAuYqMztmvc2DzD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber feet unscrew so you can fit a range of alternative footwear. The threaded sockets for the feet have 3/8in threads with 1/4in adapters, catering to both standard sizes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are many and varied tripods on the market, in which you can unscrew one of the legs and use it as a monopod instead. It’s a good idea in that it saves carrying two separate bits of support kit. With the Wes, however, you can remove all three legs if you wish, which adds even greater versatility.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5379px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="JLtgyEDjGA6pxRfEPsyHBE" name="3LT_Wes 2498.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JLtgyEDjGA6pxRfEPsyHBE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5379" height="3027" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JLtgyEDjGA6pxRfEPsyHBE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any or all three of the legs can be unscrewed, enabling use as a bipod, monopod and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A neat trick is that if you remove all three legs, you can use the canopy of the Wes with the optional Vanz footwear that I mentioned just now. These dual metal spikes with rubber pads can screw directly into the canopy, effectively transforming the Wes into a tabletop tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5379px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="dATNsnizUkeTiD2GKJYSAE" name="3LT_Wes 2501.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dATNsnizUkeTiD2GKJYSAE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5379" height="3027" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dATNsnizUkeTiD2GKJYSAE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Pictured here, the Wes has all of its legs unscrewed and replaced by optional Vanz footwear, turning it into a tabletop tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a handy multi-function tool supplied with the tripod kit, aptly named the 3 Legged Thing Toolz2. It has a keyring attachment and includes two different sizes of hex keys, a coin/flat blade key, a bottle opener, and a carabiner. It comes in useful for a whole range of tripod/photographic tasks, as well as for popping the tops off bottles when all that videography makes you work up a thirst.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3434px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="jjo9sCCgWhwQ3cfWFhnZ4E" name="3LT_Wes toolz.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jjo9sCCgWhwQ3cfWFhnZ4E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3434" height="1932" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jjo9sCCgWhwQ3cfWFhnZ4E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz carabiner/multi-tool is a cunning little gadget, supplied as part of the kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Attention to detail in both design and manufacture is carried over from the tripod itself to the high-quality padded soft case that it’s supplied in. The case features a pair of internal securing straps for the tripod and an internal mesh pocket, all with Velcro fasteners. There’s also a side pocket for additional storage complete with a zippered three-section organizer (the zippers have comfy pullers for easy opening and closing). There’s a detachable, adjustable shoulder strap, a carrying handle, plus a carabiner-style hook. The hook is ideal for attaching the bag to one of the weight hooks on the tripod after popping a few weighty objects inside.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="NSg3ZhA74hSu6PCF5cZwGE" name="3LT_Wes 2499.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NSg3ZhA74hSu6PCF5cZwGE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NSg3ZhA74hSu6PCF5cZwGE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Nicely designed and immaculately finished, the soft case features its own set of design flourishes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Performance</span></h3><p>Travel tripods sometimes get a bad press, not least from me. Sure, I like that they tend to be lightweight to carry and fold down to unfeasibly small dimensions, but I feel that the lack of rigidity and meagre maximum operating height often makes them somewhat unfit for their intended purpose. I’m happy to report that while the maximum operating height of the 3 Legged Thing Wes kit isn’t exactly towering, it’s definitely tall enough for the vast majority of videography shooting scenarios, equating to 134.5cm / 53in complete with its fluid head. That’s actually pretty generous for a videocentric travel tripod that omits a center column.</p><p>Just as important, or maybe more so, is the fact that the Wes supplies firm, solid, and stable support even at its maximum operating height, with all of the leg sections fully extended. That’s no mean feat for a relatively lightweight tripod with 5-section legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3054px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.80%;"><img id="gY8EhhmCbrZJAn7hTXmZFE" name="3LT_Wes 2541.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gY8EhhmCbrZJAn7hTXmZFE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3054" height="5430" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gY8EhhmCbrZJAn7hTXmZFE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Wes isn’t going to win any prizes in ‘tallest tripod’ competitions but the maximum operating height should prove ample for most video shooting scenarios. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another factor that I’m happy to include under the ‘performance’ umbrella is that I like a tripod to enable ultra-low-level shooting without too much fuss and bother, or the need to invert the center column and shoot with the camera upside down, which is a bit of a non-starter for videography anyway. With its head in place, the Wes can shoot down to nearly ground level for creative effect, with a minimum operating height of just 21cm / 8.3in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5899px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="ayrdaDJUMho5bcmZUfnCCE" name="3LT_Wes 2537.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ayrdaDJUMho5bcmZUfnCCE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5899" height="3315" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ayrdaDJUMho5bcmZUfnCCE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The minimum operating height of just over eight inches, with the legs splayed to their widest angles, enables plenty of creative versatility. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I found that the multiple leg angles made it easy to work around obstacles like low walls and staircases, as well as catering to rough terrain. Another bonus is that the middle leg angle setting enables a firmer footing when shooting from fairly low operating heights, adding stability and making the tripod less at risk of being knocked over accidentally or falling foul of very windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5886px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="kGwYFLXnCZHocSkSJcG5EE" name="3LT_Wes 2534.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kGwYFLXnCZHocSkSJcG5EE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5886" height="3309" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kGwYFLXnCZHocSkSJcG5EE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The intermediate leg angle works very well for fairly low-level shooting, adding greater stability. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’m tall at 6ft 5in and found that the Wes was a little short for me in regular monopod mode, at least when using the viewfinder of a camera. Even so, I didn’t have to crouch very much, and like many of us, I’m much more likely to shoot video using the rear screen of a camera rather than putting my eye to the viewfinder. In this configuration, the monopod proved tall enough for me at its maximum height with the head fitted. And if you hanker after a taller monopod, you could connect two or even three legs, top to toe, after removing the feet from two or three of the legs, respectively.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5363px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="WkxSoC89YuFgyzFHByZAFE" name="3LT_Wes 2555.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WkxSoC89YuFgyzFHByZAFE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5363" height="3017" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WkxSoC89YuFgyzFHByZAFE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The maximum operating height of the Wes in monopod mode with the head attached should prove adequate, even for tall videographers. And if it isn’t, you could connect two or even three of the legs together, screwing the top of one into the bottom of another with its foot removed. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Verdict</span></h3><p>The 3 Legged Thing Wes ticks all of the boxes on my wish list for a video travel tripod. It folds down small and is very lightweight to carry, yet reaches a decent maximum operating height while being sturdy and resistant to flexing and vibrations. I’m generally wary of tripods with five-section legs because the bottom leg sections are often very thin and spindly, resulting in a drop in rigidity and stability when they’re extended. There was no hint of this when using the Wes, and I found it gave solid support throughout its entire operating range, from just above ground level to its maximum height.</p><p>The premium carbon fiber legs with their aerospace-grade magnesium alloy canopy are a great buy on their own. However, the recently updated <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a> is such a great match for the legs that I feel the complete kit is the best option. As a complete travel tripod for videographers, it’s hard to beat.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>High-end features include a built-in leveling base, quick-action twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks, plus monopod and tabletop tripod conversion, the latter as an optional extra.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Designed to be small and lightweight yet hugely versatile, the 3 Legged Thing Wes is cleverly designed, expertly engineered and impeccably turned out.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Travel tripods are often spindly affairs that don’t give solid support, but the Wes is impressively rigid and very resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It’s certainly not cheap for a travel tripod but if you want something that really will go the distance and not let you down, both the legs on their own and the complete kit are star buys.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5202px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.87%;"><img id="VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E" name="3LT_Wes 00 hero 2533.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5202" height="2230" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="64be646a-9c65-11f1-87c4-35e8bcf61faf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ridley" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ridley" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2744px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="DFthGL97jS9sU9EYrjy8RB" name="3 Legged Thing Ridley square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DFthGL97jS9sU9EYrjy8RB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2744" height="2744" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review" data-dimension112="64be646a-9c65-11f1-87c4-35e8bcf61faf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ridley" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ridley" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Ridley</strong></a> is a more full-sized sibling to the Wes, with 3-section legs and a taller 164cm / 64.6in maximum operating height (including the same fluid head). A similar feature set includes the same built-in leveling base, QD weight hook/tool, leg section twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="64be6578-9c65-11f1-923f-49679fc72666" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-leo-20-airhead-pro" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:675px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="NWa6LGth9GSL9ptxEfSK3" name="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NWa6LGth9GSL9ptxEfSK3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="675" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>If you’re more into stills photography than videography, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-leo-20-airhead-pro" data-dimension112="64be6578-9c65-11f1-923f-49679fc72666" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro</strong></a> is an excellent and similarly pro-grade carbon fiber travel tripod. Like the Wes, it features 5-section legs with twist-locks but instead of a leveling base, the Leo incorporates a 2-section extending center column.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ 3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 review: a super-strong set of carbon fiber tripod legs for professional hybrid photography and more besides ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>I’ve been reviewing 3 Legged Thing gear for five years and counting, since first encountering the rather epic <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</a> from the Pro 2.0 range. Indeed, it’s been my go-to full-sized tripod ever since, and I’m no stranger to the company’s supersized video tripods either, like the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-legends-tommy-carbon-fiber-tripod-review">3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy</a>. Over the ensuing years, I’ve also tested and reviewed a bunch of other 3 Legged Thing tripods great and small, desk mounts, window mounts, phone mounts, microphone arms, light stands, L-brackets, camera straps, and other paraphernalia. The company’s product catalog is nothing if not diverse, ranging from photography and videography kit, through field sports and birding, to shooting and target sports supports and accessories.</p><p>One constant is that I’ve always been impressed by 3 Legged Things’ design flair and the company’s ability to turn its clever design concepts into expertly engineered and beautifully finished products. The set of Ethan 4 tripod legs that I’m reviewing here is a mighty, super-strong set of carbon fiber legs that aims to stick with that tradition, billed as a professional hybrid photography and tactical tripod system for photo, video, shooting, and tactical pursuits. Let’s see if it lives up to its claims, not just as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripods,</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, but for a variety of other duties as well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4354px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="9f3mS9dEvnzbfDDuNa98HK" name="3LT_E4 01 intro 2442.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9f3mS9dEvnzbfDDuNa98HK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4354" height="2450" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Ethan 4 plays a powerful ‘supporting role’ as a character in 3 Legged Thing’s large cast of tripods </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>61cm / 24in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>162cm / 64in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>14cm / 5.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Monopod conversion</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.4kg / 5.3lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>60kg / 132lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>32mm / 1.26in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded case</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Price</span></h3><p>A full-sized tripod with a mighty 60kg / 132lb payload rating and built from premium Japanese carbon fiber and aerospace-grade magnesium alloy, the Ethan 4 doesn’t come cheap. The legs list at $499 / £429 (AU$ TBA), and bear in mind that you’ll have to factor in a head and maybe a leveling base, if you don’t have them already, which will add to the cost. Even so, I think the legs are set at a very fair price, considering their specifications, so long as the build quality and performance stack up. That’s what I’m here to test.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Designed as a ‘tactical’ tripod for shooting and target sports as well as photography and videography, Ethan 4 takes its name from Ethan Hunt of <em>Mission: Impossible</em>. As such, it’s ‘engineered for chaos, built for legends’, as 3 Legged Thing likes to say. It’s certainly very tough and endlessly adaptable. In the realm of shooting pictures, I’d say that pro-grade videography is its best fit.</p><p>Suitably hard as nails, Ethan 4 is made from premium 3K weave Japanese carbon fiber with an oversized outer leg section diameter of 32mm. Metal parts are constructed in aerospace-grade magnesium alloy, and fixings are made from corrosion-resistant stainless steel. For the style-conscious, the tripod is available in Darkness (black), Olive Drab Green, and Lava colorways; the last of these with orange accents.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5577px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="KAHNiZ5EJ65a99FR4oyBLK" name="3LT_E4 2443.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KAHNiZ5EJ65a99FR4oyBLK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5577" height="3138" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KAHNiZ5EJ65a99FR4oyBLK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3K weave carbon fiber leg sections look as good as they feel, with an oversized 32mm diameter top section. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With four telescoping sections in each leg, a bonus of the chunky 32mm outer is that even the narrowest bottom sections have an impressive girth to them. The upshot is that the tripod has a super-sturdy payload rating of 60kg / 132lb. Naturally, you’ll be hard-pressed to find a camera and lens combination that weighs anywhere near that much, but the Ethan 4 can also support additional accessories, as I’ll come to later.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4933px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="FtCX73YuLwszWWEp3scyFK" name="3LT_E4 2446.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtCX73YuLwszWWEp3scyFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4933" height="2776" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtCX73YuLwszWWEp3scyFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even the bottom sections of the four-section legs have a satisfying girth to them, rather than being spindly, thin, and flimsy. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s an endless debate over whether twist-locks or flip-locks are better for tripod legs. Personally, I generally prefer twist-locks, especially if they’re the kind featured in this tripod, labelled as ‘Oversized Helical Strake’ leg locks. As such, they’re quick and easy to use with minimal rotation required to loosen or lock each section. As with other elements of the tripod, they have a top-quality look and feel, and are fitted with grippy rubber pads. They’re also designed for quick and easy strip-down and reassembly if and when they need cleaning.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="JbYDv33jxGNwjcX5t8Zk4K" name="3LT_E4 2447.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JbYDv33jxGNwjcX5t8Zk4K-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3568" height="2008" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JbYDv33jxGNwjcX5t8Zk4K-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Quick and easy to use, and equally so to disassemble and reassemble if they need cleaning, the twist locks incorporate 3 Legged Thing’s usual ‘chicken lips’ or nylon shims. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the twist-locks are pretty standard fare, the three-position leg-angle locks have a new patented trigger-pull design. The idea is that you can pull out the mechanism in the more time-honored fashion, or simply squeeze a trigger-action release with your finger.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4278px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="mafTY5GjvxuMFZy4JbtCFK" name="3LT_E4 2448.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mafTY5GjvxuMFZy4JbtCFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4278" height="2407" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mafTY5GjvxuMFZy4JbtCFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The legs can be locked at three alternative angles, namely 23, 55, or 80 degrees from the vertical, using the handy new trigger-action mechanism. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I mentioned at the outset, the Ethan 4 is sold as a set of legs, rather than as a complete kit. Especially for videography, to which the tripod legs are ideally suited, you’re best off adding either of 3 Legged Thing’s LevelHed Leveling Base or 75mm Half Bowl, as well as a fluid head. The tripod is supplied with a flat plate for the former, and there’s an optional 75mm bowl mount that you can swap to if you buy it separately.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4855px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="Aez9hgZfUYzWMPWtnN5dJK" name="3LT_E4 2450.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Aez9hgZfUYzWMPWtnN5dJK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4855" height="2732" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Aez9hgZfUYzWMPWtnN5dJK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tripod is supplied complete with a flat mounting plate, shown here, but you can swap it out to an optional 75mm bowl mount. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Naturally, you can attach your camera or whatever else you’re shooting with to the flat plate itself, without using a leveling aid or tripod head. With that in mind, the plate features a dual 1/4in mount with a 3/8in adapter sleeve, catering to both industry-standard threaded sockets.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4855px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="VLxqasafPrB56HkRf35jFK" name="3LT_E4 2451.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VLxqasafPrB56HkRf35jFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4855" height="2732" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VLxqasafPrB56HkRf35jFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The flat plate includes a dual 1/4in threaded mounting screw with a 3/8in sleeve. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Keeping moving parts to a minimum, the bubble level is fixed on the side of the chassis, rather than having a rotating base. Being positioned off to the side, it’s easy to keep an eye on and is large enough to see clearly when leveling the tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3860px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="GTeN49NGWezhSmN8CPrpEK" name="3LT_E4 2452.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GTeN49NGWezhSmN8CPrpEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3860" height="2172" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GTeN49NGWezhSmN8CPrpEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level is large, easy to see and therefore easy to use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Ethan 4 can support more than just its primary load. A threaded socket on the side of the chassis enables the attachment of a magic arm, LED lamp, microphone mount, monitor screen or just about anything else you might want to add on.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3310px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="oEQCqP5oaZdELeGTJjmHEK" name="3LT_E4 2454.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oEQCqP5oaZdELeGTJjmHEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3310" height="1863" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oEQCqP5oaZdELeGTJjmHEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The threaded accessory mount on the side of the chassis has a standard 3/8in threaded socket and comes with a 14/in adapter. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Going one better than the standard threaded accessory mount, the tripod chassis also includes a QD (Quick-Detach) socket. Compatible with 3 Legged Thing Axis QD straps and all sorts of other gadgets that use this kind of mount, it enables ultra-quick-and-easy mounting and detachment with a simple pushbutton mechanism.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3310px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="xbQS2DkmKYMTwNYaSgJUEK" name="3LT_E4 2455.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xbQS2DkmKYMTwNYaSgJUEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3310" height="1863" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xbQS2DkmKYMTwNYaSgJUEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The chassis has an integrated QD socket that’s compatible with 3 Legged Thing Axis QD straps and other like-minded accessories. The connectors also happen to be used by NASA among others, for securing cargo on space rockets. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A ballast hook is featured under the flat mounting plate and also serves as the grab handle for tightening or loosening the main dual 1/4in and 3/8in threaded mounting screw with sleeve. Using the ballast hook enables you to hang a weight off the tripod, again taking advantage of its hefty payload rating and adding stability if you’re shooting in windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3310px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="nH2aykHkFNwYX4u82UKNEK" name="3LT_E4 2456.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nH2aykHkFNwYX4u82UKNEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3310" height="1863" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nH2aykHkFNwYX4u82UKNEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook is easy to get at, positioned directly under the flat plate and also serves as the finger/thumb grip for the main mounting screw. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When it comes to tripod heads, you can naturally fit pretty much anything that takes your fancy. One that works particularly well for videography with the Ethan 4 is the revamped and revitalized <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a>, which I’ve reviewed separately and very favorably in the past. The head has a list price of $249 / £229 and is available in black or grey colorways.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3887px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="7sThpozcjjU3tttKfTcrFK" name="3LT_E4 2475.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7sThpozcjjU3tttKfTcrFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3887" height="2188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7sThpozcjjU3tttKfTcrFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The redesigned AirHed Cine CC is a compact but fully functional and a great performer. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod comes with chunky rubber feet, which give a very firm and stable footing while also doing a good job of absorbing vibrations. They’re not the only choice, however, as alternative footwear is available as optional extras from 3 Legged Thing. Choices include smaller Little Bootz (rubber pads), Heelz (metal spikes), Stilettoz (elevated metal spikes), Clawz (metal ice/rock grips), and Vanz (dual metal spikes and rubber pads).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4035px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="38ptph7XJYPnvUtRxbfPFK" name="3LT_E4 2460.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/38ptph7XJYPnvUtRxbfPFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4035" height="2271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/38ptph7XJYPnvUtRxbfPFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The large rubber feet unscrew so you can fit a range of alternative footwear. Accepting all sorts, the threaded foot sockets have 3/8in threads with 1/4in adapters. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In keeping with the multi-talented nature of Ethan 4, you can remove one, two, or all three of the legs. Each of the legs can work independently for monopod duty, and leaving two of the legs attached to the chassis enables use as a bipod. Removing all three legs might sound counterproductive, but I’ll come back to that in a moment.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5546px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="VRAh624DQpMY4JELTkReJK" name="3LT_E4 2457.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRAh624DQpMY4JELTkReJK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5546" height="3122" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRAh624DQpMY4JELTkReJK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any or all three of the legs can be unscrewed, enabling use as a bipod, monopod and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting back to the optional Vanz footwear that I mentioned just now, these dual metal spikes with rubber pads can serve up a neat trick. If you unscrew all three legs from the chassis and then screw the Vanz into the empty sockets that are revealed, you can effectively transform the Ethan 4 into a tabletop tripod, stretching its versatility even further.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5441px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="xfn3V8NXqVkRr5dmviwGLK" name="3LT_E4 2503.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xfn3V8NXqVkRr5dmviwGLK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5441" height="3062" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xfn3V8NXqVkRr5dmviwGLK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s what the Ethan 4 looks like with all of its legs unscrewed and optional Vanz footwear attached in their place, serving as a tabletop tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod comes with a 3 Legged Thing Toolz2. It’s a neat multi-function tool, with a keyring. It acts as two different sizes of hex keys, a coin/flat blade key, a bottle opener, and a carabiner. It’s handy for a whole range of tripod/photographic tasks as well as for grabbing a quick drink when the going gets thirsty.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3230px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="buX64LLC98ExoNSNpBaMEK" name="3LT_E4 toolz.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/buX64LLC98ExoNSNpBaMEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3230" height="1818" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/buX64LLC98ExoNSNpBaMEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz2 carabiner/multi-tool is a smart and useful extra supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It annoys me when some of the most famous tripod manufacturers sell very expensive tripods and don’t bother to bundle a carrying bag of any sort. The situation here is quite the reverse. The Ethan 4 comes with a very high-quality padded soft case and, typical of 3 Legged Thing, it’s not short of crafty design flourishes. There’s an internal mesh pocket and two securing straps, both with Velcro fasteners. You also get a side pocket with additional room and a zippered three-section organizer. The zippers themselves have comfy pullers for easy operation. There’s also a detachable, adjustable shoulder strap, a carrying handle, plus a carabiner-style hook. I’d use the last of these for attaching the bag to the ballast hook on the tripod, after popping a weighty object or two inside.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="VzBSp6Lc2jPxMKCSaZ5MPK" name="3LT_E4 2458.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VzBSp6Lc2jPxMKCSaZ5MPK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VzBSp6Lc2jPxMKCSaZ5MPK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The padded soft case follows suit with the tripod itself, being of very high quality and having lots of neat little extras. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Performance</span></h3><p>Let’s cut to the chase. Performance of the Ethan 4 is exemplary in every respect. It gives rock-solid support for even the heaviest of cameras and accessories, right up to and including its maximum operating height of 162cm / 64in (without head). The legs and rubber feet combine to give excellent resistance against unwanted flexing and vibrations, even when the leg sections are fully extended.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2988px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.78%;"><img id="uQVzJwSEfVx4PfUxhidSTK" name="3LT_E4 2523.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uQVzJwSEfVx4PfUxhidSTK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2988" height="5312" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uQVzJwSEfVx4PfUxhidSTK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tripod remains very solid and resistant to flexing and vibrations, even at its maximum operating height with all the leg sections fully extended. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As with most video-friendly tripods, there’s no center column, but an upside of this is that when the legs are splayed to their widest locking angle, you can shoot from ultra-low levels for creative effect, without the center column getting in the way. Again, without an attached head, the minimum operating height is a mere 14cm / 5.5in. The 4-section legs also enable a fairly compact carrying length of 61cm / 24in. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4955px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="XaazMWFdMoGPDtMifamnNK" name="3LT_E4 2521.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XaazMWFdMoGPDtMifamnNK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4955" height="2787" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XaazMWFdMoGPDtMifamnNK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The largest locking leg angle from the vertical enables ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the maximum payload rating is a huge 60kg / 132lb, the tripod itself is easy on the back for carrying around, weighing in at 2.4kg / 5.3lb. It’s also very easy to live with from an operational perspective. The twist locks work with simple efficiency, requiring minimal rotation to lock and unlock the leg sections. The trigger-action leg angle locks are similarly simple and intuitive. As well as enabling ultra-low-level shooting and working on uneven terrain or around obstacles, the multi-angle legs add stability at their intermediate setting when shooting at low to middling heights.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4892px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="f8vwj7oMPbNP8a7KwV6cJK" name="3LT_E4 2519.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/f8vwj7oMPbNP8a7KwV6cJK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4892" height="2752" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/f8vwj7oMPbNP8a7KwV6cJK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">For low to middling shooting heights, the interim leg angle adds stability and makes the tripod less prone to toppling over if knocked or in very windy conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Not just a tripod, the Ethan 4 works equally well in bipod mode or with any of the three legs removed for monopod duty. You can attach a camera or anything else to the mounting screw in the flat base, but the addition of a head makes monopod shooting more refined.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5816px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="LFpfYQ6PeCZoKftXP6CaXK" name="3LT_E4 2531.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LFpfYQ6PeCZoKftXP6CaXK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5816" height="3271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LFpfYQ6PeCZoKftXP6CaXK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">As pictured here, I’ve removed one of the legs and transferred the 3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head to the top of it for monopod duty. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Verdict</span></h3><p>Ethan Hunt is a very ingenious, versatile, and action-packed (if fictitious) character, giving his namesake tripod, the Ethan 4, a lot to live up to. True to the role, however, this 3 Legged Thing tripod can take on a barrage of different scenarios and win out against seemingly impossible odds, delivering a sure-fire success rate.</p><p>I love that the Ethan 4 tripod is so rock-solid and utterly dependable, and so resistant to any unwanted flexing or vibration. The twist-locks for the leg sections work impeccably, and the new trigger-action leg angle locks are a pleasure to use. Ultimately, this tripod offers wide-ranging versatility while also being entirely intuitive and simple to use, so you can concentrate on your creative flow rather than wrestling with a finicky tripod.</p><p>The fact that it also works flawlessly as a bipod or monopod reinforces its credentials as a ‘tactical’ tripod for photography, videography, shooting, and target sports. Just add a head, and you’re good to go.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Top features include quick-action twist-locks and trigger-action leg angle locks, a flat plate mount that can be swapped out for an optional half bowl mount, and the ability to work as a tripod, bipod or monopod.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design of the tripod is full of clever tricks and flourishes that make the Ethan 4 immensely versatile yet quick-and-easy to use. The build quality is top-notch as well.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Super-solid and dependable from ground level right up to and including its maximum operating height, the Ethan 4 is a top performer. It’s also very quick to set up and take down again.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It’s undeniably expensive for a set of tripod legs, with no leveling base or head, but the features, design, build quality and performance make it excellent value for money nonetheless.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5926px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK" name="3LT_E4 00 hero 2516.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5926" height="2540" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="894efac8-9c5c-11f1-bc02-1964bfef21ab" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-legends-tommy-carbon-fiber-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2771px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="GFYK97JunrrYZ5VjphZmn" name="3 Legged Thing Tommy square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GFYK97JunrrYZ5VjphZmn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2771" height="2771" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-legends-tommy-carbon-fiber-tripod-review" data-dimension112="894efac8-9c5c-11f1-bc02-1964bfef21ab" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy</strong></a> is one of the company’s biggest and strongest video tripods, with three-section legs and an interchangeable flat plate and 75mm bowl mount. It’s also one of the company’s most expensive sets of tripod legs (much pricier than the Ethan 4) and again comes without a bundled head.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="894efb2c-9c5c-11f1-8d69-436f0e54f292" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" data-dimension48="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The  <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="894efb2c-9c5c-11f1-8d69-436f0e54f292" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" data-dimension48="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</strong></a> is another very robust tripod, this time more ideal for stills rather than video capture. The full kit comes with the latest edition of the company’s top-flight ball head, but you can also buy just the legs (or the head) on their own.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The hugely strong and versatile 3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 bills itself as a pro-grade hybrid photography and tactical tripod system with bipod and monopod conversion. Sounds like a mission improbable… ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">EjXoQi3XS3BdE37U2yzbSS</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 22 Aug 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>I’ve been reviewing 3 Legged Thing gear for five years and counting, since first encountering the rather epic <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</a> from the Pro 2.0 range. Indeed, it’s been my go-to full-sized tripod ever since, and I’m no stranger to the company’s supersized video tripods either, like the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-legends-tommy-carbon-fiber-tripod-review">3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy</a>. Over the ensuing years, I’ve also tested and reviewed a bunch of other 3 Legged Thing tripods great and small, desk mounts, window mounts, phone mounts, microphone arms, light stands, L-brackets, camera straps, and other paraphernalia. The company’s product catalog is nothing if not diverse, ranging from photography and videography kit, through field sports and birding, to shooting and target sports supports and accessories.</p><p>One constant is that I’ve always been impressed by 3 Legged Things’ design flair and the company’s ability to turn its clever design concepts into expertly engineered and beautifully finished products. The set of Ethan 4 tripod legs that I’m reviewing here is a mighty, super-strong set of carbon fiber legs that aims to stick with that tradition, billed as a professional hybrid photography and tactical tripod system for photo, video, shooting, and tactical pursuits. Let’s see if it lives up to its claims, not just as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripods,</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, but for a variety of other duties as well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4354px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="9f3mS9dEvnzbfDDuNa98HK" name="3LT_E4 01 intro 2442.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9f3mS9dEvnzbfDDuNa98HK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4354" height="2450" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Ethan 4 plays a powerful ‘supporting role’ as a character in 3 Legged Thing’s large cast of tripods </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>61cm / 24in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>162cm / 64in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>14cm / 5.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Monopod conversion</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.4kg / 5.3lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>60kg / 132lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>32mm / 1.26in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded case</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Price</span></h3><p>A full-sized tripod with a mighty 60kg / 132lb payload rating and built from premium Japanese carbon fiber and aerospace-grade magnesium alloy, the Ethan 4 doesn’t come cheap. The legs list at $499 / £429 (AU$ TBA), and bear in mind that you’ll have to factor in a head and maybe a leveling base, if you don’t have them already, which will add to the cost. Even so, I think the legs are set at a very fair price, considering their specifications, so long as the build quality and performance stack up. That’s what I’m here to test.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Designed as a ‘tactical’ tripod for shooting and target sports as well as photography and videography, Ethan 4 takes its name from Ethan Hunt of <em>Mission: Impossible</em>. As such, it’s ‘engineered for chaos, built for legends’, as 3 Legged Thing likes to say. It’s certainly very tough and endlessly adaptable. In the realm of shooting pictures, I’d say that pro-grade videography is its best fit.</p><p>Suitably hard as nails, Ethan 4 is made from premium 3K weave Japanese carbon fiber with an oversized outer leg section diameter of 32mm. Metal parts are constructed in aerospace-grade magnesium alloy, and fixings are made from corrosion-resistant stainless steel. For the style-conscious, the tripod is available in Darkness (black), Olive Drab Green, and Lava colorways; the last of these with orange accents.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5577px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="KAHNiZ5EJ65a99FR4oyBLK" name="3LT_E4 2443.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KAHNiZ5EJ65a99FR4oyBLK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5577" height="3138" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KAHNiZ5EJ65a99FR4oyBLK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3K weave carbon fiber leg sections look as good as they feel, with an oversized 32mm diameter top section. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With four telescoping sections in each leg, a bonus of the chunky 32mm outer is that even the narrowest bottom sections have an impressive girth to them. The upshot is that the tripod has a super-sturdy payload rating of 60kg / 132lb. Naturally, you’ll be hard-pressed to find a camera and lens combination that weighs anywhere near that much, but the Ethan 4 can also support additional accessories, as I’ll come to later.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4933px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="FtCX73YuLwszWWEp3scyFK" name="3LT_E4 2446.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtCX73YuLwszWWEp3scyFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4933" height="2776" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtCX73YuLwszWWEp3scyFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even the bottom sections of the four-section legs have a satisfying girth to them, rather than being spindly, thin, and flimsy. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s an endless debate over whether twist-locks or flip-locks are better for tripod legs. Personally, I generally prefer twist-locks, especially if they’re the kind featured in this tripod, labelled as ‘Oversized Helical Strake’ leg locks. As such, they’re quick and easy to use with minimal rotation required to loosen or lock each section. As with other elements of the tripod, they have a top-quality look and feel, and are fitted with grippy rubber pads. They’re also designed for quick and easy strip-down and reassembly if and when they need cleaning.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="JbYDv33jxGNwjcX5t8Zk4K" name="3LT_E4 2447.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JbYDv33jxGNwjcX5t8Zk4K-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3568" height="2008" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JbYDv33jxGNwjcX5t8Zk4K-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Quick and easy to use, and equally so to disassemble and reassemble if they need cleaning, the twist locks incorporate 3 Legged Thing’s usual ‘chicken lips’ or nylon shims. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the twist-locks are pretty standard fare, the three-position leg-angle locks have a new patented trigger-pull design. The idea is that you can pull out the mechanism in the more time-honored fashion, or simply squeeze a trigger-action release with your finger.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4278px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="mafTY5GjvxuMFZy4JbtCFK" name="3LT_E4 2448.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mafTY5GjvxuMFZy4JbtCFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4278" height="2407" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mafTY5GjvxuMFZy4JbtCFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The legs can be locked at three alternative angles, namely 23, 55, or 80 degrees from the vertical, using the handy new trigger-action mechanism. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I mentioned at the outset, the Ethan 4 is sold as a set of legs, rather than as a complete kit. Especially for videography, to which the tripod legs are ideally suited, you’re best off adding either of 3 Legged Thing’s LevelHed Leveling Base or 75mm Half Bowl, as well as a fluid head. The tripod is supplied with a flat plate for the former, and there’s an optional 75mm bowl mount that you can swap to if you buy it separately.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4855px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="Aez9hgZfUYzWMPWtnN5dJK" name="3LT_E4 2450.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Aez9hgZfUYzWMPWtnN5dJK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4855" height="2732" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Aez9hgZfUYzWMPWtnN5dJK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tripod is supplied complete with a flat mounting plate, shown here, but you can swap it out to an optional 75mm bowl mount. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Naturally, you can attach your camera or whatever else you’re shooting with to the flat plate itself, without using a leveling aid or tripod head. With that in mind, the plate features a dual 1/4in mount with a 3/8in adapter sleeve, catering to both industry-standard threaded sockets.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4855px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="VLxqasafPrB56HkRf35jFK" name="3LT_E4 2451.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VLxqasafPrB56HkRf35jFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4855" height="2732" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VLxqasafPrB56HkRf35jFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The flat plate includes a dual 1/4in threaded mounting screw with a 3/8in sleeve. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Keeping moving parts to a minimum, the bubble level is fixed on the side of the chassis, rather than having a rotating base. Being positioned off to the side, it’s easy to keep an eye on and is large enough to see clearly when leveling the tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3860px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="GTeN49NGWezhSmN8CPrpEK" name="3LT_E4 2452.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GTeN49NGWezhSmN8CPrpEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3860" height="2172" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GTeN49NGWezhSmN8CPrpEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level is large, easy to see and therefore easy to use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Ethan 4 can support more than just its primary load. A threaded socket on the side of the chassis enables the attachment of a magic arm, LED lamp, microphone mount, monitor screen or just about anything else you might want to add on.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3310px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="oEQCqP5oaZdELeGTJjmHEK" name="3LT_E4 2454.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oEQCqP5oaZdELeGTJjmHEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3310" height="1863" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oEQCqP5oaZdELeGTJjmHEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The threaded accessory mount on the side of the chassis has a standard 3/8in threaded socket and comes with a 14/in adapter. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Going one better than the standard threaded accessory mount, the tripod chassis also includes a QD (Quick-Detach) socket. Compatible with 3 Legged Thing Axis QD straps and all sorts of other gadgets that use this kind of mount, it enables ultra-quick-and-easy mounting and detachment with a simple pushbutton mechanism.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3310px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="xbQS2DkmKYMTwNYaSgJUEK" name="3LT_E4 2455.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xbQS2DkmKYMTwNYaSgJUEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3310" height="1863" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xbQS2DkmKYMTwNYaSgJUEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The chassis has an integrated QD socket that’s compatible with 3 Legged Thing Axis QD straps and other like-minded accessories. The connectors also happen to be used by NASA among others, for securing cargo on space rockets. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A ballast hook is featured under the flat mounting plate and also serves as the grab handle for tightening or loosening the main dual 1/4in and 3/8in threaded mounting screw with sleeve. Using the ballast hook enables you to hang a weight off the tripod, again taking advantage of its hefty payload rating and adding stability if you’re shooting in windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3310px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="nH2aykHkFNwYX4u82UKNEK" name="3LT_E4 2456.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nH2aykHkFNwYX4u82UKNEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3310" height="1863" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nH2aykHkFNwYX4u82UKNEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook is easy to get at, positioned directly under the flat plate and also serves as the finger/thumb grip for the main mounting screw. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When it comes to tripod heads, you can naturally fit pretty much anything that takes your fancy. One that works particularly well for videography with the Ethan 4 is the revamped and revitalized <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a>, which I’ve reviewed separately and very favorably in the past. The head has a list price of $249 / £229 and is available in black or grey colorways.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3887px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="7sThpozcjjU3tttKfTcrFK" name="3LT_E4 2475.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7sThpozcjjU3tttKfTcrFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3887" height="2188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7sThpozcjjU3tttKfTcrFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The redesigned AirHed Cine CC is a compact but fully functional and a great performer. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod comes with chunky rubber feet, which give a very firm and stable footing while also doing a good job of absorbing vibrations. They’re not the only choice, however, as alternative footwear is available as optional extras from 3 Legged Thing. Choices include smaller Little Bootz (rubber pads), Heelz (metal spikes), Stilettoz (elevated metal spikes), Clawz (metal ice/rock grips), and Vanz (dual metal spikes and rubber pads).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4035px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="38ptph7XJYPnvUtRxbfPFK" name="3LT_E4 2460.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/38ptph7XJYPnvUtRxbfPFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4035" height="2271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/38ptph7XJYPnvUtRxbfPFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The large rubber feet unscrew so you can fit a range of alternative footwear. Accepting all sorts, the threaded foot sockets have 3/8in threads with 1/4in adapters. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In keeping with the multi-talented nature of Ethan 4, you can remove one, two, or all three of the legs. Each of the legs can work independently for monopod duty, and leaving two of the legs attached to the chassis enables use as a bipod. Removing all three legs might sound counterproductive, but I’ll come back to that in a moment.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5546px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="VRAh624DQpMY4JELTkReJK" name="3LT_E4 2457.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRAh624DQpMY4JELTkReJK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5546" height="3122" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRAh624DQpMY4JELTkReJK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any or all three of the legs can be unscrewed, enabling use as a bipod, monopod and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting back to the optional Vanz footwear that I mentioned just now, these dual metal spikes with rubber pads can serve up a neat trick. If you unscrew all three legs from the chassis and then screw the Vanz into the empty sockets that are revealed, you can effectively transform the Ethan 4 into a tabletop tripod, stretching its versatility even further.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5441px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="xfn3V8NXqVkRr5dmviwGLK" name="3LT_E4 2503.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xfn3V8NXqVkRr5dmviwGLK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5441" height="3062" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xfn3V8NXqVkRr5dmviwGLK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s what the Ethan 4 looks like with all of its legs unscrewed and optional Vanz footwear attached in their place, serving as a tabletop tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod comes with a 3 Legged Thing Toolz2. It’s a neat multi-function tool, with a keyring. It acts as two different sizes of hex keys, a coin/flat blade key, a bottle opener, and a carabiner. It’s handy for a whole range of tripod/photographic tasks as well as for grabbing a quick drink when the going gets thirsty.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3230px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="buX64LLC98ExoNSNpBaMEK" name="3LT_E4 toolz.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/buX64LLC98ExoNSNpBaMEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3230" height="1818" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/buX64LLC98ExoNSNpBaMEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz2 carabiner/multi-tool is a smart and useful extra supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It annoys me when some of the most famous tripod manufacturers sell very expensive tripods and don’t bother to bundle a carrying bag of any sort. The situation here is quite the reverse. The Ethan 4 comes with a very high-quality padded soft case and, typical of 3 Legged Thing, it’s not short of crafty design flourishes. There’s an internal mesh pocket and two securing straps, both with Velcro fasteners. You also get a side pocket with additional room and a zippered three-section organizer. The zippers themselves have comfy pullers for easy operation. There’s also a detachable, adjustable shoulder strap, a carrying handle, plus a carabiner-style hook. I’d use the last of these for attaching the bag to the ballast hook on the tripod, after popping a weighty object or two inside.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="VzBSp6Lc2jPxMKCSaZ5MPK" name="3LT_E4 2458.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VzBSp6Lc2jPxMKCSaZ5MPK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VzBSp6Lc2jPxMKCSaZ5MPK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The padded soft case follows suit with the tripod itself, being of very high quality and having lots of neat little extras. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Performance</span></h3><p>Let’s cut to the chase. Performance of the Ethan 4 is exemplary in every respect. It gives rock-solid support for even the heaviest of cameras and accessories, right up to and including its maximum operating height of 162cm / 64in (without head). The legs and rubber feet combine to give excellent resistance against unwanted flexing and vibrations, even when the leg sections are fully extended.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2988px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.78%;"><img id="uQVzJwSEfVx4PfUxhidSTK" name="3LT_E4 2523.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uQVzJwSEfVx4PfUxhidSTK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2988" height="5312" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uQVzJwSEfVx4PfUxhidSTK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tripod remains very solid and resistant to flexing and vibrations, even at its maximum operating height with all the leg sections fully extended. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As with most video-friendly tripods, there’s no center column, but an upside of this is that when the legs are splayed to their widest locking angle, you can shoot from ultra-low levels for creative effect, without the center column getting in the way. Again, without an attached head, the minimum operating height is a mere 14cm / 5.5in. The 4-section legs also enable a fairly compact carrying length of 61cm / 24in. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4955px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="XaazMWFdMoGPDtMifamnNK" name="3LT_E4 2521.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XaazMWFdMoGPDtMifamnNK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4955" height="2787" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XaazMWFdMoGPDtMifamnNK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The largest locking leg angle from the vertical enables ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the maximum payload rating is a huge 60kg / 132lb, the tripod itself is easy on the back for carrying around, weighing in at 2.4kg / 5.3lb. It’s also very easy to live with from an operational perspective. The twist locks work with simple efficiency, requiring minimal rotation to lock and unlock the leg sections. The trigger-action leg angle locks are similarly simple and intuitive. As well as enabling ultra-low-level shooting and working on uneven terrain or around obstacles, the multi-angle legs add stability at their intermediate setting when shooting at low to middling heights.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4892px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="f8vwj7oMPbNP8a7KwV6cJK" name="3LT_E4 2519.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/f8vwj7oMPbNP8a7KwV6cJK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4892" height="2752" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/f8vwj7oMPbNP8a7KwV6cJK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">For low to middling shooting heights, the interim leg angle adds stability and makes the tripod less prone to toppling over if knocked or in very windy conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Not just a tripod, the Ethan 4 works equally well in bipod mode or with any of the three legs removed for monopod duty. You can attach a camera or anything else to the mounting screw in the flat base, but the addition of a head makes monopod shooting more refined.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5816px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="LFpfYQ6PeCZoKftXP6CaXK" name="3LT_E4 2531.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LFpfYQ6PeCZoKftXP6CaXK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5816" height="3271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LFpfYQ6PeCZoKftXP6CaXK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">As pictured here, I’ve removed one of the legs and transferred the 3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head to the top of it for monopod duty. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Verdict</span></h3><p>Ethan Hunt is a very ingenious, versatile, and action-packed (if fictitious) character, giving his namesake tripod, the Ethan 4, a lot to live up to. True to the role, however, this 3 Legged Thing tripod can take on a barrage of different scenarios and win out against seemingly impossible odds, delivering a sure-fire success rate.</p><p>I love that the Ethan 4 tripod is so rock-solid and utterly dependable, and so resistant to any unwanted flexing or vibration. The twist-locks for the leg sections work impeccably, and the new trigger-action leg angle locks are a pleasure to use. Ultimately, this tripod offers wide-ranging versatility while also being entirely intuitive and simple to use, so you can concentrate on your creative flow rather than wrestling with a finicky tripod.</p><p>The fact that it also works flawlessly as a bipod or monopod reinforces its credentials as a ‘tactical’ tripod for photography, videography, shooting, and target sports. Just add a head, and you’re good to go.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Top features include quick-action twist-locks and trigger-action leg angle locks, a flat plate mount that can be swapped out for an optional half bowl mount, and the ability to work as a tripod, bipod or monopod.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design of the tripod is full of clever tricks and flourishes that make the Ethan 4 immensely versatile yet quick-and-easy to use. The build quality is top-notch as well.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Super-solid and dependable from ground level right up to and including its maximum operating height, the Ethan 4 is a top performer. It’s also very quick to set up and take down again.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It’s undeniably expensive for a set of tripod legs, with no leveling base or head, but the features, design, build quality and performance make it excellent value for money nonetheless.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5926px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK" name="3LT_E4 00 hero 2516.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5926" height="2540" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="894efac8-9c5c-11f1-bc02-1964bfef21ab" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-legends-tommy-carbon-fiber-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2771px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="GFYK97JunrrYZ5VjphZmn" name="3 Legged Thing Tommy square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GFYK97JunrrYZ5VjphZmn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2771" height="2771" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-legends-tommy-carbon-fiber-tripod-review" data-dimension112="894efac8-9c5c-11f1-bc02-1964bfef21ab" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy</strong></a> is one of the company’s biggest and strongest video tripods, with three-section legs and an interchangeable flat plate and 75mm bowl mount. It’s also one of the company’s most expensive sets of tripod legs (much pricier than the Ethan 4) and again comes without a bundled head.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="894efb2c-9c5c-11f1-8d69-436f0e54f292" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" data-dimension48="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The  <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="894efb2c-9c5c-11f1-8d69-436f0e54f292" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" data-dimension48="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</strong></a> is another very robust tripod, this time more ideal for stills rather than video capture. The full kit comes with the latest edition of the company’s top-flight ball head, but you can also buy just the legs (or the head) on their own.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ 3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit review: the real deal, this pro-grade carbon fiber kit for hybrid photographers comes complete with a leveling base and fluid head ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>3 Legged Thing is a British company that’s earned a really solid reputation over the years, mostly for making really solid tripods and other supports. The current catalog caters to photography and videography, field sports and birding, and shooting and target sports, covering a very wide remit. I’ve reviewed many 3 Legged Thing tripods, desk mounts, window mounts, phone mounts, microphone arms, light stands, L-brackets, camera straps and other bits and pieces over the years, generally being so impressed that I’ve bought a few myself, and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</a> that I first encountered five years ago remains my personal full-sized tripod of choice.</p><p>The Ridley I’m reviewing here is from a dynamic duo of new videocentric tripods that take their names from movie directors; this one is named after Ridley Scott, while the smaller sidekick <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-review">Wes</a> is named after Wes Anderson. There’s also a simultaneously launched set of hybrid photography and tactical tripod legs by the name of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review">Ethan 4</a>, after <em>Mission: Impossible</em>’s Ethan Hunt. The Ridley and Wes are both carbon fiber tripods that are available as legs-only or as full kits with a fluid head. Ridley is the larger of the two, with 3-section legs, whereas the Wes is a more travel-friendly option with 5-section legs. Both aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripods</a>, while the Wes is also a contender as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> for videographers on the move.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="HDtY6fNoBMdb7DKMqroNQn" name="3LT_Rid 01 intro 2464.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HDtY6fNoBMdb7DKMqroNQn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HDtY6fNoBMdb7DKMqroNQn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3 Legged Thing Ridley is a superb set of legs, made all the smarter by the clever head that’s included in the complete kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>79cm / 31.1in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>164cm / 64.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>24.5cm / 9.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Monopod conversion</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.4kg / 5.3lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>14kg / 30lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>3 / 0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>29mm / 1.14in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded case</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Price</span></h3><p>Pay your money and take your choice. The complete Ridley kit with fluid video head costs $649 / £619 (AU$ TBA). If you’d rather bring your own head or have one already, you can buy just the Ridley legs with built-in leveling base and padded soft case for $449 / £429. Neither is a cheap option, but I feel that the prices represent great value considering the features, design, and build quality. Ultimately, of course, it all comes down to performance, which I’ll get to later.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Ridley"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The sci-fi sensations <em>Alien</em> and <em>Blade Runner</em> absolutely blew me away when they first came out, and have definitely stood the test of time, so the 3 Legged Thing Ridley has a lot to live up to, being named after the movies’ director, Ridley Scott. The tripod is available in gray and black, or all black, the latter looking suitably dark and menacing – that’s the one that I went for. I also went for the complete kit that includes not only the set of legs made from premium Japanese carbon fiber with an aerospace-grade magnesium alloy canopy, but also the fittingly epic <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a>, which I’ve recently reviewed as a revamped video head in its own right. But let’s kick off with the legs, which seems only logical.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3342px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="2TE6sv2kC4V49AojArs7vm" name="3LT_Rid 2465.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2TE6sv2kC4V49AojArs7vm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3342" height="1881" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2TE6sv2kC4V49AojArs7vm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The three-section legs have a chunky maximum tube diameter of 29mm and are made from premium Japanese eight-layer carbon fiber. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a lot to be said for tripods with four or even five sections in each leg, at least in terms of compactness for stowage. I personally don’t mind tripods being a bit longer when carrying them around, and generally prefer three-section legs for ease and speed of setup, with fewer section clamps to contend with. Another bonus is that the bottom section of each leg tends to have a wider diameter and is thus sturdier.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4440px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="NsguzGqsJty2jNbjjKnMQn" name="3LT_Rid 2467.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NsguzGqsJty2jNbjjKnMQn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4440" height="2499" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NsguzGqsJty2jNbjjKnMQn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With three sections in each leg rather than four or five, the bottom section remains of an impressive girth. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another factor in the speed and ease of setup and takedown is the efficiency of the section clamps. Some like twist-locks; others prefer flip-locks. I’m in the twist camp, so long as they release smoothly and lock firmly with minimal rotation. That’s certainly the case here, and adjusting the leg sections is a very speedy, smooth, and simple operation. I also like the grippy rubber pads on each twist-lock, making them feel nice to the touch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3266px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="YLX7wC8t4MtpGjwxdjLt8n" name="3LT_Rid 2468.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YLX7wC8t4MtpGjwxdjLt8n-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3266" height="1838" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YLX7wC8t4MtpGjwxdjLt8n-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The high-quality twist-locks only require minimal rotation to loosen them and then re-lock them for solid support. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another potential pitfall is that leg angle locks often seem to be more fiddly than they need to be. Again, the Ridley wins out with simple, spring-loaded catches that have a push-to-release action. Like the twist-locks, they have non-slip textured rubber pads for an extra feel-good factor. Three lockable leg angles are available: 23, 55, or 80 degrees from the vertical. The upshot is that it’s easy to adapt to tricky terrain or work around obstacles when you’re setting up the tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2481px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="GGtNiPYCoDCydKMdcehAkm" name="3LT_Rid 2469.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGtNiPYCoDCydKMdcehAkm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2481" height="1396" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGtNiPYCoDCydKMdcehAkm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Following suit, the spring-loaded leg angle locks are every bit as intuitive and easy to use as the twist-locks for the extending leg sections. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A key element of setting up a video tripod is that you level the platform on which the head sits, rather than making leveling adjustments via the head itself. The latter will result in your horizon going on the slant as soon as you start panning. To ensure accuracy with fast and simple setup, the tripod features a built-in leveling base. A single lock/release screw has a handle that’s mounted on a six-sided shaft, so you can pull it out and reposition it for your preferred fit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3639px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="uTYpaaD8sp3xWSV3PBzFMn" name="3LT_Rid 2472.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uTYpaaD8sp3xWSV3PBzFMn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3639" height="2048" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uTYpaaD8sp3xWSV3PBzFMn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The built-in leveling base is an integral part of the tripod design and a real bonus for videography, as well as for shooting a series of stills for stitching into a panorama. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To further enhance leveling up, the adjustable base comes complete with a bubble level that’s large enough for a clear view. It’s also mounted on a rotating platform, so you can swing it around to whatever angle works best for you, through an entire 360 degrees.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3481px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ajuQG3ge49xSfvysPCyuKn" name="3LT_Rid 2471.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ajuQG3ge49xSfvysPCyuKn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3481" height="1958" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ajuQG3ge49xSfvysPCyuKn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level can be rotated through an entire circle, making it easy to see from any angle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Down below, the leveling base has two weight hooks. These are ideal for adding ballast to steady the tripod if you’re shooting outdoors in windy conditions. Adding some ballast to the soft case that’s supplied with the tripod is a handy option, but more on that later.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3639px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="GzBNP3Pibm9GeknWGQPHMn" name="3LT_Rid 2473.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GzBNP3Pibm9GeknWGQPHMn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3639" height="2048" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GzBNP3Pibm9GeknWGQPHMn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The underneath of the integral leveling base features a pair of weight hooks, and there’s more to them than initially meets the eye. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A clever design flourish is that the weight hooks aren’t just weight hooks. They also form the T-section grip of an Allen key that mounts to the bottom of the leveling base via a QD (Quick Detach) mechanism. As such, you can push the QD button and simply pull out the Allen key to secure your camera to the head’s Arca-Swiss-compatible quick-release plate, or for anything else that uses the same size Allen key.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2714px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="6nMeTvWoFsWMwDYax8AKqm" name="3LT_Rid 2474.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6nMeTvWoFsWMwDYax8AKqm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2714" height="1528" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6nMeTvWoFsWMwDYax8AKqm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A useful allen key fits into the bottom of the leveling plate via a QD mechanism, which you can also use for attaching straps, harnesses and other QD-compatible accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I won’t talk too much about the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a> that’s part of the complete kit, as I’ve already created a full, standalone review of it. Suffice it to say that it’s an ideal match for the Ridley, offering wonderfully smooth tilt and pan with excellent all-round performance. The head features an adjustable, telescopic panning arm that can mount on either side for left-handed or right-handed use, plus an extra-long XP100 Ultra Plate quick-release plate, which is Arca-Swiss compatible.</p><p>Another nice touch is that you can use the QD Allen key that I just mentioned to remove four screws and rotate the orientation of the head’s camera platform through 90 degrees. This enables the long QR plate to run from side to side instead of from front to back. It can be a more ideal orientation if you’re using a cage, and definitely if you’re using an L-bracket like the universal <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/embargo-12-dec-2023-2pm-gmt-3-legged-thing-lexie-review">3 Legged Thing Lexie</a>, or one of the camera-specific options in the line-up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3887px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="pVChSMtiCcSriFwaHkHjLn" name="3LT_Rid 2475.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pVChSMtiCcSriFwaHkHjLn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3887" height="2188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pVChSMtiCcSriFwaHkHjLn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The AirHed Cine CC is a top-class fluid video head in its own right, and a worthy inclusion in the complete Ridley kit. Like the tripod legs, it’s available in gray and black with orange accents, or as an all-black option. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Dropping down from head to toe, the legs feature removable feet. The supplied feet are chunky rubber pads that give a very firm and stable footing while also doing a good job of absorbing vibrations. However, they’re certainly not the only choice. As alternative footwear, 3 Legged Thing offers a range of optional extras. These include smaller Little Bootz (rubber pads), Heelz (metal spikes), Stilettoz (elevated metal spikes), Clawz (metal ice/rock grips) and Vanz (dual metal spikes and rubber pads).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3887px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="r8ir6Phiye6agZGdtvLVLn" name="3LT_Rid 2476.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r8ir6Phiye6agZGdtvLVLn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3887" height="2188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r8ir6Phiye6agZGdtvLVLn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The large rubber feet unscrew so you can fit a range of alternative footwear. The threaded sockets for the feet have 3/8in threads with 1/4in adapters to keep all the options open. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve often seen tripods in which one leg can be unscrewed and used on its own as a monopod, either with or without attaching it to the center column. Typical of video tripods, the Ridley doesn’t actually have a center column, but you can use any leg as a monopod, unscrewing it from the canopy and attaching the head directly to it. Moreover, you can unscrew all three legs from the canopy if you wish, but why would you want to? Let’s see…</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="EUagpjWSoW6Ln9zdbnQqTn" name="3LT_Rid 2477.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EUagpjWSoW6Ln9zdbnQqTn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EUagpjWSoW6Ln9zdbnQqTn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any or all three of the legs can be unscrewed, enabling use as a bipod, monopod, and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unscrewing a single leg gives the option of using the tripod as a bipod, or the removed leg as a monopod. However, if you remove all three legs, you can use the canopy with the optional Vanz footwear that I mentioned just now. These dual metal spikes with rubber pads can screw directly into the canopy, effectively transforming the Ridley into a tabletop tripod and adding yet more versatility.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5317px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="ZMwe8EU6ySwhpkXUee9NPn" name="3LT_Rid 2502.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZMwe8EU6ySwhpkXUee9NPn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5317" height="2993" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZMwe8EU6ySwhpkXUee9NPn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This image shows the Ridley with all of its legs unscrewed and optional Vanz footwear attached in their place, turning it into a tabletop tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A nice little extra included with the tripod is the 3 Legged Thing Toolz2. It’s a smart multi-function tool, with a keyring attachment. It includes two different sizes of hex keys, a coin/flat blade key, a bottle opener, and a carabiner. It’s handy for a whole range of tripod/photographic tasks as well as for grabbing a quick drink during thirsty work.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2957px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="HbBJF3twTEUEPJJtK3w8Dn" name="3LT_Rid toolz.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HbBJF3twTEUEPJJtK3w8Dn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2957" height="1664" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HbBJF3twTEUEPJJtK3w8Dn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz carabiner/multi-tool is a smart and useful extra supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>3 Legged Thing generally goes the extra mile, and that’s certainly the case (so to speak) with the Ridley. It comes complete with a high-quality padded soft case that packs plenty of design flourishes, as well as the tripod kit itself. There’s a pair of internal securing straps for the tripod and an internal mesh pocket, all with Velcro fasteners. A separate zippered side pocket gives additional storage complete with an internal zippered three-section organizer. There’s a detachable and adjustable shoulder strap as well as a carrying handle, plus a carabiner-style hook. I’d use the last of these for attaching the bag to one of the weight hooks on the tripod, after popping a suitably weighty object inside.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="FbgRbh36YHvXLZWiENN3Rn" name="3LT_Rid 2480.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FbgRbh36YHvXLZWiENN3Rn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FbgRbh36YHvXLZWiENN3Rn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The dark blue padded soft case is immaculately finished and features its own set of design flourishes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Performance</span></h3><p>The sheer quality of the 3 Legged Thing Ridley is so impressive that I’m happy to just sit and look at it, or play with its cleverly designed features. But naturally, the kit’s performance as a tripod is what really counts. There’s good news all around, as it gives really solid support for even heavyweight cameras, boasting a payload rating of 14kg / 30lb. The tripod retains excellent resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations, all the way up to its maximum operating height of 164cm / 64.6in (including head). That’s pretty lofty for a three-section tripod, considering that there’s no center column, as is the case for most video tripods.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.83%;"><img id="Ybqbi5NNjHf3nLJ6vLpeUn" name="3LT_Rid 2512.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ybqbi5NNjHf3nLJ6vLpeUn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2900" height="5157" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ybqbi5NNjHf3nLJ6vLpeUn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Resistance to flexing and vibrations is very impressive, even at the tripod’s maximum operating height with all the leg sections fully extended. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Although the built-in leveling base precludes the addition of a center column, a bonus of this is that when the legs are splayed to their widest locking angle, you can shoot from ultra-low levels for creative effect, without a center column getting in the way. With the fluid head in the mix, the minimum operating height gives you the literal lowdown at just 24.5cm / 9.6in. And despite having 3-section legs, the folded length of the complete kit for stowage is reasonably compact at 79cm / 31.1in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5706px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="vgrTXorV9ASQyisUaSF9Un" name="3LT_Rid 2510.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vgrTXorV9ASQyisUaSF9Un-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5706" height="3207" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vgrTXorV9ASQyisUaSF9Un-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Legs akimbo at their maximum 80-degree angles, the Ridley delivers ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The complete kit (including fluid head) weighs in at 2.4kg / 5.3lb, so Ridley is easy to take along for the journey. From a performance standpoint, it’s also very quick and easy to use. The twist locks only require minimal rotation for locking and unlocking the leg sections, and the leg angle locks are similarly simple and intuitive. The multiple leg angles also make it easy to work around obstacles or on very uneven terrain, as well as enabling ultra-low-level shooting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5241px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="uNxpbcc55nSqyFofLhkNRn" name="3LT_Rid 2508.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNxpbcc55nSqyFofLhkNRn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5241" height="2946" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNxpbcc55nSqyFofLhkNRn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">For fairly low rather than ultra-low shooting heights, the intermediate leg angle gives greater stability and lessens the risk of the tripod toppling over if it’s knocked or if you’re shooting in very windy conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Remove a leg, and Ridley works well as a monopod with the head attached. I’m 6ft 5in tall and didn’t think that a 3-section leg would extend to a sufficient height for my personal monopod use, without a center column to add into the mix. However, full extension in monopod mode worked out just fine for me. If you’re a complete giant, you could always remove two legs and one of the feet, then screw the top of one leg into the bottom of the other to double the available height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6016px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="D2vH3atyHxJqDAkzkD4KSn" name="3LT_Rid 2514.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D2vH3atyHxJqDAkzkD4KSn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6016" height="3381" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D2vH3atyHxJqDAkzkD4KSn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even without a center column to stretch things out, the use of a single leg and the head delivers a sufficiently high monopod measurement even for tall shooters. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Verdict</span></h3><p>I just love the 3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod. It’s a first-class, fully pro-grade set of legs that’s easy to live with and genuinely fun to use. The built-in leveling base works a treat for videography and for shooting sequences of stills for stitching into panoramas. The twist-clamps for the extending leg sections and the pushbutton leg angle locks couldn’t be any quicker or easier to use, and everything’s cleverly designed, expertly engineered and immaculately finished.</p><p>So yes, the Ridley is a great set of legs, but I’d definitely go for the complete kit that includes the similarly fabulous <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a>. Not only is the head a perfect match in terms of design, features, and performance, it’s also available in the same choice of colorways, satisfying my sense of style (if I actually had one). Sure, neither the legs on their own nor the complete kit come cheap, but they’re both worth every cent of their asking prices and more besides, if you’re in the market for some pro-grade support.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Winning features include quick-action twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks, a built-in leveling base and the ability to work as a tripod, bipod or monopod, plus a great fluid head if you get the full kit.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>3 Legged Thing excels in clever designs and the Ridley tripod is packed full of clever tricks and design flourishes, making it dependable and versatile yet quick and easy to use. Build quality is also superb.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>There’s excellent rigidity and resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations, all the way up from ground-level shooting to the maximum operating height. Speed and ease of setup add to the impressive performance and the Ridley works well as monopod too.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Sure, you can buy a fairly decent set of tripod legs or a complete video tripod kit for less money, but the Ridley is still very good value when you take everything into account.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5276px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn" name="3LT_Rid 00 hero 2505.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5276" height="2261" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4176aba6-9c61-11f1-ac39-23588565d2f3" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="YwH5wHsNw9gyNXtHNFVQJB" name="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YwH5wHsNw9gyNXtHNFVQJB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3400" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review" data-dimension112="4176aba6-9c61-11f1-ac39-23588565d2f3" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4</strong></a> is a properly macho, pro-grade hybrid photography and tactical tripod system with bipod and monopod conversion, catering to shooting and target sports as well as photography and videography. Named after Ethan Hunt of <em>Mission: Impossible</em> fame, no escapade is too daring for this super-strong set of legs (head sold separately).</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4176ac00-9c61-11f1-8f1e-877eb05b6074" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Wes" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Wes" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-tripod-kit-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="6nU476jKG5DKCT3W2PxKWB" name="3 Legged Thing Wes square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6nU476jKG5DKCT3W2PxKWB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3400" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-tripod-kit-review" data-dimension112="4176ac00-9c61-11f1-8f1e-877eb05b6074" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Wes" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Wes" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Wes</strong></a> is very much like a ‘travel tripod’ version of the Ridley, with many of the same features, including a built-in leveling base, the same style of leg section twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks, and the same ‘kit’ option fluid head. However, its five-section carbon fiber design enables more compact stowage, with a folded length of just 54.8cm / 21.6in (including head) compared with the Ridley’s 79cm / 31.1in.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Strong and sturdy, the 3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit makes it easy to level up and go steady, ideal for videographers and content creators ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Rwm7ckb7YroyRdRp6gRyeD</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 22 Aug 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>3 Legged Thing is a British company that’s earned a really solid reputation over the years, mostly for making really solid tripods and other supports. The current catalog caters to photography and videography, field sports and birding, and shooting and target sports, covering a very wide remit. I’ve reviewed many 3 Legged Thing tripods, desk mounts, window mounts, phone mounts, microphone arms, light stands, L-brackets, camera straps and other bits and pieces over the years, generally being so impressed that I’ve bought a few myself, and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</a> that I first encountered five years ago remains my personal full-sized tripod of choice.</p><p>The Ridley I’m reviewing here is from a dynamic duo of new videocentric tripods that take their names from movie directors; this one is named after Ridley Scott, while the smaller sidekick <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-review">Wes</a> is named after Wes Anderson. There’s also a simultaneously launched set of hybrid photography and tactical tripod legs by the name of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review">Ethan 4</a>, after <em>Mission: Impossible</em>’s Ethan Hunt. The Ridley and Wes are both carbon fiber tripods that are available as legs-only or as full kits with a fluid head. Ridley is the larger of the two, with 3-section legs, whereas the Wes is a more travel-friendly option with 5-section legs. Both aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripods</a>, while the Wes is also a contender as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> for videographers on the move.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="HDtY6fNoBMdb7DKMqroNQn" name="3LT_Rid 01 intro 2464.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HDtY6fNoBMdb7DKMqroNQn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HDtY6fNoBMdb7DKMqroNQn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3 Legged Thing Ridley is a superb set of legs, made all the smarter by the clever head that’s included in the complete kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>79cm / 31.1in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>164cm / 64.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>24.5cm / 9.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Monopod conversion</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.4kg / 5.3lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>14kg / 30lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>3 / 0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>29mm / 1.14in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded case</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Price</span></h3><p>Pay your money and take your choice. The complete Ridley kit with fluid video head costs $649 / £619 (AU$ TBA). If you’d rather bring your own head or have one already, you can buy just the Ridley legs with built-in leveling base and padded soft case for $449 / £429. Neither is a cheap option, but I feel that the prices represent great value considering the features, design, and build quality. Ultimately, of course, it all comes down to performance, which I’ll get to later.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Ridley"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The sci-fi sensations <em>Alien</em> and <em>Blade Runner</em> absolutely blew me away when they first came out, and have definitely stood the test of time, so the 3 Legged Thing Ridley has a lot to live up to, being named after the movies’ director, Ridley Scott. The tripod is available in gray and black, or all black, the latter looking suitably dark and menacing – that’s the one that I went for. I also went for the complete kit that includes not only the set of legs made from premium Japanese carbon fiber with an aerospace-grade magnesium alloy canopy, but also the fittingly epic <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a>, which I’ve recently reviewed as a revamped video head in its own right. But let’s kick off with the legs, which seems only logical.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3342px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="2TE6sv2kC4V49AojArs7vm" name="3LT_Rid 2465.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2TE6sv2kC4V49AojArs7vm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3342" height="1881" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2TE6sv2kC4V49AojArs7vm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The three-section legs have a chunky maximum tube diameter of 29mm and are made from premium Japanese eight-layer carbon fiber. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a lot to be said for tripods with four or even five sections in each leg, at least in terms of compactness for stowage. I personally don’t mind tripods being a bit longer when carrying them around, and generally prefer three-section legs for ease and speed of setup, with fewer section clamps to contend with. Another bonus is that the bottom section of each leg tends to have a wider diameter and is thus sturdier.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4440px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="NsguzGqsJty2jNbjjKnMQn" name="3LT_Rid 2467.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NsguzGqsJty2jNbjjKnMQn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4440" height="2499" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NsguzGqsJty2jNbjjKnMQn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With three sections in each leg rather than four or five, the bottom section remains of an impressive girth. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another factor in the speed and ease of setup and takedown is the efficiency of the section clamps. Some like twist-locks; others prefer flip-locks. I’m in the twist camp, so long as they release smoothly and lock firmly with minimal rotation. That’s certainly the case here, and adjusting the leg sections is a very speedy, smooth, and simple operation. I also like the grippy rubber pads on each twist-lock, making them feel nice to the touch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3266px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="YLX7wC8t4MtpGjwxdjLt8n" name="3LT_Rid 2468.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YLX7wC8t4MtpGjwxdjLt8n-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3266" height="1838" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YLX7wC8t4MtpGjwxdjLt8n-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The high-quality twist-locks only require minimal rotation to loosen them and then re-lock them for solid support. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another potential pitfall is that leg angle locks often seem to be more fiddly than they need to be. Again, the Ridley wins out with simple, spring-loaded catches that have a push-to-release action. Like the twist-locks, they have non-slip textured rubber pads for an extra feel-good factor. Three lockable leg angles are available: 23, 55, or 80 degrees from the vertical. The upshot is that it’s easy to adapt to tricky terrain or work around obstacles when you’re setting up the tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2481px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="GGtNiPYCoDCydKMdcehAkm" name="3LT_Rid 2469.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGtNiPYCoDCydKMdcehAkm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2481" height="1396" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGtNiPYCoDCydKMdcehAkm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Following suit, the spring-loaded leg angle locks are every bit as intuitive and easy to use as the twist-locks for the extending leg sections. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A key element of setting up a video tripod is that you level the platform on which the head sits, rather than making leveling adjustments via the head itself. The latter will result in your horizon going on the slant as soon as you start panning. To ensure accuracy with fast and simple setup, the tripod features a built-in leveling base. A single lock/release screw has a handle that’s mounted on a six-sided shaft, so you can pull it out and reposition it for your preferred fit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3639px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="uTYpaaD8sp3xWSV3PBzFMn" name="3LT_Rid 2472.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uTYpaaD8sp3xWSV3PBzFMn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3639" height="2048" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uTYpaaD8sp3xWSV3PBzFMn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The built-in leveling base is an integral part of the tripod design and a real bonus for videography, as well as for shooting a series of stills for stitching into a panorama. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To further enhance leveling up, the adjustable base comes complete with a bubble level that’s large enough for a clear view. It’s also mounted on a rotating platform, so you can swing it around to whatever angle works best for you, through an entire 360 degrees.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3481px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ajuQG3ge49xSfvysPCyuKn" name="3LT_Rid 2471.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ajuQG3ge49xSfvysPCyuKn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3481" height="1958" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ajuQG3ge49xSfvysPCyuKn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level can be rotated through an entire circle, making it easy to see from any angle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Down below, the leveling base has two weight hooks. These are ideal for adding ballast to steady the tripod if you’re shooting outdoors in windy conditions. Adding some ballast to the soft case that’s supplied with the tripod is a handy option, but more on that later.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3639px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="GzBNP3Pibm9GeknWGQPHMn" name="3LT_Rid 2473.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GzBNP3Pibm9GeknWGQPHMn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3639" height="2048" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GzBNP3Pibm9GeknWGQPHMn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The underneath of the integral leveling base features a pair of weight hooks, and there’s more to them than initially meets the eye. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A clever design flourish is that the weight hooks aren’t just weight hooks. They also form the T-section grip of an Allen key that mounts to the bottom of the leveling base via a QD (Quick Detach) mechanism. As such, you can push the QD button and simply pull out the Allen key to secure your camera to the head’s Arca-Swiss-compatible quick-release plate, or for anything else that uses the same size Allen key.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2714px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="6nMeTvWoFsWMwDYax8AKqm" name="3LT_Rid 2474.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6nMeTvWoFsWMwDYax8AKqm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2714" height="1528" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6nMeTvWoFsWMwDYax8AKqm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A useful allen key fits into the bottom of the leveling plate via a QD mechanism, which you can also use for attaching straps, harnesses and other QD-compatible accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I won’t talk too much about the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a> that’s part of the complete kit, as I’ve already created a full, standalone review of it. Suffice it to say that it’s an ideal match for the Ridley, offering wonderfully smooth tilt and pan with excellent all-round performance. The head features an adjustable, telescopic panning arm that can mount on either side for left-handed or right-handed use, plus an extra-long XP100 Ultra Plate quick-release plate, which is Arca-Swiss compatible.</p><p>Another nice touch is that you can use the QD Allen key that I just mentioned to remove four screws and rotate the orientation of the head’s camera platform through 90 degrees. This enables the long QR plate to run from side to side instead of from front to back. It can be a more ideal orientation if you’re using a cage, and definitely if you’re using an L-bracket like the universal <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/embargo-12-dec-2023-2pm-gmt-3-legged-thing-lexie-review">3 Legged Thing Lexie</a>, or one of the camera-specific options in the line-up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3887px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="pVChSMtiCcSriFwaHkHjLn" name="3LT_Rid 2475.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pVChSMtiCcSriFwaHkHjLn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3887" height="2188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pVChSMtiCcSriFwaHkHjLn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The AirHed Cine CC is a top-class fluid video head in its own right, and a worthy inclusion in the complete Ridley kit. Like the tripod legs, it’s available in gray and black with orange accents, or as an all-black option. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Dropping down from head to toe, the legs feature removable feet. The supplied feet are chunky rubber pads that give a very firm and stable footing while also doing a good job of absorbing vibrations. However, they’re certainly not the only choice. As alternative footwear, 3 Legged Thing offers a range of optional extras. These include smaller Little Bootz (rubber pads), Heelz (metal spikes), Stilettoz (elevated metal spikes), Clawz (metal ice/rock grips) and Vanz (dual metal spikes and rubber pads).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3887px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="r8ir6Phiye6agZGdtvLVLn" name="3LT_Rid 2476.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r8ir6Phiye6agZGdtvLVLn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3887" height="2188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r8ir6Phiye6agZGdtvLVLn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The large rubber feet unscrew so you can fit a range of alternative footwear. The threaded sockets for the feet have 3/8in threads with 1/4in adapters to keep all the options open. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve often seen tripods in which one leg can be unscrewed and used on its own as a monopod, either with or without attaching it to the center column. Typical of video tripods, the Ridley doesn’t actually have a center column, but you can use any leg as a monopod, unscrewing it from the canopy and attaching the head directly to it. Moreover, you can unscrew all three legs from the canopy if you wish, but why would you want to? Let’s see…</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="EUagpjWSoW6Ln9zdbnQqTn" name="3LT_Rid 2477.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EUagpjWSoW6Ln9zdbnQqTn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EUagpjWSoW6Ln9zdbnQqTn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any or all three of the legs can be unscrewed, enabling use as a bipod, monopod, and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unscrewing a single leg gives the option of using the tripod as a bipod, or the removed leg as a monopod. However, if you remove all three legs, you can use the canopy with the optional Vanz footwear that I mentioned just now. These dual metal spikes with rubber pads can screw directly into the canopy, effectively transforming the Ridley into a tabletop tripod and adding yet more versatility.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5317px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="ZMwe8EU6ySwhpkXUee9NPn" name="3LT_Rid 2502.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZMwe8EU6ySwhpkXUee9NPn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5317" height="2993" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZMwe8EU6ySwhpkXUee9NPn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This image shows the Ridley with all of its legs unscrewed and optional Vanz footwear attached in their place, turning it into a tabletop tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A nice little extra included with the tripod is the 3 Legged Thing Toolz2. It’s a smart multi-function tool, with a keyring attachment. It includes two different sizes of hex keys, a coin/flat blade key, a bottle opener, and a carabiner. It’s handy for a whole range of tripod/photographic tasks as well as for grabbing a quick drink during thirsty work.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2957px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="HbBJF3twTEUEPJJtK3w8Dn" name="3LT_Rid toolz.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HbBJF3twTEUEPJJtK3w8Dn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2957" height="1664" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HbBJF3twTEUEPJJtK3w8Dn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz carabiner/multi-tool is a smart and useful extra supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>3 Legged Thing generally goes the extra mile, and that’s certainly the case (so to speak) with the Ridley. It comes complete with a high-quality padded soft case that packs plenty of design flourishes, as well as the tripod kit itself. There’s a pair of internal securing straps for the tripod and an internal mesh pocket, all with Velcro fasteners. A separate zippered side pocket gives additional storage complete with an internal zippered three-section organizer. There’s a detachable and adjustable shoulder strap as well as a carrying handle, plus a carabiner-style hook. I’d use the last of these for attaching the bag to one of the weight hooks on the tripod, after popping a suitably weighty object inside.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="FbgRbh36YHvXLZWiENN3Rn" name="3LT_Rid 2480.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FbgRbh36YHvXLZWiENN3Rn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FbgRbh36YHvXLZWiENN3Rn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The dark blue padded soft case is immaculately finished and features its own set of design flourishes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Performance</span></h3><p>The sheer quality of the 3 Legged Thing Ridley is so impressive that I’m happy to just sit and look at it, or play with its cleverly designed features. But naturally, the kit’s performance as a tripod is what really counts. There’s good news all around, as it gives really solid support for even heavyweight cameras, boasting a payload rating of 14kg / 30lb. The tripod retains excellent resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations, all the way up to its maximum operating height of 164cm / 64.6in (including head). That’s pretty lofty for a three-section tripod, considering that there’s no center column, as is the case for most video tripods.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.83%;"><img id="Ybqbi5NNjHf3nLJ6vLpeUn" name="3LT_Rid 2512.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ybqbi5NNjHf3nLJ6vLpeUn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2900" height="5157" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ybqbi5NNjHf3nLJ6vLpeUn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Resistance to flexing and vibrations is very impressive, even at the tripod’s maximum operating height with all the leg sections fully extended. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Although the built-in leveling base precludes the addition of a center column, a bonus of this is that when the legs are splayed to their widest locking angle, you can shoot from ultra-low levels for creative effect, without a center column getting in the way. With the fluid head in the mix, the minimum operating height gives you the literal lowdown at just 24.5cm / 9.6in. And despite having 3-section legs, the folded length of the complete kit for stowage is reasonably compact at 79cm / 31.1in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5706px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="vgrTXorV9ASQyisUaSF9Un" name="3LT_Rid 2510.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vgrTXorV9ASQyisUaSF9Un-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5706" height="3207" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vgrTXorV9ASQyisUaSF9Un-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Legs akimbo at their maximum 80-degree angles, the Ridley delivers ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The complete kit (including fluid head) weighs in at 2.4kg / 5.3lb, so Ridley is easy to take along for the journey. From a performance standpoint, it’s also very quick and easy to use. The twist locks only require minimal rotation for locking and unlocking the leg sections, and the leg angle locks are similarly simple and intuitive. The multiple leg angles also make it easy to work around obstacles or on very uneven terrain, as well as enabling ultra-low-level shooting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5241px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="uNxpbcc55nSqyFofLhkNRn" name="3LT_Rid 2508.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNxpbcc55nSqyFofLhkNRn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5241" height="2946" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNxpbcc55nSqyFofLhkNRn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">For fairly low rather than ultra-low shooting heights, the intermediate leg angle gives greater stability and lessens the risk of the tripod toppling over if it’s knocked or if you’re shooting in very windy conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Remove a leg, and Ridley works well as a monopod with the head attached. I’m 6ft 5in tall and didn’t think that a 3-section leg would extend to a sufficient height for my personal monopod use, without a center column to add into the mix. However, full extension in monopod mode worked out just fine for me. If you’re a complete giant, you could always remove two legs and one of the feet, then screw the top of one leg into the bottom of the other to double the available height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6016px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="D2vH3atyHxJqDAkzkD4KSn" name="3LT_Rid 2514.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D2vH3atyHxJqDAkzkD4KSn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6016" height="3381" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D2vH3atyHxJqDAkzkD4KSn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even without a center column to stretch things out, the use of a single leg and the head delivers a sufficiently high monopod measurement even for tall shooters. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Verdict</span></h3><p>I just love the 3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod. It’s a first-class, fully pro-grade set of legs that’s easy to live with and genuinely fun to use. The built-in leveling base works a treat for videography and for shooting sequences of stills for stitching into panoramas. The twist-clamps for the extending leg sections and the pushbutton leg angle locks couldn’t be any quicker or easier to use, and everything’s cleverly designed, expertly engineered and immaculately finished.</p><p>So yes, the Ridley is a great set of legs, but I’d definitely go for the complete kit that includes the similarly fabulous <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a>. Not only is the head a perfect match in terms of design, features, and performance, it’s also available in the same choice of colorways, satisfying my sense of style (if I actually had one). Sure, neither the legs on their own nor the complete kit come cheap, but they’re both worth every cent of their asking prices and more besides, if you’re in the market for some pro-grade support.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Winning features include quick-action twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks, a built-in leveling base and the ability to work as a tripod, bipod or monopod, plus a great fluid head if you get the full kit.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>3 Legged Thing excels in clever designs and the Ridley tripod is packed full of clever tricks and design flourishes, making it dependable and versatile yet quick and easy to use. Build quality is also superb.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>There’s excellent rigidity and resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations, all the way up from ground-level shooting to the maximum operating height. Speed and ease of setup add to the impressive performance and the Ridley works well as monopod too.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Sure, you can buy a fairly decent set of tripod legs or a complete video tripod kit for less money, but the Ridley is still very good value when you take everything into account.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5276px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn" name="3LT_Rid 00 hero 2505.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5276" height="2261" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4176aba6-9c61-11f1-ac39-23588565d2f3" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="YwH5wHsNw9gyNXtHNFVQJB" name="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YwH5wHsNw9gyNXtHNFVQJB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3400" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review" data-dimension112="4176aba6-9c61-11f1-ac39-23588565d2f3" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4</strong></a> is a properly macho, pro-grade hybrid photography and tactical tripod system with bipod and monopod conversion, catering to shooting and target sports as well as photography and videography. Named after Ethan Hunt of <em>Mission: Impossible</em> fame, no escapade is too daring for this super-strong set of legs (head sold separately).</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4176ac00-9c61-11f1-8f1e-877eb05b6074" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Wes" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Wes" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-tripod-kit-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="6nU476jKG5DKCT3W2PxKWB" name="3 Legged Thing Wes square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6nU476jKG5DKCT3W2PxKWB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3400" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-tripod-kit-review" data-dimension112="4176ac00-9c61-11f1-8f1e-877eb05b6074" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Wes" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Wes" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Wes</strong></a> is very much like a ‘travel tripod’ version of the Ridley, with many of the same features, including a built-in leveling base, the same style of leg section twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks, and the same ‘kit’ option fluid head. However, its five-section carbon fiber design enables more compact stowage, with a folded length of just 54.8cm / 21.6in (including head) compared with the Ridley’s 79cm / 31.1in.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Newly launched, this retro photo-video light doesn’t just light the scene. It projects 36,000 colors and creates patterned backdrops ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Most multi-colored lights can only reach maximum brightness on the white color setting, but the brand known for its retro-styled lights has introduced a light that can still hit full power up to 120W at every one of its 36,000 possible colors. The Harlowe Max Spectra is a portable LED video light that is not only built for color but uses a “magic lens” to project moving special effects.</p><p>Harlowe says that no other light in the same class can create such a wide range of colors at full brightness. The difference comes from designing <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-led-light-panels">the LED light</a> so that every color channel has its own power allocation. The light can blend the red, green, blue, cool white, and warm white channels into thousands of different colors, without losing brightness.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ikSiKs9SnErJHWWjUsCoB7-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Harlowe</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/47J2yCmSJCb4fEdKw9oJA7-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Harlowe</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>While the ability to switch colors without loosing power is key, Harlowe also gave the Max Spectra another unusual feature: a “magic” lens that allows the light to project different patterns. Those patterns can be mixed with the color capabilities to build creative effects, like imitating the look of water ripples. </p><p>Harlowe says the lens attachment can be used to create special effects without a gobo projector or VFX, creating special effects – or custom backdrops from a plain white background – using the light and lens attachment.</p><p>Besides the lens attachment, the lens uses a magnetic mount that supports modifiers, with a barn door, frosted dome, and honeycomb grid included with the light. A fresnel lens attachment will also be available to boost the light’s brightness by four times.</p><p>The light comes in at three different available strengths. The 40W is the lightest and most affordable, the 80W sits in the middle, and the 120W is the most powerful in the lineup. All three lights use the same battery pack, so the 40W can get about 2 hours and 18 minutes at full power, while the 120W can get about 40 minutes at full power.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/a4xepcxikVabYkjQSmXbu5-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Harlowe</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KCmLfrS3UvZ9zgYQkpSV77-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Harlowe</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5ZBSeooC8ffh65WynjSTS5-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Harlowe</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>The light is built to be used on-site with an aluminum build and an IP65 weather-proof 99.36W battery, but the light is also compatible with AC power for studio use. The light can be controlled from the built-in screen and dials, or using a wireless connection to a smartphone app.</p><p>The Harlowe Max Spectra launches in three different power variations, but each light also comes in either a standard Creator Kit that includes modifiers, a handle, an AC adapter, and a carrying case, while the Magic Kit adds the lens for creating patterned light. The 40W Creator Kit starts at $849 / £649.20 / CA$1,195.</p><p>The light is available <a href="https://www.harlowe.com/products/max-spectra-rgbcw-led-video-photography-light-kit" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">directly through Harlowe</a>, with pre-orders also open in the US <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1994356-REG/harlowe_1101691us_max_40w_spectra_rgb.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">at B&H Photo</a>.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Browse <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-lights">the best video lights</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-led-light-panels">the best LED panels</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-lights/newly-launched-this-retro-photo-video-light-doesnt-just-light-the-scene-it-projects-36-000-colors-and-creates-patterned-backdrops</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Harlowe Max Spectra is an LED light built for color and special effects – and it doesn't lose power with color swaps ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">F2kqHjYi5PYd3qTpP7YTwd</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ghpHP6MRJWP2omWMS7Nax6-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 19 Aug 2026 14:05:13 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Video Lights]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Lights]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FCSkExqFFzvDQFmnEf8mgV-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ghpHP6MRJWP2omWMS7Nax6-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Harlowe]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ghpHP6MRJWP2omWMS7Nax6-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Most multi-colored lights can only reach maximum brightness on the white color setting, but the brand known for its retro-styled lights has introduced a light that can still hit full power up to 120W at every one of its 36,000 possible colors. The Harlowe Max Spectra is a portable LED video light that is not only built for color but uses a “magic lens” to project moving special effects.</p><p>Harlowe says that no other light in the same class can create such a wide range of colors at full brightness. The difference comes from designing <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-led-light-panels">the LED light</a> so that every color channel has its own power allocation. The light can blend the red, green, blue, cool white, and warm white channels into thousands of different colors, without losing brightness.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ikSiKs9SnErJHWWjUsCoB7-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Harlowe</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/47J2yCmSJCb4fEdKw9oJA7-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Harlowe</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>While the ability to switch colors without loosing power is key, Harlowe also gave the Max Spectra another unusual feature: a “magic” lens that allows the light to project different patterns. Those patterns can be mixed with the color capabilities to build creative effects, like imitating the look of water ripples. </p><p>Harlowe says the lens attachment can be used to create special effects without a gobo projector or VFX, creating special effects – or custom backdrops from a plain white background – using the light and lens attachment.</p><p>Besides the lens attachment, the lens uses a magnetic mount that supports modifiers, with a barn door, frosted dome, and honeycomb grid included with the light. A fresnel lens attachment will also be available to boost the light’s brightness by four times.</p><p>The light comes in at three different available strengths. The 40W is the lightest and most affordable, the 80W sits in the middle, and the 120W is the most powerful in the lineup. All three lights use the same battery pack, so the 40W can get about 2 hours and 18 minutes at full power, while the 120W can get about 40 minutes at full power.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/a4xepcxikVabYkjQSmXbu5-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Harlowe</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KCmLfrS3UvZ9zgYQkpSV77-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Harlowe</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5ZBSeooC8ffh65WynjSTS5-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Harlowe</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>The light is built to be used on-site with an aluminum build and an IP65 weather-proof 99.36W battery, but the light is also compatible with AC power for studio use. The light can be controlled from the built-in screen and dials, or using a wireless connection to a smartphone app.</p><p>The Harlowe Max Spectra launches in three different power variations, but each light also comes in either a standard Creator Kit that includes modifiers, a handle, an AC adapter, and a carrying case, while the Magic Kit adds the lens for creating patterned light. The 40W Creator Kit starts at $849 / £649.20 / CA$1,195.</p><p>The light is available <a href="https://www.harlowe.com/products/max-spectra-rgbcw-led-video-photography-light-kit" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">directly through Harlowe</a>, with pre-orders also open in the US <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1994356-REG/harlowe_1101691us_max_40w_spectra_rgb.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">at B&H Photo</a>.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Browse <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-lights">the best video lights</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-led-light-panels">the best LED panels</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Thought memory card prices were high? Things could get even worse ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>It's become an all-too-familiar story: the rising cost of memory. Thanks to the insatiable appetite for HBM (High Bandwidth Memory) from AI data centers, memory manufacturers have been diverting their resources to produce this highly lucrative commodity, leaving reduced supply of the NAND flash used in camera memory cards and SSDs. And as we know, when supply is tight, prices rise, which is why we've seen such a relentless increase in the cost of memory cards throughout 2026. </p><p>Many will therefore be hoping for a reprieve, but according to Samsung, one of the world's largest memory manufacturers responsible for around a third of global memory production, the situation is likely to get worse, not better.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1559px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yrXCcDyNxZAJPB5tGFKAs3" name="BalticServers_data_center" alt="Image of an IT data center" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yrXCcDyNxZAJPB5tGFKAs3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1559" height="877" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0, BalticServers.com)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Samsung has stated that it expects the memory supply to be even tighter in 2027 due to even greater demand from AI companies, and things may not get much better in 2028. It’s not just Samsung that predicts such a dire outlook for memory pricing. SanDisk is another major player in the memory market, and it too has forecast significant supply constraints, while having multi-year contracts with AI clients consuming its manufacturing capacity for the immediate future.</p><p>It's not just memory cards and SSDs that have seen steep price rises in 2026. Any consumer electronics requiring fast NAND flash has been subject to the memory shortage, from camera phones to games consoles. As long as memory producers like Samsung, Micron and SanDisk have their order books filled for years to come by AI companies willing to pay top dollar for HBM, everyday consumers like you and me wanting a new <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-cfexpress-cards" target="_blank">CFexpress card</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-portable-hard-drives-for-photographers" target="_blank">portable SSD</a> will find a dwindling supply with inflated pricing.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3992px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="bWh8aYFwsqd4N2UyVsegmh" name="SDNK_PRO-CINEMA_CFExpress_Type-A_01-01126v2_Life-9" alt="SanDisk PRO-CINEMA CFexpress Type A card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bWh8aYFwsqd4N2UyVsegmh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3992" height="2246" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: SanDisk)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The next few years could be less bleak if you're a shareholder in one of the memory giants though. The stock price of Samsung Electronics, SanDisk and Micron have skyrocketed in the last 12 months, and analysts predict they could rise still higher thanks to unprecedented AI demand.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/memory-cards/thought-memory-card-prices-were-high-things-could-get-even-worse</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Samsung predicts further price rises into 2027 and possibly beyond ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">XecDqKxB333AfTTXs45AN8</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QXjKKT6attc75E8jB6SqPc-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 13 Aug 2026 22:13:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Memory Cards]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ ben.andrews@futurenet.com (Ben Andrews) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Ben Andrews ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hA7SxTHVsLt7fQ5XhWWbX4-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QXjKKT6attc75E8jB6SqPc-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Photo of a collection of SD cards with dollar signs]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Photo of a collection of SD cards with dollar signs]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Photo of a collection of SD cards with dollar signs]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QXjKKT6attc75E8jB6SqPc-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>It's become an all-too-familiar story: the rising cost of memory. Thanks to the insatiable appetite for HBM (High Bandwidth Memory) from AI data centers, memory manufacturers have been diverting their resources to produce this highly lucrative commodity, leaving reduced supply of the NAND flash used in camera memory cards and SSDs. And as we know, when supply is tight, prices rise, which is why we've seen such a relentless increase in the cost of memory cards throughout 2026. </p><p>Many will therefore be hoping for a reprieve, but according to Samsung, one of the world's largest memory manufacturers responsible for around a third of global memory production, the situation is likely to get worse, not better.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1559px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yrXCcDyNxZAJPB5tGFKAs3" name="BalticServers_data_center" alt="Image of an IT data center" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yrXCcDyNxZAJPB5tGFKAs3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1559" height="877" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0, BalticServers.com)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Samsung has stated that it expects the memory supply to be even tighter in 2027 due to even greater demand from AI companies, and things may not get much better in 2028. It’s not just Samsung that predicts such a dire outlook for memory pricing. SanDisk is another major player in the memory market, and it too has forecast significant supply constraints, while having multi-year contracts with AI clients consuming its manufacturing capacity for the immediate future.</p><p>It's not just memory cards and SSDs that have seen steep price rises in 2026. Any consumer electronics requiring fast NAND flash has been subject to the memory shortage, from camera phones to games consoles. As long as memory producers like Samsung, Micron and SanDisk have their order books filled for years to come by AI companies willing to pay top dollar for HBM, everyday consumers like you and me wanting a new <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-cfexpress-cards" target="_blank">CFexpress card</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-portable-hard-drives-for-photographers" target="_blank">portable SSD</a> will find a dwindling supply with inflated pricing.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3992px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="bWh8aYFwsqd4N2UyVsegmh" name="SDNK_PRO-CINEMA_CFExpress_Type-A_01-01126v2_Life-9" alt="SanDisk PRO-CINEMA CFexpress Type A card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bWh8aYFwsqd4N2UyVsegmh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3992" height="2246" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: SanDisk)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The next few years could be less bleak if you're a shareholder in one of the memory giants though. The stock price of Samsung Electronics, SanDisk and Micron have skyrocketed in the last 12 months, and analysts predict they could rise still higher thanks to unprecedented AI demand.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Chris Burkard put these camera bags through sand, storms and jostling – and now these battle-tested bags start at under $30 in the US ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Pelican is arguably a brand best known for its <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/hard-cases-for-cameras">hard cases for cameras</a>, but the company also has a series of soft-sided <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-bags-and-cases-for-photographers">camera bags</a> designed for adventure. The Pelican Aegis series is now as much as half off, steeply discounting <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-sling-bags">slings</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-backpacks">backpacks</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-roller-bags">rolling camera duffles</a>.</p><p>The sale comes as Pelican recently sent adventure photographer Chris Burkard across sand, storms and even a powered hang glider flight to demonstrate the versatility of the Aegis series. </p><p>As mishaps like a broken-down truck shifted plans, the adventure photographer grabbed a different bag – and kept shooting.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/5jxSd2KPjoo" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p><strong>ABOVE: Watch Burkard's adventure with Aegis bags</strong></p><p>While the Chris Burkard project is an excellent short film about overcoming challenges, what really caught my eye is that several bags in the series are steeply discounted right now, as much as 22% to 53% off in the US.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="qhsLHMuEviDQ63ngSGk5FE" name="260609_VALASEK_05797.JPG" alt="Photographer Chris Burkard in the back of a pickup truck with Pelican camera bags" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qhsLHMuEviDQ63ngSGk5FE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qhsLHMuEviDQ63ngSGk5FE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Pelican)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the Aegis series doesn’t use Pelican’s well-known hard-sided shells, the series still uses the brand’s compression-molded design to help absorb impact to any gear inside.</p><p>Pelican's hard cases aren't meant to be worn, but that's where the Aegis series' soft-sided design comes in with slings and backpacks designed for that purpose.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-save-up-to-53"><span>🇺🇸 Save up to 53%</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="6ff55638-9655-11f1-bf85-ed8abc36de24" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis Sx3 Access Sling" data-dimension48="Aegis Sx3 Access Sling" data-dimension25="$28.95" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862487-REG/pelican_sx3_trvl_sand_aegis_cross_body_sling_sand.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="5viSWicXsAWEibJhGYaPGe" name="1764598818_1862487" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5viSWicXsAWEibJhGYaPGe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="500" height="500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862487-REG/pelican_sx3_trvl_sand_aegis_cross_body_sling_sand.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="6ff55638-9655-11f1-bf85-ed8abc36de24" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis Sx3 Access Sling" data-dimension48="Aegis Sx3 Access Sling" data-dimension25="$28.95">Aegis Sx3 Access Sling: was $59.95 now $28.95</a></strong><br>Designed for easy access, the Pelican Aegis Sx3 Sling puts compact camera gear within easy reach inside the bag's customizable dividers. The bag uses weather-resistant materials to keep gear protected, while the option to wear as either a waist bag or cross-body helps keep the bag comfortable.</p><p>The Sling comes in two sizes. The Small ($28.95) is a 3L bag designed for compact cameras and small mirrorless setups, while <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862491-REG/pelican_sx5_trvl_sand_aegis_cross_body_sling.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">the Large ($49.95)</a> can fit a mirrorless along with an extra lens in the 5L interior space.</p><p>While the sling comes in several colors, only the Sand beige color is part of the discount.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862487-REG/pelican_sx3_trvl_sand_aegis_cross_body_sling_sand.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="6ff55638-9655-11f1-bf85-ed8abc36de24" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis Sx3 Access Sling" data-dimension48="Aegis Sx3 Access Sling" data-dimension25="$28.95">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="6ff556b0-9655-11f1-ab8b-ef9c41a4c593" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L" data-dimension48="Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L" data-dimension25="$179.95" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1977538-REG/pelican_aegis_series_travel_backpack.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="DTd6jsFDBF66byyJKGmbhC" name="1737418852_1862475" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DTd6jsFDBF66byyJKGmbhC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="500" height="500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1977538-REG/pelican_aegis_series_travel_backpack.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="6ff556b0-9655-11f1-ab8b-ef9c41a4c593" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L" data-dimension48="Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L" data-dimension25="$179.95">Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L: was $229.95 now $179.95</a></strong><br>The Pelican Aegis Backpack uses a compression-molded front for keeping gear protected and a padded, breathable back and shoulder straps for a more comfortable carry. Along with the shoulder straps, the bag also uses a sternum strap, grab handle, and luggage-pass-through to attach to the handle of a rolling suitcase.</p><p>The bag is made with water-resistant materials. Access to gear is from a fully unzipping back panel. The bag requires an insert to be used for camera gear, but this bundle from B&H includes both the bag and insert.</p><p>The steepest discount is for the Sand or beige color, but the black and charcoal are also discounted at $249 with a camera insert. (Don't need an insert? <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862475-REG/pelican_px25_trvl_sand_aegis_series_backpack_sand.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">The bag alone starts at</a> $99.95 for the 18L and $129.95 for the 25L).<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1977538-REG/pelican_aegis_series_travel_backpack.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="6ff556b0-9655-11f1-ab8b-ef9c41a4c593" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L" data-dimension48="Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L" data-dimension25="$179.95">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e3ce950e-9657-11f1-8f42-35b5210987cc" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel" data-dimension48="Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel" data-dimension25="$179.95" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862449-REG/pelican_hy28_trvl_blk_aegis_series_rolling_duffel.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="K9oVZsP3gTip56TJhRFD3m" name="1765369607_1862449" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/K9oVZsP3gTip56TJhRFD3m-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="500" height="500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862449-REG/pelican_hy28_trvl_blk_aegis_series_rolling_duffel.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="e3ce950e-9657-11f1-8f42-35b5210987cc" data-action="Deal Block" data-label='Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel' data-dimension48='Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel' data-dimension25="$179.95">Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel: was $379.95 now $179.95</a></strong><br>Pelican says the Aegis Check-In Rolling duffle offers protection, but with more versatility thanks to its soft sides. The bag is a hybrid duffle that also includes a wheeled luggage system. Like the other bags in the Aegis series, the duffle is built with water-resistant materials.</p><p>Multiple colors and sizes are on sale for the hybrid duffle.</p><p>The interior of the Aegis duffle is empty – to use it with camera gear, it's compatible with the <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862420-REG/pelican_avp_d_trvl_sand_aegis_modpak_double_av.html/specs" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Aegis Double ModPak</a> or the <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862424-REG/pelican_avp_s_trvl_sand_aegis_single_modpak_av.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Aegis Single ModPak</a>, which are also on sale in the Sand colorway.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862449-REG/pelican_hy28_trvl_blk_aegis_series_rolling_duffel.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="e3ce950e-9657-11f1-8f42-35b5210987cc" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel" data-dimension48="Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel" data-dimension25="$179.95">View Deal</a></p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like…</span></h3><p>Take a look at our top-tested picks for the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-backpacks">best camera backpacks</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-roller-bags">best rolling camera bags</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/chris-burkard-put-these-camera-bags-through-sand-storms-and-jostling-and-now-these-battle-tested-bags-start-at-under-usd30-in-the-us</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ A recent campaign followed photographer Chris Burkard putting the Pelican Aegis bag series to the test – and right now the sling is under $30 ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">h4Mj4Lca58aWLZNDD3CKZE</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zfk4bdVF9BbwWX8fTMEDdK-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 13 Aug 2026 10:58:26 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Bags and Backpacks]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FCSkExqFFzvDQFmnEf8mgV-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zfk4bdVF9BbwWX8fTMEDdK-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Pelican]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The Pelican Aegis backpack covered in sand]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Pelican Aegis backpack covered in sand]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Pelican Aegis backpack covered in sand]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zfk4bdVF9BbwWX8fTMEDdK-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Pelican is arguably a brand best known for its <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/hard-cases-for-cameras">hard cases for cameras</a>, but the company also has a series of soft-sided <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-bags-and-cases-for-photographers">camera bags</a> designed for adventure. The Pelican Aegis series is now as much as half off, steeply discounting <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-sling-bags">slings</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-backpacks">backpacks</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-roller-bags">rolling camera duffles</a>.</p><p>The sale comes as Pelican recently sent adventure photographer Chris Burkard across sand, storms and even a powered hang glider flight to demonstrate the versatility of the Aegis series. </p><p>As mishaps like a broken-down truck shifted plans, the adventure photographer grabbed a different bag – and kept shooting.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/5jxSd2KPjoo" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p><strong>ABOVE: Watch Burkard's adventure with Aegis bags</strong></p><p>While the Chris Burkard project is an excellent short film about overcoming challenges, what really caught my eye is that several bags in the series are steeply discounted right now, as much as 22% to 53% off in the US.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="qhsLHMuEviDQ63ngSGk5FE" name="260609_VALASEK_05797.JPG" alt="Photographer Chris Burkard in the back of a pickup truck with Pelican camera bags" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qhsLHMuEviDQ63ngSGk5FE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qhsLHMuEviDQ63ngSGk5FE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Pelican)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the Aegis series doesn’t use Pelican’s well-known hard-sided shells, the series still uses the brand’s compression-molded design to help absorb impact to any gear inside.</p><p>Pelican's hard cases aren't meant to be worn, but that's where the Aegis series' soft-sided design comes in with slings and backpacks designed for that purpose.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-save-up-to-53"><span>🇺🇸 Save up to 53%</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="6ff55638-9655-11f1-bf85-ed8abc36de24" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis Sx3 Access Sling" data-dimension48="Aegis Sx3 Access Sling" data-dimension25="$28.95" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862487-REG/pelican_sx3_trvl_sand_aegis_cross_body_sling_sand.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="5viSWicXsAWEibJhGYaPGe" name="1764598818_1862487" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5viSWicXsAWEibJhGYaPGe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="500" height="500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862487-REG/pelican_sx3_trvl_sand_aegis_cross_body_sling_sand.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="6ff55638-9655-11f1-bf85-ed8abc36de24" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis Sx3 Access Sling" data-dimension48="Aegis Sx3 Access Sling" data-dimension25="$28.95">Aegis Sx3 Access Sling: was $59.95 now $28.95</a></strong><br>Designed for easy access, the Pelican Aegis Sx3 Sling puts compact camera gear within easy reach inside the bag's customizable dividers. The bag uses weather-resistant materials to keep gear protected, while the option to wear as either a waist bag or cross-body helps keep the bag comfortable.</p><p>The Sling comes in two sizes. The Small ($28.95) is a 3L bag designed for compact cameras and small mirrorless setups, while <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862491-REG/pelican_sx5_trvl_sand_aegis_cross_body_sling.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">the Large ($49.95)</a> can fit a mirrorless along with an extra lens in the 5L interior space.</p><p>While the sling comes in several colors, only the Sand beige color is part of the discount.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862487-REG/pelican_sx3_trvl_sand_aegis_cross_body_sling_sand.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="6ff55638-9655-11f1-bf85-ed8abc36de24" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis Sx3 Access Sling" data-dimension48="Aegis Sx3 Access Sling" data-dimension25="$28.95">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="6ff556b0-9655-11f1-ab8b-ef9c41a4c593" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L" data-dimension48="Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L" data-dimension25="$179.95" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1977538-REG/pelican_aegis_series_travel_backpack.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="DTd6jsFDBF66byyJKGmbhC" name="1737418852_1862475" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DTd6jsFDBF66byyJKGmbhC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="500" height="500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1977538-REG/pelican_aegis_series_travel_backpack.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="6ff556b0-9655-11f1-ab8b-ef9c41a4c593" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L" data-dimension48="Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L" data-dimension25="$179.95">Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L: was $229.95 now $179.95</a></strong><br>The Pelican Aegis Backpack uses a compression-molded front for keeping gear protected and a padded, breathable back and shoulder straps for a more comfortable carry. Along with the shoulder straps, the bag also uses a sternum strap, grab handle, and luggage-pass-through to attach to the handle of a rolling suitcase.</p><p>The bag is made with water-resistant materials. Access to gear is from a fully unzipping back panel. The bag requires an insert to be used for camera gear, but this bundle from B&H includes both the bag and insert.</p><p>The steepest discount is for the Sand or beige color, but the black and charcoal are also discounted at $249 with a camera insert. (Don't need an insert? <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862475-REG/pelican_px25_trvl_sand_aegis_series_backpack_sand.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">The bag alone starts at</a> $99.95 for the 18L and $129.95 for the 25L).<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1977538-REG/pelican_aegis_series_travel_backpack.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="6ff556b0-9655-11f1-ab8b-ef9c41a4c593" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L" data-dimension48="Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L" data-dimension25="$179.95">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e3ce950e-9657-11f1-8f42-35b5210987cc" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel" data-dimension48="Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel" data-dimension25="$179.95" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862449-REG/pelican_hy28_trvl_blk_aegis_series_rolling_duffel.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="K9oVZsP3gTip56TJhRFD3m" name="1765369607_1862449" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/K9oVZsP3gTip56TJhRFD3m-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="500" height="500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862449-REG/pelican_hy28_trvl_blk_aegis_series_rolling_duffel.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="e3ce950e-9657-11f1-8f42-35b5210987cc" data-action="Deal Block" data-label='Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel' data-dimension48='Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel' data-dimension25="$179.95">Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel: was $379.95 now $179.95</a></strong><br>Pelican says the Aegis Check-In Rolling duffle offers protection, but with more versatility thanks to its soft sides. The bag is a hybrid duffle that also includes a wheeled luggage system. Like the other bags in the Aegis series, the duffle is built with water-resistant materials.</p><p>Multiple colors and sizes are on sale for the hybrid duffle.</p><p>The interior of the Aegis duffle is empty – to use it with camera gear, it's compatible with the <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862420-REG/pelican_avp_d_trvl_sand_aegis_modpak_double_av.html/specs" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Aegis Double ModPak</a> or the <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862424-REG/pelican_avp_s_trvl_sand_aegis_single_modpak_av.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Aegis Single ModPak</a>, which are also on sale in the Sand colorway.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862449-REG/pelican_hy28_trvl_blk_aegis_series_rolling_duffel.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="e3ce950e-9657-11f1-8f42-35b5210987cc" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel" data-dimension48="Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel" data-dimension25="$179.95">View Deal</a></p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like…</span></h3><p>Take a look at our top-tested picks for the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-backpacks">best camera backpacks</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-roller-bags">best rolling camera bags</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Billingham’s Icon Messenger Bag could be the perfect shoot-and-edit companion ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Billingham has introduced the Icon Messenger Bag, a new everyday carry option inspired by the timeless appearance of its much-loved Hadley range. Designed for commuting, travelling and carrying daily essentials, the new bag combines the British manufacturer’s traditional styling and craftsmanship with the practical features expected from a modern messenger bag.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1800px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="TJymm6CBFvxYisW9irDFKC" name="Inside_Black_FibreNyte_Black_Leather" alt="Billingham Icon messenger bag" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TJymm6CBFvxYisW9irDFKC-1920-80.webp" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1800" height="1012" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TJymm6CBFvxYisW9irDFKC-1920-80.webp' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Billingham)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Although Billingham is positioning the Icon primarily as an everyday messenger rather than a dedicated camera bag, there is nothing stopping photographers from turning it into a discreet mobile shooting solution. Add a suitable protective pouch or Billingham’s optional Capsule 1 insert, and there is enough room for anything from a premium compact camera to a Leica M and small lens, while still leaving space for the everyday items you need. Billingham specifically recommends the Capsule 1 for carrying camera equipment inside the Icon without taking over the entire bag.</p><p>The Icon also includes a full-width internal pocket capable of holding a laptop measuring up to 14 inches, although Billingham recommends placing the computer inside its own protective case. Alternatively, that space should comfortably accommodate an iPad or another tablet, making the Icon a tempting choice for photographers who want to shoot, transfer and edit their images while away from home.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1800px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="ETH5zuqMW7EkEaahQ7XnEC" name="Inside_water_bottle_and_laptop_and_book" alt="Billingham Icon messenger bag" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ETH5zuqMW7EkEaahQ7XnEC-1920-80.webp" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1800" height="1012" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ETH5zuqMW7EkEaahQ7XnEC-1920-80.webp' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Billingham)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Elsewhere, the bag features a dedicated internal bottle holder, multiple internal slip and mesh pockets, a wide zipped rear pocket and a traditional brass key loop. There is also a discreet compartment for hiding an Apple AirTag, while the luggage retainer strap allows the bag to slide over the handle of a suitcase when travelling. The removable H1 shoulder sling and included SP50 shoulder pad should also make it comfortable to carry during longer days on the move.</p><p>The Icon Messenger Bag has a 12-litre internal capacity and is available in several of the company’s familiar canvas, FibreNyte and leather combinations. It is priced at $377 / £330, placing it firmly within premium <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-messenger-bags-for-photographers">messenger bag</a> territory, but its ability to carry a compact camera setup alongside a laptop or tablet could make it the perfect mobile solution for photographers who want to shoot and edit on the go without carrying an obvious camera bag.</p><p><strong>Check out our full guide to the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-bags-and-cases-for-photographers"><strong>best camera bags</strong></a></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/billinghams-new-icon-messenger-bag-could-be-the-perfect-shoot-and-edit-companion</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Billingham’s new messenger bag is made for photographers on the move ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">gQc5xw6weUVQnCsvMTyjGF</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3NVn5W9BC7NZ7CLqg9B8hg-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 06 Aug 2026 08:05:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Bags and Backpacks]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ sebastian.oakley@futurenet.com (Sebastian Oakley) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Sebastian Oakley ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bqHjvwvXxSCtJZz3aVgSyn-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3NVn5W9BC7NZ7CLqg9B8hg-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Billingham ]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Billingham Icon messenger bag]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Billingham Icon messenger bag]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Billingham Icon messenger bag]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3NVn5W9BC7NZ7CLqg9B8hg-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Billingham has introduced the Icon Messenger Bag, a new everyday carry option inspired by the timeless appearance of its much-loved Hadley range. Designed for commuting, travelling and carrying daily essentials, the new bag combines the British manufacturer’s traditional styling and craftsmanship with the practical features expected from a modern messenger bag.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1800px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="TJymm6CBFvxYisW9irDFKC" name="Inside_Black_FibreNyte_Black_Leather" alt="Billingham Icon messenger bag" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TJymm6CBFvxYisW9irDFKC-1920-80.webp" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1800" height="1012" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TJymm6CBFvxYisW9irDFKC-1920-80.webp' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Billingham)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Although Billingham is positioning the Icon primarily as an everyday messenger rather than a dedicated camera bag, there is nothing stopping photographers from turning it into a discreet mobile shooting solution. Add a suitable protective pouch or Billingham’s optional Capsule 1 insert, and there is enough room for anything from a premium compact camera to a Leica M and small lens, while still leaving space for the everyday items you need. Billingham specifically recommends the Capsule 1 for carrying camera equipment inside the Icon without taking over the entire bag.</p><p>The Icon also includes a full-width internal pocket capable of holding a laptop measuring up to 14 inches, although Billingham recommends placing the computer inside its own protective case. Alternatively, that space should comfortably accommodate an iPad or another tablet, making the Icon a tempting choice for photographers who want to shoot, transfer and edit their images while away from home.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1800px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="ETH5zuqMW7EkEaahQ7XnEC" name="Inside_water_bottle_and_laptop_and_book" alt="Billingham Icon messenger bag" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ETH5zuqMW7EkEaahQ7XnEC-1920-80.webp" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1800" height="1012" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ETH5zuqMW7EkEaahQ7XnEC-1920-80.webp' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Billingham)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Elsewhere, the bag features a dedicated internal bottle holder, multiple internal slip and mesh pockets, a wide zipped rear pocket and a traditional brass key loop. There is also a discreet compartment for hiding an Apple AirTag, while the luggage retainer strap allows the bag to slide over the handle of a suitcase when travelling. The removable H1 shoulder sling and included SP50 shoulder pad should also make it comfortable to carry during longer days on the move.</p><p>The Icon Messenger Bag has a 12-litre internal capacity and is available in several of the company’s familiar canvas, FibreNyte and leather combinations. It is priced at $377 / £330, placing it firmly within premium <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-messenger-bags-for-photographers">messenger bag</a> territory, but its ability to carry a compact camera setup alongside a laptop or tablet could make it the perfect mobile solution for photographers who want to shoot and edit on the go without carrying an obvious camera bag.</p><p><strong>Check out our full guide to the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-bags-and-cases-for-photographers"><strong>best camera bags</strong></a></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus review: A quick, smart, and powerful NAS for 4K video editors ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>After a very positive experience with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/cloud-storage/ugreen-nasync-dh2300-review-the-perfect-first-nas-for-photographers">UGREEN NASync DH2300</a>, I was keen to find out if there were any reasons to buy the more expensive four-bay DH4300 Plus instead. Other than a greater storage capacity made possible by two extra bays, I wanted to know if the superior chip, extra RAM, and faster Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) rates made a significant difference.</p><p>The DH4300 Plus features a Rockchip A76+A55 processor compared to an A72+A53. In addition to this, there is 8GB LPDDR4X rather than 4GB. And finally, and maybe most importantly for photographers and videographers, are the 2.5 GbE LAN ports compared to just 1 GbE on the DH2300.</p><p>As is the case with the DH2300, the DH4300 Plus is marketed towards users who want a private cloud solution as an alternative to paying monthly subscriptions for either Google One, iCloud, or the like. With better specs, the DH4300 Plus is also a more viable alternative for 4K media streaming, whether that be for editing or viewing.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-ugreen-nasync-dh4300-plus-specifications"><span>UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connection</p></td><td  ><p>1x 2.5GbE LAN, 1x USB-C, 2x USB-A, 4K 60Hz HDMI</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Capacities</p></td><td  ><p>128TB (4x 32TB)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Transmission speed</p></td><td  ><p>2.5 GbE</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Operating Temperature</p></td><td  ><p>0°C to 40°C</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Operating Systems</p></td><td  ><p>MacOS, Windows, iOS, Android</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Size</p></td><td  ><p>155 x 155 x 215.7 mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>1.57 kg (bare unit)</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="FP4ucYqZHLAjSojP3BhwVY" name="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus_24" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FP4ucYqZHLAjSojP3BhwVY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Paul Hatton)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-ugreen-nasync-dh4300-plus-design-handling"><span>UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Following along the same lines as all UGREEN devices that the brand has produced in recent years, the DH4300 Plus is a superbly designed NAS with a classy two-tone grey aesthetic. For the price I would have expected a metal case, but it appears that UGREEN wants to keep the weight down and not overcomplicate the material palette.</p><p>If your idea of NAS is a blocky, archaic-looking box that gathers dust in the corner of a room, then UGREEN is looking to address misconceptions and offer a much more modern alternative. In reality, the DH4300 Plus effortlessly blends into any interior and could even be positioned in a living room without looking out of place.</p><p>The four bay trays are located underneath a removable top hood which easily slides off without any need for a catch which could fail over time. Unfortunately, like the DH2300, the trays are constructed of thin and flimsy plastic, which is far from ideal in terms of longevity. Thankfully, once your storage drives are inserted, you shouldn't need to touch the trays very often at all.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3nbocPXhpXYhCzQ7RZY4cY-1920-80.jpg" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MnKfQSTSUqR96UEFDENzcY-1920-80.jpg" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iDDEbDS4cU5wa5fXD8UsgY-1920-80.jpg" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PyqNfusE5tFPHeBjRzZdbY-1920-80.jpg" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yEzvNt7jHVmKX89cWqm4jY-1920-80.jpg" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>These trays are able to house 3.5-inch or 2.5-inch drives and can be secured using small screws which are provided as part of the package. It's a rudimentary solution that is inferior to alternatives such as the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/wd-my-cloud-pro-series-pr2100-review">WD My Cloud Pro Series PR2100</a> that provides a sufficiently snug fit to not require screws.</p><p>All of the status indicator lights are positioned on the front face so you can quickly and easily see if everything is running smoothly or if you're running into problems. At the front you'll find a single USB-C port with all other ports (2x USB-A, 4K HDMI, Ethernet, and power) located at the rear. Unfortunately there's no SD card slot, which isn't ideal for creatives wanting to dump data directly from their shoots.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tVKoZyvEg9ZXHwwD5HWcFW-1920-80.png" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/y5B8noLa3V7xHaLwi9CJDW-1920-80.png" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UumqBRp4EpKnQgxfTbm8CW-1920-80.png" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-ugreen-nasync-dh4300-plus-performance"><span>UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus: Performance</span></h3><p>Having already tested the very similar DH2300, it was no surprise to discover that the NAS was effortless to set up. All I had to do was power up the NAS, connect the Ethernet cable to my router, download the <a href="http://nas.ugreen.com/pages/downloads">UGREEN client</a>, wait a few seconds for the NAS to be found, and walk through the guided setup. In a very short time, with no hiccups, I was ready to use the NAS.</p><p>The primary thing I wanted to know was whether the NAS could handle 4K video editing. So I enabled the SMB service within the UGREEN client, uploaded my 4K footage, and connected to the server on my Mac. From there I was able to import the footage into Premiere Pro. All of this was super simple and straightforward thanks to the user-friendly UGREEN tools.</p><p>I began by streaming the 4K footage directly from the NAS, and I had no problems achieving smooth playback even at full resolution. I then added a few effects, including a blur and distort effect. Again, these played back smoothly.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3942px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="PRX7iXiejYorZa25YQNWdY" name="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus_28" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PRX7iXiejYorZa25YQNWdY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3942" height="2217" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Paul Hatton)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To take my test up a notch, I added a Lumetri Color effect and performed a number of color corrections using dial adjustments and curves. At this point, I experienced some lag and stutter, which wasn't ideal but far from a game changer. This can be improved by moving the media cache folder locally, but if you'd like to use the NAS exclusively, then I'd say it's still absolutely possible, assuming you can put up with some small delays or drop the viewing resolution.</p><p>As mentioned before, the DH4300 Plus is powered by a Rockchip A76+A55 processor and 8GB LPDDR4X. This all keeps things running smoothly. Transmission tops out at 2.5 GbE, which is sufficient for most workflows, but if you'd like buttery smooth video editing in almost all cases, then a 10 GbE NAS is what you need.</p><p>It goes without saying that backing up photos, videos, and other files is fast, seamless, and absolutely sufficient for the NAS to act as a reliable and usable private cloud. You can even set it up as a dedicated photo storage device so you can see your photo library on your phone.</p><p>If you plan on using the NAS with all your family members or for a small business, then UGREEN provides a number of user features so admins can control who has access to what. These tools are available through the UGREEN Client and are straight forward to use, even for complete NAS beginners.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3994px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="3ZUMfbk28x5Pa8XCrUKpjY" name="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus_18" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3ZUMfbk28x5Pa8XCrUKpjY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3994" height="2247" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Paul Hatton)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-ugreen-nasync-dh4300-plus-final-verdict"><span>UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus: Final Verdict</span></h3><p>The UGREEN DH4300 Plus is an ideal solution for anyone who wants reliable photo backup and 4K video editing capabilities. I was able to back up my files quickly and without issue, and when I edited a 4K video directly from the NAS, I ran into very few problems.</p><p>With a reliable 128GB capacity, you'll be able to keep your media safely backed up and access it directly in your workflow. If you choose to use it as a photo management tool, then you'll love the AI-driven photo management app, which automatically sorts images for smart and easy access.</p><p>The design is modern and sleek, looking the part whether placed in an office, studio, or even in a living room. As with the DH2300, the DH4300 Plus is also lacking support for M.2 NVMe drives, Docker, and virtual machines, so it offers very limited scalability, meaning power users may need to look elsewhere.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p><strong>★</strong>★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>A clean and modern aesthetic, but plastic components are a little flimsy.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p><strong>★★★★½</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Excellent performance for photo storage and 4K video editing.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Far from cheap but comparable with its competitors.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Overall</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>★★★★½</strong></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/cloud-storage/ugreen-nasync-dh4300-plus-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus is a superb NAS device for backing up files as well as working directly from ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">EKP9ZuhrqmktVsi6u6pRf4</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pJ2s6Na6oZidfHuZ9SFqeY-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 05 Aug 2026 14:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Cloud Storage]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ paulo.n.hatton@gmail.com (Paul Hatton) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Paul Hatton ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vrzjBP4CoUBpQxKznZvGXh-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pJ2s6Na6oZidfHuZ9SFqeY-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future / Paul Hatton]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pJ2s6Na6oZidfHuZ9SFqeY-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>After a very positive experience with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/cloud-storage/ugreen-nasync-dh2300-review-the-perfect-first-nas-for-photographers">UGREEN NASync DH2300</a>, I was keen to find out if there were any reasons to buy the more expensive four-bay DH4300 Plus instead. Other than a greater storage capacity made possible by two extra bays, I wanted to know if the superior chip, extra RAM, and faster Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) rates made a significant difference.</p><p>The DH4300 Plus features a Rockchip A76+A55 processor compared to an A72+A53. In addition to this, there is 8GB LPDDR4X rather than 4GB. And finally, and maybe most importantly for photographers and videographers, are the 2.5 GbE LAN ports compared to just 1 GbE on the DH2300.</p><p>As is the case with the DH2300, the DH4300 Plus is marketed towards users who want a private cloud solution as an alternative to paying monthly subscriptions for either Google One, iCloud, or the like. With better specs, the DH4300 Plus is also a more viable alternative for 4K media streaming, whether that be for editing or viewing.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-ugreen-nasync-dh4300-plus-specifications"><span>UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connection</p></td><td  ><p>1x 2.5GbE LAN, 1x USB-C, 2x USB-A, 4K 60Hz HDMI</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Capacities</p></td><td  ><p>128TB (4x 32TB)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Transmission speed</p></td><td  ><p>2.5 GbE</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Operating Temperature</p></td><td  ><p>0°C to 40°C</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Operating Systems</p></td><td  ><p>MacOS, Windows, iOS, Android</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Size</p></td><td  ><p>155 x 155 x 215.7 mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>1.57 kg (bare unit)</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="FP4ucYqZHLAjSojP3BhwVY" name="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus_24" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FP4ucYqZHLAjSojP3BhwVY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Paul Hatton)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-ugreen-nasync-dh4300-plus-design-handling"><span>UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Following along the same lines as all UGREEN devices that the brand has produced in recent years, the DH4300 Plus is a superbly designed NAS with a classy two-tone grey aesthetic. For the price I would have expected a metal case, but it appears that UGREEN wants to keep the weight down and not overcomplicate the material palette.</p><p>If your idea of NAS is a blocky, archaic-looking box that gathers dust in the corner of a room, then UGREEN is looking to address misconceptions and offer a much more modern alternative. In reality, the DH4300 Plus effortlessly blends into any interior and could even be positioned in a living room without looking out of place.</p><p>The four bay trays are located underneath a removable top hood which easily slides off without any need for a catch which could fail over time. Unfortunately, like the DH2300, the trays are constructed of thin and flimsy plastic, which is far from ideal in terms of longevity. Thankfully, once your storage drives are inserted, you shouldn't need to touch the trays very often at all.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3nbocPXhpXYhCzQ7RZY4cY-1920-80.jpg" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MnKfQSTSUqR96UEFDENzcY-1920-80.jpg" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iDDEbDS4cU5wa5fXD8UsgY-1920-80.jpg" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PyqNfusE5tFPHeBjRzZdbY-1920-80.jpg" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yEzvNt7jHVmKX89cWqm4jY-1920-80.jpg" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>These trays are able to house 3.5-inch or 2.5-inch drives and can be secured using small screws which are provided as part of the package. It's a rudimentary solution that is inferior to alternatives such as the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/wd-my-cloud-pro-series-pr2100-review">WD My Cloud Pro Series PR2100</a> that provides a sufficiently snug fit to not require screws.</p><p>All of the status indicator lights are positioned on the front face so you can quickly and easily see if everything is running smoothly or if you're running into problems. At the front you'll find a single USB-C port with all other ports (2x USB-A, 4K HDMI, Ethernet, and power) located at the rear. Unfortunately there's no SD card slot, which isn't ideal for creatives wanting to dump data directly from their shoots.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tVKoZyvEg9ZXHwwD5HWcFW-1920-80.png" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/y5B8noLa3V7xHaLwi9CJDW-1920-80.png" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UumqBRp4EpKnQgxfTbm8CW-1920-80.png" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-ugreen-nasync-dh4300-plus-performance"><span>UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus: Performance</span></h3><p>Having already tested the very similar DH2300, it was no surprise to discover that the NAS was effortless to set up. All I had to do was power up the NAS, connect the Ethernet cable to my router, download the <a href="http://nas.ugreen.com/pages/downloads">UGREEN client</a>, wait a few seconds for the NAS to be found, and walk through the guided setup. In a very short time, with no hiccups, I was ready to use the NAS.</p><p>The primary thing I wanted to know was whether the NAS could handle 4K video editing. So I enabled the SMB service within the UGREEN client, uploaded my 4K footage, and connected to the server on my Mac. From there I was able to import the footage into Premiere Pro. All of this was super simple and straightforward thanks to the user-friendly UGREEN tools.</p><p>I began by streaming the 4K footage directly from the NAS, and I had no problems achieving smooth playback even at full resolution. I then added a few effects, including a blur and distort effect. Again, these played back smoothly.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3942px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="PRX7iXiejYorZa25YQNWdY" name="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus_28" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PRX7iXiejYorZa25YQNWdY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3942" height="2217" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Paul Hatton)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To take my test up a notch, I added a Lumetri Color effect and performed a number of color corrections using dial adjustments and curves. At this point, I experienced some lag and stutter, which wasn't ideal but far from a game changer. This can be improved by moving the media cache folder locally, but if you'd like to use the NAS exclusively, then I'd say it's still absolutely possible, assuming you can put up with some small delays or drop the viewing resolution.</p><p>As mentioned before, the DH4300 Plus is powered by a Rockchip A76+A55 processor and 8GB LPDDR4X. This all keeps things running smoothly. Transmission tops out at 2.5 GbE, which is sufficient for most workflows, but if you'd like buttery smooth video editing in almost all cases, then a 10 GbE NAS is what you need.</p><p>It goes without saying that backing up photos, videos, and other files is fast, seamless, and absolutely sufficient for the NAS to act as a reliable and usable private cloud. You can even set it up as a dedicated photo storage device so you can see your photo library on your phone.</p><p>If you plan on using the NAS with all your family members or for a small business, then UGREEN provides a number of user features so admins can control who has access to what. These tools are available through the UGREEN Client and are straight forward to use, even for complete NAS beginners.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3994px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="3ZUMfbk28x5Pa8XCrUKpjY" name="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus_18" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3ZUMfbk28x5Pa8XCrUKpjY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3994" height="2247" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Paul Hatton)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-ugreen-nasync-dh4300-plus-final-verdict"><span>UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus: Final Verdict</span></h3><p>The UGREEN DH4300 Plus is an ideal solution for anyone who wants reliable photo backup and 4K video editing capabilities. I was able to back up my files quickly and without issue, and when I edited a 4K video directly from the NAS, I ran into very few problems.</p><p>With a reliable 128GB capacity, you'll be able to keep your media safely backed up and access it directly in your workflow. If you choose to use it as a photo management tool, then you'll love the AI-driven photo management app, which automatically sorts images for smart and easy access.</p><p>The design is modern and sleek, looking the part whether placed in an office, studio, or even in a living room. As with the DH2300, the DH4300 Plus is also lacking support for M.2 NVMe drives, Docker, and virtual machines, so it offers very limited scalability, meaning power users may need to look elsewhere.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p><strong>★</strong>★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>A clean and modern aesthetic, but plastic components are a little flimsy.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p><strong>★★★★½</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Excellent performance for photo storage and 4K video editing.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Far from cheap but comparable with its competitors.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Overall</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>★★★★½</strong></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ I’ve finally found my perfect travel tripod – and it doesn’t cost Peak Design money ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>I hate carrying things. I try to keep my photography kit as light and minimal as possible, but sometimes (well, a lot of the time) I need a tripod. </p><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">Travel tripods</a> are usually an exercise in deciding which compromise will annoy me least. The lightest models can feel flimsy, the reassuringly solid ones are too heavy to carry all day, and the clever designs that balance both often come with a price that makes me reconsider whether I really need a tripod at all.</p><p>So when I got a chance to test the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review">Heipi 3-in-1 W28S Travel Tripod</a>, I jumped at it. A lightweight <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">carbon fiber tripod</a> with all the bells and whistles, but for half the price of Peak Design’s version – sounds great!</p><p>Its defining feature is the unusual three-pillar center column. Pull it out and it becomes a second, aluminum mini tripod, complete with adjustable leg angles and accessory threads. </p><p>The supplied low-profile ball head reveals a spring-loaded smartphone holder hidden beneath its Arca-type plate. And at 1.4kg, it is light enough to travel; it folds to 45cm long and just 7.5cm across, yet reaches 152cm and carries a quoted 20kg payload.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3477px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="8Pnr6gym5rHYFAiP4uAZ88" name="HTT 00 listing 2217" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8Pnr6gym5rHYFAiP4uAZ88-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3477" height="1956" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review">our review</a>, my colleague Matthew Richards called it “very good value for a tricked-up carbon fiber travel tripod,” and that is where the W28S really wins me over. </p><p>It costs $399 / £349, compared with $599 / £599 for <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design’s carbon fiber Travel Tripod</a> and $900 / £800 for the newer <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod</a>. Peak Design’s models remain beautifully engineered and more polished, but the Heipi offers an enormous amount of functionality for considerably less. </p><p>It is not flawless. The 12 fliplocks on the legs are stiff and slower to open individually, while the 5-section legs taper to fairly spindly 14mm lower sections. </p><p>Our tests found some flex and vibration near maximum height, although Matthew still judged it “more sturdy and rigid than many travel tripods on the market.” The mini tripod can also flex when its legs are spread especially wide.</p><p>However, in my endless quest for something light enough to pack, solid enough to trust and more reasonably priced, the W28S balances all three better than almost anything else I have seen. My travel tripod search might finally be over.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Heipi 3-in-1 Standard Travel Tripod W28S"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h3><p>Take a look at the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> and see how they compare to the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photography</a> across all categories.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/ive-finally-found-my-perfect-travel-tripod-and-it-doesnt-cost-peak-design-money</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Heipi 3-in-1 W28S Travel Tripod ticks all the boxes as a light, clever, easy-to-carry travel tripod that doesn't cost the earth ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">pAmRrGfk3ghJfL57kcjQG4</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 01 Aug 2026 15:20:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 03 Aug 2026 09:30:49 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ gareth.bevan@futurenet.com (Gareth Bevan) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Gareth Bevan ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AsbARYkh4iHozfim2Y2PdC-320-70.jpeg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Gareth is a photographer based in London, working as a freelance photographer and videographer for the past several years, having the privilege to shoot for some household names. With work focusing on fashion, portrait and lifestyle content creation, he has developed a range of skills covering everything from editorial shoots to social media videos. Outside of work, he has a personal passion for travel and nature photography, with a devotion to sustainability and environmental causes.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>I hate carrying things. I try to keep my photography kit as light and minimal as possible, but sometimes (well, a lot of the time) I need a tripod. </p><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">Travel tripods</a> are usually an exercise in deciding which compromise will annoy me least. The lightest models can feel flimsy, the reassuringly solid ones are too heavy to carry all day, and the clever designs that balance both often come with a price that makes me reconsider whether I really need a tripod at all.</p><p>So when I got a chance to test the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review">Heipi 3-in-1 W28S Travel Tripod</a>, I jumped at it. A lightweight <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">carbon fiber tripod</a> with all the bells and whistles, but for half the price of Peak Design’s version – sounds great!</p><p>Its defining feature is the unusual three-pillar center column. Pull it out and it becomes a second, aluminum mini tripod, complete with adjustable leg angles and accessory threads. </p><p>The supplied low-profile ball head reveals a spring-loaded smartphone holder hidden beneath its Arca-type plate. And at 1.4kg, it is light enough to travel; it folds to 45cm long and just 7.5cm across, yet reaches 152cm and carries a quoted 20kg payload.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3477px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="8Pnr6gym5rHYFAiP4uAZ88" name="HTT 00 listing 2217" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8Pnr6gym5rHYFAiP4uAZ88-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3477" height="1956" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review">our review</a>, my colleague Matthew Richards called it “very good value for a tricked-up carbon fiber travel tripod,” and that is where the W28S really wins me over. </p><p>It costs $399 / £349, compared with $599 / £599 for <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design’s carbon fiber Travel Tripod</a> and $900 / £800 for the newer <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod</a>. Peak Design’s models remain beautifully engineered and more polished, but the Heipi offers an enormous amount of functionality for considerably less. </p><p>It is not flawless. The 12 fliplocks on the legs are stiff and slower to open individually, while the 5-section legs taper to fairly spindly 14mm lower sections. </p><p>Our tests found some flex and vibration near maximum height, although Matthew still judged it “more sturdy and rigid than many travel tripods on the market.” The mini tripod can also flex when its legs are spread especially wide.</p><p>However, in my endless quest for something light enough to pack, solid enough to trust and more reasonably priced, the W28S balances all three better than almost anything else I have seen. My travel tripod search might finally be over.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Heipi 3-in-1 Standard Travel Tripod W28S"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h3><p>Take a look at the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> and see how they compare to the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photography</a> across all categories.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ People are using this ingenious Pixel 1 hack to exploit unlimited Google Photos storage – and it actually works! ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Recently, there’s been a resurgence in interest in the original Google Pixel smartphone, which was released back in 2016 with a modest single rear 12MP camera, a Sony sensor, and 32GB of base storage. However, it’s not for nostalgia or some kind of retro kick.</p><p>In an aggressive marketing bid, the search engine hegemon offered all Pixel 1 customers lifetime unlimited original-resolution, uncompressed photo and video storage. And now, people are buying up Pixel 1 phones – which you can find on <a href="https://www.ebay.com/shop/google-pixel-1?_nkw=google+pixel+1" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">eBay for under $100</a> (approximately £75 / AU$140) – hoping to take advantage of this deal, which Google still honors to this day.</p><p>The only caveat was, and still is, that files need to be uploaded via the Google Photos app from the Pixel 1 device, which isn’t ideal. Still, it means users can get around any current storage plan limits by first transferring files from other devices to the Pixel 1 before uploading them to the cloud.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/I4zRPLgRrx8" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p><em><strong>Above: this tutorial shows exactly how people are exploiting the Google Pixel 1 unlimited storage hack</strong></em></p><p>It’s a seemingly fail-safe hack, too. Even though it’s been 10 years since the Pixel 1 was unveiled, if Google decided to revoke the deal, it would likely need to navigate a legal minefield of breach-of-contract clauses. </p><p>I really don't think the tech giant is worried about these storage hackers taking up too much real estate on its servers either.</p><p>While by 2023 an estimated <a href="https://www.statista.com/statistics/1448340/google-smartphone-shipments-worldwide/?srsltid=AfmBOopwqGhBn_dh2BYSv1IjdzppFZYxiEfJ_VS1aE5d8RLZQf93RKEo" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">40 million Pixel units across all generations had sold</a>, the company revoked the unlimited storage benefit from Generation 6 (2021) onwards. In fact, Google had already downgraded the unlimited storage deal to compressed-quality files by the release of Generation 5 the previous year.</p><p>But do I recommend exploiting this hack? Honestly, no. While it can save you money in the long run, transferring all your files to an early-generation Pixel device, either manually or via a syncing app, is a hassle. Plus, the whole scheme relies on an old smartphone that may or may not give out after long. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h2><p>Here’s our expert pick of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-phone">best camera phones</a> and also the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-portable-hard-drives-for-photographers">best portable hard drives and SSDs</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/cloud-storage/people-are-using-this-ingenious-pixel-1-hack-to-exploit-unlimited-google-photos-storage-and-it-actually-works</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ People are getting their hands on original Google Pixel smartphones for its lifetime unlimited storage plan, which, to this day, Google still honors ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">dVDWKNZsVgdtGHAVXvm2ad</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z7ufETpbMAVac998zK7fwD-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jul 2026 14:51:16 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 30 Jul 2026 14:51:36 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Cloud Storage]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Alan Palazon ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Zf7tYsbRE9JKvfVjebG5Cn-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;I’ve been writing professionally since 2021 and joined Digital Camera World as a staff writer in 2026. My previous role was as a junior editor for a careers advice publisher and I’ve freelanced in the sustainability and travel and tourism niches.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In 2025, I became a qualified journalist completing my training remotely while traveling through Latin America. The experience melded my love for words and photography, and expanded my photographic interest into international photojournalism. Capturing the world’s incredible landscapes and cultures through the lens is what most inspires me.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;I started out on a Nikon D3500, which was the ideal entry-level digital camera, but have since upgraded to Sony’s Alpha system. My go-to setup is the A7III (and later A7 models) paired with the 24-105 F4 G lens. In all honesty, cameras are so advanced these days that I don’t think it matters what make or model you use.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z7ufETpbMAVac998zK7fwD-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Getty Images / Google]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Google Pixel 1 against computer-code background.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Google Pixel 1 against computer-code background.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Google Pixel 1 against computer-code background.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z7ufETpbMAVac998zK7fwD-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Recently, there’s been a resurgence in interest in the original Google Pixel smartphone, which was released back in 2016 with a modest single rear 12MP camera, a Sony sensor, and 32GB of base storage. However, it’s not for nostalgia or some kind of retro kick.</p><p>In an aggressive marketing bid, the search engine hegemon offered all Pixel 1 customers lifetime unlimited original-resolution, uncompressed photo and video storage. And now, people are buying up Pixel 1 phones – which you can find on <a href="https://www.ebay.com/shop/google-pixel-1?_nkw=google+pixel+1" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">eBay for under $100</a> (approximately £75 / AU$140) – hoping to take advantage of this deal, which Google still honors to this day.</p><p>The only caveat was, and still is, that files need to be uploaded via the Google Photos app from the Pixel 1 device, which isn’t ideal. Still, it means users can get around any current storage plan limits by first transferring files from other devices to the Pixel 1 before uploading them to the cloud.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/I4zRPLgRrx8" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p><em><strong>Above: this tutorial shows exactly how people are exploiting the Google Pixel 1 unlimited storage hack</strong></em></p><p>It’s a seemingly fail-safe hack, too. Even though it’s been 10 years since the Pixel 1 was unveiled, if Google decided to revoke the deal, it would likely need to navigate a legal minefield of breach-of-contract clauses. </p><p>I really don't think the tech giant is worried about these storage hackers taking up too much real estate on its servers either.</p><p>While by 2023 an estimated <a href="https://www.statista.com/statistics/1448340/google-smartphone-shipments-worldwide/?srsltid=AfmBOopwqGhBn_dh2BYSv1IjdzppFZYxiEfJ_VS1aE5d8RLZQf93RKEo" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">40 million Pixel units across all generations had sold</a>, the company revoked the unlimited storage benefit from Generation 6 (2021) onwards. In fact, Google had already downgraded the unlimited storage deal to compressed-quality files by the release of Generation 5 the previous year.</p><p>But do I recommend exploiting this hack? Honestly, no. While it can save you money in the long run, transferring all your files to an early-generation Pixel device, either manually or via a syncing app, is a hassle. Plus, the whole scheme relies on an old smartphone that may or may not give out after long. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h2><p>Here’s our expert pick of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-phone">best camera phones</a> and also the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-portable-hard-drives-for-photographers">best portable hard drives and SSDs</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ An L-Bracket is a simple photography accessory. Peak Design has proved it’s worth more than half a million for one that’s not so simple ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>If there’s something that Peak Design is known for beyond its line of photography accessories and bags, it’s record-breaking Kickstarter campaigns – and the brand’s latest has already surpassed half a million dollars for a modular L-bracket dubbed the Peak Design Field Bracket.</p><p>Peak Design’s crowdfunding approach has been an overwhelmingly successful one. In 2019, the company <a href="https://www.forbes.com/sites/johngreathouse/2019/07/20/this-company-just-broke-the-record-for-the-most-money-raised-on-kickstarter-over-32-4m/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">broke the Kickstarter record</a> at the time for the most money raised with more than $12 million for the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">Travel Tripod</a>. That record no longer stands, but last year, Peak Design raised even more for the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/the-future-of-luggage-design-is-here-as-peak-design-launches-kickstarter-for-the-roller-pro">Roller Pro</a> at over $13 million.</p><p>The Peak Design Field Bracket’s half million may seem like pocket change compared to the brand’s record-breaking launches, but the campaign has already surpassed more than ten times the original goal on <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/the-best-camera-accessories-disappear-into-your-workflow-until-you-need-them-todays-creators-need-to-work-both-horizontally-and-vertically-so-peak-design-is-reinventing-the-classic-l-bracket">a campaign that only launched last week</a> – and the pledges start at $125 compared to $415 for the Roller Pro.</p><p>On the surface, the Peak Design Field Bracket is <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">an L-Mount bracket</a>, a longstanding simple camera accessory that allows creators to quickly switch from horizontal to vertical when using a tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3840px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="PevkX5ZrCG2wJnnBUMpAKe" name="FieldBracket-03 copy" alt="The Peak Design modular Field Bracket opn a gray background" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PevkX5ZrCG2wJnnBUMpAKe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3840" height="2160" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PevkX5ZrCG2wJnnBUMpAKe-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Peak Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But the Field Bracket uses a modular design that aims to offer more than quick horizontal and vertical shots. The base plate hides a Peak-Design-made Bluetooth tracker, aiming to ward off lost or stolen gear by putting a tracker directly on the camera instead of inside a camera bag.</p><p>Peak Design isn’t the first to try <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/cases-covers-and-enclosures/secure-your-sony-camera-with-smallrigs-new-dedicated-cage-with-an-apple-airtag-compartment">to hide a Bluetooth tracker directly on the camera</a>, but Peak Design made its own tracker instead of using an existing tracker like an AirTag or Tile (though it still works with both Apple Find My and Google Find Hub). Beyond tracking, the tag powers left-behind alerts. </p><p>The design makes the tracker look like just part of the bracket, Peak Design says, and while the vertical piece of the L-bracket can be removed without tools, the base plate uses a tooled installation in order to prevent thieves from easily removing the tracker.</p><p>The L-bracket uses a modular design that also allows users to swap the vertical piece out for a cheese plate, which can be used to add accessories like mics, lights, and external monitors. While cheese plates tend to be more popular for video rigs, I can see photographers using the set-up to attach an action camera for shooting behind-the-scenes footage as well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="5Xkv24ibWJpBFMS9z7PEbN" name="FieldBracket-Lifestryle-47" alt="The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5Xkv24ibWJpBFMS9z7PEbN-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5Xkv24ibWJpBFMS9z7PEbN-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Peak Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The L-bracket also supports a wrist strap and, for the Fujifilm X100Vi and Leica Q3, the L-bracket also gives compact cameras a beefier grip.</p><p>Unlike Peak Design’s popular bags and straps, the L-bracket is camera-specific, which means the accessory has to be matched up with a compatible camera – a list that so far includes several Sony, Canon and Nikon models, as well as two Fujifilms and two Leicas.</p><p>The Field Bracket is Peak Design’s 17th Kickstarter campaign. The crowdfunding closes August 21. A retail launch is planned for March 2027. <a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/peak-design/field-bracket-by-peak-design?ref=discover_saved_projects&category_id=28" target="_blank" rel="nofollow sponsored">The Kickstarter</a> has the bracket for a 17 percent discount from the expected retail price at $125 (about £93 / AU$179 / CA$175.</p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="Peak Design Slide,Peak Design Form Leather,Peak Design Roller Pro,Peak Design Pro Tripod" data-widget-title="Today's best Peak Design deals"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Take a look at the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">best l-brackets</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">the best travel tripods</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/an-l-bracket-is-a-simple-photography-accessory-peak-design-has-proved-its-worth-more-than-half-a-million-for-one-thats-not-so-simple</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Peak Design's 17th Kickstarter has already raised more than half a million US dollars for a modular L-bracket ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">ShDr9UJ9cacvTy5dtfswWM</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EkfGcpMVifbSFAjoLB2WiE-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jul 2026 14:47:33 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FCSkExqFFzvDQFmnEf8mgV-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EkfGcpMVifbSFAjoLB2WiE-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Peak Design]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EkfGcpMVifbSFAjoLB2WiE-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>If there’s something that Peak Design is known for beyond its line of photography accessories and bags, it’s record-breaking Kickstarter campaigns – and the brand’s latest has already surpassed half a million dollars for a modular L-bracket dubbed the Peak Design Field Bracket.</p><p>Peak Design’s crowdfunding approach has been an overwhelmingly successful one. In 2019, the company <a href="https://www.forbes.com/sites/johngreathouse/2019/07/20/this-company-just-broke-the-record-for-the-most-money-raised-on-kickstarter-over-32-4m/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">broke the Kickstarter record</a> at the time for the most money raised with more than $12 million for the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">Travel Tripod</a>. That record no longer stands, but last year, Peak Design raised even more for the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/the-future-of-luggage-design-is-here-as-peak-design-launches-kickstarter-for-the-roller-pro">Roller Pro</a> at over $13 million.</p><p>The Peak Design Field Bracket’s half million may seem like pocket change compared to the brand’s record-breaking launches, but the campaign has already surpassed more than ten times the original goal on <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/the-best-camera-accessories-disappear-into-your-workflow-until-you-need-them-todays-creators-need-to-work-both-horizontally-and-vertically-so-peak-design-is-reinventing-the-classic-l-bracket">a campaign that only launched last week</a> – and the pledges start at $125 compared to $415 for the Roller Pro.</p><p>On the surface, the Peak Design Field Bracket is <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">an L-Mount bracket</a>, a longstanding simple camera accessory that allows creators to quickly switch from horizontal to vertical when using a tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3840px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="PevkX5ZrCG2wJnnBUMpAKe" name="FieldBracket-03 copy" alt="The Peak Design modular Field Bracket opn a gray background" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PevkX5ZrCG2wJnnBUMpAKe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3840" height="2160" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PevkX5ZrCG2wJnnBUMpAKe-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Peak Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But the Field Bracket uses a modular design that aims to offer more than quick horizontal and vertical shots. The base plate hides a Peak-Design-made Bluetooth tracker, aiming to ward off lost or stolen gear by putting a tracker directly on the camera instead of inside a camera bag.</p><p>Peak Design isn’t the first to try <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/cases-covers-and-enclosures/secure-your-sony-camera-with-smallrigs-new-dedicated-cage-with-an-apple-airtag-compartment">to hide a Bluetooth tracker directly on the camera</a>, but Peak Design made its own tracker instead of using an existing tracker like an AirTag or Tile (though it still works with both Apple Find My and Google Find Hub). Beyond tracking, the tag powers left-behind alerts. </p><p>The design makes the tracker look like just part of the bracket, Peak Design says, and while the vertical piece of the L-bracket can be removed without tools, the base plate uses a tooled installation in order to prevent thieves from easily removing the tracker.</p><p>The L-bracket uses a modular design that also allows users to swap the vertical piece out for a cheese plate, which can be used to add accessories like mics, lights, and external monitors. While cheese plates tend to be more popular for video rigs, I can see photographers using the set-up to attach an action camera for shooting behind-the-scenes footage as well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="5Xkv24ibWJpBFMS9z7PEbN" name="FieldBracket-Lifestryle-47" alt="The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5Xkv24ibWJpBFMS9z7PEbN-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5Xkv24ibWJpBFMS9z7PEbN-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Peak Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The L-bracket also supports a wrist strap and, for the Fujifilm X100Vi and Leica Q3, the L-bracket also gives compact cameras a beefier grip.</p><p>Unlike Peak Design’s popular bags and straps, the L-bracket is camera-specific, which means the accessory has to be matched up with a compatible camera – a list that so far includes several Sony, Canon and Nikon models, as well as two Fujifilms and two Leicas.</p><p>The Field Bracket is Peak Design’s 17th Kickstarter campaign. The crowdfunding closes August 21. A retail launch is planned for March 2027. <a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/peak-design/field-bracket-by-peak-design?ref=discover_saved_projects&category_id=28" target="_blank" rel="nofollow sponsored">The Kickstarter</a> has the bracket for a 17 percent discount from the expected retail price at $125 (about £93 / AU$179 / CA$175.</p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="Peak Design Slide,Peak Design Form Leather,Peak Design Roller Pro,Peak Design Pro Tripod" data-widget-title="Today's best Peak Design deals"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Take a look at the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">best l-brackets</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">the best travel tripods</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Andoer L4 Pro motorized dolly review: This mini three-wheeled wonder allows your smartphone or mirrorless camera to make some moves ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p> When I first started making videos for a living back in the late 80s, my video production team used two long, smooth pieces of wood as tracks for the wheeled ‘dolly’ that was attached to the base of our chunky video camera’s tripod. This enabled us to add smooth camera moves to shots, such as dollying forward towards an actor, or tracking (crabbing) left or right to add a bit of motion and life to a static scene. When not in use, we kept the two wooden tracks in a plastic body bag (I’m not sure where my video unit got that from!).</p><p>Fast forward to the 21st century, and I’ve just tested a descendant of my primitive 80s camera tracking system - the Andoer L4 Pro. This device is a small, battery-powered camera slider (or as it says in the manual - an ‘autodolly’) that can dolly, track, or pan the attached camera or smartphone - as long as you find a smooth, flat surface for it to drive on. Lots more about that limitation in the Performance section of this review. </p><p>Andoer produces a wide range of photographic equipment, from green screen backdrops to LEDs and soft boxes. They also produce a large range of affordable compact digital cameras, as well as larger camera dolly rail-based set-ups. Interestingly, I discovered that the Andoer L4 Pro is identical to a Neewer branded three-wheeled tracker - more on that in the Price section. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EC7r8XrbjJbSsEJuF2oygH" name="Calibrate_169" alt="Andoer L4 Pro dolly" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EC7r8XrbjJbSsEJuF2oygH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EC7r8XrbjJbSsEJuF2oygH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Andoer L4 Pro isn’t the first electronic camera mover that I’ve tested for Digital Camera World. Back in 2022, I tested the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/joby-swing-complete-kit-review">Joby Swing</a> - an electronic smartphone slider. The tripod-mounted Swing was very limited in the speed and distance that it could move the camera, whereas thanks to its three rubber-clad wheels, the Andoer L4 Pro can keep on tracking until it runs out of a surface (such as the end of a park bench!). </p><p>Some would argue that in the age of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-dslr-gimbals">camera gimbal</a> a camera slider is a relatively inferior solution to making smooth moves. A gimbal enables you to pan, track and dolly your camera manually - adding motion to your footage. You can pop a gimbal on its mini tripod and use its AI tracker to tilt and pan the camera to follow your every move, or use its joystick to perform a smooth pan. So, why and when would you use a slider instead of a gimbal? Is a slider worth buying. The short answer is a firm  ‘yes’, but I’ll clarify and unpack that answer later in this review.  </p><p><strong>Check out our guide to the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-sliders"><strong>best camera sliders.</strong></a><br></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6735px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="V2EKmauAxhay6ykzVXcykH" name="Pan_169" alt="Andoer L4 Pro dolly" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/V2EKmauAxhay6ykzVXcykH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6735" height="3788" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/V2EKmauAxhay6ykzVXcykH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-andoer-l4-pro-specifications"><span>Andoer L4 Pro: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p> </p><p> <strong>Speeds</strong></p></td><td  ><p> </p><p>1.4 cm/s, 2.4 cm/s, 3.0 cm/s</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p> </p><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p> </p><p>296g</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Dimensions</strong></p></td><td  ><p> 3.8 x 10.6 x 3.8 cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Payload </strong></p></td><td  ><p> 3kg / 6.6 lbs</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material </strong></p></td><td  ><p>Plastic</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Remote Control Range</strong></p></td><td  ><p> 6m / 19.7ft</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Battery life</strong></p></td><td  ><p>6 hours</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong> Connectivity </strong></p></td><td  ><p> 1/4-inch and 3/8-inch tripod threads</p><p>  </p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-andoer-l4-pro-price"><span>Andoer L4 Pro: Price</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3740px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="E9sRAez6FrJJJkrFm2urWK" name="img_0102-169" alt="Andoer L4 PRO" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/E9sRAez6FrJJJkrFm2urWK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3740" height="2104" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/E9sRAez6FrJJJkrFm2urWK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George / Digital Camera World)</span></figcaption></figure><p> The Andoer L4 Pro retails at £75.29 on the UK Amazon Store. You can see the Andoer L4 Pro. In the USA, this model is most easily found being sold under the Neewer brand for $73.89 on the Amazon US Store – but this doesn’t include a ball-head. The Neewer branded version of the tracker is also available on the UK Amazon store for £78.99.</p><p>On the UK Andoer store the Andoer L4 Pro is pictured wearing an Andoer branded ball-head camera mount, though the version that I tested didn’t include this rather useful ball-head accessory.  I could pick up a compatible 1/4” thread ball head from Andoer for under a tenner. To attach my iPhone 17 Pro to the Andoer L4 Pro I used a Joby-branded smartphone holder that I already owned. </p><p>The Andoer L4 Pro won’t blow your budget, and even if you already own a gimbal, it could still come in handy when you want to capture a quick pan, tracking shot or dolly move without the faff of unpacking and setting up a large stabiliser. It could also be a useful tool for stock videographers, enabling them to add movement, life and energy to otherwise static scenes, such as landscapes where there is little action within the frame.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-andoer-l4-pro-design-handling"><span>Andoer L4 Pro: Design & Handling</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EmyxFVG93cDdZxkfTUVoQH" name="Editorial_169" alt="Andoer L4 Pro dolly" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EmyxFVG93cDdZxkfTUVoQH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EmyxFVG93cDdZxkfTUVoQH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p> The Andoer L4 Pro autodolly is a compact, three-wheeled device that fits comfortably in the hand when folded. It also takes up very little space in a kit bag, which is a big plus for me as I prefer to travel light.</p><p>The specifications state that the autodolly is made from “high-quality plastic”, although it also contains several metal components. Its two folding legs (with wheels attached) are metal and are connected to a metal bracket that secures them to the rectangular plastic body. At the opposite end is a third wheel, which is the only motor-driven wheel. As it rotates, it propels the autodolly along on all three wheels. The metal components make the L4 Pro feel satisfyingly solid and heavy, though it still weighs in under 300g.</p><p>By adjusting the angle of the two hinged rear wheel legs, you can make the dolly travel in a straight line for a tracking or “crab” move, or follow a curved path to create a pan. The legs can be adjusted in increments to produce a tighter or wider curve, resulting in a faster or slower pan. Helpfully, each hinge is marked with a small protractor graphic, making it easy to set both legs to the same angle and achieve a smooth tracking move, pan or even a full rotation. Each of the three wheels has a rubber ‘tyre’ that enables them to have traction on a variety of surfaces.</p><p>On one side of the rectangular body you’ll find the on/off switch and a USB-C port for charging the internal battery. On the opposite side are two plastic buttons. One, helpfully labelled “Speed”, lets you cycle through three settings. The selected speed is indicated by one green light for 1.4cm/s, two lights for 2.4cm/s and three lights for 3.0cm/s. I’ll discuss speed in more detail in the Performance section, as there are ways to make the attached camera travel faster. There’s also a button that enables you to make the motorized wheel rotate the opposite way, so this lets you change the direction of travel. The motorized wheel does make a little whirr  which can be picked up by a smartphone’s mic, but on the whole the whirr is negligible, as you’ll hear from see my supporting video.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="xvtQMHtiXpEA36qGXBLehH" name="Straight_169" alt="Andoer L4 Pro dolly" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xvtQMHtiXpEA36qGXBLehH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xvtQMHtiXpEA36qGXBLehH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Speaking of cameras, the top of the L4 Pro features both 1/4-inch and 3/8-inch mounting threads. The device also comes with a circular mounting attachment, so it was a simple matter to screw a smartphone holder onto it and clip my iPhone 17 Pro into place. You can also attach a compact or mirrorless camera to the Andoer L4 Pro, but as my colleague Chris George says in the best camera sliders buying guide - “While it’s definitely best suited to smaller cameras – it won’t take a C500 cine camera with a 70-200mm lens – you’ll still be able to get a mirrorless camera on it with a 50mm lens onboard if the need arises.”</p><p>The Andoer L4 Pro’s orange wheels and mounting attachment are remarkably similar in colour to the iPhone 17 Pro’s Cosmic Orange finish, making it an especially attractive accessory for owners of that model. The complementary colour scheme is entirely coincidental, however, as the L4 Pro has been on the market for several years. </p><p>Oh, one last design point to mention is the inclusion of a remote control unit. This small plastic unit is designed to let you toggle between the L4 Pro’s three speeds and change its direction from a distance of up to 6m. I confess that although the light on the remote showed that the battery was active, I couldn’t get it to control the L4, which did make testing it a bit trickier as you’ll see in the Performance section (and in the supporting video).</p><p> </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-andoer-l4-pro-performance"><span>Andoer L4 Pro: Performance</span></h3><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/ra6Trmzi.html" id="ra6Trmzi" title="Andoer L4 Pro Video" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p><strong>Above: watch my video showing the Andoer L4 Pro in action in the City of London</strong></p><p>To test the Andoer L4 Pro, I popped it and my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tech/iphones/iphone-17-pro-max-review">iPhone 17 Pro</a> into my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/mckinnon-camera-sling-8l-review">McKinnon 8L Camera Sling</a> bag and headed into the city to capture some photogenic clips. I occasionally shoot editorial-style footage to sell on stock video sites such as Storyblocks.com, so I was keen to see whether the L4 Pro was fast enough to add sufficient movement to my clips. A slight pan or tracking move is a great way to bring extra life to a shot, especially when there isn’t much movement happening within the frame. I only earn around $50-60 per month from my stock video clips but that’s a regular passive income from clips I’ve uploaded over the years. </p><p>To be honest, I wasn’t expecting too much from this autodolly, although its maximum speed of 3cm/s is at least a little faster than the snail-like 1cm/s pace of the Joby Swing slider. But the more I used it, the more impressed I became with it.</p><p>As you’ll see in this section’s supporting video (above), my first test location was a scenic city park. This immediately presented a challenge: finding a surface that was sufficiently flat and smooth for the L4 Pro’s small, rubber-clad wheels to move freely.</p><p>I placed the L4 Pro on a park bench, adjusted the two hinged legs so that their wheels ran parallel with the motorized wheel, and flipped the power switch to On. I couldn’t get the supplied remote control to communicate with the L4 Pro, but it was a simple matter to press the direction button on the L4 Pro itself to set it in motion, having first started recording on the dolly-mounted iPhone 17 Pro.</p><p>When the L4 was travelling in a straight line, I didn’t notice much difference between the first and third speed settings, so I generally left it at its maximum speed of 3cm/s, as indicated by three green lights. I then walked into shot and admired the Art Deco building in the distance while the autodolly carried my iPhone through a tracking move.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="bub5mGCgxoYdBidoZKFmZG" name="Speed_169" alt="Andoer L4 Pro dolly" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bub5mGCgxoYdBidoZKFmZG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bub5mGCgxoYdBidoZKFmZG-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Because I was looking towards the building, I was slightly concerned that the autodolly might roll off the end of the bench behind me and fall to the ground, so I kept each take relatively short. One of the L4 Pro’s wheels also had a tendency to drop into the gaps between the bench’s wooden slats, causing a small bump in the footage. This resulted in a few retakes and, as you’ll see in the supporting video, the camera movement in my first test clip was subtle because of the distance between the autodolly and the subject.</p><p>As I discovered when using the Joby Swing, camera movement becomes more noticeable when you place an object close to the lens. A nearby foreground object appears to move across the frame more quickly than subjects in the distance, creating a stronger sense of motion.</p><p>By positioning a bollard between myself and the iPhone 17 Pro mounted on the Andoer L4 Pro, I was able to capture a much more noticeable tracking effect. I then angled the two hinged legs slightly so that the device travelled in a gentle curve. This enabled me to track past a foreground railing and reveal the Art Deco building in the background with a more cinematic camera move, as you can see in the supporting video.</p><p>This is the kind of movement I couldn’t easily capture while filming myself with a gimbal. A gimbal can pan and tilt to follow me as I walk through the frame, but when mounted on mini tripod legs it remains in a fixed position. The Andoer L4 Pro, by contrast, physically travels across the ground, enabling a different and more dynamic type of tracking shot.</p><p>My third test location was the Barbican Centre, with its towering Brutalist architecture. Unfortunately, it wasn’t especially friendly terrain for the Andoer L4 Pro’s small rubber wheels, as almost every available surface was heavily textured. The floors were covered in chunky tiles, while the broad tops of the walkway walls were clad in rough, pebble-dashed concrete.</p><p>After some wandering, I eventually found a flat metal air-duct cover that was smooth enough for the L4 Pro’s small rubber wheels to traverse. I tilted my Joby smartphone mount upwards, switched the iPhone 17 Pro to its ultra-wide camera and angled the adjustable wheels to create a tight curve. This enabled me to capture a dramatic, low-angle circular move past  the Barbican’s tall towers, while long plant stems swept more quickly through the foreground and enhanced the sense of motion.</p><p>While wandering through London, I enjoyed being able to quickly pull out the Andoer L4 Pro whenever I spotted an opportunity to add movement to a short stock video clip. I particularly enjoyed using it at the top of the Sky Garden, which offers panoramic views across London.  By angling the L4 Pro’s two unmotorized wheels closer together, I made the device travel in a tight, fast circle. With the smartphone mount tilted upwards, this enabled me to capture dramatic and slightly dizzying low-angle footage of the building’s curved glass roof. I must thank fellow photographer Shaughn Malcom for filming me setting up and using the Andoer L4 Pro for this review’s supping video</p><p>Finally, I found myself on the banks of the Thames, where I wanted to capture tracking shots that followed the movement of passing boats — an ideal subject for stock video. However, as the Andoer L4 Pro trundled across the rough, gritty surface I had placed it on, I could see in the iPhone’s viewfinder that the footage looked rather bumpy. To my surprise, however, the recorded footage played back remarkably smoothly. This was thanks to the iPhone 17 Pro’s combination of electronic stabilisation and sensor-shift optical image stabilisation, which physically moves the sensor to compensate for camera shake. This gave me the freedom to use the L4 Pro on surfaces that weren’t perfectly smooth, greatly increasing the number of locations in which it could be used. Check out the supporting video to see the results for yourself.</p><p></p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-andoer-l4-pro-verdict"><span>Andoer L4 Pro: Verdict</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="rFFEqg8Uuj9qzz3m2j7ahH" name="Bumpy_169" alt="Andoer L4 Pro dolly" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rFFEqg8Uuj9qzz3m2j7ahH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rFFEqg8Uuj9qzz3m2j7ahH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p> I initially approached the task of reviewing the Andoer L4 Pro as something of a chore, as I couldn’t see how it would add much to my smartphone footage. However, within half an hour of testing, I began to appreciate its potential for bringing stock-footage subjects to life. It works particularly well when you compose a shot with objects in the foreground, as these move more noticeably across the frame and create a stronger sense of motion.</p><p>I can also recommend the Andoer L4 Pro to smartphone filmmakers who want to add a gentle tracking or panning movement to a shot. On the downside, it is dependent on a reasonably smooth surface if you want to produce a smooth track, dolly move or pan. Even so, I was pleasantly surprised by how well I could use it on slightly uneven surfaces, with the iPhone 17 Pro’s stabilisation ironing out the resulting bumps and wobbles during my test.</p><p>For smartphone filmmakers, the Andoer L4 Pro could prove to be a handy and affordable accessory - and it looks particularly smart when paired with the similarly coloured Cosmic Orange iPhone 17 Pro. In fact, it is such an eye-catching little device that two people stopped to chat to me while I was testing it, so hello to you chaps if you’re reading this!</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★☆☆</p></td><td  ><p> </p><p>Button to choose between three tracking speeds and reverse button to change direction. Remote control unit. </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p> </p><p>Hinges on wheels enable you to adjust the movement of the Andoer L4 Pro so that it will track, can, pan or rotate on the spot. Two different threads make it easy to attach various camera mounts.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p> </p><p>Ideally the Andoer L4 Pro needs a smooth flat surface to run on, limiting your compositional choices. The three speed settings aren’t vastly different. But it can add visual variety to clips.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p> </p><p>This is relatively affordable, and its so small that you may as well keep it in your kit bag until the right video opportunity arises.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Overall</strong></p></td><td  ><p>★★★★☆</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="6c4a7ade-8b58-11f1-b6db-435d9248c3f8" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Joby Swing" data-dimension48="Joby Swing" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/uk/reviews" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="nTDaVC24q9Z7kssuxAr4Vh" name="Swing_Timelapse.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nTDaVC24q9Z7kssuxAr4Vh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/joby-swing-complete-kit-review" data-dimension112="6c4a7ade-8b58-11f1-b6db-435d9248c3f8" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Joby Swing" data-dimension48="Joby Swing" data-dimension25=""><strong>Joby Swing</strong></a> is an app-controlled slider that enables you to add precisely controlled tracking moves to your smartphone clips. Unlike the Andeor L4 Pro you can repeat the same moves with precision. It’s also better at moving the smartphone slowly for adding movement to timelapse footage.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="6c4a7b42-8b58-11f1-a084-2974e280f371" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Accsoon Toprig S60" data-dimension48="Accsoon Toprig S60" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/uk/reviews" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1494px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.07%;"><img id="Y4vRRU6fSCYeon8GNWz66a" name="C_SL1500_ copy_169.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Y4vRRU6fSCYeon8GNWz66a-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1494" height="1495" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/accsoon-toprig-s60-review" data-dimension112="6c4a7b42-8b58-11f1-a084-2974e280f371" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Accsoon Toprig S60" data-dimension48="Accsoon Toprig S60" data-dimension25=""><strong>Accsoon Toprig S60</strong></a> is deceptively simple slider. Just a few controls can bring a number of different motions to your projects, and it has good load capacity. If you need repeatable camera motion, this is the place to start.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/andoer-l4-pro-motorized-dolly-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Andoer L4 Pro is a motorized camera dolly that lets you slide your camera forwards, backwards or sideways, or send it around a curve to perform a smooth pan ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Wgx9p5fPqt2JfDWR6AJcHM</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JqE8QYrVG2kku8MSG54ajH-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jul 2026 14:43:41 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 29 Jul 2026 14:47:21 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ George Cairns ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Se4df8ceTntcYUdPVeRK4o-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JqE8QYrVG2kku8MSG54ajH-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[George Cairns]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Andoer L4 Pro dolly]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Andoer L4 Pro dolly]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Andoer L4 Pro dolly]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JqE8QYrVG2kku8MSG54ajH-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p> When I first started making videos for a living back in the late 80s, my video production team used two long, smooth pieces of wood as tracks for the wheeled ‘dolly’ that was attached to the base of our chunky video camera’s tripod. This enabled us to add smooth camera moves to shots, such as dollying forward towards an actor, or tracking (crabbing) left or right to add a bit of motion and life to a static scene. When not in use, we kept the two wooden tracks in a plastic body bag (I’m not sure where my video unit got that from!).</p><p>Fast forward to the 21st century, and I’ve just tested a descendant of my primitive 80s camera tracking system - the Andoer L4 Pro. This device is a small, battery-powered camera slider (or as it says in the manual - an ‘autodolly’) that can dolly, track, or pan the attached camera or smartphone - as long as you find a smooth, flat surface for it to drive on. Lots more about that limitation in the Performance section of this review. </p><p>Andoer produces a wide range of photographic equipment, from green screen backdrops to LEDs and soft boxes. They also produce a large range of affordable compact digital cameras, as well as larger camera dolly rail-based set-ups. Interestingly, I discovered that the Andoer L4 Pro is identical to a Neewer branded three-wheeled tracker - more on that in the Price section. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EC7r8XrbjJbSsEJuF2oygH" name="Calibrate_169" alt="Andoer L4 Pro dolly" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EC7r8XrbjJbSsEJuF2oygH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EC7r8XrbjJbSsEJuF2oygH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Andoer L4 Pro isn’t the first electronic camera mover that I’ve tested for Digital Camera World. Back in 2022, I tested the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/joby-swing-complete-kit-review">Joby Swing</a> - an electronic smartphone slider. The tripod-mounted Swing was very limited in the speed and distance that it could move the camera, whereas thanks to its three rubber-clad wheels, the Andoer L4 Pro can keep on tracking until it runs out of a surface (such as the end of a park bench!). </p><p>Some would argue that in the age of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-dslr-gimbals">camera gimbal</a> a camera slider is a relatively inferior solution to making smooth moves. A gimbal enables you to pan, track and dolly your camera manually - adding motion to your footage. You can pop a gimbal on its mini tripod and use its AI tracker to tilt and pan the camera to follow your every move, or use its joystick to perform a smooth pan. So, why and when would you use a slider instead of a gimbal? Is a slider worth buying. The short answer is a firm  ‘yes’, but I’ll clarify and unpack that answer later in this review.  </p><p><strong>Check out our guide to the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-sliders"><strong>best camera sliders.</strong></a><br></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6735px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="V2EKmauAxhay6ykzVXcykH" name="Pan_169" alt="Andoer L4 Pro dolly" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/V2EKmauAxhay6ykzVXcykH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6735" height="3788" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/V2EKmauAxhay6ykzVXcykH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-andoer-l4-pro-specifications"><span>Andoer L4 Pro: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p> </p><p> <strong>Speeds</strong></p></td><td  ><p> </p><p>1.4 cm/s, 2.4 cm/s, 3.0 cm/s</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p> </p><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p> </p><p>296g</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Dimensions</strong></p></td><td  ><p> 3.8 x 10.6 x 3.8 cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Payload </strong></p></td><td  ><p> 3kg / 6.6 lbs</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material </strong></p></td><td  ><p>Plastic</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Remote Control Range</strong></p></td><td  ><p> 6m / 19.7ft</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Battery life</strong></p></td><td  ><p>6 hours</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong> Connectivity </strong></p></td><td  ><p> 1/4-inch and 3/8-inch tripod threads</p><p>  </p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-andoer-l4-pro-price"><span>Andoer L4 Pro: Price</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3740px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="E9sRAez6FrJJJkrFm2urWK" name="img_0102-169" alt="Andoer L4 PRO" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/E9sRAez6FrJJJkrFm2urWK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3740" height="2104" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/E9sRAez6FrJJJkrFm2urWK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George / Digital Camera World)</span></figcaption></figure><p> The Andoer L4 Pro retails at £75.29 on the UK Amazon Store. You can see the Andoer L4 Pro. In the USA, this model is most easily found being sold under the Neewer brand for $73.89 on the Amazon US Store – but this doesn’t include a ball-head. The Neewer branded version of the tracker is also available on the UK Amazon store for £78.99.</p><p>On the UK Andoer store the Andoer L4 Pro is pictured wearing an Andoer branded ball-head camera mount, though the version that I tested didn’t include this rather useful ball-head accessory.  I could pick up a compatible 1/4” thread ball head from Andoer for under a tenner. To attach my iPhone 17 Pro to the Andoer L4 Pro I used a Joby-branded smartphone holder that I already owned. </p><p>The Andoer L4 Pro won’t blow your budget, and even if you already own a gimbal, it could still come in handy when you want to capture a quick pan, tracking shot or dolly move without the faff of unpacking and setting up a large stabiliser. It could also be a useful tool for stock videographers, enabling them to add movement, life and energy to otherwise static scenes, such as landscapes where there is little action within the frame.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-andoer-l4-pro-design-handling"><span>Andoer L4 Pro: Design & Handling</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EmyxFVG93cDdZxkfTUVoQH" name="Editorial_169" alt="Andoer L4 Pro dolly" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EmyxFVG93cDdZxkfTUVoQH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EmyxFVG93cDdZxkfTUVoQH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p> The Andoer L4 Pro autodolly is a compact, three-wheeled device that fits comfortably in the hand when folded. It also takes up very little space in a kit bag, which is a big plus for me as I prefer to travel light.</p><p>The specifications state that the autodolly is made from “high-quality plastic”, although it also contains several metal components. Its two folding legs (with wheels attached) are metal and are connected to a metal bracket that secures them to the rectangular plastic body. At the opposite end is a third wheel, which is the only motor-driven wheel. As it rotates, it propels the autodolly along on all three wheels. The metal components make the L4 Pro feel satisfyingly solid and heavy, though it still weighs in under 300g.</p><p>By adjusting the angle of the two hinged rear wheel legs, you can make the dolly travel in a straight line for a tracking or “crab” move, or follow a curved path to create a pan. The legs can be adjusted in increments to produce a tighter or wider curve, resulting in a faster or slower pan. Helpfully, each hinge is marked with a small protractor graphic, making it easy to set both legs to the same angle and achieve a smooth tracking move, pan or even a full rotation. Each of the three wheels has a rubber ‘tyre’ that enables them to have traction on a variety of surfaces.</p><p>On one side of the rectangular body you’ll find the on/off switch and a USB-C port for charging the internal battery. On the opposite side are two plastic buttons. One, helpfully labelled “Speed”, lets you cycle through three settings. The selected speed is indicated by one green light for 1.4cm/s, two lights for 2.4cm/s and three lights for 3.0cm/s. I’ll discuss speed in more detail in the Performance section, as there are ways to make the attached camera travel faster. There’s also a button that enables you to make the motorized wheel rotate the opposite way, so this lets you change the direction of travel. The motorized wheel does make a little whirr  which can be picked up by a smartphone’s mic, but on the whole the whirr is negligible, as you’ll hear from see my supporting video.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="xvtQMHtiXpEA36qGXBLehH" name="Straight_169" alt="Andoer L4 Pro dolly" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xvtQMHtiXpEA36qGXBLehH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xvtQMHtiXpEA36qGXBLehH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Speaking of cameras, the top of the L4 Pro features both 1/4-inch and 3/8-inch mounting threads. The device also comes with a circular mounting attachment, so it was a simple matter to screw a smartphone holder onto it and clip my iPhone 17 Pro into place. You can also attach a compact or mirrorless camera to the Andoer L4 Pro, but as my colleague Chris George says in the best camera sliders buying guide - “While it’s definitely best suited to smaller cameras – it won’t take a C500 cine camera with a 70-200mm lens – you’ll still be able to get a mirrorless camera on it with a 50mm lens onboard if the need arises.”</p><p>The Andoer L4 Pro’s orange wheels and mounting attachment are remarkably similar in colour to the iPhone 17 Pro’s Cosmic Orange finish, making it an especially attractive accessory for owners of that model. The complementary colour scheme is entirely coincidental, however, as the L4 Pro has been on the market for several years. </p><p>Oh, one last design point to mention is the inclusion of a remote control unit. This small plastic unit is designed to let you toggle between the L4 Pro’s three speeds and change its direction from a distance of up to 6m. I confess that although the light on the remote showed that the battery was active, I couldn’t get it to control the L4, which did make testing it a bit trickier as you’ll see in the Performance section (and in the supporting video).</p><p> </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-andoer-l4-pro-performance"><span>Andoer L4 Pro: Performance</span></h3><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/ra6Trmzi.html" id="ra6Trmzi" title="Andoer L4 Pro Video" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p><strong>Above: watch my video showing the Andoer L4 Pro in action in the City of London</strong></p><p>To test the Andoer L4 Pro, I popped it and my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tech/iphones/iphone-17-pro-max-review">iPhone 17 Pro</a> into my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/mckinnon-camera-sling-8l-review">McKinnon 8L Camera Sling</a> bag and headed into the city to capture some photogenic clips. I occasionally shoot editorial-style footage to sell on stock video sites such as Storyblocks.com, so I was keen to see whether the L4 Pro was fast enough to add sufficient movement to my clips. A slight pan or tracking move is a great way to bring extra life to a shot, especially when there isn’t much movement happening within the frame. I only earn around $50-60 per month from my stock video clips but that’s a regular passive income from clips I’ve uploaded over the years. </p><p>To be honest, I wasn’t expecting too much from this autodolly, although its maximum speed of 3cm/s is at least a little faster than the snail-like 1cm/s pace of the Joby Swing slider. But the more I used it, the more impressed I became with it.</p><p>As you’ll see in this section’s supporting video (above), my first test location was a scenic city park. This immediately presented a challenge: finding a surface that was sufficiently flat and smooth for the L4 Pro’s small, rubber-clad wheels to move freely.</p><p>I placed the L4 Pro on a park bench, adjusted the two hinged legs so that their wheels ran parallel with the motorized wheel, and flipped the power switch to On. I couldn’t get the supplied remote control to communicate with the L4 Pro, but it was a simple matter to press the direction button on the L4 Pro itself to set it in motion, having first started recording on the dolly-mounted iPhone 17 Pro.</p><p>When the L4 was travelling in a straight line, I didn’t notice much difference between the first and third speed settings, so I generally left it at its maximum speed of 3cm/s, as indicated by three green lights. I then walked into shot and admired the Art Deco building in the distance while the autodolly carried my iPhone through a tracking move.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="bub5mGCgxoYdBidoZKFmZG" name="Speed_169" alt="Andoer L4 Pro dolly" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bub5mGCgxoYdBidoZKFmZG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bub5mGCgxoYdBidoZKFmZG-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Because I was looking towards the building, I was slightly concerned that the autodolly might roll off the end of the bench behind me and fall to the ground, so I kept each take relatively short. One of the L4 Pro’s wheels also had a tendency to drop into the gaps between the bench’s wooden slats, causing a small bump in the footage. This resulted in a few retakes and, as you’ll see in the supporting video, the camera movement in my first test clip was subtle because of the distance between the autodolly and the subject.</p><p>As I discovered when using the Joby Swing, camera movement becomes more noticeable when you place an object close to the lens. A nearby foreground object appears to move across the frame more quickly than subjects in the distance, creating a stronger sense of motion.</p><p>By positioning a bollard between myself and the iPhone 17 Pro mounted on the Andoer L4 Pro, I was able to capture a much more noticeable tracking effect. I then angled the two hinged legs slightly so that the device travelled in a gentle curve. This enabled me to track past a foreground railing and reveal the Art Deco building in the background with a more cinematic camera move, as you can see in the supporting video.</p><p>This is the kind of movement I couldn’t easily capture while filming myself with a gimbal. A gimbal can pan and tilt to follow me as I walk through the frame, but when mounted on mini tripod legs it remains in a fixed position. The Andoer L4 Pro, by contrast, physically travels across the ground, enabling a different and more dynamic type of tracking shot.</p><p>My third test location was the Barbican Centre, with its towering Brutalist architecture. Unfortunately, it wasn’t especially friendly terrain for the Andoer L4 Pro’s small rubber wheels, as almost every available surface was heavily textured. The floors were covered in chunky tiles, while the broad tops of the walkway walls were clad in rough, pebble-dashed concrete.</p><p>After some wandering, I eventually found a flat metal air-duct cover that was smooth enough for the L4 Pro’s small rubber wheels to traverse. I tilted my Joby smartphone mount upwards, switched the iPhone 17 Pro to its ultra-wide camera and angled the adjustable wheels to create a tight curve. This enabled me to capture a dramatic, low-angle circular move past  the Barbican’s tall towers, while long plant stems swept more quickly through the foreground and enhanced the sense of motion.</p><p>While wandering through London, I enjoyed being able to quickly pull out the Andoer L4 Pro whenever I spotted an opportunity to add movement to a short stock video clip. I particularly enjoyed using it at the top of the Sky Garden, which offers panoramic views across London.  By angling the L4 Pro’s two unmotorized wheels closer together, I made the device travel in a tight, fast circle. With the smartphone mount tilted upwards, this enabled me to capture dramatic and slightly dizzying low-angle footage of the building’s curved glass roof. I must thank fellow photographer Shaughn Malcom for filming me setting up and using the Andoer L4 Pro for this review’s supping video</p><p>Finally, I found myself on the banks of the Thames, where I wanted to capture tracking shots that followed the movement of passing boats — an ideal subject for stock video. However, as the Andoer L4 Pro trundled across the rough, gritty surface I had placed it on, I could see in the iPhone’s viewfinder that the footage looked rather bumpy. To my surprise, however, the recorded footage played back remarkably smoothly. This was thanks to the iPhone 17 Pro’s combination of electronic stabilisation and sensor-shift optical image stabilisation, which physically moves the sensor to compensate for camera shake. This gave me the freedom to use the L4 Pro on surfaces that weren’t perfectly smooth, greatly increasing the number of locations in which it could be used. Check out the supporting video to see the results for yourself.</p><p></p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-andoer-l4-pro-verdict"><span>Andoer L4 Pro: Verdict</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="rFFEqg8Uuj9qzz3m2j7ahH" name="Bumpy_169" alt="Andoer L4 Pro dolly" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rFFEqg8Uuj9qzz3m2j7ahH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rFFEqg8Uuj9qzz3m2j7ahH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p> I initially approached the task of reviewing the Andoer L4 Pro as something of a chore, as I couldn’t see how it would add much to my smartphone footage. However, within half an hour of testing, I began to appreciate its potential for bringing stock-footage subjects to life. It works particularly well when you compose a shot with objects in the foreground, as these move more noticeably across the frame and create a stronger sense of motion.</p><p>I can also recommend the Andoer L4 Pro to smartphone filmmakers who want to add a gentle tracking or panning movement to a shot. On the downside, it is dependent on a reasonably smooth surface if you want to produce a smooth track, dolly move or pan. Even so, I was pleasantly surprised by how well I could use it on slightly uneven surfaces, with the iPhone 17 Pro’s stabilisation ironing out the resulting bumps and wobbles during my test.</p><p>For smartphone filmmakers, the Andoer L4 Pro could prove to be a handy and affordable accessory - and it looks particularly smart when paired with the similarly coloured Cosmic Orange iPhone 17 Pro. In fact, it is such an eye-catching little device that two people stopped to chat to me while I was testing it, so hello to you chaps if you’re reading this!</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★☆☆</p></td><td  ><p> </p><p>Button to choose between three tracking speeds and reverse button to change direction. Remote control unit. </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p> </p><p>Hinges on wheels enable you to adjust the movement of the Andoer L4 Pro so that it will track, can, pan or rotate on the spot. Two different threads make it easy to attach various camera mounts.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p> </p><p>Ideally the Andoer L4 Pro needs a smooth flat surface to run on, limiting your compositional choices. The three speed settings aren’t vastly different. But it can add visual variety to clips.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p> </p><p>This is relatively affordable, and its so small that you may as well keep it in your kit bag until the right video opportunity arises.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Overall</strong></p></td><td  ><p>★★★★☆</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="6c4a7ade-8b58-11f1-b6db-435d9248c3f8" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Joby Swing" data-dimension48="Joby Swing" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/uk/reviews" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="nTDaVC24q9Z7kssuxAr4Vh" name="Swing_Timelapse.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nTDaVC24q9Z7kssuxAr4Vh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/joby-swing-complete-kit-review" data-dimension112="6c4a7ade-8b58-11f1-b6db-435d9248c3f8" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Joby Swing" data-dimension48="Joby Swing" data-dimension25=""><strong>Joby Swing</strong></a> is an app-controlled slider that enables you to add precisely controlled tracking moves to your smartphone clips. Unlike the Andeor L4 Pro you can repeat the same moves with precision. It’s also better at moving the smartphone slowly for adding movement to timelapse footage.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="6c4a7b42-8b58-11f1-a084-2974e280f371" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Accsoon Toprig S60" data-dimension48="Accsoon Toprig S60" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/uk/reviews" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1494px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.07%;"><img id="Y4vRRU6fSCYeon8GNWz66a" name="C_SL1500_ copy_169.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Y4vRRU6fSCYeon8GNWz66a-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1494" height="1495" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/accsoon-toprig-s60-review" data-dimension112="6c4a7b42-8b58-11f1-a084-2974e280f371" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Accsoon Toprig S60" data-dimension48="Accsoon Toprig S60" data-dimension25=""><strong>Accsoon Toprig S60</strong></a> is deceptively simple slider. Just a few controls can bring a number of different motions to your projects, and it has good load capacity. If you need repeatable camera motion, this is the place to start.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ This could be the ultimate solution for video storage and back-ups ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>If you need an absolutely gargantuan amount of storage space for saving huge uncompressed 8K video files or similar, TerraMaster has the solution for you. The new D8 Hybrid 2 can combine up to 4 SATA HDDs/SSDs and 4 M.2 NVMe SSDs in a single enclosure. This design claims to provide a flexible, high-performance platform for video editing and media libraries, with support for up to 152 terabytes of total capacity, depending on drive configuration. Just remember that the D8 Hybrid 2 is a drive enclosure - you need to choose and purchase the HDDs and/or SSDs to fit inside it separately.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:802px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="4gucxiEeLUfsc2pagK69yE" name="2" alt="TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4gucxiEeLUfsc2pagK69yE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="802" height="451" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: TerraMaster)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To ensure your data can be accessed quickly, the D8 Hybrid 2 uses a USB 3.2 Gen 2 interface, enabling read speeds of up to 1020MB/s with a single NVMe SSD. Equip the enclosure with four HDDs and read speeds could top out at 980MB/s, depending on RAID configuration. This performance translates to a 5GB HD movie transferring in around five seconds.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:815px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="LSXDhE3quN6Jv9vPYxnm2F" name="4" alt="TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LSXDhE3quN6Jv9vPYxnm2F-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="815" height="458" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: TerraMaster)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The D8 Hybrid 2 features TerraMaster Power Management technology to improve energy efficiency, enhance reliability, and deliver faster drive wake-up times. The enclosure also benefits from improved internal airflow, with active cooling coming from an intelligent temperature-controlled fluid dynamic bearing fan rated for over 50,000 hours operation. Tool-free drive trays permit simple and secure installation of HDDs and SSDs: M.2 NVMe SSDs can be installed using a side sliding cover and hand-tightened screws.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:561px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.33%;"><img id="Yf8Ax5FVDiNcb4ScfJbF2F" name="1" alt="TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Yf8Ax5FVDiNcb4ScfJbF2F-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="561" height="316" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: TerraMaster)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Designed for modern hybrid workflows, the D8 Hybrid 2 supports hot and cold data separation. This allows users to store frequently accessed 'hot' data on NVMe SSDs for high-speed access, while archival data can be stored on high-capacity hard disk drives for cost-effective backup. This two-tier arrangement makes the enclosure ideal for studios, photographers and videographers that manage large volumes of mixed-use data.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3840px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jaxDyXkgBfUMgoKaYJDuSF" name="02" alt="TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jaxDyXkgBfUMgoKaYJDuSF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3840" height="2160" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: TerraMaster)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The D8 Hybrid 2 is compatible with Windows, macOS, Linux, NAS systems, and a wide range of file systems. It can connect directly to computers, servers, TVs, set-top boxes, as well as Thunderbolt devices. TerraMaster also includes its complimentary TPC Backupper software for Windows backups, and it works with Apple Time Machine.</p><p>The TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2 is available now at <a href="https://www.amazon.com/TERRAMASTER-D8-Hybrid-NVMe-Enclosure/dp/B0GXX9W1LM" target="_blank">Amazon US</a> for $299.99 (currently $239.99 with 20% coupon) and at <a href="https://www.amazon.co.uk/TERRAMASTER-Hybrid-Enclosure-Swappable-Diskless-Black/dp/B0GXXQH72Y" target="_blank">Amazon UK</a> for £299.99.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/storage/this-could-be-the-ultimate-solution-for-video-storage-and-back-ups</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Behold, an enclosure with space for up to 8 drives, and 152 TERRABYTES of capacity! ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">XpabnuxrSg9o5LSnTjKKDZ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aDNSBiYPHnj7M6utxgvXSF-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jul 2026 22:56:04 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ ben.andrews@futurenet.com (Ben Andrews) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Ben Andrews ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hA7SxTHVsLt7fQ5XhWWbX4-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aDNSBiYPHnj7M6utxgvXSF-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[TerraMaster]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aDNSBiYPHnj7M6utxgvXSF-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>If you need an absolutely gargantuan amount of storage space for saving huge uncompressed 8K video files or similar, TerraMaster has the solution for you. The new D8 Hybrid 2 can combine up to 4 SATA HDDs/SSDs and 4 M.2 NVMe SSDs in a single enclosure. This design claims to provide a flexible, high-performance platform for video editing and media libraries, with support for up to 152 terabytes of total capacity, depending on drive configuration. Just remember that the D8 Hybrid 2 is a drive enclosure - you need to choose and purchase the HDDs and/or SSDs to fit inside it separately.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:802px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="4gucxiEeLUfsc2pagK69yE" name="2" alt="TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4gucxiEeLUfsc2pagK69yE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="802" height="451" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: TerraMaster)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To ensure your data can be accessed quickly, the D8 Hybrid 2 uses a USB 3.2 Gen 2 interface, enabling read speeds of up to 1020MB/s with a single NVMe SSD. Equip the enclosure with four HDDs and read speeds could top out at 980MB/s, depending on RAID configuration. This performance translates to a 5GB HD movie transferring in around five seconds.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:815px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="LSXDhE3quN6Jv9vPYxnm2F" name="4" alt="TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LSXDhE3quN6Jv9vPYxnm2F-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="815" height="458" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: TerraMaster)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The D8 Hybrid 2 features TerraMaster Power Management technology to improve energy efficiency, enhance reliability, and deliver faster drive wake-up times. The enclosure also benefits from improved internal airflow, with active cooling coming from an intelligent temperature-controlled fluid dynamic bearing fan rated for over 50,000 hours operation. Tool-free drive trays permit simple and secure installation of HDDs and SSDs: M.2 NVMe SSDs can be installed using a side sliding cover and hand-tightened screws.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:561px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.33%;"><img id="Yf8Ax5FVDiNcb4ScfJbF2F" name="1" alt="TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Yf8Ax5FVDiNcb4ScfJbF2F-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="561" height="316" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: TerraMaster)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Designed for modern hybrid workflows, the D8 Hybrid 2 supports hot and cold data separation. This allows users to store frequently accessed 'hot' data on NVMe SSDs for high-speed access, while archival data can be stored on high-capacity hard disk drives for cost-effective backup. This two-tier arrangement makes the enclosure ideal for studios, photographers and videographers that manage large volumes of mixed-use data.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3840px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jaxDyXkgBfUMgoKaYJDuSF" name="02" alt="TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jaxDyXkgBfUMgoKaYJDuSF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3840" height="2160" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: TerraMaster)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The D8 Hybrid 2 is compatible with Windows, macOS, Linux, NAS systems, and a wide range of file systems. It can connect directly to computers, servers, TVs, set-top boxes, as well as Thunderbolt devices. TerraMaster also includes its complimentary TPC Backupper software for Windows backups, and it works with Apple Time Machine.</p><p>The TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2 is available now at <a href="https://www.amazon.com/TERRAMASTER-D8-Hybrid-NVMe-Enclosure/dp/B0GXX9W1LM" target="_blank">Amazon US</a> for $299.99 (currently $239.99 with 20% coupon) and at <a href="https://www.amazon.co.uk/TERRAMASTER-Hybrid-Enclosure-Swappable-Diskless-Black/dp/B0GXXQH72Y" target="_blank">Amazon UK</a> for £299.99.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Peak Design Form Rope review: get your camera roped in and wear it in three different ways, maybe even more ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>One of the best manufacturers of camera bags and accessories, along with the likes of Manfrotto and Tenba, Peak Design started life in a similar way, with a man on a mission. In this case, it was Peter Dering, who toured the world back in 2010 with a large camera kit and a disappointing way of carting it around. He promptly quit his job, designed his own way of carrying a camera, launched it on Kickstarter and hasn’t looked back. Peak Design has gone from strength to strength in the following years, following the same crowdfunding principles, so they can create products on their own terms with no interference from investors.</p><p>With a diverse product range, Peak Design makes and sells camera bags and straps, general travel luggage, outdoor gear, phone cases, wallets and even mounting systems for attaching gadgets to cars and motorcycles. Then there are tripods, including the groundbreaking <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-aluminum-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum)</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)</a>. I’ve recently been particularly impressed with the new and improved <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod range</a>.</p><p>Getting back to camera straps, one of the best on the market is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review">Peak Design Slide Lite</a>, to which my colleague awarded a perfect 5/5 rating in his review. I personally wasn’t so completely won over, as I found the large overlapping loops of wide strap and chunky buckles a bit of a hindrance. There’s no such problem with the more minimalist Peak Design Form Rope, which is available as a basic ‘Neck’ version and three alternative lengths of Crossbody options, all of them aiming to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-straps">best camera straps</a> on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="WyCKeFASQiV349yUS6x4qE" name="PDFR 01 intro 0197.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WyCKeFASQiV349yUS6x4qE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2249" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WyCKeFASQiV349yUS6x4qE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Not just a ‘rope’, there’s actually a lengthy list of components that make up the Peak Design Form Rope Crossbody editions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-form-rope-specifications"><span>Peak Design Form Rope: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Nylon, polyester, aluminum</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Colors</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Black, Kelp, Ocean</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Includes</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Rope strap, anchors, pouch, split rings</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Rope length</strong></p></td><td  ><p>119cm / 46.7in (Crossbody – Standard)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Rope diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>10mm / 0.39in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Rope weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>62g / 2.2oz (Crossbody – Standard)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Max load</strong></p></td><td  ><p>82kg / 180lbs</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-form-rope-price"><span>Peak Design Form Rope: Price</span></h3><p>The Peak Design Form Rope comes in three alternative Crossbody – Short, Standard and Long Crossbody editions, all of them listing at $50 / £45 / AU$100. That might sound a bit on the pricey side for a camera strap, but each edition is actually a comprehensive kit of parts. The more basic Form Rope Neck edition costs a little less at £45 / £40 / AU$90. For further price comparison, the popular <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review">Peak Design Slide Lite</a> is more costly at around $70 / £60 / AU$135.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Peak Design Form Rope"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-form-rope-design-handling"><span>Peak Design Form Rope: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>How do you like to wear your camera? Going back to basics, the whole concept of ‘wearing’ a camera might seem strange to the uninitiated, but most photographers that I know wear their cameras around their necks. Indeed, a neck strap is generally included in the box of bits when you buy a camera, although just like with ‘kit lenses’, they’re not always of the best quality and generally lack any innovative extras or clever design flourishes.</p><p>I’m also not a fan of own-brand camera straps that have the make and model emblazoned in large print along them, which I often think loosely translates as ‘mug me right now’. The Peak Design Form Rope is very much the opposite, which it kind of needs to be if it’s going to tempt you to upgrade from your basic ‘free’ camera strap.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="yuse5fsCELBy5oTARrDWiE" name="PDFR 0200.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yuse5fsCELBy5oTARrDWiE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2249" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yuse5fsCELBy5oTARrDWiE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">I went for the ‘Crossbody – Standard’ edition of the Form Rope. Like the others in the range, it’s neatly packaged with a photo on the front that shows it being worn in suitably crossbody style. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The picture on the front of the retail box shown above tells it like it is – it’s a crossbody camera strap. But there’s more. Flip the box around and you get visual pointers to alternative ways that you can wear your camera using the Form Rope and its accessories. The most basic ‘Neck’ edition comes in one length of strap (78.5cm / 30.9in) with two anchors, a microfiber pouch and two oval split rings. The Crossbody editions come in short (103.5cm / 40.75in), standard (118.5cm / 46.65in) and long (134cm / 52.75in) editions. In each case, the ‘rope’ itself is 10mm / 0.39in in diameter.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ymVeyYyq9x9RYSdcGbzWjE" name="PDFR 0201.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ymVeyYyq9x9RYSdcGbzWjE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ymVeyYyq9x9RYSdcGbzWjE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You don’t have to stick to one method of wearing your camera. As well as the crossbody option, you can hang it around your neck, sling it over one shoulder, and attach the rope in different ways, some of which are shown on the back of the retail box. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Each of the three editions of the Crossbody Form Rope doubles up on anchors, so you get four rather than the two that are supplied with the Neck edition. The extras enable you to make the most of how you attach the rope to your camera and other accessories, and how you wear them. One thing that’s held in common is the rope itself, and it’s not just any old rope. Instead of rough and ready rope that can feel quite abrasive, the specialist basket-woven, nylon/poly rope was specifically designed to combine the strength, padding and stretch needed for a comfortable camera-carrying experience. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kvE6nj7NVXgVqqAnzHTtpE" name="PDFR 0202.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kvE6nj7NVXgVqqAnzHTtpE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kvE6nj7NVXgVqqAnzHTtpE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rope itself and the quick-release anchors are the main attractions of all the kits, whereas the Crossbody editions also have a couple of extras, including an anodized, CNC-machined accessory loop around the rope. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Color options include black, ocean, and kelp. I went for the last of these, and I like the way that the colorway extends to the anchors as well as the rope. The anchors themselves are made from glass-reinforced nylon and are the latest V5 edition of Peak Design’s low-profile design of quick-release connectors. Not only quick and easy to connect to the rope, the anchors each have a mighty individual payload rating of 90+kg / 200+lb. The attachment cord might look like a weak link, but it’s really not, and I like the three-layer design so that in the unlikely event of the cord getting damaged or worn, there are clearly visible yellow and red warning signs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="SPGvctvjNkm7nCxMsnkgqE" name="PDFR 0205.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SPGvctvjNkm7nCxMsnkgqE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2249" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SPGvctvjNkm7nCxMsnkgqE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The attachment cords for the quick-release anchors have concentric red and yellow inners, so you can readily see the danger signs of damage or wear. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I had no problem threading the anchor cords through the attachment rings on my cameras, but some camera bodies and other accessories might have eyelets that are simply too small to accommodate the cord. That potential problem is neatly solved by each of the kits including a pair of split rings with specially shaped covers and a little tool for making it easy to attach the split rings to your camera’s eyelets.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="iJ53NuK55A4RJb57NsZspE" name="PDFR 0206.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iJ53NuK55A4RJb57NsZspE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2249" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iJ53NuK55A4RJb57NsZspE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">If the fixing eyelets on your camera are too small to accommodate the quick-release anchor cords, you can fit the split rings that are supplied in the kit, using the specialist tool and shaped covers. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Most cameras have ‘proper’ strap attachment rings, so it’s simply a case of threading the cord through, looping it over the anchor, and you’re ready to roll. I really like the quick-release system. The circular anchors are very secure but quick and easy to remove from the rope, with a press-and-slide mechanism. The system has been widely adopted by many manufacturers, because it simply works and works simply.</p><p>The only occasional criticism that I’ve heard is that if you’re using them with the strap removed, for example on a tripod in a stiff breeze, the anchors can knock against the side of the camera and the noise can be recorded by the camera’s microphone when you’re shooting video. I’ve not encountered that particular problem myself.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3523px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="Ff4jdGhXHUUywHqEjgbFiE" name="PDFR 2205.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ff4jdGhXHUUywHqEjgbFiE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3523" height="1981" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ff4jdGhXHUUywHqEjgbFiE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It only takes a few seconds to attach the quick-release anchors to the rings on either side of most cameras. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Again, I like that the color scheme is maintained between the rope and the anchors, so the whole kit looks entirely consistent. The image below shows how the connection looks when the rope is attached to an anchor. As I’ve mentioned, the quick-release action is simply a case of pressing the circular anchor downwards and sliding it towards the center of the receptacle.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4533px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="AUJmCzGzk96xjY4KsejcnE" name="PDFR 2206.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AUJmCzGzk96xjY4KsejcnE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4533" height="2549" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AUJmCzGzk96xjY4KsejcnE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Everything is neat, tidy and color-matched when the rope is attached to its anchors. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Whether with or without split rings, you don’t actually have to attach anchors to your camera’s strap rings or eyelets at all. Another option is to attach an anchor to the tripod socket on the base of the camera. A screw-in plate and additional anchor are supplied for just this purpose, as shown below. It also gives a useful extra option if you want to use one rope with two different cameras.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3377px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="EsgrFTkQf4BoB58uAkKsmE" name="PDFR 0204.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EsgrFTkQf4BoB58uAkKsmE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3377" height="1899" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EsgrFTkQf4BoB58uAkKsmE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Don’t want to use your camera’s strap rings? An alternative is to attach the anchor plate that screws into your camera’s tripod mounting socket. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The screw-in plate can also be used on other accessories that have a standard 1/4in threaded socket, as well as lenses that have the same kind of mounting thread on a tripod mounting collar. For a secure connection, the screw has a hex head, and there’s a companion hex key that’s also provided as part of the kit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="2ejGcyHyXU68P3jyVfwMrE" name="PDFR 0203.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2ejGcyHyXU68P3jyVfwMrE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2ejGcyHyXU68P3jyVfwMrE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">To ensure a secure connection, the tripod mount plate comes with a hex key. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-form-rope-performance"><span>Peak Design Form Rope: Performance</span></h3><p>One of my concerns about the Peak Design Form Rope was that it would be uncomfortable to wear with heavier camera and lens combinations, at least compared with relatively wide flat straps. I needn’t have worried, however, as I found the specially woven rope wonderfully comfy, even with heavy loads. Speaking of which, the rope is very lightweight, ranging from 42.5g / 1.5oz to 68g / 2.4oz depending on length, yet has a huge payload rating of 82kg / 180lb (90+kg / 200+lb for the anchors).</p><p>You’re somewhat spoilt for choice when it comes to how to wear your camera, but I started with my Crossbody – Standard kit by wearing it as a basic neck strap. I found that the length of the rope was ideal for this, and that the camera rested at the same height that I normally set when using an adjustable strap.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2561px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="qSXLyzbbJKM9tZFV3u8CqE" name="PDFR 2208.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qSXLyzbbJKM9tZFV3u8CqE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2561" height="2561" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qSXLyzbbJKM9tZFV3u8CqE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s how the Crossbody – Standard edition measures up when hanging a camera around your neck in time-honored tradition. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Taking my cue from the product name, I next tried the Crossbody – Standard edition by wearing it messenger-style, across my body. Again, the length was spot on for my preferences. If you’re not of the same opinion, short and long versions are also available.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2525px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="D3zGGe7rQqPJN7NS8b6dnE" name="PDFR 2209.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D3zGGe7rQqPJN7NS8b6dnE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2525" height="2525" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D3zGGe7rQqPJN7NS8b6dnE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Crossbody – Standard proved a good fit for me when wearing my camera messenger-style, across my body. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another option is to secure the rope to a single anchor on one side of your camera, and use another of the four supplied anchors in the accessory loop that’s fixed around the rope. I say ‘fixed', but it’s perfectly sized so that you can easily move it along the rope to adjust the overall length, without it sliding up and down of its own accord. You could also use the loop separately, for attaching other accessories via one of the additional supplied anchors.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2473px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="N3YcSoMd8CpF5gFyYB4GoE" name="PDFR 2210.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N3YcSoMd8CpF5gFyYB4GoE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2473" height="2473" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N3YcSoMd8CpF5gFyYB4GoE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Using one attachment point on the camera and the sliding accessory loop on the rope enables you to adjust the effective overall length. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A twist on the attachment method shown above is to leave the camera’s strap rings out of the equation altogether and to use the tripod mounting socket as the sole attachment point, as shown below. This can also work well with telephoto lenses that have a 1/4in threaded socket on a tripod mounting collar, and a variety of other accessories.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1417px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:99.93%;"><img id="DSzGDLZB6euiS55WeA8shE" name="PDFR 2211.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DSzGDLZB6euiS55WeA8shE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1417" height="1416" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DSzGDLZB6euiS55WeA8shE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the tripod socket plate being used as a sole anchoring point. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-form-rope-verdict"><span>Peak Design Form Rope: Verdict</span></h3><p>I’m a fussy customer when it comes to camera straps, and the ones that are supplied with cameras rarely satisfy my cravings. I usually go for fairly wide, flat straps with a bit of padding, so that they’re comfortable for long periods of time, for example when I’m shooting weddings, sporting events, wildlife, or just pounding city streets. My initial concern was that the Peak Design Form Rope would be relatively uncomfortable and tend to cut into my neck or shoulder, but I actually found it to be as comfortable and practical as it is stylish, and I do think it’s very stylish.</p><p>Plus points are that the Crossbody editions can be worn in a whole variety of ways, around the neck, over the shoulder, or crossbody, complete with an equally generous range of attachment options for your camera and/or other accessories. The quick-release anchors work blissfully well, and all the components of the kit are robust and durable yet beautifully finished, in an attractive range of color options. Sure, it’s relatively expensive for a camera strap, but your camera is worth it, and so are you.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Comprehensive features include specially designed rope, quick-release anchors (four of them), an accessory loop around the rope, split rings, a tripod mount-style plate and tools.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design looks great and works even better, enabling wide-ranging options for how you wear your camera and how you attach it to the strap. The quality of construction is superb throughout, and the variety of color options is a bonus.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>In terms of performance, the Form Rope is safe and secure to use with all kinds of camera kit, from the smallest and lightest to the biggest and heaviest, complete with speedy quick-release anchors and supreme comfort.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It’s pricey for a camera strap, but considering the many and varied parts in the Crossbody editions, they’re great value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="aJb7i75abvtuUh6wBhW9iE" name="PDFR 00 hero 2213.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aJb7i75abvtuUh6wBhW9iE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="1714" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aJb7i75abvtuUh6wBhW9iE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="933a332a-8421-11f1-89c9-5105ce6c37e5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Slide Lite" data-dimension48="Peak Design Slide Lite" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:823px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="NEBFNyV6Vqn3DcMdAJXgKP" name="Peak Design Slide Lite square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NEBFNyV6Vqn3DcMdAJXgKP-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="823" height="823" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review" data-dimension112="933a332a-8421-11f1-89c9-5105ce6c37e5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Slide Lite" data-dimension48="Peak Design Slide Lite" data-dimension25=""><strong>Peak Design Slide Lite</strong></a> is somewhat similar to the Form Rope Crossbody editions in that it can be used as a sling, neck or shoulder strap, but it’s based on an adjustable flat strap rather than a circular-profile rope.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="933a3410-8421-11f1-a730-416d6f0717e5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="BlackRapid Blackline I Right and Left" data-dimension48="BlackRapid Blackline I Right and Left" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/blackrapid-blackline-i-right-and-left-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1067px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="uEQvNyknNAFtjv5n7s7NFP" name="BlackRapid Blackline I square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uEQvNyknNAFtjv5n7s7NFP-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1067" height="1067" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/blackrapid-blackline-i-right-and-left-review" data-dimension112="933a3410-8421-11f1-a730-416d6f0717e5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="BlackRapid Blackline I Right and Left" data-dimension48="BlackRapid Blackline I Right and Left" data-dimension25=""><strong>BlackRapid Blackline I Right and Left</strong></a> is a properly tricked-up camera harness that’s available to suit preferences for carrying to the left or right. The series also includes a double harness so that you can wear two cameras on either side of your body, but even the single option costs nearly three times as much as the Form Rope.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/peak-design-form-rope-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Peak Design Form Rope is a lash-up, but in a good way, with multiple attachment options, different ways of wearing it, and alternative kits in a variety of colorways ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">mkUqPCH5p47ZtVTy8tVDDU</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aJb7i75abvtuUh6wBhW9iE-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 16:18:04 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aJb7i75abvtuUh6wBhW9iE-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Peak Design Form Rope]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Peak Design Form Rope]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Peak Design Form Rope]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aJb7i75abvtuUh6wBhW9iE-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>One of the best manufacturers of camera bags and accessories, along with the likes of Manfrotto and Tenba, Peak Design started life in a similar way, with a man on a mission. In this case, it was Peter Dering, who toured the world back in 2010 with a large camera kit and a disappointing way of carting it around. He promptly quit his job, designed his own way of carrying a camera, launched it on Kickstarter and hasn’t looked back. Peak Design has gone from strength to strength in the following years, following the same crowdfunding principles, so they can create products on their own terms with no interference from investors.</p><p>With a diverse product range, Peak Design makes and sells camera bags and straps, general travel luggage, outdoor gear, phone cases, wallets and even mounting systems for attaching gadgets to cars and motorcycles. Then there are tripods, including the groundbreaking <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-aluminum-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum)</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)</a>. I’ve recently been particularly impressed with the new and improved <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod range</a>.</p><p>Getting back to camera straps, one of the best on the market is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review">Peak Design Slide Lite</a>, to which my colleague awarded a perfect 5/5 rating in his review. I personally wasn’t so completely won over, as I found the large overlapping loops of wide strap and chunky buckles a bit of a hindrance. There’s no such problem with the more minimalist Peak Design Form Rope, which is available as a basic ‘Neck’ version and three alternative lengths of Crossbody options, all of them aiming to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-straps">best camera straps</a> on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="WyCKeFASQiV349yUS6x4qE" name="PDFR 01 intro 0197.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WyCKeFASQiV349yUS6x4qE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2249" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WyCKeFASQiV349yUS6x4qE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Not just a ‘rope’, there’s actually a lengthy list of components that make up the Peak Design Form Rope Crossbody editions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-form-rope-specifications"><span>Peak Design Form Rope: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Nylon, polyester, aluminum</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Colors</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Black, Kelp, Ocean</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Includes</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Rope strap, anchors, pouch, split rings</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Rope length</strong></p></td><td  ><p>119cm / 46.7in (Crossbody – Standard)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Rope diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>10mm / 0.39in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Rope weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>62g / 2.2oz (Crossbody – Standard)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Max load</strong></p></td><td  ><p>82kg / 180lbs</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-form-rope-price"><span>Peak Design Form Rope: Price</span></h3><p>The Peak Design Form Rope comes in three alternative Crossbody – Short, Standard and Long Crossbody editions, all of them listing at $50 / £45 / AU$100. That might sound a bit on the pricey side for a camera strap, but each edition is actually a comprehensive kit of parts. The more basic Form Rope Neck edition costs a little less at £45 / £40 / AU$90. For further price comparison, the popular <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review">Peak Design Slide Lite</a> is more costly at around $70 / £60 / AU$135.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Peak Design Form Rope"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-form-rope-design-handling"><span>Peak Design Form Rope: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>How do you like to wear your camera? Going back to basics, the whole concept of ‘wearing’ a camera might seem strange to the uninitiated, but most photographers that I know wear their cameras around their necks. Indeed, a neck strap is generally included in the box of bits when you buy a camera, although just like with ‘kit lenses’, they’re not always of the best quality and generally lack any innovative extras or clever design flourishes.</p><p>I’m also not a fan of own-brand camera straps that have the make and model emblazoned in large print along them, which I often think loosely translates as ‘mug me right now’. The Peak Design Form Rope is very much the opposite, which it kind of needs to be if it’s going to tempt you to upgrade from your basic ‘free’ camera strap.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="yuse5fsCELBy5oTARrDWiE" name="PDFR 0200.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yuse5fsCELBy5oTARrDWiE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2249" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yuse5fsCELBy5oTARrDWiE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">I went for the ‘Crossbody – Standard’ edition of the Form Rope. Like the others in the range, it’s neatly packaged with a photo on the front that shows it being worn in suitably crossbody style. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The picture on the front of the retail box shown above tells it like it is – it’s a crossbody camera strap. But there’s more. Flip the box around and you get visual pointers to alternative ways that you can wear your camera using the Form Rope and its accessories. The most basic ‘Neck’ edition comes in one length of strap (78.5cm / 30.9in) with two anchors, a microfiber pouch and two oval split rings. The Crossbody editions come in short (103.5cm / 40.75in), standard (118.5cm / 46.65in) and long (134cm / 52.75in) editions. In each case, the ‘rope’ itself is 10mm / 0.39in in diameter.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ymVeyYyq9x9RYSdcGbzWjE" name="PDFR 0201.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ymVeyYyq9x9RYSdcGbzWjE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ymVeyYyq9x9RYSdcGbzWjE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You don’t have to stick to one method of wearing your camera. As well as the crossbody option, you can hang it around your neck, sling it over one shoulder, and attach the rope in different ways, some of which are shown on the back of the retail box. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Each of the three editions of the Crossbody Form Rope doubles up on anchors, so you get four rather than the two that are supplied with the Neck edition. The extras enable you to make the most of how you attach the rope to your camera and other accessories, and how you wear them. One thing that’s held in common is the rope itself, and it’s not just any old rope. Instead of rough and ready rope that can feel quite abrasive, the specialist basket-woven, nylon/poly rope was specifically designed to combine the strength, padding and stretch needed for a comfortable camera-carrying experience. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kvE6nj7NVXgVqqAnzHTtpE" name="PDFR 0202.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kvE6nj7NVXgVqqAnzHTtpE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kvE6nj7NVXgVqqAnzHTtpE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rope itself and the quick-release anchors are the main attractions of all the kits, whereas the Crossbody editions also have a couple of extras, including an anodized, CNC-machined accessory loop around the rope. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Color options include black, ocean, and kelp. I went for the last of these, and I like the way that the colorway extends to the anchors as well as the rope. The anchors themselves are made from glass-reinforced nylon and are the latest V5 edition of Peak Design’s low-profile design of quick-release connectors. Not only quick and easy to connect to the rope, the anchors each have a mighty individual payload rating of 90+kg / 200+lb. The attachment cord might look like a weak link, but it’s really not, and I like the three-layer design so that in the unlikely event of the cord getting damaged or worn, there are clearly visible yellow and red warning signs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="SPGvctvjNkm7nCxMsnkgqE" name="PDFR 0205.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SPGvctvjNkm7nCxMsnkgqE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2249" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SPGvctvjNkm7nCxMsnkgqE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The attachment cords for the quick-release anchors have concentric red and yellow inners, so you can readily see the danger signs of damage or wear. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I had no problem threading the anchor cords through the attachment rings on my cameras, but some camera bodies and other accessories might have eyelets that are simply too small to accommodate the cord. That potential problem is neatly solved by each of the kits including a pair of split rings with specially shaped covers and a little tool for making it easy to attach the split rings to your camera’s eyelets.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="iJ53NuK55A4RJb57NsZspE" name="PDFR 0206.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iJ53NuK55A4RJb57NsZspE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2249" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iJ53NuK55A4RJb57NsZspE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">If the fixing eyelets on your camera are too small to accommodate the quick-release anchor cords, you can fit the split rings that are supplied in the kit, using the specialist tool and shaped covers. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Most cameras have ‘proper’ strap attachment rings, so it’s simply a case of threading the cord through, looping it over the anchor, and you’re ready to roll. I really like the quick-release system. The circular anchors are very secure but quick and easy to remove from the rope, with a press-and-slide mechanism. The system has been widely adopted by many manufacturers, because it simply works and works simply.</p><p>The only occasional criticism that I’ve heard is that if you’re using them with the strap removed, for example on a tripod in a stiff breeze, the anchors can knock against the side of the camera and the noise can be recorded by the camera’s microphone when you’re shooting video. I’ve not encountered that particular problem myself.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3523px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="Ff4jdGhXHUUywHqEjgbFiE" name="PDFR 2205.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ff4jdGhXHUUywHqEjgbFiE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3523" height="1981" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ff4jdGhXHUUywHqEjgbFiE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It only takes a few seconds to attach the quick-release anchors to the rings on either side of most cameras. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Again, I like that the color scheme is maintained between the rope and the anchors, so the whole kit looks entirely consistent. The image below shows how the connection looks when the rope is attached to an anchor. As I’ve mentioned, the quick-release action is simply a case of pressing the circular anchor downwards and sliding it towards the center of the receptacle.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4533px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="AUJmCzGzk96xjY4KsejcnE" name="PDFR 2206.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AUJmCzGzk96xjY4KsejcnE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4533" height="2549" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AUJmCzGzk96xjY4KsejcnE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Everything is neat, tidy and color-matched when the rope is attached to its anchors. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Whether with or without split rings, you don’t actually have to attach anchors to your camera’s strap rings or eyelets at all. Another option is to attach an anchor to the tripod socket on the base of the camera. A screw-in plate and additional anchor are supplied for just this purpose, as shown below. It also gives a useful extra option if you want to use one rope with two different cameras.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3377px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="EsgrFTkQf4BoB58uAkKsmE" name="PDFR 0204.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EsgrFTkQf4BoB58uAkKsmE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3377" height="1899" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EsgrFTkQf4BoB58uAkKsmE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Don’t want to use your camera’s strap rings? An alternative is to attach the anchor plate that screws into your camera’s tripod mounting socket. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The screw-in plate can also be used on other accessories that have a standard 1/4in threaded socket, as well as lenses that have the same kind of mounting thread on a tripod mounting collar. For a secure connection, the screw has a hex head, and there’s a companion hex key that’s also provided as part of the kit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="2ejGcyHyXU68P3jyVfwMrE" name="PDFR 0203.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2ejGcyHyXU68P3jyVfwMrE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2ejGcyHyXU68P3jyVfwMrE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">To ensure a secure connection, the tripod mount plate comes with a hex key. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-form-rope-performance"><span>Peak Design Form Rope: Performance</span></h3><p>One of my concerns about the Peak Design Form Rope was that it would be uncomfortable to wear with heavier camera and lens combinations, at least compared with relatively wide flat straps. I needn’t have worried, however, as I found the specially woven rope wonderfully comfy, even with heavy loads. Speaking of which, the rope is very lightweight, ranging from 42.5g / 1.5oz to 68g / 2.4oz depending on length, yet has a huge payload rating of 82kg / 180lb (90+kg / 200+lb for the anchors).</p><p>You’re somewhat spoilt for choice when it comes to how to wear your camera, but I started with my Crossbody – Standard kit by wearing it as a basic neck strap. I found that the length of the rope was ideal for this, and that the camera rested at the same height that I normally set when using an adjustable strap.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2561px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="qSXLyzbbJKM9tZFV3u8CqE" name="PDFR 2208.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qSXLyzbbJKM9tZFV3u8CqE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2561" height="2561" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qSXLyzbbJKM9tZFV3u8CqE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s how the Crossbody – Standard edition measures up when hanging a camera around your neck in time-honored tradition. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Taking my cue from the product name, I next tried the Crossbody – Standard edition by wearing it messenger-style, across my body. Again, the length was spot on for my preferences. If you’re not of the same opinion, short and long versions are also available.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2525px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="D3zGGe7rQqPJN7NS8b6dnE" name="PDFR 2209.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D3zGGe7rQqPJN7NS8b6dnE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2525" height="2525" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D3zGGe7rQqPJN7NS8b6dnE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Crossbody – Standard proved a good fit for me when wearing my camera messenger-style, across my body. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another option is to secure the rope to a single anchor on one side of your camera, and use another of the four supplied anchors in the accessory loop that’s fixed around the rope. I say ‘fixed', but it’s perfectly sized so that you can easily move it along the rope to adjust the overall length, without it sliding up and down of its own accord. You could also use the loop separately, for attaching other accessories via one of the additional supplied anchors.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2473px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="N3YcSoMd8CpF5gFyYB4GoE" name="PDFR 2210.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N3YcSoMd8CpF5gFyYB4GoE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2473" height="2473" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N3YcSoMd8CpF5gFyYB4GoE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Using one attachment point on the camera and the sliding accessory loop on the rope enables you to adjust the effective overall length. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A twist on the attachment method shown above is to leave the camera’s strap rings out of the equation altogether and to use the tripod mounting socket as the sole attachment point, as shown below. This can also work well with telephoto lenses that have a 1/4in threaded socket on a tripod mounting collar, and a variety of other accessories.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1417px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:99.93%;"><img id="DSzGDLZB6euiS55WeA8shE" name="PDFR 2211.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DSzGDLZB6euiS55WeA8shE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1417" height="1416" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DSzGDLZB6euiS55WeA8shE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the tripod socket plate being used as a sole anchoring point. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-form-rope-verdict"><span>Peak Design Form Rope: Verdict</span></h3><p>I’m a fussy customer when it comes to camera straps, and the ones that are supplied with cameras rarely satisfy my cravings. I usually go for fairly wide, flat straps with a bit of padding, so that they’re comfortable for long periods of time, for example when I’m shooting weddings, sporting events, wildlife, or just pounding city streets. My initial concern was that the Peak Design Form Rope would be relatively uncomfortable and tend to cut into my neck or shoulder, but I actually found it to be as comfortable and practical as it is stylish, and I do think it’s very stylish.</p><p>Plus points are that the Crossbody editions can be worn in a whole variety of ways, around the neck, over the shoulder, or crossbody, complete with an equally generous range of attachment options for your camera and/or other accessories. The quick-release anchors work blissfully well, and all the components of the kit are robust and durable yet beautifully finished, in an attractive range of color options. Sure, it’s relatively expensive for a camera strap, but your camera is worth it, and so are you.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Comprehensive features include specially designed rope, quick-release anchors (four of them), an accessory loop around the rope, split rings, a tripod mount-style plate and tools.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design looks great and works even better, enabling wide-ranging options for how you wear your camera and how you attach it to the strap. The quality of construction is superb throughout, and the variety of color options is a bonus.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>In terms of performance, the Form Rope is safe and secure to use with all kinds of camera kit, from the smallest and lightest to the biggest and heaviest, complete with speedy quick-release anchors and supreme comfort.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It’s pricey for a camera strap, but considering the many and varied parts in the Crossbody editions, they’re great value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="aJb7i75abvtuUh6wBhW9iE" name="PDFR 00 hero 2213.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aJb7i75abvtuUh6wBhW9iE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="1714" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aJb7i75abvtuUh6wBhW9iE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="933a332a-8421-11f1-89c9-5105ce6c37e5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Slide Lite" data-dimension48="Peak Design Slide Lite" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:823px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="NEBFNyV6Vqn3DcMdAJXgKP" name="Peak Design Slide Lite square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NEBFNyV6Vqn3DcMdAJXgKP-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="823" height="823" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review" data-dimension112="933a332a-8421-11f1-89c9-5105ce6c37e5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Slide Lite" data-dimension48="Peak Design Slide Lite" data-dimension25=""><strong>Peak Design Slide Lite</strong></a> is somewhat similar to the Form Rope Crossbody editions in that it can be used as a sling, neck or shoulder strap, but it’s based on an adjustable flat strap rather than a circular-profile rope.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="933a3410-8421-11f1-a730-416d6f0717e5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="BlackRapid Blackline I Right and Left" data-dimension48="BlackRapid Blackline I Right and Left" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/blackrapid-blackline-i-right-and-left-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1067px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="uEQvNyknNAFtjv5n7s7NFP" name="BlackRapid Blackline I square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uEQvNyknNAFtjv5n7s7NFP-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1067" height="1067" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/blackrapid-blackline-i-right-and-left-review" data-dimension112="933a3410-8421-11f1-a730-416d6f0717e5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="BlackRapid Blackline I Right and Left" data-dimension48="BlackRapid Blackline I Right and Left" data-dimension25=""><strong>BlackRapid Blackline I Right and Left</strong></a> is a properly tricked-up camera harness that’s available to suit preferences for carrying to the left or right. The series also includes a double harness so that you can wear two cameras on either side of your body, but even the single option costs nearly three times as much as the Form Rope.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S review: a trick stick that works in three different ways, for both cameras and smartphones ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>I’ve been using tripods for about 50 years but just when I thought I knew them inside out, something new has taken me by surprise. Based in Shenzhen, China, Heipi isn’t a company that’s really been on my radar but they’re now celebrating their 7<sup>th</sup> anniversary. The brand is the brainchild of an engineer who’s also a passionate wildlife photographer. Combining these two facets of his skills set, he launched his first tripod launch in 2019, and the company made a big splash three years later with a 3-in-1 travel tripod, based on a Kickstarter campaign that raised a million dollars in a mere 30 days, from 3,000 backers.</p><p>The new Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S that I’m reviewing here is the company’s new, updated and upgraded flagship tripod kit, joining the other tripods, tripod heads, clamps, mounts, magic arms and accessories already in the Heipi catalog. Innovative, cleverly designed and nicely built with impressive attention to detail, the W28S aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> on the market, or perhaps I should say that it aims to be two of the best travel tripods plus a selfie stick, all rolled into one travel-friendly package.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2930px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="zifPRDq2z4UcWUQbkgcW48" name="HTT 01 intro 2216.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zifPRDq2z4UcWUQbkgcW48-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2930" height="1649" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zifPRDq2z4UcWUQbkgcW48-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">If twice as much is twice as good, the Heipi is a winner. The center column pulls out to become a complete second set of tripod legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-specifications"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber / Aluminum </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>45cm / 17.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>152cm / 59.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Minimum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>6cm / 2.4in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>7.5cm / 3.0in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.4kg / 3.0lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Load rating</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20kg / 44lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Sections per leg</strong></p></td><td  ><p>5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Leg section diameters (main)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>26, 23, 20, 17, 14mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section clamps</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locking leg angles</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Feet</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Case/bag included</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-price"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Price</span></h3><p>What price a pair of travel tripods plus a selfie stick and a low-profile ball head, all bundled into a single product and wrapped up in a stylish travel bag? The Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S lists at $399 / £349 / AU$649, which is very reasonable for just one carbon fiber tripod (the smaller one in the dual-tripod design is actually aluminum), especially considering that it’s such a comprehensive kit with such a rich feature set.</p><p>A comparably compact carbon tripod is available in the space-saving shape of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod carbon fiber</a>, which costs $599 / £599 / AU$1,169, and the newer <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod</a> which is even pricier at $900 / £800 / AU$1,500. On the face of it, the Heipi looks a proper bargain.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Heipi 3-in-1 Standard Travel Tripod W28S"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-design-handling"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The 2-in-1 or even 3-in-1 design, depending on which way you look at it, isn’t the only crafty concept behind the Heipi’s build. When I said I thought it was reminiscent of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod carbon fiber</a>, it’s not just because both are made from carbon fiber, but because they both have a similar space-saving design element.</p><p>For a while now, the travel tripod trend has been to have swing-up legs, which save space if you fully extend the center column and then invert the legs so that the feet encompass the head. It takes a bit off the stowage height but makes setup and takedown more of a time-consuming chore. Like the Peak Design, the Heipi doesn’t have swing-up legs but does have center column that uses the space between the legs, but in a different way. The Peak Design has a triangular section center column and specially shaped legs that wrap around it, thus filling the gaps.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="TU8iWCvcfTvu8uzhnUcTP8" name="HTT 2221.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TU8iWCvcfTvu8uzhnUcTP8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TU8iWCvcfTvu8uzhnUcTP8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The three triangular legs of the mini tripod that acts as a center column sit between the outers of the three circular legs of the main tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Heipi doesn’t really have a center column as such. Instead of a central column that sits between the tripod legs, it has three triangular profile blades (for want of a better term), that take up the spaces between the legs, but on the outside. The net results is pretty much the same, in that all of the available space is used and nothing goes to waste in the pursuit of compactness.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="WJgtVnxqC5SA5sBY6bkJN8" name="HTT 2222.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WJgtVnxqC5SA5sBY6bkJN8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WJgtVnxqC5SA5sBY6bkJN8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With the center column extended, you naturally add extra height to the main tripod. The leg angle locks for the mini tripod become visible and the 1/4-inch threaded accessory sockets on each leg are available with the center column raised or at its lowest position, just not with only a slight extension. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>From an operational perspective, the 3-pillar column works like any other center column, in that you can loosen a locking mechanism (this time a rotary dial at the top) and extend the column upwards. Just pay attention to the warning line at the bottom of each mini tripod leg, indicating the maximum safe extension height. Go beyond this and you can pull the center column out altogether and transform it into a mini tripod, complete with adjustable leg angle locks and a 1/4-inch threaded socket on each leg for attaching a accessories or a magic arm (Heipi can sell you one of those as well).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="qmbrBwHiMqAGHtNf8wVkN8" name="HTT 2223.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qmbrBwHiMqAGHtNf8wVkN8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qmbrBwHiMqAGHtNf8wVkN8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">In this image, I’ve removed the 3-pillar column completely so I’ve now got two tripods on the go. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Not just for doubling up on tripods, removing the 3-pillar column has the advantage that you can invert it and slide it back in to the main tripod again, from underneath. This enables shooting right down to ground level, with the usual caveat that the camera is inverted. More on low-level shooting later but for now, I’ll reiterate that while the main tripod has carbon fiber legs, those of the 3-pillar column / mini tripod are made from aluminum.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="NFsWDxdyZ3p9VyV6BqEwM8" name="HTT 2224.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NFsWDxdyZ3p9VyV6BqEwM8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NFsWDxdyZ3p9VyV6BqEwM8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the main tripod with the 3-pillar column removed and refitted in inverted orientation, useful for ground-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Some like to twist, others prefer to flip. Again like the Peak Design travel tripod, the Heipi has slim profile flip locks which take up very little space and only stick out from the legs by a tiny amount, thanks to the way they’re shaped. A key difference is that they’re quite stiff to operate and it’s a real struggle to grasp them all in one hand and open them with a single gesture. You’re more likely to settle on working them one by one, which can take a while as there are no less than 12 of them altogether.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4629px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MbQrtVougWY3o7v6AQmPB8" name="HTT 2225.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MbQrtVougWY3o7v6AQmPB8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4629" height="2604" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MbQrtVougWY3o7v6AQmPB8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">They’re stiff to operate but the flip locks work well and give a secure locking action. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>An upgrade to Heipi’s original flip lock design is that the new and improved version gives a stronger locking force with uniform pressure applied around the entire circumference of the leg sections. The new locks are also easier to detach for cleaning and maintenance. The leg sections themselves start with a reasonably sizeable 26mm diameter at the top, working downwards in 3mm increments to a relatively spindly 14mm at the bottom. The bottom sections do look and feel a little flimsy but that’s the price you usually pay for space-saving 5-section legs, compared with 3-section or 4-section legs. To be fair, I’ve seen thinner bottom leg sections on some up-market travel tripods.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zZZz3voUEZiN8TypDxxeE8" name="HTT 2226.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zZZz3voUEZiN8TypDxxeE8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zZZz3voUEZiN8TypDxxeE8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 5-section legs have diameters of 26, 23, 20, 17 and 14mm, the bottom ones looking a bit on the skinny side. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Most tripods have three separate locking angles for each leg, which can help if you’re working around obstacles or setting up on tricky terrain. Many of them use spring-loaded locking mechanisms that you either pull out or press in. The Heipi adopts a mix and match approach, with locks that pull out for the main tripod and push in for the mini tripod. It makes sense as you can’t have anything that sticks out in the mini tripod legs, or they wouldn’t be able to slide all the way into the platform on the main tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jbw9RZuT7QHUjsBo8pbKF8" name="HTT 2227.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jbw9RZuT7QHUjsBo8pbKF8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jbw9RZuT7QHUjsBo8pbKF8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">To operate the leg angle locks on the main tripod legs, it’s easiest to pull them out, swing the legs up as far as they’ll go, and then they automatically spring in to each of the alternative locking positions on the way back down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Many tripods feature a weight hook, which is useful for hanging ballast and reducing the risk of them swaying in a breeze. The Heipi has a variation on the theme in that it has a loop of weight rope instead. That’s all well and good if you’ve got a carabiner or some other method of attaching a weight but is arguably less convenient than just having a simple hook to hang something on. Naturally, the normal practice of fixing a weight hook on the bottom of a tripod’s center column wouldn’t work with the Heipi’s 3-pillar design.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LEJWjGhJBkUtGmPW7dULK8" name="HTT 2228.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LEJWjGhJBkUtGmPW7dULK8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LEJWjGhJBkUtGmPW7dULK8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight rope, as its called, is a loop that hangs down from the main tripod’s platform at the top. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Switching from top to bottom, the feet are formed from removable rubber pads. Unscrewing the feet reveals 30mm metal spikes which you can again unscrew and invert, so that they stick out from the bottom of the foot instead of from the top. This effectively transforms the feet from pads to spikes, the latter giving a firmer footing on loose ground.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kWQRuLxKfPyHtiefZt8aC8" name="HTT 2229.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kWQRuLxKfPyHtiefZt8aC8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kWQRuLxKfPyHtiefZt8aC8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Each of the three rubber pad feet feature metal spikes which you can remove and refit so that they stick out at the bottom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The metal hooks have eyelets in them for inserting a tool and twisting them around to unscrew them from the top or bottom of the feet and reinsert them in the other.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4531px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="iRRWEeGL5AxhyTj5o5xZ88" name="HTT 2230.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iRRWEeGL5AxhyTj5o5xZ88-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4531" height="2549" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iRRWEeGL5AxhyTj5o5xZ88-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s one of the metal spikes in its concealed orientation, only visible when you remove the rubber pad foot from the tripod leg. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Enough talk of legs, let’s move onto the head. It’s a rather clever one, after all. It can attach directly to either the main legs or small legs but in the normal configuration of the tripod, it’ll fit to the small legs which are then inserted into the main legs to form the 3-pillar column. Naturally, the only thing you can’t do is to attach the head to both sets of legs at the same time, as you only get one head in the kit and not two, unless you buy a second one separately. That said, pretty much any tripod head should be compatible with the kit, so long as it has a standard 3/8in threaded socket and its mounting disk fits within the 60mm diameter of the center column locking ring.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4531px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="2CZsAarhhsfp6E4cAk4iB8" name="HTT 2231.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2CZsAarhhsfp6E4cAk4iB8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4531" height="2549" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2CZsAarhhsfp6E4cAk4iB8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The ball head has a standard 3/8in mounting thread and a smart low-profile design. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The low-profile ball head looks right at home when fitted to either tripod, as well as to the smaller when used in center column mode. In case you’re wondering, the platform of the main tripod has a spring-loaded, retractable mounting screw that neatly moves out of the way when the 3-pillar column is inserted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5308px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="B2fovpBTSn9stn4AQBpCF8" name="HTT 2232.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B2fovpBTSn9stn4AQBpCF8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5308" height="2986" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B2fovpBTSn9stn4AQBpCF8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the ball head mounted on the smaller tripod, which in turn is fitted to the larger one as a 3-pillar column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The lock/release mechanism for the Arca type quick-release plate relies on twisting the upper section of the head. A protrusion on either side helps to enable a firm grip but there’s no additional security lock to avoid accidental release. The camera platform of the head also features a bubble level, to aid accurate leveling.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4830px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LvmJ7MFxMEmTZvJstKUMB8" name="HTT 2233.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LvmJ7MFxMEmTZvJstKUMB8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4830" height="2717" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LvmJ7MFxMEmTZvJstKUMB8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The QR plate’s lock/release mechanism is twist-action, and the platform also features a bubble level, as shown here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The underside of the QR plate reveals the attachment screw for the camera. It can be tightened or released with a hex key (supplied) or a coin, but there’s no D-ring for fastening it or undoing it with just a finger and thumb.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4132px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="6mc3AzjH4UPnUJa3YczD78" name="HTT 2234.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6mc3AzjH4UPnUJa3YczD78-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4132" height="2324" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6mc3AzjH4UPnUJa3YczD78-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You’ll need a hex key, coin or flat blade to operate the screw in the QR plate. Fingers and thumbs alone won’t suffice. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another hidden gem of the design is that the ball head features a pull-out smartphone mount. Like other elements of the tripod, it’s spring-loaded for convenience. One thing that’s less convenient about it is that if you have even a thin cover on the back of your phone, you might need to remove it as there’s only a narrow gap to push it through. Even so, it adds credibility to the Heipi’s claim of working as a selfie stick.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5005px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="KTi5EQbMn7Uep7sxrMRSD8" name="HTT 2235.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KTi5EQbMn7Uep7sxrMRSD8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5005" height="2815" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KTi5EQbMn7Uep7sxrMRSD8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This is the smart phone mount that pulls out of the ball head’s camera platform when the QR plate is removed. The metal pillars that you can see have spring-loaded inners, enabling further extension and a firm grip of your phone. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The main ball action of the head relies on a single twist-clamp lever for loosening and locking it. The usual cutout in the ball socket enables 90-degree rotation of the camera for portrait orientation shooting, in the absence of an L-bracket. Slight negative points are that there’s no independent friction adjuster to tailor the action to alternative lightweight and heavy camera combos, and the locking lever needs to be fairly precisely positioned. You might well find that you need to pull it out, slip it over its splines and re-engage it again to avoid it fouling on other parts of the head.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5309px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="LpC6SDHmWLxtFbsUidP6G8" name="HTT 2236.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LpC6SDHmWLxtFbsUidP6G8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5309" height="2986" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LpC6SDHmWLxtFbsUidP6G8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main locking lever for the ball and socket action of the head can pull out and be reoriented on its splines, which you might well need to do to avoid it coming into contact with other parts of the head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing that I always like to see, and that’s present and correct in the Heipi ball head, is a separate pan-only lock. Not only does it have one, but it comes complete with a 360-degree scale marked in 5-degree increments. What’s more, a secondary screw with a hex head enables you to swap between smooth panning and high-precision 10-degree click steps. It’s a bit like using the aperture control ring on a lens that has a click/de-click switch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5309px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="wSRHDXXYXMsxQJw545JSK8" name="HTT 2237.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wSRHDXXYXMsxQJw545JSK8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5309" height="2986" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wSRHDXXYXMsxQJw545JSK8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The panning mechanism comes with a locking screw and an additional screw that enables a click/de-click facility. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One of my pet hates is instruction leaflets for all manner of gadgets, that have such tiny print that you can’t actually read them. I’m happy that the guide supplied with the Heipi is not only entirely legible, but includes color photos of various parts, functions and facilities, enabling a better understanding of the various features and facilities on offer.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5758px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="wvC34QChhHsYBJsgXwXCQ8" name="HTT 2239.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wvC34QChhHsYBJsgXwXCQ8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5758" height="3236" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wvC34QChhHsYBJsgXwXCQ8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The instruction leaflet is unusual in this day and age, in having sufficiently large print to make it entirely legible and even featuring color photos for visual reference. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tools supplied with the tripod comprise hex keys in three different sizes, as shown below. That’s really all you need for any operational or maintenance task.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3661px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="Ag8QHX62aXESX9mDvEYhE8" name="HTT 2240.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ag8QHX62aXESX9mDvEYhE8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3661" height="2059" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ag8QHX62aXESX9mDvEYhE8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Three hex keys of different sizes are supplied in the kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Everything wraps up safe and sound in a weather-proofed bag that’s supplied with the tripod. It’s a snug fit, so there’s no wasted space and the carrying size is as small as possible. It also has an adjustable, detachable shoulder strap that fastens to loops at either end of the bag with Velco strips.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="bDuydytVDfzuR63NdFECR8" name="HTT 2242.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bDuydytVDfzuR63NdFECR8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bDuydytVDfzuR63NdFECR8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The supplied weather-proof carrying bag (complete with weather-proof zipper) is of good quality and features a small internal pocket for carrying the hex keys. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-performance"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Performance</span></h3><p>I like my tripods to be big and small in equal measure. I want them to be tall enough at their maximum height for comfortable shooting (and I’m 6ft 5in), but nice and small when folded down so that they’re compact travelling companions. The Heipi serves mostly well on both counts. The maximum operating height with the 3-pillar center column fully extended is a fairly modest 152cm / 59.8in, but that’s still taller than a number of travel tripods that I can think of. Meanwhile, the folded height of just 45cm / 17.7in enables it to stow away in tight spaces, as does the 7.5cm / 3.0in diameter, courtesy of the space-saving leg/3-pillar column design.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5491px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8" name="HTT 2247" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5491" height="3089" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The  multi-angle legs for both main and mini tripods enables a wider footing and greater stability for low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A key performance benefit is the whole ‘dual tripods’ thing. The main tripod works well as a regular, go-to tripod for all sorts of shooting scenarios, while the mini tripod is great for tabletop use, ultra-low-level shooting (without inverting the center column) and for selfie stick action. In its regular configuration as one complete tripod with a 3-pillar center column, the Heipi has a hefty payload rating of 20kg / 44lb. That seems a bit ‘optimistic’ to my mind, given the relatively thin bottom leg sections, but I’m never likely to put that much load on it anyway.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4885px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yy4NK2hQ4VAoeyErwGpjS8" name="HTT 2249" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yy4NK2hQ4VAoeyErwGpjS8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4885" height="2748" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yy4NK2hQ4VAoeyErwGpjS8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There used to be a British comedy act duo called ‘Little and Large’. You could apply the title to the dual tripods in this kit but they’re deadly serious when it comes to performance. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The maximum height of a tripod is one consideration, but the minimum shooting height can be equally important from a creative perspective. Both of the main and mini tripods that make up the kit can shoot very close to the ground, with a minimum operating height of just 6cm / 2.4in. That’s thanks to the adjustable locking leg angles and the removable nature of the center column / mini tripod. However, I found that the mini tripod was quite prone to unwanted flexing and sagging when the legs were splayed to wider operating angles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5857px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="tMYheAjHVQ4Dy7WCPTjfU8" name="HTT 2251" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tMYheAjHVQ4Dy7WCPTjfU8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5857" height="3292" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tMYheAjHVQ4Dy7WCPTjfU8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The minimum operating height is very low for both the main and mini tripods in the kit, but there can be some unwanted flexing in the legs of the mini tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head (or heads if you buy and use an extra one) can attach to both the main and mini tripods. The platform in the main tripod features a large bubble level to aid with leveling, and it’s a lot more useful than the miniscule bubble levels featured in some tripods. Correctly leveling the legs ensures that panning will also be on the level, rather than the camera going on the slant during the panning process. That’s an important consideration when shooting video, or a sequence of stills to stitch into a panorama. </p><p>The only slight issue with the large bubble level is that you have to raise the 3-pillar column a little to get a really clear view of it. Back on the plus side, both platforms in the main and mini tripods feature a grub screw for firmly locking the head in place. This can be very useful as it effectively guards against the head coming unscrewed on its main mounting screw if and when you’re panning in an anti-clockwise direction.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4316px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="ub92LzfiArKzsF8pdRMAS8" name="HTT 2252" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ub92LzfiArKzsF8pdRMAS8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4316" height="2428" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ub92LzfiArKzsF8pdRMAS8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main tripod’s platform features a bubble level and they both have a grub screw for firmly locking the head in place. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve saved arguably the most crucial performance factor until last, and that’s the rigidity of the tripod and its resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations. I’ve touched on this for the small mini tripod, which is made from aluminum, but the main carbon fiber legs have their own story to tell. And that story is that they’re made from a mix of T700 high-tensile fibers and T400 impact-resistant fibers, designed to enhance stability and weight loss. However, there’s no getting away from the fact that 5-section legs result in spindly bottom sections and I found that at or near its maximum operating height, the tripod was a little prone to flexing and vibration. However, it’s still more sturdy and rigid than many travel tripods on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3737px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:115.92%;"><img id="eZxjt9uLhLMhQAJ8mZMfW8" name="HTT 2254" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eZxjt9uLhLMhQAJ8mZMfW8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3737" height="4332" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eZxjt9uLhLMhQAJ8mZMfW8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">That’s not quite the whole story because the general rule of tripod usage is that you extend the fat leg sections first and only use the bottom ones if you really need to. After that, you only extend the center column as a last resort. The Heipi goes against this perceived wisdom, because the 3-pillar center column is particularly rigid and resistant to flexing, more so than the bottom leg sections. Ultimately, you might want to reconsider the natural order of things. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-verdict"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Verdict</span></h3><p>There’s a lot to love about the Heipe 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S, and top of the list is that there’s not a lot of it. I like that it folds down nice and small, making it an ideal travel companion for the journey, which is mainly what travel tripods are all about. Thanks to the 5-section legs, it reaches a decent if modest maximum operating height, in conjunction with the 3-pillar extending center column, which itself is what sets the Heipe apart from the crowd of its 3-legged cronies. I’m so impressed that you can remove the center column and use it as a whole other mini tripod or selfie stick, that I’m frankly amazed the design isn’t featured far and wide in other tripods.</p><p>I’m not going to give the Heipe a completely glowing report, however. Little niggles include spindly bottom leg sections that impair rigidity at or near maximum operating height. Those 5-section legs also equate to a lot of flip locks to contend with, each of which is surprisingly stiff and unyielding. The Heipe also doesn’t conveniently convert into a monopod, although that’s certainly not unusual amongst travel tripods rather than full-sized sticks. All in all, this tripod, or perhaps collection of tripods, is a crafty design that’s very well implemented, and very good value at the price.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Top of the features list is the 3-in-1 collection of large and small tripods, plus a selfie stick with smartphone mount, coupled with a clever ball head.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The 3-pillar column is a genuinely innovative piece of design that works really well in practice, and build quality is impressive for all parts of the kit.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>It’s very good overall but the main tripod isn’t immune to flexing at or near its maximum operating height. That’s certainly not unusual among travel tripods.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Considering its comprehensive set of features, clever design and quality carbon fiber build, the Heipe is standout value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3477px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7" name="HTT 00 hero 2217" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3477" height="1490" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="37c36bde-84f7-11f1-964f-31e9710e2ca5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" data-dimension48="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:603px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.33%;"><img id="VwoHNejv4mUpMwgyrXGKyg" name="Peak Design Travel Tripod Carbon Fiber square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VwoHNejv4mUpMwgyrXGKyg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="603" height="605" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review" data-dimension112="37c36bde-84f7-11f1-964f-31e9710e2ca5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" data-dimension48="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" data-dimension25=""><strong>Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)</strong></a> was a genuinely revolutionary tripod when it was launched, due to its space-saving triangular center column and wrap-around legs. It’s very pricey at around $599 / £599 / AU$1,169 but the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-aluminum-review"><strong>Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum)</strong></a> is more affordable at $399 / £379 / AU$689.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="37c36c4c-84f7-11f1-a52a-23e3dbc34fb5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-punks-corey-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2168px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.32%;"><img id="zSK98dDK8z5PDsTmoa7T5h" name="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0 camera square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zSK98dDK8z5PDsTmoa7T5h-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2168" height="2175" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-punks-corey-20-review" data-dimension112="37c36c4c-84f7-11f1-a52a-23e3dbc34fb5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0</strong></a> folds down really small to a height of just 36.1cm / 14.2in, thanks to 5-section swing-up legs and a 2-section center column. It’s made from sturdy aerospace grade magnesium alloy rather than carbon fiber, but is good value for money at around $199 / £179 / AU$299 complete with AirHed Neo 2.0 ball head.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S is the quality carbon realization of a rather revolutionary and very clever idea, putting a new twist on tripod design ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">veSSbZS4vvHTmcsUHUQfvB</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>I’ve been using tripods for about 50 years but just when I thought I knew them inside out, something new has taken me by surprise. Based in Shenzhen, China, Heipi isn’t a company that’s really been on my radar but they’re now celebrating their 7<sup>th</sup> anniversary. The brand is the brainchild of an engineer who’s also a passionate wildlife photographer. Combining these two facets of his skills set, he launched his first tripod launch in 2019, and the company made a big splash three years later with a 3-in-1 travel tripod, based on a Kickstarter campaign that raised a million dollars in a mere 30 days, from 3,000 backers.</p><p>The new Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S that I’m reviewing here is the company’s new, updated and upgraded flagship tripod kit, joining the other tripods, tripod heads, clamps, mounts, magic arms and accessories already in the Heipi catalog. Innovative, cleverly designed and nicely built with impressive attention to detail, the W28S aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> on the market, or perhaps I should say that it aims to be two of the best travel tripods plus a selfie stick, all rolled into one travel-friendly package.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2930px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="zifPRDq2z4UcWUQbkgcW48" name="HTT 01 intro 2216.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zifPRDq2z4UcWUQbkgcW48-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2930" height="1649" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zifPRDq2z4UcWUQbkgcW48-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">If twice as much is twice as good, the Heipi is a winner. The center column pulls out to become a complete second set of tripod legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-specifications"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber / Aluminum </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>45cm / 17.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>152cm / 59.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Minimum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>6cm / 2.4in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>7.5cm / 3.0in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.4kg / 3.0lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Load rating</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20kg / 44lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Sections per leg</strong></p></td><td  ><p>5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Leg section diameters (main)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>26, 23, 20, 17, 14mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section clamps</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locking leg angles</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Feet</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Case/bag included</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-price"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Price</span></h3><p>What price a pair of travel tripods plus a selfie stick and a low-profile ball head, all bundled into a single product and wrapped up in a stylish travel bag? The Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S lists at $399 / £349 / AU$649, which is very reasonable for just one carbon fiber tripod (the smaller one in the dual-tripod design is actually aluminum), especially considering that it’s such a comprehensive kit with such a rich feature set.</p><p>A comparably compact carbon tripod is available in the space-saving shape of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod carbon fiber</a>, which costs $599 / £599 / AU$1,169, and the newer <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod</a> which is even pricier at $900 / £800 / AU$1,500. On the face of it, the Heipi looks a proper bargain.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Heipi 3-in-1 Standard Travel Tripod W28S"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-design-handling"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The 2-in-1 or even 3-in-1 design, depending on which way you look at it, isn’t the only crafty concept behind the Heipi’s build. When I said I thought it was reminiscent of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod carbon fiber</a>, it’s not just because both are made from carbon fiber, but because they both have a similar space-saving design element.</p><p>For a while now, the travel tripod trend has been to have swing-up legs, which save space if you fully extend the center column and then invert the legs so that the feet encompass the head. It takes a bit off the stowage height but makes setup and takedown more of a time-consuming chore. Like the Peak Design, the Heipi doesn’t have swing-up legs but does have center column that uses the space between the legs, but in a different way. The Peak Design has a triangular section center column and specially shaped legs that wrap around it, thus filling the gaps.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="TU8iWCvcfTvu8uzhnUcTP8" name="HTT 2221.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TU8iWCvcfTvu8uzhnUcTP8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TU8iWCvcfTvu8uzhnUcTP8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The three triangular legs of the mini tripod that acts as a center column sit between the outers of the three circular legs of the main tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Heipi doesn’t really have a center column as such. Instead of a central column that sits between the tripod legs, it has three triangular profile blades (for want of a better term), that take up the spaces between the legs, but on the outside. The net results is pretty much the same, in that all of the available space is used and nothing goes to waste in the pursuit of compactness.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="WJgtVnxqC5SA5sBY6bkJN8" name="HTT 2222.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WJgtVnxqC5SA5sBY6bkJN8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WJgtVnxqC5SA5sBY6bkJN8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With the center column extended, you naturally add extra height to the main tripod. The leg angle locks for the mini tripod become visible and the 1/4-inch threaded accessory sockets on each leg are available with the center column raised or at its lowest position, just not with only a slight extension. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>From an operational perspective, the 3-pillar column works like any other center column, in that you can loosen a locking mechanism (this time a rotary dial at the top) and extend the column upwards. Just pay attention to the warning line at the bottom of each mini tripod leg, indicating the maximum safe extension height. Go beyond this and you can pull the center column out altogether and transform it into a mini tripod, complete with adjustable leg angle locks and a 1/4-inch threaded socket on each leg for attaching a accessories or a magic arm (Heipi can sell you one of those as well).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="qmbrBwHiMqAGHtNf8wVkN8" name="HTT 2223.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qmbrBwHiMqAGHtNf8wVkN8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qmbrBwHiMqAGHtNf8wVkN8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">In this image, I’ve removed the 3-pillar column completely so I’ve now got two tripods on the go. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Not just for doubling up on tripods, removing the 3-pillar column has the advantage that you can invert it and slide it back in to the main tripod again, from underneath. This enables shooting right down to ground level, with the usual caveat that the camera is inverted. More on low-level shooting later but for now, I’ll reiterate that while the main tripod has carbon fiber legs, those of the 3-pillar column / mini tripod are made from aluminum.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="NFsWDxdyZ3p9VyV6BqEwM8" name="HTT 2224.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NFsWDxdyZ3p9VyV6BqEwM8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NFsWDxdyZ3p9VyV6BqEwM8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the main tripod with the 3-pillar column removed and refitted in inverted orientation, useful for ground-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Some like to twist, others prefer to flip. Again like the Peak Design travel tripod, the Heipi has slim profile flip locks which take up very little space and only stick out from the legs by a tiny amount, thanks to the way they’re shaped. A key difference is that they’re quite stiff to operate and it’s a real struggle to grasp them all in one hand and open them with a single gesture. You’re more likely to settle on working them one by one, which can take a while as there are no less than 12 of them altogether.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4629px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MbQrtVougWY3o7v6AQmPB8" name="HTT 2225.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MbQrtVougWY3o7v6AQmPB8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4629" height="2604" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MbQrtVougWY3o7v6AQmPB8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">They’re stiff to operate but the flip locks work well and give a secure locking action. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>An upgrade to Heipi’s original flip lock design is that the new and improved version gives a stronger locking force with uniform pressure applied around the entire circumference of the leg sections. The new locks are also easier to detach for cleaning and maintenance. The leg sections themselves start with a reasonably sizeable 26mm diameter at the top, working downwards in 3mm increments to a relatively spindly 14mm at the bottom. The bottom sections do look and feel a little flimsy but that’s the price you usually pay for space-saving 5-section legs, compared with 3-section or 4-section legs. To be fair, I’ve seen thinner bottom leg sections on some up-market travel tripods.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zZZz3voUEZiN8TypDxxeE8" name="HTT 2226.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zZZz3voUEZiN8TypDxxeE8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zZZz3voUEZiN8TypDxxeE8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 5-section legs have diameters of 26, 23, 20, 17 and 14mm, the bottom ones looking a bit on the skinny side. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Most tripods have three separate locking angles for each leg, which can help if you’re working around obstacles or setting up on tricky terrain. Many of them use spring-loaded locking mechanisms that you either pull out or press in. The Heipi adopts a mix and match approach, with locks that pull out for the main tripod and push in for the mini tripod. It makes sense as you can’t have anything that sticks out in the mini tripod legs, or they wouldn’t be able to slide all the way into the platform on the main tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jbw9RZuT7QHUjsBo8pbKF8" name="HTT 2227.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jbw9RZuT7QHUjsBo8pbKF8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jbw9RZuT7QHUjsBo8pbKF8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">To operate the leg angle locks on the main tripod legs, it’s easiest to pull them out, swing the legs up as far as they’ll go, and then they automatically spring in to each of the alternative locking positions on the way back down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Many tripods feature a weight hook, which is useful for hanging ballast and reducing the risk of them swaying in a breeze. The Heipi has a variation on the theme in that it has a loop of weight rope instead. That’s all well and good if you’ve got a carabiner or some other method of attaching a weight but is arguably less convenient than just having a simple hook to hang something on. Naturally, the normal practice of fixing a weight hook on the bottom of a tripod’s center column wouldn’t work with the Heipi’s 3-pillar design.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LEJWjGhJBkUtGmPW7dULK8" name="HTT 2228.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LEJWjGhJBkUtGmPW7dULK8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LEJWjGhJBkUtGmPW7dULK8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight rope, as its called, is a loop that hangs down from the main tripod’s platform at the top. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Switching from top to bottom, the feet are formed from removable rubber pads. Unscrewing the feet reveals 30mm metal spikes which you can again unscrew and invert, so that they stick out from the bottom of the foot instead of from the top. This effectively transforms the feet from pads to spikes, the latter giving a firmer footing on loose ground.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kWQRuLxKfPyHtiefZt8aC8" name="HTT 2229.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kWQRuLxKfPyHtiefZt8aC8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kWQRuLxKfPyHtiefZt8aC8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Each of the three rubber pad feet feature metal spikes which you can remove and refit so that they stick out at the bottom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The metal hooks have eyelets in them for inserting a tool and twisting them around to unscrew them from the top or bottom of the feet and reinsert them in the other.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4531px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="iRRWEeGL5AxhyTj5o5xZ88" name="HTT 2230.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iRRWEeGL5AxhyTj5o5xZ88-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4531" height="2549" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iRRWEeGL5AxhyTj5o5xZ88-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s one of the metal spikes in its concealed orientation, only visible when you remove the rubber pad foot from the tripod leg. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Enough talk of legs, let’s move onto the head. It’s a rather clever one, after all. It can attach directly to either the main legs or small legs but in the normal configuration of the tripod, it’ll fit to the small legs which are then inserted into the main legs to form the 3-pillar column. Naturally, the only thing you can’t do is to attach the head to both sets of legs at the same time, as you only get one head in the kit and not two, unless you buy a second one separately. That said, pretty much any tripod head should be compatible with the kit, so long as it has a standard 3/8in threaded socket and its mounting disk fits within the 60mm diameter of the center column locking ring.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4531px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="2CZsAarhhsfp6E4cAk4iB8" name="HTT 2231.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2CZsAarhhsfp6E4cAk4iB8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4531" height="2549" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2CZsAarhhsfp6E4cAk4iB8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The ball head has a standard 3/8in mounting thread and a smart low-profile design. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The low-profile ball head looks right at home when fitted to either tripod, as well as to the smaller when used in center column mode. In case you’re wondering, the platform of the main tripod has a spring-loaded, retractable mounting screw that neatly moves out of the way when the 3-pillar column is inserted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5308px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="B2fovpBTSn9stn4AQBpCF8" name="HTT 2232.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B2fovpBTSn9stn4AQBpCF8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5308" height="2986" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B2fovpBTSn9stn4AQBpCF8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the ball head mounted on the smaller tripod, which in turn is fitted to the larger one as a 3-pillar column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The lock/release mechanism for the Arca type quick-release plate relies on twisting the upper section of the head. A protrusion on either side helps to enable a firm grip but there’s no additional security lock to avoid accidental release. The camera platform of the head also features a bubble level, to aid accurate leveling.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4830px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LvmJ7MFxMEmTZvJstKUMB8" name="HTT 2233.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LvmJ7MFxMEmTZvJstKUMB8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4830" height="2717" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LvmJ7MFxMEmTZvJstKUMB8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The QR plate’s lock/release mechanism is twist-action, and the platform also features a bubble level, as shown here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The underside of the QR plate reveals the attachment screw for the camera. It can be tightened or released with a hex key (supplied) or a coin, but there’s no D-ring for fastening it or undoing it with just a finger and thumb.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4132px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="6mc3AzjH4UPnUJa3YczD78" name="HTT 2234.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6mc3AzjH4UPnUJa3YczD78-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4132" height="2324" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6mc3AzjH4UPnUJa3YczD78-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You’ll need a hex key, coin or flat blade to operate the screw in the QR plate. Fingers and thumbs alone won’t suffice. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another hidden gem of the design is that the ball head features a pull-out smartphone mount. Like other elements of the tripod, it’s spring-loaded for convenience. One thing that’s less convenient about it is that if you have even a thin cover on the back of your phone, you might need to remove it as there’s only a narrow gap to push it through. Even so, it adds credibility to the Heipi’s claim of working as a selfie stick.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5005px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="KTi5EQbMn7Uep7sxrMRSD8" name="HTT 2235.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KTi5EQbMn7Uep7sxrMRSD8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5005" height="2815" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KTi5EQbMn7Uep7sxrMRSD8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This is the smart phone mount that pulls out of the ball head’s camera platform when the QR plate is removed. The metal pillars that you can see have spring-loaded inners, enabling further extension and a firm grip of your phone. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The main ball action of the head relies on a single twist-clamp lever for loosening and locking it. The usual cutout in the ball socket enables 90-degree rotation of the camera for portrait orientation shooting, in the absence of an L-bracket. Slight negative points are that there’s no independent friction adjuster to tailor the action to alternative lightweight and heavy camera combos, and the locking lever needs to be fairly precisely positioned. You might well find that you need to pull it out, slip it over its splines and re-engage it again to avoid it fouling on other parts of the head.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5309px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="LpC6SDHmWLxtFbsUidP6G8" name="HTT 2236.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LpC6SDHmWLxtFbsUidP6G8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5309" height="2986" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LpC6SDHmWLxtFbsUidP6G8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main locking lever for the ball and socket action of the head can pull out and be reoriented on its splines, which you might well need to do to avoid it coming into contact with other parts of the head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing that I always like to see, and that’s present and correct in the Heipi ball head, is a separate pan-only lock. Not only does it have one, but it comes complete with a 360-degree scale marked in 5-degree increments. What’s more, a secondary screw with a hex head enables you to swap between smooth panning and high-precision 10-degree click steps. It’s a bit like using the aperture control ring on a lens that has a click/de-click switch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5309px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="wSRHDXXYXMsxQJw545JSK8" name="HTT 2237.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wSRHDXXYXMsxQJw545JSK8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5309" height="2986" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wSRHDXXYXMsxQJw545JSK8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The panning mechanism comes with a locking screw and an additional screw that enables a click/de-click facility. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One of my pet hates is instruction leaflets for all manner of gadgets, that have such tiny print that you can’t actually read them. I’m happy that the guide supplied with the Heipi is not only entirely legible, but includes color photos of various parts, functions and facilities, enabling a better understanding of the various features and facilities on offer.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5758px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="wvC34QChhHsYBJsgXwXCQ8" name="HTT 2239.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wvC34QChhHsYBJsgXwXCQ8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5758" height="3236" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wvC34QChhHsYBJsgXwXCQ8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The instruction leaflet is unusual in this day and age, in having sufficiently large print to make it entirely legible and even featuring color photos for visual reference. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tools supplied with the tripod comprise hex keys in three different sizes, as shown below. That’s really all you need for any operational or maintenance task.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3661px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="Ag8QHX62aXESX9mDvEYhE8" name="HTT 2240.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ag8QHX62aXESX9mDvEYhE8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3661" height="2059" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ag8QHX62aXESX9mDvEYhE8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Three hex keys of different sizes are supplied in the kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Everything wraps up safe and sound in a weather-proofed bag that’s supplied with the tripod. It’s a snug fit, so there’s no wasted space and the carrying size is as small as possible. It also has an adjustable, detachable shoulder strap that fastens to loops at either end of the bag with Velco strips.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="bDuydytVDfzuR63NdFECR8" name="HTT 2242.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bDuydytVDfzuR63NdFECR8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bDuydytVDfzuR63NdFECR8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The supplied weather-proof carrying bag (complete with weather-proof zipper) is of good quality and features a small internal pocket for carrying the hex keys. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-performance"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Performance</span></h3><p>I like my tripods to be big and small in equal measure. I want them to be tall enough at their maximum height for comfortable shooting (and I’m 6ft 5in), but nice and small when folded down so that they’re compact travelling companions. The Heipi serves mostly well on both counts. The maximum operating height with the 3-pillar center column fully extended is a fairly modest 152cm / 59.8in, but that’s still taller than a number of travel tripods that I can think of. Meanwhile, the folded height of just 45cm / 17.7in enables it to stow away in tight spaces, as does the 7.5cm / 3.0in diameter, courtesy of the space-saving leg/3-pillar column design.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5491px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8" name="HTT 2247" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5491" height="3089" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The  multi-angle legs for both main and mini tripods enables a wider footing and greater stability for low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A key performance benefit is the whole ‘dual tripods’ thing. The main tripod works well as a regular, go-to tripod for all sorts of shooting scenarios, while the mini tripod is great for tabletop use, ultra-low-level shooting (without inverting the center column) and for selfie stick action. In its regular configuration as one complete tripod with a 3-pillar center column, the Heipi has a hefty payload rating of 20kg / 44lb. That seems a bit ‘optimistic’ to my mind, given the relatively thin bottom leg sections, but I’m never likely to put that much load on it anyway.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4885px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yy4NK2hQ4VAoeyErwGpjS8" name="HTT 2249" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yy4NK2hQ4VAoeyErwGpjS8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4885" height="2748" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yy4NK2hQ4VAoeyErwGpjS8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There used to be a British comedy act duo called ‘Little and Large’. You could apply the title to the dual tripods in this kit but they’re deadly serious when it comes to performance. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The maximum height of a tripod is one consideration, but the minimum shooting height can be equally important from a creative perspective. Both of the main and mini tripods that make up the kit can shoot very close to the ground, with a minimum operating height of just 6cm / 2.4in. That’s thanks to the adjustable locking leg angles and the removable nature of the center column / mini tripod. However, I found that the mini tripod was quite prone to unwanted flexing and sagging when the legs were splayed to wider operating angles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5857px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="tMYheAjHVQ4Dy7WCPTjfU8" name="HTT 2251" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tMYheAjHVQ4Dy7WCPTjfU8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5857" height="3292" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tMYheAjHVQ4Dy7WCPTjfU8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The minimum operating height is very low for both the main and mini tripods in the kit, but there can be some unwanted flexing in the legs of the mini tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head (or heads if you buy and use an extra one) can attach to both the main and mini tripods. The platform in the main tripod features a large bubble level to aid with leveling, and it’s a lot more useful than the miniscule bubble levels featured in some tripods. Correctly leveling the legs ensures that panning will also be on the level, rather than the camera going on the slant during the panning process. That’s an important consideration when shooting video, or a sequence of stills to stitch into a panorama. </p><p>The only slight issue with the large bubble level is that you have to raise the 3-pillar column a little to get a really clear view of it. Back on the plus side, both platforms in the main and mini tripods feature a grub screw for firmly locking the head in place. This can be very useful as it effectively guards against the head coming unscrewed on its main mounting screw if and when you’re panning in an anti-clockwise direction.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4316px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="ub92LzfiArKzsF8pdRMAS8" name="HTT 2252" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ub92LzfiArKzsF8pdRMAS8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4316" height="2428" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ub92LzfiArKzsF8pdRMAS8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main tripod’s platform features a bubble level and they both have a grub screw for firmly locking the head in place. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve saved arguably the most crucial performance factor until last, and that’s the rigidity of the tripod and its resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations. I’ve touched on this for the small mini tripod, which is made from aluminum, but the main carbon fiber legs have their own story to tell. And that story is that they’re made from a mix of T700 high-tensile fibers and T400 impact-resistant fibers, designed to enhance stability and weight loss. However, there’s no getting away from the fact that 5-section legs result in spindly bottom sections and I found that at or near its maximum operating height, the tripod was a little prone to flexing and vibration. However, it’s still more sturdy and rigid than many travel tripods on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3737px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:115.92%;"><img id="eZxjt9uLhLMhQAJ8mZMfW8" name="HTT 2254" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eZxjt9uLhLMhQAJ8mZMfW8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3737" height="4332" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eZxjt9uLhLMhQAJ8mZMfW8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">That’s not quite the whole story because the general rule of tripod usage is that you extend the fat leg sections first and only use the bottom ones if you really need to. After that, you only extend the center column as a last resort. The Heipi goes against this perceived wisdom, because the 3-pillar center column is particularly rigid and resistant to flexing, more so than the bottom leg sections. Ultimately, you might want to reconsider the natural order of things. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-verdict"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Verdict</span></h3><p>There’s a lot to love about the Heipe 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S, and top of the list is that there’s not a lot of it. I like that it folds down nice and small, making it an ideal travel companion for the journey, which is mainly what travel tripods are all about. Thanks to the 5-section legs, it reaches a decent if modest maximum operating height, in conjunction with the 3-pillar extending center column, which itself is what sets the Heipe apart from the crowd of its 3-legged cronies. I’m so impressed that you can remove the center column and use it as a whole other mini tripod or selfie stick, that I’m frankly amazed the design isn’t featured far and wide in other tripods.</p><p>I’m not going to give the Heipe a completely glowing report, however. Little niggles include spindly bottom leg sections that impair rigidity at or near maximum operating height. Those 5-section legs also equate to a lot of flip locks to contend with, each of which is surprisingly stiff and unyielding. The Heipe also doesn’t conveniently convert into a monopod, although that’s certainly not unusual amongst travel tripods rather than full-sized sticks. All in all, this tripod, or perhaps collection of tripods, is a crafty design that’s very well implemented, and very good value at the price.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Top of the features list is the 3-in-1 collection of large and small tripods, plus a selfie stick with smartphone mount, coupled with a clever ball head.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The 3-pillar column is a genuinely innovative piece of design that works really well in practice, and build quality is impressive for all parts of the kit.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>It’s very good overall but the main tripod isn’t immune to flexing at or near its maximum operating height. That’s certainly not unusual among travel tripods.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Considering its comprehensive set of features, clever design and quality carbon fiber build, the Heipe is standout value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3477px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7" name="HTT 00 hero 2217" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3477" height="1490" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="37c36bde-84f7-11f1-964f-31e9710e2ca5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" data-dimension48="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:603px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.33%;"><img id="VwoHNejv4mUpMwgyrXGKyg" name="Peak Design Travel Tripod Carbon Fiber square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VwoHNejv4mUpMwgyrXGKyg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="603" height="605" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review" data-dimension112="37c36bde-84f7-11f1-964f-31e9710e2ca5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" data-dimension48="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" data-dimension25=""><strong>Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)</strong></a> was a genuinely revolutionary tripod when it was launched, due to its space-saving triangular center column and wrap-around legs. It’s very pricey at around $599 / £599 / AU$1,169 but the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-aluminum-review"><strong>Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum)</strong></a> is more affordable at $399 / £379 / AU$689.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="37c36c4c-84f7-11f1-a52a-23e3dbc34fb5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-punks-corey-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2168px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.32%;"><img id="zSK98dDK8z5PDsTmoa7T5h" name="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0 camera square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zSK98dDK8z5PDsTmoa7T5h-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2168" height="2175" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-punks-corey-20-review" data-dimension112="37c36c4c-84f7-11f1-a52a-23e3dbc34fb5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0</strong></a> folds down really small to a height of just 36.1cm / 14.2in, thanks to 5-section swing-up legs and a 2-section center column. It’s made from sturdy aerospace grade magnesium alloy rather than carbon fiber, but is good value for money at around $199 / £179 / AU$299 complete with AirHed Neo 2.0 ball head.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Neewer FS60B 60W Compact Pocket Bi-Color LED Light review: powerful lighting in a highly portable package ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>As a regular reviewer for Digital Camera World, I tend to test gadgets such as smartphone and mirrorless camera gimbals, wireless microphones, webcams, and continuous LED light sources like the Neewer FS60B. LEDs are among my favorite products to review, as they give me an excuse to leave the office, hire a model, and demonstrate the different looks that a portable continuous light can add to both stills and video. After all, a well-lit model portrait makes for a far more appealing review image than a shot of me staring into a webcam!</p><p>The FS60B is a 60W LED light from Chinese manufacturer Neewer. As well as manufacturing continuous LEDs, Neewer produces a wide range of kit including on-camera flashes, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/neewer-teleprompter-x14-iii-review">teleprompters</a>, and V-mount batteries.</p><p>LED stands for light-emitting diode, so the light is produced by an array of small beads rather than a traditional bulb. Having grown up using old-school bulb lights during my career, I much prefer LEDs. There are no bulbs to keep replacing, and as they tend to run cooler than traditional lamps, you don’t have to wait around for the light to cool down before you can pack it away (though I did feel the heat on one occasion with this particular LED, as I’ll explain in the performance section).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="2jCNNb48Zziam9RhYVoP7m" name="SetUp" alt="A female model inspects the FS60B while it rests on a mini tripod on the concrete floor of a narrow street. Her face is illuminated by the LED’s warm output." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2jCNNb48Zziam9RhYVoP7m-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2jCNNb48Zziam9RhYVoP7m-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s our lighting setup. I needed to use a battery and a USB-C cable to power the FS60B. The short cable meant I had to place the light on a short tripod, limiting me to low-angle lighting, which is great for drama, but not so handy for conventional flattering portrait lighting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Neewer FS60B is a bi-color light, which means it contains a mix of 'warm' and 'cool LEDs that can be blended to produce color temperatures ranging from a warm 2700K to a cooler 6500K. This gives you the flexibility to mimic the glow of a sunset or add fill light that matches a cooler midday key light.</p><p>In addition to bi-color lights, Neewer also makes RGB lights, such as the flat-panel <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-lights/neewer-pl60c-review">PL60C</a>. These use a broader mix of colored LEDs to produce thousands of creative hues. Bi-color lights such as the FS60B are less versatile when it comes to producing color effects, but they tend to emit a brighter output because more of their similarly colored diodes can be illuminated at the same time.</p><p>Both the Neewer PL60C and the Neewer FS60B are 60W lights that are among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-lights">best LED lights for filmmaking and vlogging</a>, but the latter is much lighter and smaller, so it will suit 'run and gun' photographers/videographers who need to fit a powerful yet portable light source in their kit bag.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="dNfG9hgBFfLnruuLH8sivk" name="Lantern" alt="Shot of a female model holding the larger softbox section of a Neewer lantern that is attached to the FS60B via the light’s Neewer mini-mount slots." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dNfG9hgBFfLnruuLH8sivk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dNfG9hgBFfLnruuLH8sivk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The FS60B has a Neewer mini-mount connector, so you can attach a range of additional Neewer accessories, such as this Neewer Lantern (not supplied with the FS60B kit). </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-neewer-fs60b-specifications"><span>Neewer FS60B: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Power</p></td><td  ><p>60W</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>0.66lb (298g)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>5.9x3.5x1.3in (15x8.9x3.3cm)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Color Temperature Range</p></td><td  ><p>2700-6500K</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Max Illuminance</p></td><td  ><p>34,300 lux @ 3.3ft (1m) (6500K, with reflector)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>CRI/TLCI</p></td><td  ><p>96+/98+ (white light)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery Life</p></td><td  ><p>N/A (no built-in battery)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Lighting Effects</p></td><td  ><p>12</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-neewer-fs60b-price"><span>Neewer FS60B: Price</span></h3><p>The Neewer FS60B 60W Compact Pocket Bi-Color LED Light officially retails at $119.99 (around £100). Given the portability offered by its pocket-sized build and its astonishingly powerful 34,300 lux output (with supplied reflector attached), this is a small price to pay for such a portable and powerful LED. </p><p>The FS60B ships with a 20V DC power supply that you can plug into the mains. However, if, like me, you want to shoot in a location without access to a mains socket (such as a city street), then you’ll need to provide a portable power source such as the Neewer PS099E V-mount battery, which will add $179.99 to the price. You can link the battery to the FS60B via a USB-C cable, which is what I did when testing the light on location. The FS60B is also compatible with the Neewer PH99E Battery Grip, which attaches to the FS60B’s 1/4-inch threads – though that costs as much as the FS60B itself!</p><p>If you need a bi-color LED that ships with a supplied chargeable battery, then check out the Godox ML80Bi (see Alternatives section below). However, at $299, the Godox LED does cost a lot more than the Neewer FS60B, though you don’t have the inconvenience of having a separate battery attached to the LED via a USB-C cable.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Neewer FS60B 60W Compact Pocket Bi-Color LED Light"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-neewer-fs60b-design-handling"><span>Neewer FS60B: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>My first impression on opening the Neewer FS60B’s box was, "where’s the light!?" For a second or two, I thought that someone must have pinched it while the package was in transit. Then I realized that a thin, silver-colored rectangular plastic unit inside the packaging was actually the LED itself. It was much slimmer than the usual box-shaped LEDs that I test (such as the Godox ML80Bi). The FS60B was also very light – weighing in at just under 0.66lb (300g).</p><p>Neewer describes the FS60B as a "pocket" light, and at 5.9x3.5x1.3in (15x8.9x3.3cm), it did indeed fit into the pocket of my shorts – I’m writing this during a heatwave! However, it isn’t the most comfortable pocket-dwelling gadget, as two chunky plastic control knobs protrude from the rear.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Kpe7o52XxWiMBPTbLgyAKk" name="Knobs" alt="Rear panel of the gray pocket-sized FS60B. A hand is twiddles a knob on the right to adjust color temperature. A brightness display shows a value of 100. The color temperature shows a value of 2700K." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Kpe7o52XxWiMBPTbLgyAKk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Kpe7o52XxWiMBPTbLgyAKk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">When in CCT mode, you can rotate the left knob to adjust brightness (or press the knob as a button to jump up in increments of 20). The right knob lets you dial in a color temperature between 2700K and 6500K. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><p>These two knobs let you adjust lighting properties such as brightness and color temperature, as we’ll explore in the Performance section. They also double as buttons. Press the brightness control on the left, for example, and you can jump through the intensity range in 20% increments from 0 to 100, rather than turning the dial manually. The right-hand knob can be pressed to cycle through settings when using the light’s animated effects, such as the frequency of a simulated lightning flash, for example.</p><p>On the opposite side of the unit is a slightly raised circular metal housing containing the LEDs. This section needs to be made from metal because the LEDs can generate a considerable amount of heat (see Performance section). Surrounding the LEDs is a circular plastic grille through which you can see the unit’s essential cooling fan.</p><p>Set into the metal housing around the LEDs are three Neewer Mini Mount slots, enabling you to attach compatible accessories, including the reflector supplied with the light. Standard Bowens-mount modifiers can also be fitted, although this requires Neewer’s optional CHB1 Mini-to-Bowens adapter.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3vQ5b82PXPKCH2SmAbf7kk" name="Threads" alt="A shot of the plastic rectangular FS60B mounted vertically on a mini Joby GorillaPod tripod, sitting on the ground." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3vQ5b82PXPKCH2SmAbf7kk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3vQ5b82PXPKCH2SmAbf7kk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Neewer FS60B has two 1/4-inch threads – one on the base and one on the side – so you can mount it vertically or horizontally on a tripod. I mounted it vertically so I could read the brightness and color temperature values on the LED screen on the rear more easily. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-neewer-fs60b-performance"><span>Neewer FS60B: Performance</span></h3><p>Because the Neewer FS60B provides a continuous light source, I decided to hire a model and film some footage of her using my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tech/iphones/iphone-17-pro-max-review">iPhone 17 Pro</a> in the atmospheric (but gloomy) corridors of London’s Barbican Centre. The LED’s powerful 34,300 lux output was more than bright enough to capture footage free from high-ISO artifacts, and it also added drama to the clips by casting a strong shadow of the model on the location’s textured concrete walls.</p><p>As I also planned to shoot portraits with my iPhone, I used the FS60B as a key light (and sometimes a fill light, depending on available light sources). By positioning the LED to one side of my model, I was able to create a more sculpted, three-dimensional illumination in much the same way as I would with a DSLR’s external flash – but with the advantage of seeing the lighting effect on the model before pressing the shutter. I found it easy to use the FS60B’s two knobs/buttons to adjust brightness and choose a color temperature that complemented the warm interior available light in the location.</p><p>Before meeting Maddy, my model, I sat down on the location’s carpeted floor to check my kit. The FS60B was resting face down on my leg while I used the Neewer Studio app on my iPhone 17 Pro to switch on the LEDs. I soon felt their heat against my bare skin, as I was wearing shorts for this heatwave test shoot! I was surprised by just how hot the LEDs felt, as I hadn’t noticed much heat from other continuous lights that I’ve tested. Then again, I’d never placed one directly against my skin before. Lesson learned.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ZWa9PrQpdinbbEF2xzyJxk" name="Surface" alt="Shot of a female model looking into the light produced by the FS60B. The light is mounted on a mini tripod which is resting on a high concrete surface to get it at eye level with the model." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZWa9PrQpdinbbEF2xzyJxk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZWa9PrQpdinbbEF2xzyJxk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The shortness of the battery cable meant that I had to rest the FS60B on available surfaces to get it at a more flattering head height. The Joby GorillaPod’s flexible legs enabled me to wrap the light around rails or poles where available. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As the shoot was taking place on location, I didn’t want to rely on the kit’s supplied mains adapter to power the light, as this would limit me to staying close to wall-mounted power sockets. Instead, I carried a Neewer PS099E V-mount battery in my backpack, along with the longest USB-C cable I could find. The cable connecting the battery to the LED was only a couple of feet long, so I decided against bringing a standard (and tall) lighting stand along for the ride. I didn’t want the chunky PS099E battery dangling by its cable from a light mounted on a tall stand. </p><p>Instead, I packed a small Joby GorillaPod, whose flexible legs can be used as a miniature tripod or wrapped around a railing. The Barbican has plenty of raised surfaces where I could position the light securely and rest the battery nearby, without putting pressure on the power cable.</p><p>The Neewer FS60B has 1/4-inch threads on both its base and side, so I was able to mount it on the GorillaPod with ease. As the LED weighs less than 0.66lb (300g), it remained stable despite the GorillaPod’s relatively short legs. Check out the supporting video to see the FS60B in action.</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/KoKjDPPx.html" id="KoKjDPPx" title="Neewer FS60B Video" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p>The FS60B ships with a small reflector that attaches to its Neewer Mini Mount slots with a push and a twist, boosting the light’s output to an impressive 34,300 lux. As this more-focused beam could cast harsh shadows on my model, I attached the supplied rubber diffuser to the front of the reflector to soften the light.</p><p>The LED’s Neewer Mini Mount slots also enabled me to attach a larger Neewer lantern softbox. This created a broad yet powerful studio-style light source that worked particularly well for some of my model portraits, as you’ll see from the portraits accompanying this review.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4959px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="hRvtF9SVnsMiFWoZ53vHwj" name="SoftBox" alt="Shot of the FS60B sporting the white rubber softbox that sits on the end of the reflector." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hRvtF9SVnsMiFWoZ53vHwj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4959" height="2790" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hRvtF9SVnsMiFWoZ53vHwj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Neewer FS60B ships with a white rubber softbox that pops onto the reflector. This helps soften the harsh shadows boosted by the extra illumination provided by the reflector. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5712px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:75.00%;"><img id="XfyYNznUSocU6Z6cycDjZk" name="SoftBoxExample" alt="Shot taken with the FS60B sporting the white rubber softbox that sits on the end of the reflector." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XfyYNznUSocU6Z6cycDjZk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5712" height="4284" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XfyYNznUSocU6Z6cycDjZk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here is a shot taken with the FS60B sporting the white rubber softbox that sits on the end of the reflector, softening the shadows. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As well as providing continuous illumination, the Neewer FS60B can produce intermittent lighting patterns at color temperatures ranging from 2700K to 6500K. Its 12 lighting presets include effects such as flashes of lightning and a flickering broken bulb.</p><p>As I had both a model and a long, dark, suitably spooky corridor at my disposal, I used the control knobs and Mode button to select the Broken Bulb effect. The FS60B was powerful enough to illuminate my model from a distance (see video), while also revealing plenty of detail in the surrounding architecture. Each time the simulated bulb flickered out, the corridor was momentarily plunged into gloomy shadow, making this preset particularly effective for adding drama and atmosphere to my mini-thriller sequence.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5760px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="YqorCcGdhve9K5p4dTXN9k" name="Location01" alt="A shot of the FS60B resting on its mini tripod on the ground in a narrow street. The model poses and the photographer kneels to capture dramatic low-angle shots." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YqorCcGdhve9K5p4dTXN9k-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5760" height="3240" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YqorCcGdhve9K5p4dTXN9k-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Despite shooting outdoors, the Neewer FS60B’s reflector-boosted illumination was bright enough to add a creative mix of light and shade to our portrait shoot. The low angle added drama! </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><p>On a previous test shoot with the Neewer PS099E V-mount battery as a power source, I ran out of power in one hour. This was because I was testing the much more power-hungry <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/godox-ml150bi-review">Godox ML150Bi</a>, which is a 150W light compared to the FS60B's 60W. As a result, I had plenty of juice left in the battery after filming and shooting portraits for the first hour of the shoot. </p><p>I used this extra power to set up a shoot in a nearby alley adjacent to the Barbican Centre. Despite strong sun overhead, the alley was in shadow, so the FS60B became a key light. Given the GorillaPod’s short legs, I illuminated Maddy from a low angle. This added a mix of dramatic highlights and shadows to her face that suited the grungy urban alley. The low-angle light from the floor-mounted FS60B created a mean and moody look that suited my model’s dramatic location and streetwise look. </p><p>I did take the light along to a more conventional model shoot, and it was very useful when I could shoot the model with the light at head height. However, due to the short cable between the light and the battery, I often had to shoot from a low angle, and the resulting shadows didn’t flatter my other model’s face, emphasizing features such as eye bags.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DaccnRVgMUd3edL4XnWnYj-1920-80.jpg" alt="The low side key light from the FS60B adds drama and gives the model a more three-dimensional look (rather than a flat look produced by an on-camera light source)." /><figcaption>The powerful low-angle illumination provided by the FS60B helped add drama to my street shots. From an angle, the light also helped make the model stand out from her shadowy background.<small role="credit">George Carins</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cPsJRk57Wups2tbBBMNs5j-1920-80.jpg" alt="Example shot showing low-angle views of the dynamically posing model. The low side key light from the FS60B adds drama and gives the model a more three-dimensional look." /><figcaption>The powerful low-angle illumination provided by the FS60B helped add drama to my street shots. From an angle, the light also helped make the model stand out from her shadowy background.<small role="credit">George Carins</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Eif8ZGqLf8iyp28WSuvznk-1920-80.jpg" alt="Example shot showing low-angle views of the dynamically posing model. The low side key light from the FS60B adds drama and gives the model a more three-dimensional look." /><figcaption>The powerful low-angle illumination provided by the FS60B helped add drama to my street shots. From an angle, the light also helped make the model stand out from her shadowy background.<small role="credit">George Carins</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-neewer-fs60b-verdict"><span>Neewer FS60B: Verdict</span></h3><p>I thoroughly enjoyed using the Neewer FS60B on my urban model test shoot. Its compact size meant that I could travel light, while its 60W output and supplied reflector provided enough power to capture clean video footage in relatively gloomy interiors without excessive high-ISO noise. The animated effects, such as Broken Bulb, also helped me capture an atmospheric mini-thriller sequence, which made the test shoot even more enjoyable. The FS60B also worked well as a powerful, dramatic key light in shady outdoor alleys, enabling me to capture some suitably edgy street portraits.</p><p>Its main drawback is the lack of a built-in rechargeable battery. An internal battery would have made it easier to mount the light on a tall stand and position it at a more flattering side angle. Because the FS60B was connected to a V-mount battery by a relatively short USB-C cable, I often had to find a raised surface that could support both the light and its power source (or pop the light and its mini tripod on the floor). </p><p>I enjoyed shooting from lower angles, as this added drama to my portraits, but for illuminating more conventional lifestyle images, I would have preferred the flexibility to position the light higher, without being constrained by a battery attached via a cable. I appreciate that you could power the FS60B from the mains using its supplied power unit, which has a cable long enough for you to mount the light at head height on a stand. However, I like to shoot on location, so I had to use a battery-powered solution.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Two 1/4-inch threads make it easy to attach the Neewer FS60B to a mini tripod. The supplied reflector boosts the 60W output to a super-bright 34,300 lux.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Its small stature means you can pop it in your pocket (though the supplied reflector, mains power supply, and rubber softbox will have to go in your kit bag!). Two knobs/buttons make it a simple job to adjust brightness and color temperature.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>As a 60W LED, it produced a bright light source without draining my Neewer PS099E V-mount battery during a two-hour shoot. The animated effects were also fun to use when shooting video.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>$120 will buy you a powerful mains-powered LED, but for battery-powered portability, you can double that price, especially if buying the compatible Neewer PH99E Battery Grip.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e74f3268-84f7-11f1-99ba-91e25960d551" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Godox ML150Bi" data-dimension48="Godox ML150Bi" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/godox-ml150bi-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:987px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:91.19%;"><img id="szK4xr4c2Wq8RaoCbRnfdF" name="ML150Bi_Alternative" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/szK4xr4c2Wq8RaoCbRnfdF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="987" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/godox-ml150bi-review" data-dimension112="e74f3268-84f7-11f1-99ba-91e25960d551" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Godox ML150Bi" data-dimension48="Godox ML150Bi" data-dimension25=""><strong>Godox ML150Bi</strong><br><strong></strong></a>Like the Neewer FS60B, the Godox ML150Bi is a continuous bi-color light source. At a 150W output, it is more powerful than the 60W FS60B, but the main attraction is the rechargeable, dockable battery unit that slots straight into the body of the light, so there are no dangling power cables required.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e74f3312-84f7-11f1-9b48-5de01b9602ab" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Neewer HB80C 80W RGB" data-dimension48="Neewer HB80C 80W RGB" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-lights/neewer-hb80c-80w-rgb-and-bi-color-led-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:675px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="pjvwoEVADukZCtLVeSPnbh" name="HB80C_alternative" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pjvwoEVADukZCtLVeSPnbh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="675" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-lights/neewer-hb80c-80w-rgb-and-bi-color-led-review" data-dimension112="e74f3312-84f7-11f1-9b48-5de01b9602ab" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Neewer HB80C 80W RGB" data-dimension48="Neewer HB80C 80W RGB" data-dimension25=""><strong>Neewer HB80C 80W RGB</strong><br></a>The Neewer FS60B is a bi-color light, but for a more colorful alternative, I recommend the HB80C. It can produce thousands of creative colors that enable it to produce more creative animated lighting effects, such as the red, white, and blue flashes of emergency services vehicles. Best of all, it has a rechargeable internal battery so you don’t need a mains-connected power source.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/neewer-fs60b-60w-compact-pocket-bi-color-led-light-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Despite its compact dimensions, the FS60B delivers an impressive amount of light, although its need for an external power source adds extra weight and bulk to your kit bag ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">nNVZi6pov7wp2PbxDf22Bj</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e8AF5L4i5Gixto4F43rqTk-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 14:31:50 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Video Lights]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Lights]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ George Cairns ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Se4df8ceTntcYUdPVeRK4o-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e8AF5L4i5Gixto4F43rqTk-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[George Carins]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Shot of a female model looking into the light produced by the FS60B. The light is mounted on a mini tripod which is resting on a high concrete surface to get it at eye level with the model.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Shot of a female model looking into the light produced by the FS60B. The light is mounted on a mini tripod which is resting on a high concrete surface to get it at eye level with the model.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Shot of a female model looking into the light produced by the FS60B. The light is mounted on a mini tripod which is resting on a high concrete surface to get it at eye level with the model.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e8AF5L4i5Gixto4F43rqTk-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>As a regular reviewer for Digital Camera World, I tend to test gadgets such as smartphone and mirrorless camera gimbals, wireless microphones, webcams, and continuous LED light sources like the Neewer FS60B. LEDs are among my favorite products to review, as they give me an excuse to leave the office, hire a model, and demonstrate the different looks that a portable continuous light can add to both stills and video. After all, a well-lit model portrait makes for a far more appealing review image than a shot of me staring into a webcam!</p><p>The FS60B is a 60W LED light from Chinese manufacturer Neewer. As well as manufacturing continuous LEDs, Neewer produces a wide range of kit including on-camera flashes, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/neewer-teleprompter-x14-iii-review">teleprompters</a>, and V-mount batteries.</p><p>LED stands for light-emitting diode, so the light is produced by an array of small beads rather than a traditional bulb. Having grown up using old-school bulb lights during my career, I much prefer LEDs. There are no bulbs to keep replacing, and as they tend to run cooler than traditional lamps, you don’t have to wait around for the light to cool down before you can pack it away (though I did feel the heat on one occasion with this particular LED, as I’ll explain in the performance section).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="2jCNNb48Zziam9RhYVoP7m" name="SetUp" alt="A female model inspects the FS60B while it rests on a mini tripod on the concrete floor of a narrow street. Her face is illuminated by the LED’s warm output." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2jCNNb48Zziam9RhYVoP7m-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2jCNNb48Zziam9RhYVoP7m-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s our lighting setup. I needed to use a battery and a USB-C cable to power the FS60B. The short cable meant I had to place the light on a short tripod, limiting me to low-angle lighting, which is great for drama, but not so handy for conventional flattering portrait lighting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Neewer FS60B is a bi-color light, which means it contains a mix of 'warm' and 'cool LEDs that can be blended to produce color temperatures ranging from a warm 2700K to a cooler 6500K. This gives you the flexibility to mimic the glow of a sunset or add fill light that matches a cooler midday key light.</p><p>In addition to bi-color lights, Neewer also makes RGB lights, such as the flat-panel <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-lights/neewer-pl60c-review">PL60C</a>. These use a broader mix of colored LEDs to produce thousands of creative hues. Bi-color lights such as the FS60B are less versatile when it comes to producing color effects, but they tend to emit a brighter output because more of their similarly colored diodes can be illuminated at the same time.</p><p>Both the Neewer PL60C and the Neewer FS60B are 60W lights that are among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-lights">best LED lights for filmmaking and vlogging</a>, but the latter is much lighter and smaller, so it will suit 'run and gun' photographers/videographers who need to fit a powerful yet portable light source in their kit bag.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="dNfG9hgBFfLnruuLH8sivk" name="Lantern" alt="Shot of a female model holding the larger softbox section of a Neewer lantern that is attached to the FS60B via the light’s Neewer mini-mount slots." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dNfG9hgBFfLnruuLH8sivk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dNfG9hgBFfLnruuLH8sivk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The FS60B has a Neewer mini-mount connector, so you can attach a range of additional Neewer accessories, such as this Neewer Lantern (not supplied with the FS60B kit). </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-neewer-fs60b-specifications"><span>Neewer FS60B: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Power</p></td><td  ><p>60W</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>0.66lb (298g)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>5.9x3.5x1.3in (15x8.9x3.3cm)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Color Temperature Range</p></td><td  ><p>2700-6500K</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Max Illuminance</p></td><td  ><p>34,300 lux @ 3.3ft (1m) (6500K, with reflector)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>CRI/TLCI</p></td><td  ><p>96+/98+ (white light)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery Life</p></td><td  ><p>N/A (no built-in battery)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Lighting Effects</p></td><td  ><p>12</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-neewer-fs60b-price"><span>Neewer FS60B: Price</span></h3><p>The Neewer FS60B 60W Compact Pocket Bi-Color LED Light officially retails at $119.99 (around £100). Given the portability offered by its pocket-sized build and its astonishingly powerful 34,300 lux output (with supplied reflector attached), this is a small price to pay for such a portable and powerful LED. </p><p>The FS60B ships with a 20V DC power supply that you can plug into the mains. However, if, like me, you want to shoot in a location without access to a mains socket (such as a city street), then you’ll need to provide a portable power source such as the Neewer PS099E V-mount battery, which will add $179.99 to the price. You can link the battery to the FS60B via a USB-C cable, which is what I did when testing the light on location. The FS60B is also compatible with the Neewer PH99E Battery Grip, which attaches to the FS60B’s 1/4-inch threads – though that costs as much as the FS60B itself!</p><p>If you need a bi-color LED that ships with a supplied chargeable battery, then check out the Godox ML80Bi (see Alternatives section below). However, at $299, the Godox LED does cost a lot more than the Neewer FS60B, though you don’t have the inconvenience of having a separate battery attached to the LED via a USB-C cable.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Neewer FS60B 60W Compact Pocket Bi-Color LED Light"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-neewer-fs60b-design-handling"><span>Neewer FS60B: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>My first impression on opening the Neewer FS60B’s box was, "where’s the light!?" For a second or two, I thought that someone must have pinched it while the package was in transit. Then I realized that a thin, silver-colored rectangular plastic unit inside the packaging was actually the LED itself. It was much slimmer than the usual box-shaped LEDs that I test (such as the Godox ML80Bi). The FS60B was also very light – weighing in at just under 0.66lb (300g).</p><p>Neewer describes the FS60B as a "pocket" light, and at 5.9x3.5x1.3in (15x8.9x3.3cm), it did indeed fit into the pocket of my shorts – I’m writing this during a heatwave! However, it isn’t the most comfortable pocket-dwelling gadget, as two chunky plastic control knobs protrude from the rear.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Kpe7o52XxWiMBPTbLgyAKk" name="Knobs" alt="Rear panel of the gray pocket-sized FS60B. A hand is twiddles a knob on the right to adjust color temperature. A brightness display shows a value of 100. The color temperature shows a value of 2700K." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Kpe7o52XxWiMBPTbLgyAKk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Kpe7o52XxWiMBPTbLgyAKk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">When in CCT mode, you can rotate the left knob to adjust brightness (or press the knob as a button to jump up in increments of 20). The right knob lets you dial in a color temperature between 2700K and 6500K. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><p>These two knobs let you adjust lighting properties such as brightness and color temperature, as we’ll explore in the Performance section. They also double as buttons. Press the brightness control on the left, for example, and you can jump through the intensity range in 20% increments from 0 to 100, rather than turning the dial manually. The right-hand knob can be pressed to cycle through settings when using the light’s animated effects, such as the frequency of a simulated lightning flash, for example.</p><p>On the opposite side of the unit is a slightly raised circular metal housing containing the LEDs. This section needs to be made from metal because the LEDs can generate a considerable amount of heat (see Performance section). Surrounding the LEDs is a circular plastic grille through which you can see the unit’s essential cooling fan.</p><p>Set into the metal housing around the LEDs are three Neewer Mini Mount slots, enabling you to attach compatible accessories, including the reflector supplied with the light. Standard Bowens-mount modifiers can also be fitted, although this requires Neewer’s optional CHB1 Mini-to-Bowens adapter.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3vQ5b82PXPKCH2SmAbf7kk" name="Threads" alt="A shot of the plastic rectangular FS60B mounted vertically on a mini Joby GorillaPod tripod, sitting on the ground." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3vQ5b82PXPKCH2SmAbf7kk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3vQ5b82PXPKCH2SmAbf7kk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Neewer FS60B has two 1/4-inch threads – one on the base and one on the side – so you can mount it vertically or horizontally on a tripod. I mounted it vertically so I could read the brightness and color temperature values on the LED screen on the rear more easily. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-neewer-fs60b-performance"><span>Neewer FS60B: Performance</span></h3><p>Because the Neewer FS60B provides a continuous light source, I decided to hire a model and film some footage of her using my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tech/iphones/iphone-17-pro-max-review">iPhone 17 Pro</a> in the atmospheric (but gloomy) corridors of London’s Barbican Centre. The LED’s powerful 34,300 lux output was more than bright enough to capture footage free from high-ISO artifacts, and it also added drama to the clips by casting a strong shadow of the model on the location’s textured concrete walls.</p><p>As I also planned to shoot portraits with my iPhone, I used the FS60B as a key light (and sometimes a fill light, depending on available light sources). By positioning the LED to one side of my model, I was able to create a more sculpted, three-dimensional illumination in much the same way as I would with a DSLR’s external flash – but with the advantage of seeing the lighting effect on the model before pressing the shutter. I found it easy to use the FS60B’s two knobs/buttons to adjust brightness and choose a color temperature that complemented the warm interior available light in the location.</p><p>Before meeting Maddy, my model, I sat down on the location’s carpeted floor to check my kit. The FS60B was resting face down on my leg while I used the Neewer Studio app on my iPhone 17 Pro to switch on the LEDs. I soon felt their heat against my bare skin, as I was wearing shorts for this heatwave test shoot! I was surprised by just how hot the LEDs felt, as I hadn’t noticed much heat from other continuous lights that I’ve tested. Then again, I’d never placed one directly against my skin before. Lesson learned.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ZWa9PrQpdinbbEF2xzyJxk" name="Surface" alt="Shot of a female model looking into the light produced by the FS60B. The light is mounted on a mini tripod which is resting on a high concrete surface to get it at eye level with the model." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZWa9PrQpdinbbEF2xzyJxk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZWa9PrQpdinbbEF2xzyJxk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The shortness of the battery cable meant that I had to rest the FS60B on available surfaces to get it at a more flattering head height. The Joby GorillaPod’s flexible legs enabled me to wrap the light around rails or poles where available. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As the shoot was taking place on location, I didn’t want to rely on the kit’s supplied mains adapter to power the light, as this would limit me to staying close to wall-mounted power sockets. Instead, I carried a Neewer PS099E V-mount battery in my backpack, along with the longest USB-C cable I could find. The cable connecting the battery to the LED was only a couple of feet long, so I decided against bringing a standard (and tall) lighting stand along for the ride. I didn’t want the chunky PS099E battery dangling by its cable from a light mounted on a tall stand. </p><p>Instead, I packed a small Joby GorillaPod, whose flexible legs can be used as a miniature tripod or wrapped around a railing. The Barbican has plenty of raised surfaces where I could position the light securely and rest the battery nearby, without putting pressure on the power cable.</p><p>The Neewer FS60B has 1/4-inch threads on both its base and side, so I was able to mount it on the GorillaPod with ease. As the LED weighs less than 0.66lb (300g), it remained stable despite the GorillaPod’s relatively short legs. Check out the supporting video to see the FS60B in action.</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/KoKjDPPx.html" id="KoKjDPPx" title="Neewer FS60B Video" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p>The FS60B ships with a small reflector that attaches to its Neewer Mini Mount slots with a push and a twist, boosting the light’s output to an impressive 34,300 lux. As this more-focused beam could cast harsh shadows on my model, I attached the supplied rubber diffuser to the front of the reflector to soften the light.</p><p>The LED’s Neewer Mini Mount slots also enabled me to attach a larger Neewer lantern softbox. This created a broad yet powerful studio-style light source that worked particularly well for some of my model portraits, as you’ll see from the portraits accompanying this review.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4959px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="hRvtF9SVnsMiFWoZ53vHwj" name="SoftBox" alt="Shot of the FS60B sporting the white rubber softbox that sits on the end of the reflector." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hRvtF9SVnsMiFWoZ53vHwj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4959" height="2790" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hRvtF9SVnsMiFWoZ53vHwj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Neewer FS60B ships with a white rubber softbox that pops onto the reflector. This helps soften the harsh shadows boosted by the extra illumination provided by the reflector. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5712px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:75.00%;"><img id="XfyYNznUSocU6Z6cycDjZk" name="SoftBoxExample" alt="Shot taken with the FS60B sporting the white rubber softbox that sits on the end of the reflector." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XfyYNznUSocU6Z6cycDjZk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5712" height="4284" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XfyYNznUSocU6Z6cycDjZk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here is a shot taken with the FS60B sporting the white rubber softbox that sits on the end of the reflector, softening the shadows. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As well as providing continuous illumination, the Neewer FS60B can produce intermittent lighting patterns at color temperatures ranging from 2700K to 6500K. Its 12 lighting presets include effects such as flashes of lightning and a flickering broken bulb.</p><p>As I had both a model and a long, dark, suitably spooky corridor at my disposal, I used the control knobs and Mode button to select the Broken Bulb effect. The FS60B was powerful enough to illuminate my model from a distance (see video), while also revealing plenty of detail in the surrounding architecture. Each time the simulated bulb flickered out, the corridor was momentarily plunged into gloomy shadow, making this preset particularly effective for adding drama and atmosphere to my mini-thriller sequence.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5760px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="YqorCcGdhve9K5p4dTXN9k" name="Location01" alt="A shot of the FS60B resting on its mini tripod on the ground in a narrow street. The model poses and the photographer kneels to capture dramatic low-angle shots." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YqorCcGdhve9K5p4dTXN9k-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5760" height="3240" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YqorCcGdhve9K5p4dTXN9k-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Despite shooting outdoors, the Neewer FS60B’s reflector-boosted illumination was bright enough to add a creative mix of light and shade to our portrait shoot. The low angle added drama! </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><p>On a previous test shoot with the Neewer PS099E V-mount battery as a power source, I ran out of power in one hour. This was because I was testing the much more power-hungry <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/godox-ml150bi-review">Godox ML150Bi</a>, which is a 150W light compared to the FS60B's 60W. As a result, I had plenty of juice left in the battery after filming and shooting portraits for the first hour of the shoot. </p><p>I used this extra power to set up a shoot in a nearby alley adjacent to the Barbican Centre. Despite strong sun overhead, the alley was in shadow, so the FS60B became a key light. Given the GorillaPod’s short legs, I illuminated Maddy from a low angle. This added a mix of dramatic highlights and shadows to her face that suited the grungy urban alley. The low-angle light from the floor-mounted FS60B created a mean and moody look that suited my model’s dramatic location and streetwise look. </p><p>I did take the light along to a more conventional model shoot, and it was very useful when I could shoot the model with the light at head height. However, due to the short cable between the light and the battery, I often had to shoot from a low angle, and the resulting shadows didn’t flatter my other model’s face, emphasizing features such as eye bags.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DaccnRVgMUd3edL4XnWnYj-1920-80.jpg" alt="The low side key light from the FS60B adds drama and gives the model a more three-dimensional look (rather than a flat look produced by an on-camera light source)." /><figcaption>The powerful low-angle illumination provided by the FS60B helped add drama to my street shots. From an angle, the light also helped make the model stand out from her shadowy background.<small role="credit">George Carins</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cPsJRk57Wups2tbBBMNs5j-1920-80.jpg" alt="Example shot showing low-angle views of the dynamically posing model. The low side key light from the FS60B adds drama and gives the model a more three-dimensional look." /><figcaption>The powerful low-angle illumination provided by the FS60B helped add drama to my street shots. From an angle, the light also helped make the model stand out from her shadowy background.<small role="credit">George Carins</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Eif8ZGqLf8iyp28WSuvznk-1920-80.jpg" alt="Example shot showing low-angle views of the dynamically posing model. The low side key light from the FS60B adds drama and gives the model a more three-dimensional look." /><figcaption>The powerful low-angle illumination provided by the FS60B helped add drama to my street shots. From an angle, the light also helped make the model stand out from her shadowy background.<small role="credit">George Carins</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-neewer-fs60b-verdict"><span>Neewer FS60B: Verdict</span></h3><p>I thoroughly enjoyed using the Neewer FS60B on my urban model test shoot. Its compact size meant that I could travel light, while its 60W output and supplied reflector provided enough power to capture clean video footage in relatively gloomy interiors without excessive high-ISO noise. The animated effects, such as Broken Bulb, also helped me capture an atmospheric mini-thriller sequence, which made the test shoot even more enjoyable. The FS60B also worked well as a powerful, dramatic key light in shady outdoor alleys, enabling me to capture some suitably edgy street portraits.</p><p>Its main drawback is the lack of a built-in rechargeable battery. An internal battery would have made it easier to mount the light on a tall stand and position it at a more flattering side angle. Because the FS60B was connected to a V-mount battery by a relatively short USB-C cable, I often had to find a raised surface that could support both the light and its power source (or pop the light and its mini tripod on the floor). </p><p>I enjoyed shooting from lower angles, as this added drama to my portraits, but for illuminating more conventional lifestyle images, I would have preferred the flexibility to position the light higher, without being constrained by a battery attached via a cable. I appreciate that you could power the FS60B from the mains using its supplied power unit, which has a cable long enough for you to mount the light at head height on a stand. However, I like to shoot on location, so I had to use a battery-powered solution.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Two 1/4-inch threads make it easy to attach the Neewer FS60B to a mini tripod. The supplied reflector boosts the 60W output to a super-bright 34,300 lux.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Its small stature means you can pop it in your pocket (though the supplied reflector, mains power supply, and rubber softbox will have to go in your kit bag!). Two knobs/buttons make it a simple job to adjust brightness and color temperature.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>As a 60W LED, it produced a bright light source without draining my Neewer PS099E V-mount battery during a two-hour shoot. The animated effects were also fun to use when shooting video.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>$120 will buy you a powerful mains-powered LED, but for battery-powered portability, you can double that price, especially if buying the compatible Neewer PH99E Battery Grip.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e74f3268-84f7-11f1-99ba-91e25960d551" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Godox ML150Bi" data-dimension48="Godox ML150Bi" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/godox-ml150bi-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:987px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:91.19%;"><img id="szK4xr4c2Wq8RaoCbRnfdF" name="ML150Bi_Alternative" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/szK4xr4c2Wq8RaoCbRnfdF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="987" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/godox-ml150bi-review" data-dimension112="e74f3268-84f7-11f1-99ba-91e25960d551" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Godox ML150Bi" data-dimension48="Godox ML150Bi" data-dimension25=""><strong>Godox ML150Bi</strong><br><strong></strong></a>Like the Neewer FS60B, the Godox ML150Bi is a continuous bi-color light source. At a 150W output, it is more powerful than the 60W FS60B, but the main attraction is the rechargeable, dockable battery unit that slots straight into the body of the light, so there are no dangling power cables required.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e74f3312-84f7-11f1-9b48-5de01b9602ab" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Neewer HB80C 80W RGB" data-dimension48="Neewer HB80C 80W RGB" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-lights/neewer-hb80c-80w-rgb-and-bi-color-led-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:675px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="pjvwoEVADukZCtLVeSPnbh" name="HB80C_alternative" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pjvwoEVADukZCtLVeSPnbh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="675" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-lights/neewer-hb80c-80w-rgb-and-bi-color-led-review" data-dimension112="e74f3312-84f7-11f1-9b48-5de01b9602ab" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Neewer HB80C 80W RGB" data-dimension48="Neewer HB80C 80W RGB" data-dimension25=""><strong>Neewer HB80C 80W RGB</strong><br></a>The Neewer FS60B is a bi-color light, but for a more colorful alternative, I recommend the HB80C. It can produce thousands of creative colors that enable it to produce more creative animated lighting effects, such as the red, white, and blue flashes of emergency services vehicles. Best of all, it has a rechargeable internal battery so you don’t need a mains-connected power source.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “The best camera accessories disappear into your workflow until you need them.” Today’s creators need to work both horizontally and vertically, so Peak Design is reinventing the classic L-Bracket ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">camera L-bracket</a> is a longstanding accessory that allows photographers to quickly swap from horizontal to vertical shots on a tripod – but photo accessory brand favorite Peak Design is bringing the standard accessory into 2026 – and making it a bit less boring. The Peak Design Field Bracket is a modular L-mount bracket that goes beyond fast tripod orientation swaps by allowing creators to customize their rig with anything from lights to a camera tracker.</p><p>The Field Bracket starts with a camera-specific baseplate that needs to be matched to the right camera body in order to hug the camera body. While the base plate is specific to each camera model, it has a latch that allows it to connect to the more universal Field Latch, creating the traditional L-shape. The upright portion of the L can also be adjusted to allow access to the camera’s ports at the side.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="mrfkF4SRAYY8Fkmxb9mpQE" name="FieldBracket-Lifestryle-04" alt="The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mrfkF4SRAYY8Fkmxb9mpQE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2249" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mrfkF4SRAYY8Fkmxb9mpQE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Peak Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But perhaps what’s more unusual about the Field Bracket is that the design is modular, allowing creators to customize their camera setup. The upright bracket can be swapped with a Cheese Plate instead, which has multiple mounting points and a cold shoe to attach lights, mics, and other accessories.</p><p>Another option is the new Beacon Finder Tag, which puts a Bluetooth tracker inside an Acra-compatible camera plate that fits most tripods. Peak Design says this is a discrete way to attach a tracker to a camera itself, rather than leaving a tracker in a camera bag.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="EkfGcpMVifbSFAjoLB2WiE" name="FieldBracket-Lifestryle-44" alt="The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EkfGcpMVifbSFAjoLB2WiE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2251" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Peak Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The modular system also supports a hand strap. Peak Design says the design is meant to allow photographers to continue to use a variety of accessories, including access to side ports.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="5Xkv24ibWJpBFMS9z7PEbN" name="FieldBracket-Lifestryle-47" alt="The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5Xkv24ibWJpBFMS9z7PEbN-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Peak Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>“The best camera accessories disappear into your workflow until you need them. That idea shaped every decision we made with Field Bracket,” said Peter Dering, Peak Design’s Founder and CEO. “Instead of asking photographers to permanently attach functionality they only use some of the time, we built a system that can transform in seconds while remaining just as rigid and dependable as a traditional L-bracket.”</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ko3STdbLtNjQnR2AvGRRae-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Peak Design modular Field Bracket opn a gray background" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Peak Design</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PevkX5ZrCG2wJnnBUMpAKe-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Peak Design modular Field Bracket opn a gray background" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Peak Design</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/naq9fWMqSpJ5fUPogzF2Re-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Peak Design modular Field Bracket opn a gray background" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Peak Design</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>The Peak Design Field Bracket<a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/peak-design/field-bracket-by-peak-design" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"> is the brand’s 17th Kickstarter campaign</a>, which opened on July 21. The crowdfunding comes with an early pre-order discount before the system launches in retail stores. The Field Bracket is expected to list for $149.95 (about £112 / AU$214 / CA$211), with the modular pieces beginning at $39.95 (about £30 / AU$57 / CA$56).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="5xmVEUn4kudVshHRAf7HGF" name="FieldBracket-Lifestryle-35" alt="The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5xmVEUn4kudVshHRAf7HGF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2251" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Peak Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The system launches with plates designed to custom fit with several cameras, including several full-frame Sony models and most <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/canon-eos-r5-review">Canon EOS R5 and R6</a> series bodies (excluding the R6 V). For Nikon, the bracket fits with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/nikon-z5-ii-vs-nikon-z5-is-it-worth-the-extra">Nikon Z5 II</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-z6-iii-review-a-dream-camera-for-content-creators-through-to-enthusiast-and-pro-photographers">Z6 II and III</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-z7-ii-review">Z7 II</a> cameras as well as the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-z8-review">Z8</a>. The system will also support the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/fujifilm-x100vi-review-dont-mess-with-a-winner">Fujifilm X100VI</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/fujifilm-x-t5-review">X-T5</a> as well as the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/leica-q3-review">Leica Q3</a>.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Take a look at <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">the best L-mount brackets</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">the best tripods</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/the-best-camera-accessories-disappear-into-your-workflow-until-you-need-them-todays-creators-need-to-work-both-horizontally-and-vertically-so-peak-design-is-reinventing-the-classic-l-bracket</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Peak Design’s newest photo accessory is a tool for fast tripod swaps, housing accessories, and even tracking a lost camera ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">kRjGHVueypx9GHEhDYjzV3</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MMQs9xzzP7tm8oPnaB4UHR-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 20:12:29 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FCSkExqFFzvDQFmnEf8mgV-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MMQs9xzzP7tm8oPnaB4UHR-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Peak Design]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MMQs9xzzP7tm8oPnaB4UHR-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">camera L-bracket</a> is a longstanding accessory that allows photographers to quickly swap from horizontal to vertical shots on a tripod – but photo accessory brand favorite Peak Design is bringing the standard accessory into 2026 – and making it a bit less boring. The Peak Design Field Bracket is a modular L-mount bracket that goes beyond fast tripod orientation swaps by allowing creators to customize their rig with anything from lights to a camera tracker.</p><p>The Field Bracket starts with a camera-specific baseplate that needs to be matched to the right camera body in order to hug the camera body. While the base plate is specific to each camera model, it has a latch that allows it to connect to the more universal Field Latch, creating the traditional L-shape. The upright portion of the L can also be adjusted to allow access to the camera’s ports at the side.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="mrfkF4SRAYY8Fkmxb9mpQE" name="FieldBracket-Lifestryle-04" alt="The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mrfkF4SRAYY8Fkmxb9mpQE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2249" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mrfkF4SRAYY8Fkmxb9mpQE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Peak Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But perhaps what’s more unusual about the Field Bracket is that the design is modular, allowing creators to customize their camera setup. The upright bracket can be swapped with a Cheese Plate instead, which has multiple mounting points and a cold shoe to attach lights, mics, and other accessories.</p><p>Another option is the new Beacon Finder Tag, which puts a Bluetooth tracker inside an Acra-compatible camera plate that fits most tripods. Peak Design says this is a discrete way to attach a tracker to a camera itself, rather than leaving a tracker in a camera bag.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="EkfGcpMVifbSFAjoLB2WiE" name="FieldBracket-Lifestryle-44" alt="The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EkfGcpMVifbSFAjoLB2WiE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2251" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Peak Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The modular system also supports a hand strap. Peak Design says the design is meant to allow photographers to continue to use a variety of accessories, including access to side ports.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="5Xkv24ibWJpBFMS9z7PEbN" name="FieldBracket-Lifestryle-47" alt="The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5Xkv24ibWJpBFMS9z7PEbN-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Peak Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>“The best camera accessories disappear into your workflow until you need them. That idea shaped every decision we made with Field Bracket,” said Peter Dering, Peak Design’s Founder and CEO. “Instead of asking photographers to permanently attach functionality they only use some of the time, we built a system that can transform in seconds while remaining just as rigid and dependable as a traditional L-bracket.”</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ko3STdbLtNjQnR2AvGRRae-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Peak Design modular Field Bracket opn a gray background" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Peak Design</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PevkX5ZrCG2wJnnBUMpAKe-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Peak Design modular Field Bracket opn a gray background" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Peak Design</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/naq9fWMqSpJ5fUPogzF2Re-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Peak Design modular Field Bracket opn a gray background" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Peak Design</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>The Peak Design Field Bracket<a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/peak-design/field-bracket-by-peak-design" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"> is the brand’s 17th Kickstarter campaign</a>, which opened on July 21. The crowdfunding comes with an early pre-order discount before the system launches in retail stores. The Field Bracket is expected to list for $149.95 (about £112 / AU$214 / CA$211), with the modular pieces beginning at $39.95 (about £30 / AU$57 / CA$56).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="5xmVEUn4kudVshHRAf7HGF" name="FieldBracket-Lifestryle-35" alt="The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5xmVEUn4kudVshHRAf7HGF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2251" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Peak Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The system launches with plates designed to custom fit with several cameras, including several full-frame Sony models and most <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/canon-eos-r5-review">Canon EOS R5 and R6</a> series bodies (excluding the R6 V). For Nikon, the bracket fits with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/nikon-z5-ii-vs-nikon-z5-is-it-worth-the-extra">Nikon Z5 II</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-z6-iii-review-a-dream-camera-for-content-creators-through-to-enthusiast-and-pro-photographers">Z6 II and III</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-z7-ii-review">Z7 II</a> cameras as well as the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-z8-review">Z8</a>. The system will also support the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/fujifilm-x100vi-review-dont-mess-with-a-winner">Fujifilm X100VI</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/fujifilm-x-t5-review">X-T5</a> as well as the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/leica-q3-review">Leica Q3</a>.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Take a look at <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">the best L-mount brackets</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">the best tripods</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling review: expandable and adaptable for camera gear and daily life, with smaller and larger options to choose from ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Say ‘Manfrotto’ and the word ‘tripod’ almost inevitably follows. The company has made some of my all-time <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">favorite tripods</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">tripod heads</a>, and goes all the way back to the 1960s when the Italian photojournalist Lino Manfrotto started selling light stands. In more recent times, the company has gone large on camera backpacks, bags, and roller cases, with several product lines becoming available. The latest of these is the ‘Uncover’ collection, which so far features a pair of backpacks and a pair of messenger / sling bags.</p><p>The idea behind all four Uncover bags and backpacks is that they can adapt to your needs on a day-to-day or even minute-by-minute basis. That’s thanks to two crucial design elements. Firstly, they all have a removable camera insert, which you can fill with a camera, lenses, and other photo accessories, or ditch altogether so that you can use the outers as general-purpose backpacks and bags. Secondly, they all have a roll-top facility, so they can expand to carry more stuff, or shrink to smaller sizes to suit the journey and the load.</p><p>Focusing on the messenger bags, there’s the smaller Uncover Messenger / Sling 7L and the larger Uncover Messenger 12L. The 7L has a capacity range of 7.5L to 9.5L, and includes a small camera insert that can accommodate a camera body and one or two lenses. The 12L has a larger 10.5L to 14.5L capacity and a bigger camera insert that can hold a camera body with up to three lenses or a mini drone. Both aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-messenger-bags-for-photographers">best messenger bags for photographers</a> on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="BGrWs6kzsDZZxLLdEJSKM" name="MUM 01 intro 0095.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BGrWs6kzsDZZxLLdEJSKM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BGrWs6kzsDZZxLLdEJSKM-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s how the bags measure up, with the front of the Uncover Messenger 12L on the left and the back of the smaller Uncover Messenger / Sling 7L on the right. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-messenger-sling-specifications"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Uncover Messenger / Sling 7L</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Uncover Messenger 12L</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Capacity</strong></p></td><td  ><p>7.5L to 9.5L expandable</p></td><td  ><p>10.5L to 14.5L expandable</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>External dimensions (WxDxH)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>39x13x22-29cm / 15.4x5.1x8.7-11.4in</p></td><td  ><p>42x15x23-33.5cm / 16.5x5.9x9.1-13.2in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Internal dimensions (WxDxH)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>34x12x19-26cm / 13.4x4.7x7.5-10.2in</p></td><td  ><p>34x14x20-30cm / 13.4x5.5x7.9-11.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Bag type</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Messenger bag with camera insert</p></td><td  ><p>Messenger bag with camera insert</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Camera access</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Top</p></td><td  ><p>Top</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Laptop/tablet compartment</strong></p></td><td  ><p>8.5-inch tablet</p></td><td  ><p>11-inch tablet</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Tripod fastener</strong></p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Side pockets</strong></p></td><td  ><p>None</p></td><td  ><p>2</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Baggage trolley strap</strong></p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Rain-proof cover</strong></p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>0.7kg / 1.5lb</p></td><td  ><p>1kg / 2.2lb</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-messenger-sling-price"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling: Price</span></h3><p>There’s no shortage of manufacturers making photo-friendly messenger bags these days. Big names that spring to mind include Billingham, Lowepro, Vanguard, Tenba, and Peak Design, to name but a few, and of course Manfrotto. The price range kicks off from bargain-basement buys to luxury bags at premium prices. </p><p>The new Manfrotto bags occupy the middle ground, with the smaller Uncover Messenger / Sling 7L costing $139 / £99 / AU$199 and the larger Uncover Messenger 12L priced at $179 / £129 / AU$269. But more than just camera bags, these are bags for life, adapting to varying needs with or without carrying a camera, potentially making them good value for money, as you’ll get maximum use out of them.</p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger 12L,Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling 7L" data-widget-title="Today's best Manfrotto Uncover Messenger 12L & 7L deals"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-messenger-sling-design-handling"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>There are some clever design touches sprinkled throughout these messenger bags, more so with the larger 12L one than the smaller 7L version, but I’ll start at the top with something they both have in common. That’s the expandable roll-top section, which enables the bags to grow to meet your needs when you have more stuff to carry. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="Yo3J6nvSXiNzk7GwwFJwP" name="MUM 0146.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Yo3J6nvSXiNzk7GwwFJwP-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Yo3J6nvSXiNzk7GwwFJwP-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The roll-top section is very neat and tidy, folding down with hidden magnetic inserts to keep it in place. There’s also a grab handle on the front of the bags </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The roll-top concept is a neat idea but one thing I’ve found less ‘neat’ about them in the past is that they can tend to look a bit messy when rolled up for compactness. There’s no hint of that here. Instead of rolling up, the expanding section simply folds over and is held in place by hidden magnets. It’s an elegant solution that gives a more elegant look to the bags.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="grw8ufdtNuo6KcSvGpMLT" name="MUM 0149.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/grw8ufdtNuo6KcSvGpMLT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/grw8ufdtNuo6KcSvGpMLT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There’s a generous increase in the amount of storage space when you extend the roll-top section. In the 12L bag shown here, the capacity grows from 10.5 to 14.5 liters, thus giving you no less than four extra liters to play with. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another potential problem area is the placement of the shoulder strap. If it’s ideally positioned for when the bag is compacted, it’s often less than ideal when it’s expanded. Again, Manfrotto has come up with a clever solution in that the bags feature two pairs of strap attachment loops, while the strap itself has spring-loaded metal catches at each end. The upshot is that you can quickly and easily snap the strap onto whichever pair of loops fit the bill.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="9JyNfXeSg9NjMv58THedN" name="MUM 0150.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9JyNfXeSg9NjMv58THedN-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9JyNfXeSg9NjMv58THedN-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There’s a pair of upper and lower strap attachment loops on each side of the bag, so you can ideally position the strap for both rolled-up and expanded configurations. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The modern, stylish look of the bags extend to the straps, which I’d describe as being made from seatbelt-like material, wrapped in a padded outer. They’re as good as they look, with a generous range of adjustability and being very comfortable to wear. They’re also quite resistant to unwantedly slipping off your shoulder, so you can safely wear the bags as shoulder bags as well as in cross-body messenger style.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="aFCsSWFrE3PKNDkzGqejM" name="MUM 0152.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aFCsSWFrE3PKNDkzGqejM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aFCsSWFrE3PKNDkzGqejM-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A little design flourish is that the ‘Uncover’ printed shoulder strap lies within a comfortably padded outer sleeve. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing I always like to see is a grab handle, so I can conveniently pick up the bag with one hand as an alternative to hanging it off a shoulder. The larger version comes complete with a long rope-style grab handle on the back (in addition to the front grab handle) which is comfortable and dependable, and there’s also a small loop just above it. There’s also a flat pass-through strap just below, for securely attaching the bag to the handle of a luggage trolley. The scaled-down 7L bag has neither the rear grab handle nor the trolley pass-through – just the small upper loop.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="Fc6eqskv8zAcntnF7C2pQ" name="MUM 0153.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fc6eqskv8zAcntnF7C2pQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fc6eqskv8zAcntnF7C2pQ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 12L version has a full complement of rope-style grab handle, top loop and lower baggage trolley pass-through. The 7L bag only has the small loop up top. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting back to things featured in both bags, the ‘FlexGrid’ front panel is made from tough, dual-laminated Cordura with laser-cut holes. Another neat idea, this enables you to hang all sorts of bits, bobs and accessories off the front of the bag, simply by attaching them or tying them to the FlexGrid.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="vPjKzxgYuHzk7ijoK9GnR" name="MUM 0154.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vPjKzxgYuHzk7ijoK9GnR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vPjKzxgYuHzk7ijoK9GnR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The FlexGrid front panel enables you to hang extra items onto the bag, using carabiners or just tying them on, using the laser-cut holes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s an additional slim pocket on side of the 12L bag, and a larger expandable pocket on the other side. The latter is big enough to take a drinks bottle or other similarly sized extra, putting it within easy reach and without taking up precious room inside the main compartment of the bag. However, both of these are omitted in the 7L bag, which has no side pockets at all.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="UyRSuf6sem9wr3HeTMu2P" name="MUM 0156.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UyRSuf6sem9wr3HeTMu2P-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UyRSuf6sem9wr3HeTMu2P-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The larger of the two side pockets featured in the 12L version can hold a drinks bottle or something of a similar size. The 7L bag has no side pockets at all. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I personally find a slim rear pocket very useful in any shoulder/messenger bag and this is very much present and correct in both of the 7L and 12L Uncover bags. It’s great for keeping paperwork, travel documents and other thin stuff in a self-contained area, out of harm’s way.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="pbaYR2mZsjZxT9zgo5MiQ" name="MUM 0157.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pbaYR2mZsjZxT9zgo5MiQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pbaYR2mZsjZxT9zgo5MiQ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Both bags feature a full-width, slimline zippered pocket at the rear. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A quick look underneath the 12L bag reveals a pair of adjustable straps with fasteners. You could use these for attaching a wide variety of things, like a short umbrella, but in a photographic context, I’d use them for attaching a travel tripod. Again, you don’t get this facility with the 7L bag, which is strapless underneath.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="w4445PBSpPrAjWw5FJjDS" name="MUM 0158.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w4445PBSpPrAjWw5FJjDS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w4445PBSpPrAjWw5FJjDS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 12L bag has adjustable straps on the underside, ideal for attaching a travel tripod. They’re not featured in the 7L bag. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s not really a problem but you can’t actually get into the main zippered compartment of the bags without first lifting up the expanding section to its full height. The quick-action folding design with magnetic attraction again comes to the fore. Once opened, the camera insert can seem a little buried away, far down inside the compartment.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="jpxyDCD9Xzag4DJW77VDM" name="MUM 0159.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jpxyDCD9Xzag4DJW77VDM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jpxyDCD9Xzag4DJW77VDM-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera insert lies low in the bag, as you have to extend the roll-top to its full height to get into the main zippered compartment. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I mentioned earlier, one of the things I like most about the Uncover design is that you can remove the camera insert altogether when you’re not carrying your camera, and use the entire main compartment for daily or travel essentials. The removable camera insert itself has a fully zippered top flap and a carrying handle, enabling it to work as a camera bag of sorts in its own right.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="csKMVntrpxNvZXrbjQ4wP" name="MUM 0161.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/csKMVntrpxNvZXrbjQ4wP-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/csKMVntrpxNvZXrbjQ4wP-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the camera insert removed and as you’ll notice, it comes complete with a zippered lid and carry handle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The camera insert comes complete with adjustable dividers that you can fold and bend into the ideal configuration for your kit, as well as placing them in the best locations thanks to Velcro strip fasteners. Folding one or two of the dividers can work well if you have thin lenses or other accessories and don’t mind double-stacking them.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="73nphV3HXK38gxGYj9gtL" name="MUM 0163.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/73nphV3HXK38gxGYj9gtL-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/73nphV3HXK38gxGYj9gtL-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the inside of the 12L bag, with its three adjustable dividers inserted. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The 12L bag comes with three dividers in total, that have differing designs. The two darker grey dividers are just crying out to be folded into specialist shapes, and even the light grey ‘flat’ one can be folded over to make an elongated cube, as shown above.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="mGhj5NT8w62EAW6A5x6zL" name="MUM 0164.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mGhj5NT8w62EAW6A5x6zL-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mGhj5NT8w62EAW6A5x6zL-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">These are the three dividers that are supplied with the 12L bag. The 7L bags comes with one dark grey ‘M-Guard’ divider and one flat light grey divider. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Carrying a bag around with an expensive camera kit inside it can be a nerve-wracking experience. To give a little peace of mind, both bags feature a small hidden pocket, designed to hold an AirTag or similar tracking device.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="3fo9jbfEYVwNi94wJhoSM" name="MUM 0165.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3fo9jbfEYVwNi94wJhoSM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3fo9jbfEYVwNi94wJhoSM-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There’s a small hidden pocket for holding an AirTag or alternative tracking device, to help you keep tabs on your bag’s location. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The main compartment of both bags also features a tablet sleeve with its own secure closure. Only the size differs, the 12L bag accommodating an 11-inch tablet and the 7L bag being able to hold an 8.5-inch tablet, like an iPad mini. However, a major drawback for some prospective buyers is that neither of the bags features a laptop sleeve.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="zVzD5ee6sz6YEHWvxhZLD" name="MUM 0166.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zVzD5ee6sz6YEHWvxhZLD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zVzD5ee6sz6YEHWvxhZLD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 7L and 12L bags feature 8.5-inch and 11-inch tablet sleeves respectively, but neither has a laptop sleeve. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Last but not least, there’s a mesh pocket that runs full width along the inside front of the main compartment. It’s zippered and offers a dedicated area for keeping small but sensitive or precious items.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="icpwEYggT8tQ9GBLP2F9J" name="MUM 0167.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/icpwEYggT8tQ9GBLP2F9J-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/icpwEYggT8tQ9GBLP2F9J-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The zippered mesh pocket runs the full length of the front of the main internal compartment. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-messenger-sling-performance"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling: Performance</span></h3><p>There’s always a feel-good factor in having a bag that you like the look of, and I think the Manfrotto Uncover bags do look attractive. However, they’re only available in a single black/grey colorway option, which might not be to everyone’s taste. From a performance perspective, a more vital aspect is that the bags are robust, resilient, and give good protection to whatever you're carrying inside them. That’s especially true for carrying camera kit.</p><p>Toughness is ensured by Manfrotto’s custom ‘TriTex’ three-layer fabric, from which the bags are constructed. The material is designed to be highly durable and water-resistant, and the bags also feature weather-sealed YKK zippers. The net result is that you don’t need an additional slip-over weather-proof cover, as supplied with many bags, which can take up space and be a chore to use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="VMgz5vLncJTJUL8zHL6QM" name="MUM 0170.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VMgz5vLncJTJUL8zHL6QM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VMgz5vLncJTJUL8zHL6QM-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even with the larger 12L version of the Uncover Messenger, you can find yourself running out of room in the camera insert sooner rather than later. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>An upside of the ‘bag within a bag’ design is that camera kit gets double the protective padding in its dedicated insert. However it also means that kit isn’t quite as immediately accessible and that precious room is used up by basically stowing one bag inside another one.</p><p>I was a little disappointed that even with the larger 12L bag, I packed my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-z6-iii-review-a-dream-camera-for-content-creators-through-to-enthusiast-and-pro-photographers">Nikon Z6III</a> camera with mounted <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-nikkor-z-24-70mm-f4-s-review">Z 24-70mm f/4 S</a> lens in its retracted state, along with a second similarly sized lens, and pretty much all of the space in the camera insert was used up, as shown in the image above. Sure, you could squeeze in a few more items if you had a more compact camera and smaller lenses but let’s face it, the Z6III and its retractable kit lens isn’t exactly a big camera.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="n3oaUgtiwLUG9drvKtWNR" name="MUM 0169.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/n3oaUgtiwLUG9drvKtWNR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/n3oaUgtiwLUG9drvKtWNR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Stashing a tripod on the 12L version of the bag is quick and easy. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I don’t have one of those super-small ‘travel tripods’ with swing-up legs, which would be an ideal fit for attaching to the 12L bag, courtesy of the adjustable bottom straps. Even so, my not overly large <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-190go-tripod-review">Manfrotto 190go! Tripod</a> doesn’t look entirely out of place. Either way, the 7L omits the tripod straps.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-messenger-sling-verdict"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling: Verdict</span></h3><p>I’m all for versatility and adaptability. I like that the roll-top design of the Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling bags enables them to grow and shrink on demand, accommodating different amounts of daily paraphernalia. I also like that the camera inserts, which are a bit like camera bags in their own right, are easily removable in just a few seconds. The bags, therefore, convert from photo bags to regular, general-use bags on the fly. Further plus points are that the bags are very durable, attractively styled, and comfortable to carry.</p><p>It’s not all great news. The ‘bag within a bag’ design eats into the available space, and even the larger 12L version has relatively little room for photo gear in its camera insert. Naturally, the 7L bag has even less. The 7L bag also lacks side pockets, a rear grab handle, a baggage trolley pass-through, and tripod tethers. Unless you’re desperate for the smallest bag you can get away with, the 12L has a lot more to offer. Even so, I feel that the fairly small amount of camera kit that it can carry is a limiting factor.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>There’s a good range of features, especially in the 12L version. Both feature a roll-top, removable camera insert and FlexGrid front panel, but the 7L lacks a few extras.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Stylish Italian design is backed up by high-grade materials and impressive build quality, but camera space is limited and they’re only available in a single black/grey colorway. </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Both 7L and 12L bags are robust, durable and weather-resistant but performance in the context of carrying camera kit is limited by the relatively small available space.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>For messenger / sling bags of high quality, pricing is reasonable for both size options but they’re not standout value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2843px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.88%;"><img id="E8sSJeonfctDXK7JYCBMN" name="MUM 00 hero 0083.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/E8sSJeonfctDXK7JYCBMN-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2843" height="1219" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/E8sSJeonfctDXK7JYCBMN-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="12821698-7c70-11f1-a11c-a3a61c75d12f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard Veo Range 36M/38M" data-dimension48="Vanguard Veo Range 36M/38M" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-range-36m38m-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:823px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="wVwo6vLHWNXQYCUYpLtr5U" name="Vanguard Veo Range 36M 38M square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wVwo6vLHWNXQYCUYpLtr5U-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="823" height="823" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-range-36m38m-review" data-dimension112="12821698-7c70-11f1-a11c-a3a61c75d12f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard Veo Range 36M/38M" data-dimension48="Vanguard Veo Range 36M/38M" data-dimension25=""><strong>Vanguard Veo Range 36M/38M</strong></a> is one of my favorite pairs of messenger bags, available in 14L and 17L sizes respectively. They have a space-saving, double-deck configuration, integrated tripod compartment, and can hold a surprisingly large collection of kit, all for a very affordable price.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="12821706-7c70-11f1-8e1a-2bf6e73f3797" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Everyday Messenger 13-inch V2" data-dimension48="Peak Design Everyday Messenger 13-inch V2" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-everyday-messenger-13-inch-v2" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:823px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="VLBRkcDnaCduprow2uQB8U" name="Peak Design Everyday Messenger 13-inch V2 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VLBRkcDnaCduprow2uQB8U-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="823" height="823" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-everyday-messenger-13-inch-v2" data-dimension112="12821706-7c70-11f1-8e1a-2bf6e73f3797" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Everyday Messenger 13-inch V2" data-dimension48="Peak Design Everyday Messenger 13-inch V2" data-dimension25=""><strong>Peak Design Everyday Messenger 13-inch V2</strong></a> is a really smart-looking, high-quality bag that’s beautifully made and impeccably turned out. It can hold a lot of kit, more so than you might think when just looking at it, and features lots of extra pockets and cubbyholes, as well as having flexible internal organization.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/manfrotto-uncover-messenger-sling-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Manfrotto Uncover Messenger bags aim to cater to ‘life in motion’ and come in 7L and 12L options, both with removable camera inserts and roll-top expandability ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Up6oYJSxXhVGPA7TY6noJ5</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/E8sSJeonfctDXK7JYCBMN-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 19 Jul 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Bags and Backpacks]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/E8sSJeonfctDXK7JYCBMN-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/E8sSJeonfctDXK7JYCBMN-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Say ‘Manfrotto’ and the word ‘tripod’ almost inevitably follows. The company has made some of my all-time <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">favorite tripods</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">tripod heads</a>, and goes all the way back to the 1960s when the Italian photojournalist Lino Manfrotto started selling light stands. In more recent times, the company has gone large on camera backpacks, bags, and roller cases, with several product lines becoming available. The latest of these is the ‘Uncover’ collection, which so far features a pair of backpacks and a pair of messenger / sling bags.</p><p>The idea behind all four Uncover bags and backpacks is that they can adapt to your needs on a day-to-day or even minute-by-minute basis. That’s thanks to two crucial design elements. Firstly, they all have a removable camera insert, which you can fill with a camera, lenses, and other photo accessories, or ditch altogether so that you can use the outers as general-purpose backpacks and bags. Secondly, they all have a roll-top facility, so they can expand to carry more stuff, or shrink to smaller sizes to suit the journey and the load.</p><p>Focusing on the messenger bags, there’s the smaller Uncover Messenger / Sling 7L and the larger Uncover Messenger 12L. The 7L has a capacity range of 7.5L to 9.5L, and includes a small camera insert that can accommodate a camera body and one or two lenses. The 12L has a larger 10.5L to 14.5L capacity and a bigger camera insert that can hold a camera body with up to three lenses or a mini drone. Both aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-messenger-bags-for-photographers">best messenger bags for photographers</a> on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="BGrWs6kzsDZZxLLdEJSKM" name="MUM 01 intro 0095.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BGrWs6kzsDZZxLLdEJSKM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BGrWs6kzsDZZxLLdEJSKM-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s how the bags measure up, with the front of the Uncover Messenger 12L on the left and the back of the smaller Uncover Messenger / Sling 7L on the right. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-messenger-sling-specifications"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Uncover Messenger / Sling 7L</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Uncover Messenger 12L</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Capacity</strong></p></td><td  ><p>7.5L to 9.5L expandable</p></td><td  ><p>10.5L to 14.5L expandable</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>External dimensions (WxDxH)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>39x13x22-29cm / 15.4x5.1x8.7-11.4in</p></td><td  ><p>42x15x23-33.5cm / 16.5x5.9x9.1-13.2in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Internal dimensions (WxDxH)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>34x12x19-26cm / 13.4x4.7x7.5-10.2in</p></td><td  ><p>34x14x20-30cm / 13.4x5.5x7.9-11.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Bag type</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Messenger bag with camera insert</p></td><td  ><p>Messenger bag with camera insert</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Camera access</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Top</p></td><td  ><p>Top</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Laptop/tablet compartment</strong></p></td><td  ><p>8.5-inch tablet</p></td><td  ><p>11-inch tablet</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Tripod fastener</strong></p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Side pockets</strong></p></td><td  ><p>None</p></td><td  ><p>2</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Baggage trolley strap</strong></p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Rain-proof cover</strong></p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>0.7kg / 1.5lb</p></td><td  ><p>1kg / 2.2lb</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-messenger-sling-price"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling: Price</span></h3><p>There’s no shortage of manufacturers making photo-friendly messenger bags these days. Big names that spring to mind include Billingham, Lowepro, Vanguard, Tenba, and Peak Design, to name but a few, and of course Manfrotto. The price range kicks off from bargain-basement buys to luxury bags at premium prices. </p><p>The new Manfrotto bags occupy the middle ground, with the smaller Uncover Messenger / Sling 7L costing $139 / £99 / AU$199 and the larger Uncover Messenger 12L priced at $179 / £129 / AU$269. But more than just camera bags, these are bags for life, adapting to varying needs with or without carrying a camera, potentially making them good value for money, as you’ll get maximum use out of them.</p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger 12L,Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling 7L" data-widget-title="Today's best Manfrotto Uncover Messenger 12L & 7L deals"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-messenger-sling-design-handling"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>There are some clever design touches sprinkled throughout these messenger bags, more so with the larger 12L one than the smaller 7L version, but I’ll start at the top with something they both have in common. That’s the expandable roll-top section, which enables the bags to grow to meet your needs when you have more stuff to carry. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="Yo3J6nvSXiNzk7GwwFJwP" name="MUM 0146.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Yo3J6nvSXiNzk7GwwFJwP-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Yo3J6nvSXiNzk7GwwFJwP-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The roll-top section is very neat and tidy, folding down with hidden magnetic inserts to keep it in place. There’s also a grab handle on the front of the bags </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The roll-top concept is a neat idea but one thing I’ve found less ‘neat’ about them in the past is that they can tend to look a bit messy when rolled up for compactness. There’s no hint of that here. Instead of rolling up, the expanding section simply folds over and is held in place by hidden magnets. It’s an elegant solution that gives a more elegant look to the bags.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="grw8ufdtNuo6KcSvGpMLT" name="MUM 0149.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/grw8ufdtNuo6KcSvGpMLT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/grw8ufdtNuo6KcSvGpMLT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There’s a generous increase in the amount of storage space when you extend the roll-top section. In the 12L bag shown here, the capacity grows from 10.5 to 14.5 liters, thus giving you no less than four extra liters to play with. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another potential problem area is the placement of the shoulder strap. If it’s ideally positioned for when the bag is compacted, it’s often less than ideal when it’s expanded. Again, Manfrotto has come up with a clever solution in that the bags feature two pairs of strap attachment loops, while the strap itself has spring-loaded metal catches at each end. The upshot is that you can quickly and easily snap the strap onto whichever pair of loops fit the bill.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="9JyNfXeSg9NjMv58THedN" name="MUM 0150.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9JyNfXeSg9NjMv58THedN-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9JyNfXeSg9NjMv58THedN-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There’s a pair of upper and lower strap attachment loops on each side of the bag, so you can ideally position the strap for both rolled-up and expanded configurations. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The modern, stylish look of the bags extend to the straps, which I’d describe as being made from seatbelt-like material, wrapped in a padded outer. They’re as good as they look, with a generous range of adjustability and being very comfortable to wear. They’re also quite resistant to unwantedly slipping off your shoulder, so you can safely wear the bags as shoulder bags as well as in cross-body messenger style.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="aFCsSWFrE3PKNDkzGqejM" name="MUM 0152.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aFCsSWFrE3PKNDkzGqejM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aFCsSWFrE3PKNDkzGqejM-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A little design flourish is that the ‘Uncover’ printed shoulder strap lies within a comfortably padded outer sleeve. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing I always like to see is a grab handle, so I can conveniently pick up the bag with one hand as an alternative to hanging it off a shoulder. The larger version comes complete with a long rope-style grab handle on the back (in addition to the front grab handle) which is comfortable and dependable, and there’s also a small loop just above it. There’s also a flat pass-through strap just below, for securely attaching the bag to the handle of a luggage trolley. The scaled-down 7L bag has neither the rear grab handle nor the trolley pass-through – just the small upper loop.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="Fc6eqskv8zAcntnF7C2pQ" name="MUM 0153.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fc6eqskv8zAcntnF7C2pQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fc6eqskv8zAcntnF7C2pQ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 12L version has a full complement of rope-style grab handle, top loop and lower baggage trolley pass-through. The 7L bag only has the small loop up top. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting back to things featured in both bags, the ‘FlexGrid’ front panel is made from tough, dual-laminated Cordura with laser-cut holes. Another neat idea, this enables you to hang all sorts of bits, bobs and accessories off the front of the bag, simply by attaching them or tying them to the FlexGrid.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="vPjKzxgYuHzk7ijoK9GnR" name="MUM 0154.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vPjKzxgYuHzk7ijoK9GnR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vPjKzxgYuHzk7ijoK9GnR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The FlexGrid front panel enables you to hang extra items onto the bag, using carabiners or just tying them on, using the laser-cut holes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s an additional slim pocket on side of the 12L bag, and a larger expandable pocket on the other side. The latter is big enough to take a drinks bottle or other similarly sized extra, putting it within easy reach and without taking up precious room inside the main compartment of the bag. However, both of these are omitted in the 7L bag, which has no side pockets at all.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="UyRSuf6sem9wr3HeTMu2P" name="MUM 0156.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UyRSuf6sem9wr3HeTMu2P-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UyRSuf6sem9wr3HeTMu2P-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The larger of the two side pockets featured in the 12L version can hold a drinks bottle or something of a similar size. The 7L bag has no side pockets at all. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I personally find a slim rear pocket very useful in any shoulder/messenger bag and this is very much present and correct in both of the 7L and 12L Uncover bags. It’s great for keeping paperwork, travel documents and other thin stuff in a self-contained area, out of harm’s way.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="pbaYR2mZsjZxT9zgo5MiQ" name="MUM 0157.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pbaYR2mZsjZxT9zgo5MiQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pbaYR2mZsjZxT9zgo5MiQ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Both bags feature a full-width, slimline zippered pocket at the rear. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A quick look underneath the 12L bag reveals a pair of adjustable straps with fasteners. You could use these for attaching a wide variety of things, like a short umbrella, but in a photographic context, I’d use them for attaching a travel tripod. Again, you don’t get this facility with the 7L bag, which is strapless underneath.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="w4445PBSpPrAjWw5FJjDS" name="MUM 0158.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w4445PBSpPrAjWw5FJjDS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w4445PBSpPrAjWw5FJjDS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 12L bag has adjustable straps on the underside, ideal for attaching a travel tripod. They’re not featured in the 7L bag. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s not really a problem but you can’t actually get into the main zippered compartment of the bags without first lifting up the expanding section to its full height. The quick-action folding design with magnetic attraction again comes to the fore. Once opened, the camera insert can seem a little buried away, far down inside the compartment.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="jpxyDCD9Xzag4DJW77VDM" name="MUM 0159.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jpxyDCD9Xzag4DJW77VDM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jpxyDCD9Xzag4DJW77VDM-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera insert lies low in the bag, as you have to extend the roll-top to its full height to get into the main zippered compartment. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I mentioned earlier, one of the things I like most about the Uncover design is that you can remove the camera insert altogether when you’re not carrying your camera, and use the entire main compartment for daily or travel essentials. The removable camera insert itself has a fully zippered top flap and a carrying handle, enabling it to work as a camera bag of sorts in its own right.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="csKMVntrpxNvZXrbjQ4wP" name="MUM 0161.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/csKMVntrpxNvZXrbjQ4wP-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/csKMVntrpxNvZXrbjQ4wP-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the camera insert removed and as you’ll notice, it comes complete with a zippered lid and carry handle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The camera insert comes complete with adjustable dividers that you can fold and bend into the ideal configuration for your kit, as well as placing them in the best locations thanks to Velcro strip fasteners. Folding one or two of the dividers can work well if you have thin lenses or other accessories and don’t mind double-stacking them.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="73nphV3HXK38gxGYj9gtL" name="MUM 0163.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/73nphV3HXK38gxGYj9gtL-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/73nphV3HXK38gxGYj9gtL-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the inside of the 12L bag, with its three adjustable dividers inserted. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The 12L bag comes with three dividers in total, that have differing designs. The two darker grey dividers are just crying out to be folded into specialist shapes, and even the light grey ‘flat’ one can be folded over to make an elongated cube, as shown above.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="mGhj5NT8w62EAW6A5x6zL" name="MUM 0164.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mGhj5NT8w62EAW6A5x6zL-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mGhj5NT8w62EAW6A5x6zL-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">These are the three dividers that are supplied with the 12L bag. The 7L bags comes with one dark grey ‘M-Guard’ divider and one flat light grey divider. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Carrying a bag around with an expensive camera kit inside it can be a nerve-wracking experience. To give a little peace of mind, both bags feature a small hidden pocket, designed to hold an AirTag or similar tracking device.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="3fo9jbfEYVwNi94wJhoSM" name="MUM 0165.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3fo9jbfEYVwNi94wJhoSM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3fo9jbfEYVwNi94wJhoSM-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There’s a small hidden pocket for holding an AirTag or alternative tracking device, to help you keep tabs on your bag’s location. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The main compartment of both bags also features a tablet sleeve with its own secure closure. Only the size differs, the 12L bag accommodating an 11-inch tablet and the 7L bag being able to hold an 8.5-inch tablet, like an iPad mini. However, a major drawback for some prospective buyers is that neither of the bags features a laptop sleeve.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="zVzD5ee6sz6YEHWvxhZLD" name="MUM 0166.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zVzD5ee6sz6YEHWvxhZLD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zVzD5ee6sz6YEHWvxhZLD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 7L and 12L bags feature 8.5-inch and 11-inch tablet sleeves respectively, but neither has a laptop sleeve. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Last but not least, there’s a mesh pocket that runs full width along the inside front of the main compartment. It’s zippered and offers a dedicated area for keeping small but sensitive or precious items.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="icpwEYggT8tQ9GBLP2F9J" name="MUM 0167.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/icpwEYggT8tQ9GBLP2F9J-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/icpwEYggT8tQ9GBLP2F9J-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The zippered mesh pocket runs the full length of the front of the main internal compartment. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-messenger-sling-performance"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling: Performance</span></h3><p>There’s always a feel-good factor in having a bag that you like the look of, and I think the Manfrotto Uncover bags do look attractive. However, they’re only available in a single black/grey colorway option, which might not be to everyone’s taste. From a performance perspective, a more vital aspect is that the bags are robust, resilient, and give good protection to whatever you're carrying inside them. That’s especially true for carrying camera kit.</p><p>Toughness is ensured by Manfrotto’s custom ‘TriTex’ three-layer fabric, from which the bags are constructed. The material is designed to be highly durable and water-resistant, and the bags also feature weather-sealed YKK zippers. The net result is that you don’t need an additional slip-over weather-proof cover, as supplied with many bags, which can take up space and be a chore to use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="VMgz5vLncJTJUL8zHL6QM" name="MUM 0170.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VMgz5vLncJTJUL8zHL6QM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VMgz5vLncJTJUL8zHL6QM-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even with the larger 12L version of the Uncover Messenger, you can find yourself running out of room in the camera insert sooner rather than later. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>An upside of the ‘bag within a bag’ design is that camera kit gets double the protective padding in its dedicated insert. However it also means that kit isn’t quite as immediately accessible and that precious room is used up by basically stowing one bag inside another one.</p><p>I was a little disappointed that even with the larger 12L bag, I packed my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-z6-iii-review-a-dream-camera-for-content-creators-through-to-enthusiast-and-pro-photographers">Nikon Z6III</a> camera with mounted <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-nikkor-z-24-70mm-f4-s-review">Z 24-70mm f/4 S</a> lens in its retracted state, along with a second similarly sized lens, and pretty much all of the space in the camera insert was used up, as shown in the image above. Sure, you could squeeze in a few more items if you had a more compact camera and smaller lenses but let’s face it, the Z6III and its retractable kit lens isn’t exactly a big camera.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="n3oaUgtiwLUG9drvKtWNR" name="MUM 0169.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/n3oaUgtiwLUG9drvKtWNR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/n3oaUgtiwLUG9drvKtWNR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Stashing a tripod on the 12L version of the bag is quick and easy. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I don’t have one of those super-small ‘travel tripods’ with swing-up legs, which would be an ideal fit for attaching to the 12L bag, courtesy of the adjustable bottom straps. Even so, my not overly large <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-190go-tripod-review">Manfrotto 190go! Tripod</a> doesn’t look entirely out of place. Either way, the 7L omits the tripod straps.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-messenger-sling-verdict"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling: Verdict</span></h3><p>I’m all for versatility and adaptability. I like that the roll-top design of the Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling bags enables them to grow and shrink on demand, accommodating different amounts of daily paraphernalia. I also like that the camera inserts, which are a bit like camera bags in their own right, are easily removable in just a few seconds. The bags, therefore, convert from photo bags to regular, general-use bags on the fly. Further plus points are that the bags are very durable, attractively styled, and comfortable to carry.</p><p>It’s not all great news. The ‘bag within a bag’ design eats into the available space, and even the larger 12L version has relatively little room for photo gear in its camera insert. Naturally, the 7L bag has even less. The 7L bag also lacks side pockets, a rear grab handle, a baggage trolley pass-through, and tripod tethers. Unless you’re desperate for the smallest bag you can get away with, the 12L has a lot more to offer. Even so, I feel that the fairly small amount of camera kit that it can carry is a limiting factor.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>There’s a good range of features, especially in the 12L version. Both feature a roll-top, removable camera insert and FlexGrid front panel, but the 7L lacks a few extras.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Stylish Italian design is backed up by high-grade materials and impressive build quality, but camera space is limited and they’re only available in a single black/grey colorway. </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Both 7L and 12L bags are robust, durable and weather-resistant but performance in the context of carrying camera kit is limited by the relatively small available space.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>For messenger / sling bags of high quality, pricing is reasonable for both size options but they’re not standout value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2843px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.88%;"><img id="E8sSJeonfctDXK7JYCBMN" name="MUM 00 hero 0083.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/E8sSJeonfctDXK7JYCBMN-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2843" height="1219" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/E8sSJeonfctDXK7JYCBMN-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="12821698-7c70-11f1-a11c-a3a61c75d12f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard Veo Range 36M/38M" data-dimension48="Vanguard Veo Range 36M/38M" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-range-36m38m-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:823px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="wVwo6vLHWNXQYCUYpLtr5U" name="Vanguard Veo Range 36M 38M square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wVwo6vLHWNXQYCUYpLtr5U-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="823" height="823" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-range-36m38m-review" data-dimension112="12821698-7c70-11f1-a11c-a3a61c75d12f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard Veo Range 36M/38M" data-dimension48="Vanguard Veo Range 36M/38M" data-dimension25=""><strong>Vanguard Veo Range 36M/38M</strong></a> is one of my favorite pairs of messenger bags, available in 14L and 17L sizes respectively. They have a space-saving, double-deck configuration, integrated tripod compartment, and can hold a surprisingly large collection of kit, all for a very affordable price.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="12821706-7c70-11f1-8e1a-2bf6e73f3797" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Everyday Messenger 13-inch V2" data-dimension48="Peak Design Everyday Messenger 13-inch V2" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-everyday-messenger-13-inch-v2" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:823px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="VLBRkcDnaCduprow2uQB8U" name="Peak Design Everyday Messenger 13-inch V2 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VLBRkcDnaCduprow2uQB8U-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="823" height="823" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-everyday-messenger-13-inch-v2" data-dimension112="12821706-7c70-11f1-8e1a-2bf6e73f3797" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Everyday Messenger 13-inch V2" data-dimension48="Peak Design Everyday Messenger 13-inch V2" data-dimension25=""><strong>Peak Design Everyday Messenger 13-inch V2</strong></a> is a really smart-looking, high-quality bag that’s beautifully made and impeccably turned out. It can hold a lot of kit, more so than you might think when just looking at it, and features lots of extra pockets and cubbyholes, as well as having flexible internal organization.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ High memory card prices might not fall until after 2030 ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>It's become an all-too familiar story: the global memory chip shortage causing the price of memory cards and SSDs to skyrocket. This situation has been ongoing for almost a year now, and the latest <a href="https://www.newsbytesapp.com/news/science/ai-driven-memory-chip-shortage-to-peak-in-2027-sk-hynix/story" target="_blank">news</a> suggests prices might not fall for some time.</p><p>According to Kwak Noh-jung, CEO of Korean chip giant SK Hynix, the global memory chip market "will face unprecedented supply shortages in 2027". Furthermore, Kwak predicts that the chip shortage is likely to continue past 2030. Other analysts agree that the chip shortage won't be over soon: UBS predicts the global DRAM market will remain undersupplied until at least Q2 2028, while Bank of America estimates that datacenter capital expenditure will hit $851 billion this year and rise to around $1.15 trillion next year – in other words, the demand for memory will rise over the next 12 months.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1559px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yrXCcDyNxZAJPB5tGFKAs3" name="BalticServers_data_center" alt="Image of an IT data center" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yrXCcDyNxZAJPB5tGFKAs3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1559" height="877" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0, BalticServers.com)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The chip shortage is due to the unprecedented demand for HBM (high bandwidth memory) chips, which are being voraciously consumed by AI datacenters. SK Hynix produces around 58% of the global HBM chip supply and is investing heavily in in new semiconductor production facilities, with $4 billion allocated to build an advanced chip packaging plant in Indiana.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4456px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="XxoXA68txq4AuV9Cwnd2oh" name="SDNK_PRO-CINEMA_CFExpress_Type-A_01-00999v2_Life-8" alt="SanDisk PRO-CINEMA CFexpress Type A card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XxoXA68txq4AuV9Cwnd2oh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4456" height="2507" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: SanDisk)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It should be noted that high bandwidth memory isn't actually used in products like consumer memory cards and SSDs, yet these products have still seen huge price rises as a direct result of the HBM chip shortage. The reason for this is likely due to chip manufacturers diverting manufacturing capacity to the more lucrative HBM sector, and away from the NAND flash used in memory cards. And it's this reduced supply of NAND chips that has caused the price of SD and CFexpress cards to increase so dramatically.</p><p>So if you’re in need of a new memory card, check out what we rate as the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-memory-card" target="_blank"><strong>best memory cards for your camera</strong></a>, with the best prices available right now.</p><p><strong>Story credit:</strong> <a href="https://www.newsbytesapp.com/news/science/ai-driven-memory-chip-shortage-to-peak-in-2027-sk-hynix/story" target="_blank">NewsBytes</a></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/memory-cards/memory-card-prices-might-not-fall-until-after-2030</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ AI expansion is expected to place continued demand on the global memory supply for years to come, and photographers will pay for it ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">t7ciUaiR24nGUAAvTV6Rjb</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QXjKKT6attc75E8jB6SqPc-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 18 Jul 2026 22:48:05 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 20 Jul 2026 07:54:52 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Memory Cards]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ ben.andrews@futurenet.com (Ben Andrews) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Ben Andrews ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hA7SxTHVsLt7fQ5XhWWbX4-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QXjKKT6attc75E8jB6SqPc-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Photo of a collection of SD cards with dollar signs]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Photo of a collection of SD cards with dollar signs]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Photo of a collection of SD cards with dollar signs]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QXjKKT6attc75E8jB6SqPc-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>It's become an all-too familiar story: the global memory chip shortage causing the price of memory cards and SSDs to skyrocket. This situation has been ongoing for almost a year now, and the latest <a href="https://www.newsbytesapp.com/news/science/ai-driven-memory-chip-shortage-to-peak-in-2027-sk-hynix/story" target="_blank">news</a> suggests prices might not fall for some time.</p><p>According to Kwak Noh-jung, CEO of Korean chip giant SK Hynix, the global memory chip market "will face unprecedented supply shortages in 2027". Furthermore, Kwak predicts that the chip shortage is likely to continue past 2030. Other analysts agree that the chip shortage won't be over soon: UBS predicts the global DRAM market will remain undersupplied until at least Q2 2028, while Bank of America estimates that datacenter capital expenditure will hit $851 billion this year and rise to around $1.15 trillion next year – in other words, the demand for memory will rise over the next 12 months.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1559px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yrXCcDyNxZAJPB5tGFKAs3" name="BalticServers_data_center" alt="Image of an IT data center" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yrXCcDyNxZAJPB5tGFKAs3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1559" height="877" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0, BalticServers.com)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The chip shortage is due to the unprecedented demand for HBM (high bandwidth memory) chips, which are being voraciously consumed by AI datacenters. SK Hynix produces around 58% of the global HBM chip supply and is investing heavily in in new semiconductor production facilities, with $4 billion allocated to build an advanced chip packaging plant in Indiana.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4456px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="XxoXA68txq4AuV9Cwnd2oh" name="SDNK_PRO-CINEMA_CFExpress_Type-A_01-00999v2_Life-8" alt="SanDisk PRO-CINEMA CFexpress Type A card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XxoXA68txq4AuV9Cwnd2oh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4456" height="2507" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: SanDisk)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It should be noted that high bandwidth memory isn't actually used in products like consumer memory cards and SSDs, yet these products have still seen huge price rises as a direct result of the HBM chip shortage. The reason for this is likely due to chip manufacturers diverting manufacturing capacity to the more lucrative HBM sector, and away from the NAND flash used in memory cards. And it's this reduced supply of NAND chips that has caused the price of SD and CFexpress cards to increase so dramatically.</p><p>So if you’re in need of a new memory card, check out what we rate as the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-memory-card" target="_blank"><strong>best memory cards for your camera</strong></a>, with the best prices available right now.</p><p><strong>Story credit:</strong> <a href="https://www.newsbytesapp.com/news/science/ai-driven-memory-chip-shortage-to-peak-in-2027-sk-hynix/story" target="_blank">NewsBytes</a></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Manfrotto Uncover Backpack review: these adaptable camera / daypacks come in two expandable size options ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Think Manfrotto and you’re probably thinking tripods, ranging from budget-friendly sticks right up to top-flight professional options. However, the Italian outfit has been operating since the 1960s, so it’s no surprise that it’s diversified along the way. There are light stands and accessories, which is also no surprise as the photojournalist Lino Manfrotto originally started the business by selling light stands. More recently, Manfrotto has designed and manufactured a wide range of camera bags, backpacks, and roller cases. The latest and arguably greatest of these are from the new ‘Uncover’ collection.</p><p>Typical of Manfrotto, there’s some snazzy Italian design flair and quality construction behind the Uncover range of backpacks and messenger / sling bags. The backpack that I’m majoring on here is the Manfrotto Uncover Backpack 30L, while also checking out the smaller 24L version. Both are very similar in terms of design, features, and construction; it’s just that one’s bigger than the other. That filters down to the camera inserts themselves.</p><p>The camera compartment of the 30L is designed to accommodate a mirrorless camera body or compact DSLR, along with three to five lenses, or a small drone kit. The 24L can take a compact camera body and up to three lenses, or a small drone. Both also serve as a daypack for your daily essentials, with an expanding roll-top design, and you can convert them to full-sized, general-purpose backpacks by quickly and easily removing the camera inserts. All in all, they aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-backpacks">best backpacks for photographers</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="8zBd3ZcGWGyEARX45NiNqk" name="MUB 01 intro 0077" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8zBd3ZcGWGyEARX45NiNqk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3000" height="1687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the front of the 30L on the left and the rear of the 24L on the right, both at their most compact height with their roll-tops rolled down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-backpack-specifications"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Backpack: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Uncover Backpack 24L</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Uncover Backpack 30L</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Capacity</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20.5L to 28.5L expandable</p></td><td  ><p>25L to 33L expandable </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>External   dimensions (WxDxH)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>36x20x40.5-62cm / 14.2x7.9x15.9-24.4in </p></td><td  ><p>40x21x44-64.5cm / 15.8x8.3x17.3-25.4in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Internal   dimensions (WxDxH)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>23x13x40-57cm / 9.1x5.1x15.8-22.4in </p></td><td  ><p>28x16x41-60cm / 11x5.3x16.1-23.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Backpack type</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Removable camera insert / daypack</p></td><td  ><p>Removable camera insert / daypack</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Camera   access</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Rear / side</p></td><td  ><p>Rear / side</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Laptop   compartment</strong></p></td><td  ><p>14-inch laptop + tablet</p></td><td  ><p>16-inch laptop + tablet</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Tripod   fastener</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Chest /   Waist strap</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Chest</p></td><td  ><p>Chest</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Baggage trolley strap</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Rain-proof cover</strong></p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.6kg / 3.53lb</p></td><td  ><p>1.8kg / 3.97lb</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-backpack-price"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Backpack: Price</span></h3><p>The Uncover Backpack 24L launched with a price of $300 / £229 / AU$429, while its bigger sibling, the Uncover Backpack 30L, came in at $330 / £239 / AU$439, so there’s not much difference between the two in terms of cost. </p><p>For the sake of comparison, one of the biggest names in the camera backpack market is Lowepro, and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/lowepro-protactic-bp-350-aw-iii-review">Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III</a> (one of my favorite camera backpacks) costs around $300 / £211 / AU$530, which is pretty similar in most world regions but rather pricier in Australia.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-backpack-design-handling"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Backpack: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>When you want to pack a camera kit and all the stuff you need for a day out into one backpack, you can soon find yourself running out of space. On the other hand, you don’t want to be lugging around a backpack that’s bigger than you need it to be. The Manfrotto Uncover grows or shrinks to order, accommodating larger or smaller collections of kit and caboodle for any particular journey. That’s thanks to a roll-top design, enabling you to unclasp the top section and roll it out to a greater height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="focxGa5Ki6GvUcd3xGmipk" name="MUB 0118.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/focxGa5Ki6GvUcd3xGmipk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/focxGa5Ki6GvUcd3xGmipk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The roll-top design features an adjustable strap and metal clasp, shown at the top of this picture, underneath which is a front grab handle labelled ‘Uncover’. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The height range on offer equates to 40.5-62cm / 15.9-24.4in for the 24L, and 44-64.5cm / 17.3-25.4in for the 30L. In terms of capacity, the range is 20.5L to 28.5L for the smaller backpack and 25L to 33L for the larger one. In practice, the amount of extension feels considerable, allowing you to pack quite a bit of extra stuff when you need to, and to save space with a smaller backpack when you don’t.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="RZ2q4q3zzDzzV6St7Bs8pk" name="MUB 0121.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RZ2q4q3zzDzzV6St7Bs8pk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RZ2q4q3zzDzzV6St7Bs8pk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This image shows the roll-top section at the top of the backpack at its full extension, which gives you a fair chunk of extra stowage space. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s only natural to think of any backpack as something you wear on your back, but I do like a grab handle to be featured in the design. This makes it easy to pick up the bag with one hand and move it around when the need arises. Sure enough, the Manfrotto features a rope-style strap at the top of its back, underneath which there’s also a handy small loop.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="TMbMprgzFk5FYQFQ4WSTmk" name="MUB 0122.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TMbMprgzFk5FYQFQ4WSTmk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TMbMprgzFk5FYQFQ4WSTmk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The sturdy rope-style grab handle on the top rear of the bag makes it easy to pick it up and move it around, and there’s a small loop just beneath it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For longer journeys that involve airports and other travel terminals, a luggage trolley can help take the strain. The backpack can conveniently attach to the handles of these trolleys, thanks to a trolley pass-through which doubles as a padded back panel for when you’re actually wearing the backpack.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="WHuxMdfuNhtQqwiBrVWnkk" name="MUB 0123.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WHuxMdfuNhtQqwiBrVWnkk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WHuxMdfuNhtQqwiBrVWnkk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">I’ve put my hand through the entire back panel for this image, demonstrating how it works as a pass-through for a luggage trolley handle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Like the back panel, the shoulder straps are generously padded to enhance comfort. They’re also durable, the backpack in general being based on Manfrotto’s custom ‘TriTex’ three-layer fabric, which is designed to be highly durable and water-resistant, along with weather-sealed YKK zippers and a PU-coated base, thus avoiding the need for an additional slip-over weatherproof cover. Getting back to the shoulder straps, I like that they have a big range of adjustment and that both feature a handy attachment loop.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="mDS7HGHBpEbWm2ehR8w7kk" name="MUB 0124.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mDS7HGHBpEbWm2ehR8w7kk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mDS7HGHBpEbWm2ehR8w7kk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main shoulder straps are nicely padded, generously adjustable, and both feature an attachment loop with ‘Uncover’ written across them. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When the going gets tough, and you’re trekking across rough terrain or generally making life difficult for yourself, you can find that backpacks tend to slide around, and the straps can slip off your shoulders. To help avoid this particular problem, the Manfrotto has a chest strap, which makes the backpack feel more secure, as well as keeping the shoulder straps in place. Like the shoulder straps, it has a wide range of adjustment and this time features an elasticated section to enhance comfort. However, unlike many camera backpacks, there’s no waist strap for keeping it in place, for example, when you’re climbing over obstacles. Ideally, I’d have liked a removable waist strap to be included, giving the option of using it or not, as needs dictate.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="YBioYkX4VjyncH4PpNBCkk" name="MUB 0125.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YBioYkX4VjyncH4PpNBCkk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YBioYkX4VjyncH4PpNBCkk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The backpack features an adjustable, elasticated chest strap but no waist strap. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve often seen webbing and attachment loops featured extensively on backpacks and think they’re a great idea. It’s really useful to be able to add extra pouches and various paraphernalia, fastening them securely to the outside of the bag. Manfrotto’s take on it for the Uncover range is to construct the front panel from ‘FlexGrid’, made from dual-laminated Cordura with laser-cut holes. This gives the option of attaching carabiners, tools, accessories, and pretty much anything else you can tie on or attach to it.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="DJhT72HPxJyJUAyUuDRQnk" name="MUB 0126.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DJhT72HPxJyJUAyUuDRQnk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DJhT72HPxJyJUAyUuDRQnk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Laser-cut holes in the Cordura FlexGrid front panel enable the easy attachment of tools and other accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a slim pocket featured on one side of the bag. The reason that it’s so slim is that it’s actually integrated into a larger zippered flap that enables access through the side of the backpack, right through to the camera compartment. As has become popular in many camera backpacks of late, the side flap gives the advantage that you can grab your camera with attached lens in double-quick time, without having to open the whole backpack and dig it out.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="S9MsAqMQeNZdwQGZb3cNqk" name="MUB 0127.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S9MsAqMQeNZdwQGZb3cNqk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S9MsAqMQeNZdwQGZb3cNqk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The slimmer of the two side pockets is integrated in the side-access camera flap. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The side pocket on the other side of the backpack has relatively generous dimensions, expanding to accommodate the likes of a drinks bottle or tripod. Again, it’s opened and closed with a weather-sealed YKK zipper, just like all the other zippers featured around the bag.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="tCGUCBZ5rKdb5xT4kNVxmk" name="MUB 0129.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tCGUCBZ5rKdb5xT4kNVxmk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tCGUCBZ5rKdb5xT4kNVxmk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The larger of the two side pockets can play host to a drinks bottle or similarly chunky extra. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The main compartment of the backpack that holds the camera insert opens from the rear. I like this arrangement, as it means that I don’t need to lay the rear of the backpack (that I’m subsequently going to wear against my back) on mucky ground to get at my camera kit. What I’m less keen on is that this sort of design often demands that you rotate the shoulder straps around to the front of the backpack before you can open the zipper. There’s no need for that here, as the shoulder straps don’t interfere with the path of the zipper track.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="fzGQeAxxT8pNJ4Wf28LMmk" name="MUB 0130.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fzGQeAxxT8pNJ4Wf28LMmk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fzGQeAxxT8pNJ4Wf28LMmk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Access to the whole camera insert is via the rear of the backpack, through a full-length zipper. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Opening the rear zipper also reveals the upper compartment with its mesh lid, as shown in the image above. Undoing an additional zipper gives access to this compartment, typically used for daily essentials. As I’d expect, you can also get into the upper compartment through a zipper on the top of the outer shell. Manfrotto’s ‘SmartLift’ system enables you to adjust the placement of the floor of the upper compartment, in conjunction with altering the roll-top height, as well as converting it into a full-height backpack with the camera insert removed.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="JfeeB4yB2YbkDrDRqwqAmk" name="MUB 0131.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JfeeB4yB2YbkDrDRqwqAmk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JfeeB4yB2YbkDrDRqwqAmk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The upper compartment is adjustable both in the position of its base and its height, thanks to the ‘SmartLift’ design and roll-top facility. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The camera insert is quickly and easily removed, its lid slotting in and out of a receptacle built into the backpack. I’ve removed the insert for the image shown below, and you’ll notice that the lid folds over and has a zipper to close it, coming complete with a carrying handle. As such, it serves as a camera bag of sorts in its own right.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="9VYktiC3H5yiYKEzw7KBmk" name="MUB 0132.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9VYktiC3H5yiYKEzw7KBmk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9VYktiC3H5yiYKEzw7KBmk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera insert features its own zippered lid and carrying handle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Whether fitted in the backpack or in standalone mode, the camera insert is supplied with a number of adjustable dividers, using the time-honored method of Velcro strip fasteners to keep them in place. They’re smartly designed and well-made.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="6Ex6c9JivNgyykMUAFWajk" name="MUB 0133.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6Ex6c9JivNgyykMUAFWajk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6Ex6c9JivNgyykMUAFWajk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The supplied camera insert dividers are endlessly adjustable, thanks to Velcro strip fasteners. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The organizer section is built into the inside of the main flap of the backpack, utilizing its full height. As such, it offers a fairly generous amount of space but only has three sub-sections. These comprise a full-width pocket at the bottom, and a pocket that’s divided into two halves up top, opened with a single zipper. It works okay, but I think it could have been better with dedicated pockets for the likes of a wallet, smartphone, key fob, pen, and so on.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="nq2GVAqjjbA6JoJXjvJxjk" name="MUB 0134.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nq2GVAqjjbA6JoJXjvJxjk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nq2GVAqjjbA6JoJXjvJxjk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The organizer section is fairly basic, comprising three sections with two zippers. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-backpack-performance"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Backpack: Performance</span></h3><p>As I said at the outset, I’m majoring on the larger 30L edition of the Manfrotto Uncover Backpack, and that’s the one that’s featured in all of my individual product images. Performance is very good in terms of robustness, durability, and weather-resistance. The backpack is also comfortable to wear, with nicely padded contact areas for the back and shoulders. However, a waist strap would have given extra stability, but is omitted in the design. On the upside, another performance plus point is that it’s quick and easy to get to your camera kit when you need it in a hurry.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="3UwxhXA9H9xk7AB5DigZok" name="MUB 0136.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3UwxhXA9H9xk7AB5DigZok-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3UwxhXA9H9xk7AB5DigZok-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Opening the full-length zipper on the rear of the backpack gives access to the entire camera insert. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>My only real disappointment, considering that I was using the larger version of the backpack, is that I filled pretty much the whole camera insert with relatively little kit. As you’ll see above, I’ve managed to pack my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-z6-iii-review-a-dream-camera-for-content-creators-through-to-enthusiast-and-pro-photographers">Nikon Z6 III</a> camera with a mounted <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-nikkor-z-24-70mm-f4-s-review">Z 24-70mm f/4 S</a> lens in its retracted state, along with three other similarly sized lenses. There’s a bit of space left over for spare batteries and another small accessory, but that’s pretty much it. If I needed to carry bigger lenses or more of them, I’d have to use lens wraps or pop them into pouches, and eat into the general daypack compartment.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="DqxR62wkkzaNST9RYy5wnk" name="MUB 0137.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DqxR62wkkzaNST9RYy5wnk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DqxR62wkkzaNST9RYy5wnk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the camera insert removed from the backpack. It still acts as a secure bag for holding photo kit. And speaking of security, the backpack features a small hidden pocket for holding an AirTag or similar tracking device. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are times when I definitely want to just grab my camera with its mounted lens in a hurry, before a photo opportunity passes me by. I like that the Manfrotto has a zippered side access flap, which enables me to get hold of my camera with minimum fuss and bother, and maximum speed.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="PsEDtJrJCUyT5XFdWYBojk" name="MUB 0139.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PsEDtJrJCUyT5XFdWYBojk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PsEDtJrJCUyT5XFdWYBojk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Opening the zippered flap on one side gives you quick and easy access to your camera. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Increasingly, photographers and people in general need to carry laptops and tablets with them, whether they’re at work, rest, or play. The smaller 24L version of the backpack has an integral sleeve that can hold a laptop of up to 14-inch size, whereas the 30L can accommodate up to a 16-inch laptop. Both versions also have an additional tablet sleeve.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="m82eapWr7j3gLgbmJKLunk" name="MUB 0140.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/m82eapWr7j3gLgbmJKLunk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/m82eapWr7j3gLgbmJKLunk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The larger 30L edition of the backpack can hold a laptop of up to 16-inch size. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unlike laptops and tablets, a tripod is a more camera-specific accessory. Again, the backpack accommodates, this time with the larger of the two side pockets. You can simply pop the tripod in feet-first, and there’s a hidden strap that you can pull out of a receptacle near the top of the backpack to secure the tripod in place.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="xxzGeGVvCAdRdRVVDjSJqk" name="MUB 0142.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xxzGeGVvCAdRdRVVDjSJqk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xxzGeGVvCAdRdRVVDjSJqk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The strap for securing the tripod can be hidden away when it’s not in use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-backpack-verdict"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Backpack: Verdict</span></h3><p>I don’t think there’s any such thing as the perfect camera backpack. There’s always room for improvement, but more importantly, a lot of how ‘good’ a bag is comes down to personal requirements and taste. I like the expandable roll-top design of the Manfrotto, and that it can so easily convert between a split camera backpack / daypack and a full general-purpose backpack. However, I feel the versatility comes at the expense of the camera insert being relatively small, even in the larger 30L version of the backpack.</p><p>In other areas, I like the speedy side-access flap for grabbing my camera in a hurry, and the full-height rear zipper that gives easy access to everything else. The quality of the bag is also excellent, both in terms of its construction materials and how they’re put together. All in all, it’s an excellent backpack that serves its purpose very well, but I’d like a few extra dedicated accessory pockets, a better organizer section, and a waist strap, the last of these preferably being removable.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Smart features include roll-top expandability with SmartLift system, a removable camera insert and FlexGrid front panel for attaching accessories.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The design is clever and stylish with high-grade materials and very good build quality, but there’s no waist strap and the backpack is only available in one black/grey colorway. </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The backpack is robust, durable and very weather-resistant but even the larger version has relatively little camera storage space.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Pricing is reasonable for both size options of the 24L and 30L backpacks but they’re not particularly great value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.87%;"><img id="3G7WpkuUQCnGj4GswCvKmk" name="MUB 00 hero 0069" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3G7WpkuUQCnGj4GswCvKmk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1286" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3G7WpkuUQCnGj4GswCvKmk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="72328cea-7c24-11f1-9734-71405bf26d8a" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III" data-dimension48="Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/lowepro-protactic-bp-350-aw-iii-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:514px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="5Lagr8uRYy6kgUB95EbQmd" name="Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5Lagr8uRYy6kgUB95EbQmd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="514" height="514" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/lowepro-protactic-bp-350-aw-iii-review" data-dimension112="72328cea-7c24-11f1-9734-71405bf26d8a" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III" data-dimension48="Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III" data-dimension25=""><strong>Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III</strong></a> is a full photo backpack rather than a split camera/daypack, priced at $300 / £211 / AU$530. However, its modular design enables the easy addition of extra pouches and accessories, and it comes complete with a removable waist strap.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="72328d58-7c24-11f1-a2b0-7f5052ed540f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Tenba DNA 16 DSLR Backpack" data-dimension48="Tenba DNA 16 DSLR Backpack" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/tenba-dna-16-dslr-photo-backpack-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:896px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:99.89%;"><img id="TeqsmbweL2qaxE2HjzQyrd" name="Tenba DNA 16 DSLR Backpack square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TeqsmbweL2qaxE2HjzQyrd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="896" height="895" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/tenba-dna-16-dslr-photo-backpack-review" data-dimension112="72328d58-7c24-11f1-a2b0-7f5052ed540f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Tenba DNA 16 DSLR Backpack" data-dimension48="Tenba DNA 16 DSLR Backpack" data-dimension25=""><strong>Tenba DNA 16 DSLR Backpack</strong></a> is a direct competitor to the Manfrotto, a split camera/daypack with an expandable roll-top design and a removable camera insert. Available in black or blue, it’s very well made, a good performer, and sells for around $229 / £199 / AU$299.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/manfrotto-uncover-backpack-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Manfrotto Uncover Backpack 24L and 30L editions share the same feast of features, including removable camera inserts and an expanding roll-top design ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">bKqqCWPLKWM62iuMvBJDLN</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3G7WpkuUQCnGj4GswCvKmk-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 18 Jul 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Bags and Backpacks]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3G7WpkuUQCnGj4GswCvKmk-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3G7WpkuUQCnGj4GswCvKmk-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Think Manfrotto and you’re probably thinking tripods, ranging from budget-friendly sticks right up to top-flight professional options. However, the Italian outfit has been operating since the 1960s, so it’s no surprise that it’s diversified along the way. There are light stands and accessories, which is also no surprise as the photojournalist Lino Manfrotto originally started the business by selling light stands. More recently, Manfrotto has designed and manufactured a wide range of camera bags, backpacks, and roller cases. The latest and arguably greatest of these are from the new ‘Uncover’ collection.</p><p>Typical of Manfrotto, there’s some snazzy Italian design flair and quality construction behind the Uncover range of backpacks and messenger / sling bags. The backpack that I’m majoring on here is the Manfrotto Uncover Backpack 30L, while also checking out the smaller 24L version. Both are very similar in terms of design, features, and construction; it’s just that one’s bigger than the other. That filters down to the camera inserts themselves.</p><p>The camera compartment of the 30L is designed to accommodate a mirrorless camera body or compact DSLR, along with three to five lenses, or a small drone kit. The 24L can take a compact camera body and up to three lenses, or a small drone. Both also serve as a daypack for your daily essentials, with an expanding roll-top design, and you can convert them to full-sized, general-purpose backpacks by quickly and easily removing the camera inserts. All in all, they aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-backpacks">best backpacks for photographers</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="8zBd3ZcGWGyEARX45NiNqk" name="MUB 01 intro 0077" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8zBd3ZcGWGyEARX45NiNqk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3000" height="1687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the front of the 30L on the left and the rear of the 24L on the right, both at their most compact height with their roll-tops rolled down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-backpack-specifications"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Backpack: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Uncover Backpack 24L</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Uncover Backpack 30L</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Capacity</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20.5L to 28.5L expandable</p></td><td  ><p>25L to 33L expandable </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>External   dimensions (WxDxH)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>36x20x40.5-62cm / 14.2x7.9x15.9-24.4in </p></td><td  ><p>40x21x44-64.5cm / 15.8x8.3x17.3-25.4in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Internal   dimensions (WxDxH)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>23x13x40-57cm / 9.1x5.1x15.8-22.4in </p></td><td  ><p>28x16x41-60cm / 11x5.3x16.1-23.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Backpack type</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Removable camera insert / daypack</p></td><td  ><p>Removable camera insert / daypack</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Camera   access</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Rear / side</p></td><td  ><p>Rear / side</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Laptop   compartment</strong></p></td><td  ><p>14-inch laptop + tablet</p></td><td  ><p>16-inch laptop + tablet</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Tripod   fastener</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Chest /   Waist strap</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Chest</p></td><td  ><p>Chest</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Baggage trolley strap</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Rain-proof cover</strong></p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.6kg / 3.53lb</p></td><td  ><p>1.8kg / 3.97lb</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-backpack-price"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Backpack: Price</span></h3><p>The Uncover Backpack 24L launched with a price of $300 / £229 / AU$429, while its bigger sibling, the Uncover Backpack 30L, came in at $330 / £239 / AU$439, so there’s not much difference between the two in terms of cost. </p><p>For the sake of comparison, one of the biggest names in the camera backpack market is Lowepro, and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/lowepro-protactic-bp-350-aw-iii-review">Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III</a> (one of my favorite camera backpacks) costs around $300 / £211 / AU$530, which is pretty similar in most world regions but rather pricier in Australia.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-backpack-design-handling"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Backpack: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>When you want to pack a camera kit and all the stuff you need for a day out into one backpack, you can soon find yourself running out of space. On the other hand, you don’t want to be lugging around a backpack that’s bigger than you need it to be. The Manfrotto Uncover grows or shrinks to order, accommodating larger or smaller collections of kit and caboodle for any particular journey. That’s thanks to a roll-top design, enabling you to unclasp the top section and roll it out to a greater height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="focxGa5Ki6GvUcd3xGmipk" name="MUB 0118.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/focxGa5Ki6GvUcd3xGmipk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/focxGa5Ki6GvUcd3xGmipk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The roll-top design features an adjustable strap and metal clasp, shown at the top of this picture, underneath which is a front grab handle labelled ‘Uncover’. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The height range on offer equates to 40.5-62cm / 15.9-24.4in for the 24L, and 44-64.5cm / 17.3-25.4in for the 30L. In terms of capacity, the range is 20.5L to 28.5L for the smaller backpack and 25L to 33L for the larger one. In practice, the amount of extension feels considerable, allowing you to pack quite a bit of extra stuff when you need to, and to save space with a smaller backpack when you don’t.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="RZ2q4q3zzDzzV6St7Bs8pk" name="MUB 0121.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RZ2q4q3zzDzzV6St7Bs8pk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RZ2q4q3zzDzzV6St7Bs8pk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This image shows the roll-top section at the top of the backpack at its full extension, which gives you a fair chunk of extra stowage space. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s only natural to think of any backpack as something you wear on your back, but I do like a grab handle to be featured in the design. This makes it easy to pick up the bag with one hand and move it around when the need arises. Sure enough, the Manfrotto features a rope-style strap at the top of its back, underneath which there’s also a handy small loop.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="TMbMprgzFk5FYQFQ4WSTmk" name="MUB 0122.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TMbMprgzFk5FYQFQ4WSTmk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TMbMprgzFk5FYQFQ4WSTmk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The sturdy rope-style grab handle on the top rear of the bag makes it easy to pick it up and move it around, and there’s a small loop just beneath it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For longer journeys that involve airports and other travel terminals, a luggage trolley can help take the strain. The backpack can conveniently attach to the handles of these trolleys, thanks to a trolley pass-through which doubles as a padded back panel for when you’re actually wearing the backpack.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="WHuxMdfuNhtQqwiBrVWnkk" name="MUB 0123.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WHuxMdfuNhtQqwiBrVWnkk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WHuxMdfuNhtQqwiBrVWnkk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">I’ve put my hand through the entire back panel for this image, demonstrating how it works as a pass-through for a luggage trolley handle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Like the back panel, the shoulder straps are generously padded to enhance comfort. They’re also durable, the backpack in general being based on Manfrotto’s custom ‘TriTex’ three-layer fabric, which is designed to be highly durable and water-resistant, along with weather-sealed YKK zippers and a PU-coated base, thus avoiding the need for an additional slip-over weatherproof cover. Getting back to the shoulder straps, I like that they have a big range of adjustment and that both feature a handy attachment loop.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="mDS7HGHBpEbWm2ehR8w7kk" name="MUB 0124.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mDS7HGHBpEbWm2ehR8w7kk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mDS7HGHBpEbWm2ehR8w7kk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main shoulder straps are nicely padded, generously adjustable, and both feature an attachment loop with ‘Uncover’ written across them. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When the going gets tough, and you’re trekking across rough terrain or generally making life difficult for yourself, you can find that backpacks tend to slide around, and the straps can slip off your shoulders. To help avoid this particular problem, the Manfrotto has a chest strap, which makes the backpack feel more secure, as well as keeping the shoulder straps in place. Like the shoulder straps, it has a wide range of adjustment and this time features an elasticated section to enhance comfort. However, unlike many camera backpacks, there’s no waist strap for keeping it in place, for example, when you’re climbing over obstacles. Ideally, I’d have liked a removable waist strap to be included, giving the option of using it or not, as needs dictate.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="YBioYkX4VjyncH4PpNBCkk" name="MUB 0125.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YBioYkX4VjyncH4PpNBCkk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YBioYkX4VjyncH4PpNBCkk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The backpack features an adjustable, elasticated chest strap but no waist strap. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve often seen webbing and attachment loops featured extensively on backpacks and think they’re a great idea. It’s really useful to be able to add extra pouches and various paraphernalia, fastening them securely to the outside of the bag. Manfrotto’s take on it for the Uncover range is to construct the front panel from ‘FlexGrid’, made from dual-laminated Cordura with laser-cut holes. This gives the option of attaching carabiners, tools, accessories, and pretty much anything else you can tie on or attach to it.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="DJhT72HPxJyJUAyUuDRQnk" name="MUB 0126.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DJhT72HPxJyJUAyUuDRQnk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DJhT72HPxJyJUAyUuDRQnk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Laser-cut holes in the Cordura FlexGrid front panel enable the easy attachment of tools and other accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a slim pocket featured on one side of the bag. The reason that it’s so slim is that it’s actually integrated into a larger zippered flap that enables access through the side of the backpack, right through to the camera compartment. As has become popular in many camera backpacks of late, the side flap gives the advantage that you can grab your camera with attached lens in double-quick time, without having to open the whole backpack and dig it out.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="S9MsAqMQeNZdwQGZb3cNqk" name="MUB 0127.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S9MsAqMQeNZdwQGZb3cNqk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S9MsAqMQeNZdwQGZb3cNqk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The slimmer of the two side pockets is integrated in the side-access camera flap. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The side pocket on the other side of the backpack has relatively generous dimensions, expanding to accommodate the likes of a drinks bottle or tripod. Again, it’s opened and closed with a weather-sealed YKK zipper, just like all the other zippers featured around the bag.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="tCGUCBZ5rKdb5xT4kNVxmk" name="MUB 0129.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tCGUCBZ5rKdb5xT4kNVxmk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tCGUCBZ5rKdb5xT4kNVxmk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The larger of the two side pockets can play host to a drinks bottle or similarly chunky extra. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The main compartment of the backpack that holds the camera insert opens from the rear. I like this arrangement, as it means that I don’t need to lay the rear of the backpack (that I’m subsequently going to wear against my back) on mucky ground to get at my camera kit. What I’m less keen on is that this sort of design often demands that you rotate the shoulder straps around to the front of the backpack before you can open the zipper. There’s no need for that here, as the shoulder straps don’t interfere with the path of the zipper track.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="fzGQeAxxT8pNJ4Wf28LMmk" name="MUB 0130.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fzGQeAxxT8pNJ4Wf28LMmk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fzGQeAxxT8pNJ4Wf28LMmk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Access to the whole camera insert is via the rear of the backpack, through a full-length zipper. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Opening the rear zipper also reveals the upper compartment with its mesh lid, as shown in the image above. Undoing an additional zipper gives access to this compartment, typically used for daily essentials. As I’d expect, you can also get into the upper compartment through a zipper on the top of the outer shell. Manfrotto’s ‘SmartLift’ system enables you to adjust the placement of the floor of the upper compartment, in conjunction with altering the roll-top height, as well as converting it into a full-height backpack with the camera insert removed.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="JfeeB4yB2YbkDrDRqwqAmk" name="MUB 0131.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JfeeB4yB2YbkDrDRqwqAmk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JfeeB4yB2YbkDrDRqwqAmk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The upper compartment is adjustable both in the position of its base and its height, thanks to the ‘SmartLift’ design and roll-top facility. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The camera insert is quickly and easily removed, its lid slotting in and out of a receptacle built into the backpack. I’ve removed the insert for the image shown below, and you’ll notice that the lid folds over and has a zipper to close it, coming complete with a carrying handle. As such, it serves as a camera bag of sorts in its own right.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="9VYktiC3H5yiYKEzw7KBmk" name="MUB 0132.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9VYktiC3H5yiYKEzw7KBmk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9VYktiC3H5yiYKEzw7KBmk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera insert features its own zippered lid and carrying handle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Whether fitted in the backpack or in standalone mode, the camera insert is supplied with a number of adjustable dividers, using the time-honored method of Velcro strip fasteners to keep them in place. They’re smartly designed and well-made.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="6Ex6c9JivNgyykMUAFWajk" name="MUB 0133.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6Ex6c9JivNgyykMUAFWajk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6Ex6c9JivNgyykMUAFWajk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The supplied camera insert dividers are endlessly adjustable, thanks to Velcro strip fasteners. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The organizer section is built into the inside of the main flap of the backpack, utilizing its full height. As such, it offers a fairly generous amount of space but only has three sub-sections. These comprise a full-width pocket at the bottom, and a pocket that’s divided into two halves up top, opened with a single zipper. It works okay, but I think it could have been better with dedicated pockets for the likes of a wallet, smartphone, key fob, pen, and so on.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="nq2GVAqjjbA6JoJXjvJxjk" name="MUB 0134.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nq2GVAqjjbA6JoJXjvJxjk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nq2GVAqjjbA6JoJXjvJxjk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The organizer section is fairly basic, comprising three sections with two zippers. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-backpack-performance"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Backpack: Performance</span></h3><p>As I said at the outset, I’m majoring on the larger 30L edition of the Manfrotto Uncover Backpack, and that’s the one that’s featured in all of my individual product images. Performance is very good in terms of robustness, durability, and weather-resistance. The backpack is also comfortable to wear, with nicely padded contact areas for the back and shoulders. However, a waist strap would have given extra stability, but is omitted in the design. On the upside, another performance plus point is that it’s quick and easy to get to your camera kit when you need it in a hurry.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="3UwxhXA9H9xk7AB5DigZok" name="MUB 0136.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3UwxhXA9H9xk7AB5DigZok-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3UwxhXA9H9xk7AB5DigZok-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Opening the full-length zipper on the rear of the backpack gives access to the entire camera insert. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>My only real disappointment, considering that I was using the larger version of the backpack, is that I filled pretty much the whole camera insert with relatively little kit. As you’ll see above, I’ve managed to pack my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-z6-iii-review-a-dream-camera-for-content-creators-through-to-enthusiast-and-pro-photographers">Nikon Z6 III</a> camera with a mounted <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-nikkor-z-24-70mm-f4-s-review">Z 24-70mm f/4 S</a> lens in its retracted state, along with three other similarly sized lenses. There’s a bit of space left over for spare batteries and another small accessory, but that’s pretty much it. If I needed to carry bigger lenses or more of them, I’d have to use lens wraps or pop them into pouches, and eat into the general daypack compartment.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="DqxR62wkkzaNST9RYy5wnk" name="MUB 0137.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DqxR62wkkzaNST9RYy5wnk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DqxR62wkkzaNST9RYy5wnk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the camera insert removed from the backpack. It still acts as a secure bag for holding photo kit. And speaking of security, the backpack features a small hidden pocket for holding an AirTag or similar tracking device. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are times when I definitely want to just grab my camera with its mounted lens in a hurry, before a photo opportunity passes me by. I like that the Manfrotto has a zippered side access flap, which enables me to get hold of my camera with minimum fuss and bother, and maximum speed.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="PsEDtJrJCUyT5XFdWYBojk" name="MUB 0139.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PsEDtJrJCUyT5XFdWYBojk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PsEDtJrJCUyT5XFdWYBojk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Opening the zippered flap on one side gives you quick and easy access to your camera. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Increasingly, photographers and people in general need to carry laptops and tablets with them, whether they’re at work, rest, or play. The smaller 24L version of the backpack has an integral sleeve that can hold a laptop of up to 14-inch size, whereas the 30L can accommodate up to a 16-inch laptop. Both versions also have an additional tablet sleeve.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="m82eapWr7j3gLgbmJKLunk" name="MUB 0140.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/m82eapWr7j3gLgbmJKLunk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/m82eapWr7j3gLgbmJKLunk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The larger 30L edition of the backpack can hold a laptop of up to 16-inch size. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unlike laptops and tablets, a tripod is a more camera-specific accessory. Again, the backpack accommodates, this time with the larger of the two side pockets. You can simply pop the tripod in feet-first, and there’s a hidden strap that you can pull out of a receptacle near the top of the backpack to secure the tripod in place.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="xxzGeGVvCAdRdRVVDjSJqk" name="MUB 0142.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xxzGeGVvCAdRdRVVDjSJqk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xxzGeGVvCAdRdRVVDjSJqk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The strap for securing the tripod can be hidden away when it’s not in use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-backpack-verdict"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Backpack: Verdict</span></h3><p>I don’t think there’s any such thing as the perfect camera backpack. There’s always room for improvement, but more importantly, a lot of how ‘good’ a bag is comes down to personal requirements and taste. I like the expandable roll-top design of the Manfrotto, and that it can so easily convert between a split camera backpack / daypack and a full general-purpose backpack. However, I feel the versatility comes at the expense of the camera insert being relatively small, even in the larger 30L version of the backpack.</p><p>In other areas, I like the speedy side-access flap for grabbing my camera in a hurry, and the full-height rear zipper that gives easy access to everything else. The quality of the bag is also excellent, both in terms of its construction materials and how they’re put together. All in all, it’s an excellent backpack that serves its purpose very well, but I’d like a few extra dedicated accessory pockets, a better organizer section, and a waist strap, the last of these preferably being removable.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Smart features include roll-top expandability with SmartLift system, a removable camera insert and FlexGrid front panel for attaching accessories.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The design is clever and stylish with high-grade materials and very good build quality, but there’s no waist strap and the backpack is only available in one black/grey colorway. </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The backpack is robust, durable and very weather-resistant but even the larger version has relatively little camera storage space.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Pricing is reasonable for both size options of the 24L and 30L backpacks but they’re not particularly great value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.87%;"><img id="3G7WpkuUQCnGj4GswCvKmk" name="MUB 00 hero 0069" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3G7WpkuUQCnGj4GswCvKmk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1286" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3G7WpkuUQCnGj4GswCvKmk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="72328cea-7c24-11f1-9734-71405bf26d8a" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III" data-dimension48="Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/lowepro-protactic-bp-350-aw-iii-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:514px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="5Lagr8uRYy6kgUB95EbQmd" name="Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5Lagr8uRYy6kgUB95EbQmd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="514" height="514" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/lowepro-protactic-bp-350-aw-iii-review" data-dimension112="72328cea-7c24-11f1-9734-71405bf26d8a" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III" data-dimension48="Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III" data-dimension25=""><strong>Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III</strong></a> is a full photo backpack rather than a split camera/daypack, priced at $300 / £211 / AU$530. However, its modular design enables the easy addition of extra pouches and accessories, and it comes complete with a removable waist strap.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="72328d58-7c24-11f1-a2b0-7f5052ed540f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Tenba DNA 16 DSLR Backpack" data-dimension48="Tenba DNA 16 DSLR Backpack" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/tenba-dna-16-dslr-photo-backpack-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:896px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:99.89%;"><img id="TeqsmbweL2qaxE2HjzQyrd" name="Tenba DNA 16 DSLR Backpack square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TeqsmbweL2qaxE2HjzQyrd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="896" height="895" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/tenba-dna-16-dslr-photo-backpack-review" data-dimension112="72328d58-7c24-11f1-a2b0-7f5052ed540f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Tenba DNA 16 DSLR Backpack" data-dimension48="Tenba DNA 16 DSLR Backpack" data-dimension25=""><strong>Tenba DNA 16 DSLR Backpack</strong></a> is a direct competitor to the Manfrotto, a split camera/daypack with an expandable roll-top design and a removable camera insert. Available in black or blue, it’s very well made, a good performer, and sells for around $229 / £199 / AU$299.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Using magnets, Wandrd’s new camera strap system switches from wrist to your neck with just one hand ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Popular camera bag maker Wandrd says the camera strap is “one of photography’s most overlooked pieces of gear,” but the brand’s new strap system uses magnets to swap from wrist to neck straps and back again.</p><p>The new Wandrd Magnetic Camera Straps use anchors meant to remain on the camera, but can be removed one-handed to swap to a different type of strap, use the same strap with multiple cameras, or prevent a dangerous dangle when shooting on a tripod. </p><p>The magnets in the system aren’t what’s holding the camera in place. Instead, the magnet allows the strap link to center automatically inside a new dual-sided, spring-loaded lock dubbed the Wandrd Magnetic CoreLock. The spring-loaded lock clamps down once any weight is applied, Wandrd says. The locking system requires a pinch to open the lock and remove the strap.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="u7HhTZdSfFNhYW8LQYTbQX" name="MagneticCameraStrap30mm_WANDRD_Red_Corelock&TorusLink" alt="The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/u7HhTZdSfFNhYW8LQYTbQX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1350" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/u7HhTZdSfFNhYW8LQYTbQX-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Wandrd)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The link system isn’t made with metal – Wandrd instead went with a fiberglass-reinforced nylon due to the risk of metal scratching up a camera. The company says the material is strong while being softer to the touch. The strap itself is made with what Wandrd describes as “liquid” nylon.</p><p>The magnetic Torus Links center inside the strap attachment automatically, which Wandrd says allows photographers to put the strap on or off with one hand.</p><p>The strap system is launching with a full-size 30mm-wide strap, a narrower 15mm strap for smaller camera setups, and a wrist strap. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/C8FeFXUggXVu5EKaoMveoW-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Wandrd</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tPjMfB3ikGuxYsofgS8bnW-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Wandrd</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PUZwTsAa338xwy2whazktX-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Wandrd</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Both neck straps can be worn traditionally or cross-body using a loop that connects one end back to the strap instead of the camera, so it also works with compact cameras that have only one strap attachment point. A quick adjustment slider allows creators to adjust the length of those neck straps.</p><p>Four links are included with each neck strap, so the same strap can be used on two camera bodies. The wrist strap, which only requires one anchor, includes two Torus links to use with two cameras as well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:150.00%;"><img id="Ccq8eQDPRQXz8UFTafMyzW" name="MagneticCameraStrap30mm_Crossbody" alt="The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ccq8eQDPRQXz8UFTafMyzW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1600" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ccq8eQDPRQXz8UFTafMyzW-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Wandrd)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the magnetic approach feels unique, the link and separate strap remind me of the popular <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review">Peak Design strap system</a> that uses links that slide into place on the strap. Wandrd even uses colored cording inside the attachment system – if the black wears to yellow, it's time to replace the links, with red being dangerous wear and tear.</p><p>The new Wandrd Magnetic Straps are <a href="https://www.wandrd.com/pages/magneticcamerastrap" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">launching first on Kickstarter and the Wandrd website</a>, with the company expecting a retail launch to follow on November 7.</p><p>The standard neck strap is expected to retail for $69, the narrower strap for $49, and the wrist strap for $39. Wandrd will also sell a DIY kit that converts an existing strap to the magnetic system for $29, as well as a bundle of all three straps for $157. The Kickstarter price will have a 25 percent discount.</p><p>International pricing has not yet been announced, but that converts to about £52-£29, CA$97-55, AU$99-56 for the standard to wrist straps.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Take a look at <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-straps">the best camera straps</a>, tested by real pro photographers.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/using-magnets-wandrds-new-camera-strap-system-switches-from-wrist-to-your-neck-with-just-one-hand</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Wandrd Magnetic Camera Strap system uses a magnetic, dual-locking attachment for quick strap swaps ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">MGX5h95ScWyawQGvwmLciH</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JAzyZGRMRRGBfk6fVy44GX-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2026 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FCSkExqFFzvDQFmnEf8mgV-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JAzyZGRMRRGBfk6fVy44GX-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Wandrd]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JAzyZGRMRRGBfk6fVy44GX-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Popular camera bag maker Wandrd says the camera strap is “one of photography’s most overlooked pieces of gear,” but the brand’s new strap system uses magnets to swap from wrist to neck straps and back again.</p><p>The new Wandrd Magnetic Camera Straps use anchors meant to remain on the camera, but can be removed one-handed to swap to a different type of strap, use the same strap with multiple cameras, or prevent a dangerous dangle when shooting on a tripod. </p><p>The magnets in the system aren’t what’s holding the camera in place. Instead, the magnet allows the strap link to center automatically inside a new dual-sided, spring-loaded lock dubbed the Wandrd Magnetic CoreLock. The spring-loaded lock clamps down once any weight is applied, Wandrd says. The locking system requires a pinch to open the lock and remove the strap.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="u7HhTZdSfFNhYW8LQYTbQX" name="MagneticCameraStrap30mm_WANDRD_Red_Corelock&TorusLink" alt="The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/u7HhTZdSfFNhYW8LQYTbQX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1350" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/u7HhTZdSfFNhYW8LQYTbQX-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Wandrd)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The link system isn’t made with metal – Wandrd instead went with a fiberglass-reinforced nylon due to the risk of metal scratching up a camera. The company says the material is strong while being softer to the touch. The strap itself is made with what Wandrd describes as “liquid” nylon.</p><p>The magnetic Torus Links center inside the strap attachment automatically, which Wandrd says allows photographers to put the strap on or off with one hand.</p><p>The strap system is launching with a full-size 30mm-wide strap, a narrower 15mm strap for smaller camera setups, and a wrist strap. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/C8FeFXUggXVu5EKaoMveoW-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Wandrd</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tPjMfB3ikGuxYsofgS8bnW-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Wandrd</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PUZwTsAa338xwy2whazktX-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Wandrd</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Both neck straps can be worn traditionally or cross-body using a loop that connects one end back to the strap instead of the camera, so it also works with compact cameras that have only one strap attachment point. A quick adjustment slider allows creators to adjust the length of those neck straps.</p><p>Four links are included with each neck strap, so the same strap can be used on two camera bodies. The wrist strap, which only requires one anchor, includes two Torus links to use with two cameras as well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:150.00%;"><img id="Ccq8eQDPRQXz8UFTafMyzW" name="MagneticCameraStrap30mm_Crossbody" alt="The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ccq8eQDPRQXz8UFTafMyzW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1600" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ccq8eQDPRQXz8UFTafMyzW-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Wandrd)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the magnetic approach feels unique, the link and separate strap remind me of the popular <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review">Peak Design strap system</a> that uses links that slide into place on the strap. Wandrd even uses colored cording inside the attachment system – if the black wears to yellow, it's time to replace the links, with red being dangerous wear and tear.</p><p>The new Wandrd Magnetic Straps are <a href="https://www.wandrd.com/pages/magneticcamerastrap" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">launching first on Kickstarter and the Wandrd website</a>, with the company expecting a retail launch to follow on November 7.</p><p>The standard neck strap is expected to retail for $69, the narrower strap for $49, and the wrist strap for $39. Wandrd will also sell a DIY kit that converts an existing strap to the magnetic system for $29, as well as a bundle of all three straps for $157. The Kickstarter price will have a 25 percent discount.</p><p>International pricing has not yet been announced, but that converts to about £52-£29, CA$97-55, AU$99-56 for the standard to wrist straps.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Take a look at <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-straps">the best camera straps</a>, tested by real pro photographers.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
            </channel>
</rss>